MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व

s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व NCERT अभ्यास प्रश्न

प्रश्न 1.
क्षार धातुओं के सामान्य भौतिक तथा रासायनिक गुण क्या हैं ?
उत्तर:
भौतिक गुण –
1. क्षार धातुएँ चाँदी के समान सफेद, नरम तथा हल्की धातुएँ होती हैं।
2. इनके धनत्व बहुत कम होते हैं (बड़े आकार के कारण)। यह वर्ग में नीचे जाने पर घटता है। यद्यपि पोटैशियम, सोडियम से हल्की धातु है।
3. क्षार धातुओं के गलनांक तथा क्वथनांक निम्न होते हैं, क्योंकि इन धातुओं में मात्र एक संयोजी इलेक्ट्रॉन के उपस्थिति के कारण इनके बीच दुर्बल धात्विक बंध होते हैं।
4. क्षार धातुएँ, Be तथा Mg इनके लवण ज्वाला में विशिष्ट रंग प्रदान करते हैं, क्योंकि इनके संयोजी इलेक्ट्रॉन आसानी से निम्न से उच्च ऊर्जा स्तर तक उत्तेजित हो जाते हैं –
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 1 (2)

रासायनिक गुण:
क्षार धातुएँ अपनी निम्न आयनन एन्थैल्पी के कारण अत्यधिक क्रियाशील होती है। इनकी क्रियाशीलता वर्ग में नीचे जाने पर घटती है –

1. वायु के साथ अभिक्रियाशीलता:
क्षार धातुएँ वायु की उपस्थिति में ऑक्साइड बनाने के कारण मलिन हो जाती है। लीथियम मोनोऑक्साइड, सोडियम परॉक्साइड तथा अन्य धातुएँ सुपर ऑक्साइड बनाती है।

  • 4Li+ O2 → 2Li2O (ऑक्साइड)
  • 2Na + O2 → NaO2 (परॉक्साइड)
  • M+ O2 → MO2 (सुपरऑक्साइड) (M = K, Rb, Cs)

लीथियम वायु की नाइट्रोजन के साथ सीधे संयोग करके लीथियम नाइट्राइड (Li3N) बनाती है।

2. जल के साथ क्रिया:
क्षार धातुएँ जल के साथ क्रिया करके हाइड्रॉक्साइड तथा डाइहाइड्रोजन बनाती हैं।
2M + 2H2O → 2M+ + 2OH + H2, (M = क्षार धातु) लीथियम का जल के साथ क्रिया सोडियम की तुलना में कम होता है। क्षार धातुएँ प्रोटॉन दाता स्पीशीज, जैसे – एल्कोहॉल, ऐल्काइन और गैसीय NHS से भी क्रिया करती हैं।

3. डाइहाइड्रोजन के साथ क्रिया:
क्षार धातुएँ डाइहाइड्रोजन के साथ सुगमतापूर्वक क्रिया करके आयनिक या लवणीय हाइड्राइड बनाती हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 2
(M = Li,Na, K आदि)

(iv) हैलोजन के साथ क्रिया:
क्षार धातुएँ हैलोजनों के साथ सुगमतापूर्वक क्रिया करके आयनिक हैलाइड बनाती हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 3
(M = क्षार धातु)

(v) अपचायक प्रकृति:
क्षार धातुएँ अपने संयोजी इलेक्ट्रॉन को सरलता से त्याग देती है। अतः ये प्रबल अपचायक होती हैं।
Na → Na+ +e
लीथियम सर्वाधिक प्रबल तथा सोडियम दुर्बलतम अपचायक है।

(vi) दव अमोनिया में विलेयता:
सभी क्षार धातुएँ अमोनिया में विलेय हो जाती है तथा गहरे नीले रंग का विलयन बनाती है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 4

(vii) सभी क्षार धातुएँ परस्पर तथा अन्य धातुओं के साथ मिलकर मिश्रधातु बनाती हैं। मर्करी के साथ अमलगम बनाती है तथा इस प्रकार की क्रियाएँ अत्यधिक ऊष्माक्षेपी होती हैं।

प्रश्न 2.
क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के सामान्य अभिलाक्षणिक गुणों में आवर्तिता की विवेचना कीजिए।
उत्तर:
वर्ग – 2 के तत्व Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba तथा Ra को संयुक्त रूप से क्षारीय धातु कहते हैं (Be के अतिरिक्त)।
सामान्य गुण (A) परमाण्विक गुण:
1. इलेक्ट्रॉनिक विन्यास – इनके सामान्य इलेक्ट्रॉनिक विन्यास को [उत्कृष्ट गैस] ns2 द्वारा दर्शाते हैं।
2. परमाण्विक तथा आयनिक त्रिज्या – इन तत्वों की परमाण्विक तथा आयनिक त्रिज्याएँ एक ही आवर्त में निकटवर्ती क्षार धातुओं की अपेक्षा कम होती है। एक ही वर्ग में परमाण्विक तथा आयनिक त्रिज्याएँ, परमाणु संख्या में वृद्धि के साथ – साथ बढ़ती है।
3. आयनन एन्थैल्पी – क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं की प्रथम आयनन एन्थैल्पी, इनके छोटे आकार के कारण –

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 5
क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं की द्वितीय आयनन एन्थैल्पी, संगत क्षार धातुओं की अपेक्षा कम होती है।
4. जलयोजन एन्थैल्पी – क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं की जलयोजन एन्थैल्पी क्षार धातु आयनों के समान वर्ग में नीचे की ओर जाने से क्रमशः घटती है।
Be2+ > Mg2+ > Ca2+ > Sr2+ > Ba2+
क्षारीय मृदा धातु आयनों की जलयोजन एन्थैल्पी, संगत क्षार धातुओं की अपेक्षा कम होती है।

(B) भौतिक गुण:
1. ये धातुएँ चाँदी के समान सफेद, चमकीली तथा नरम (परन्तु क्षार धातुओं की अपेक्षा कठोर) होती है।
2. इन धातुओं के छोटे आकार के कारण इनके गलनांक तथा क्वथनांक संगत क्षार धातुओं की अपेक्षा कम होते हैं। यह क्रम यद्यपि नियमित नहीं है।
3. ज्वाला के प्रति रंग – Be तथा Mg के अतिरिक्त सभी क्षारीय मृदा धातुएँ ज्वाला के साथ एक विशिष्ट रंग देते हैं। इनके विभिन्न रंग इलेक्ट्रॉनों को उत्तेजित तथा उत्तेजनहीन करने में प्रयुक्त ऊर्जाओं के विभिन्नता के कारण होता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 6
4. घनत्व – इन धातुओं के घनत्व Be से Ca तक घटते हैं, तदुपरान्त बढ़ते हैं, ये धातुएँ अपने छोटे आकार के कारण, संगत क्षार धातुओं की अपेक्षा सघन, भारी तथा कठोर होती हैं।

(C) रासायनिक गुण:
क्षारीय मृदा धातुएँ क्षार धातुओं की अपेक्षा कम क्रियाशील होती हैं। इन धातुओं की क्रियाशीलता वर्ग में नीचे की ओर जाने पर क्रमशः घटती है।
1. वायु तथा जल के साथ क्रिया – Be तथा Mg वायु (ऑक्सीजन) तथा जल के प्रति अक्रिय होते हैं क्योंकि इनकी सतह पर ऑक्साइड की परत जम जाती है। यद्यपि, बेरीलियम चूर्ण वायु में आसानी से जल जाता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 7
इसी प्रकार मैग्नीशियम अधिक विद्युत् धनात्मक है तथा वायु में चमकीले प्रकाश के साथ जलकर Mgo तथा Mg,N, बनाता है। Ca, Sr तथा Ba वायु के साथ शीघ्रता से क्रिया करके ऑक्साइड तथा नाइट्राइड बनाते हैं।
2. हाइड्रोजन के साथ क्रिया – Be के अतिरिक्त ये सभी धातुएँ गर्म करने पर हाइड्रोजन के साथ योग करके MH, प्रकार के हाइड्राइड बनाती है। (M = Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba)
3. हैलोजन के साथ क्रिया – ये धातुएँ हैलोजन के साथ उच्च ताप पर क्रिया करके MX2 प्रकार के हैलाइड बनाती है। M + X2 → MX2,
(X = F, CI, Br)
4. अम्लों के साथ क्रिया-ये धातुएँ अम्लों के साथ शीघ्रता से क्रिया करती हैं तथा H, गैस मुक्त करती हैं।
M + 2HCl → MCl2 + H2
5. अपचायक प्रकृति- क्षार धातुओं की भाँति, क्षारीय मृदा धातुएँ भी प्रबल अपचायक प्रकृति की होती है। यद्यपि इनकी अपचायक क्षमता क्षार धातुओं की अपेक्षा कम होती है। वर्ग में नीचे जाने पर इनकी अपचायक क्षमता क्रमशः घटती है।

6.  द्रव NH3 में विलेयता:
क्षार धातुओं की भाँति, क्षारीय मृदा धातुएँ द्रव अमोनिया में घुलकर गहरा नीला काला विलयन बनाती हैं।
M + (x + y)NH3 → [M(NH3)x]2+ + 2[e(NH3)y]

प्रश्न 3.
क्षार धातुएँ प्रकृति में क्यों नहीं पाई जाती हैं ?
उत्तर:
क्षार धातुएँ अत्यधिक रासायनिक सक्रियता के कारण प्रकृति में मुक्त अवस्था में नहीं पाई जाती हैं। ये भूपर्पटी में हैलाइड, सल्फेट, कार्बोनेट, सिलिकेट, बोरेट, ऑक्साइड आदि अयस्कों के रूप में पाई जाती हैं।

प्रश्न 4.
Na2O2में सोडियम की ऑक्सीकरण अवस्था ज्ञात कीजिए।
उत्तर:
माना Na2O2में Na की ऑक्सीकरण अवस्था x है। H2O2 के समान Na2O2 में परॉक्साइड बंध (-O-O-) होता है। अत: Na2O2 में Na की ऑक्सीकरण अवस्था –
x × 2 + (-1) × 2 = 0
2x – 2 = 0
⇒ x = \(\frac { 2 }{ 2 }\) = +1

प्रश्न 5.
पोटैशियम की तुलना में सोडियम कम अभिक्रियाशील क्यों है ? बताइए। ‘
उत्तर:
पोटैशियम की आयनन एन्थैल्पी (∆iH) (419 kJmol-1) सोडियम की आयनन एन्थैल्पी (496 kJmol-1) की अपेक्षा कम होती है तथा पोटैशियम का मान इलेक्ट्रोड विभव, (-2.925 V), सोडियम के संगत मान (-2.714 V) की अपेक्षा अधिक ऋणात्मक है। यही कारण है कि पोटैशियम, सोडियम की अपेक्षा अधिक ऋणात्मक है। अत: पोटैशियम, सोडियम से अधिक क्रियाशील होता है।

प्रश्न 6.
निम्नलिखित के सन्दर्भ में क्षार धातुओं एवं क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं की तुलना कीजिए –

  1. आयनन एन्थैल्पी
  2. ऑक्साइडों की क्षारकता
  3.  हाइड्रॉक्साइडों की विलेयता।

उत्तर:

  1. आयनन एन्थैल्पी – अधिक नाभिक आवेश एवं छोटे परमाणु आकार के कारण, क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं की आयनन एन्थैल्पी संगत क्षार धातुओं से अधिक होती है।
  2. ऑक्साइडों की क्षारकता – क्षार धातुओं के आयनन एन्थैल्पी कम अथवा वैद्युत धनात्मक गुण संगत क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं से अधिक होते हैं। अतः क्षारीय धातु ऑक्साइड संगत क्षारीय मृदा धातु ऑक्साइडों से अधिक क्षारीय होते हैं।
  3. हाइड्रॉक्साइडों की विलेयता – क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के हाइड्रॉक्साइडों की विलेयता संगत क्षारीय हाइड्रॉक्साइडों की अपेक्षा कम होती है।

प्रश्न 7.
लीथियम किस प्रकार मैग्नीशियम से रासायनिक गुणों में समानताएँ दर्शाता है ?
उत्तर:
लीथियम तथा मैग्नीशियम समान आकार के कारण गुणों में अत्यधिक समानता प्रदर्शित करते हैं –
(परमाण्विक त्रिज्या : Li = 152pm, Mg = 160pm; आयनिक त्रिज्या Li+ = 76pm, Mg2+ = 72pm)। इनके समान गुण निम्न हैं –
1. लीथियम तथा मैग्नीशियम दोनों अपने संबंधित वर्गों के तत्वों की अपेक्षा हल्के तथा कठोर हैं।
2. लीथियम तथा मैग्नीशियम दोनों जल के साथ धीरे-धीरे क्रिया करते हैं।
3. लीथियम तथा मैग्नीशियम दोनों के ऑक्साइड तथा हाइड्रॉक्साइड जल में बहुत कम विलेय हैं। इनके हाइड्रॉक्साइड गर्म करने पर अपघटित होते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 8
4. Li तथा Mg दोनों वायु की नाइट्रोजन से सीधे क्रिया करके नाइट्राइड (Li3N तथा Mg3N2) बनाते हैं।
5. Li तथा Mg दोनों गर्म करने पर कार्बन के साथ संयुक्त होते हैं।

  • 2Li + 2C → Li2C2
  • Mg + 2C → MgC2

6. Li एवं Mg दोनों का ऑक्सीजन में गर्म करने पर मोनोऑक्साइड बनाते हैं।

  • 4Li + O2 → 2Li2o
  • 2Mg + O2 → 2MgO

7. Li2SO4 , MgSO4 की भाँति फिटकरी नहीं बनाता है।
8. LiCl, MgCl दोनों प्रस्वेद्य है तथा जलीय विलयन में हाइड्रेट (LiCl – 2H2O तथा MgCl26H2O) के रूप में क्रिस्टलीय होते हैं।
9. LiCO3 तथा MgCO3 दोनों गर्म करने पर आसानी से अपघटित होकर ऑक्साइड तथा CO2 बनाते हैं।
10. Li तथा Mg दोनों द्वारा ठोस हाइड्रोजन कार्बोनेट नहीं बनाए जा सकते हैं।
11. LiNO3 तथा Mg(NO3)2 दोनों गर्म करने पर अपघटित होकर नाइट्रोजन डाइऑक्साइड बनाते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 54

प्रश्न 8.
क्षार धातुएँ तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातुएँ रासायनिक अपचयन विधि से क्यों प्राप्त नहीं किए जा सकते ? समझाइए।
उत्तर:

  • क्षार धातुएँ तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातुएँ स्वयं में प्रबल अपचायक हैं। अतः ये धातुएँ अपने ऑक्साइंड तथा अन्य यौगिकों द्वारा रासायनिक अपचयन विधि द्वारा प्राप्त नहीं की जा सकती है।
  • इन धातुओं की प्रकृति अत्यधिक विद्युत् धनात्मक होती है। अतः इनके लवणों में जलीय विलयन से इन्हें अन्य धातुओं द्वारा विस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता है।

प्रश्न 9.
प्रकाश वैद्युत सेल में लीथियम के स्थान पर पोटैशियम एवं सीज़ियम क्यों प्रयुक्त किए जाते हैं?
उत्तर:
पोटैशियम तथा सीज़ियम की आयनन एन्थैल्पी लीथियम की अपेक्षा अधिक कम होती है। अतः ये धातुएँ प्रकाश में रखने पर इलेक्ट्रॉन आसानी से उत्सर्जित करती है, परन्तु लीथियम ऐसा नहीं कर पाती है। यही कारण है Li की अपेक्षा K तथा Cs का प्रयोग प्रकाश वैद्युत सेल में किया जाता है।

प्रश्न 10.
जब एक क्षार धातु को दव अमोनिया में घोला जाता है, तब विलियन विभिन्न रंग प्राप्त कर सकता है। इस प्रकार के रंग-परिवर्तन कारण बताइए।
उत्तर:
क्षार धातुओं का अमोनिया में तनु विलयन का रंग गहरा नीला होता है क्योंकि अमोनीकृत इलेक्ट्रॉन प्रकाश के अदृश्य क्षेत्र में ऊर्जा अवशोषित करते हैं। यदि विलयन की सान्द्रता 3M से अधिक बढ़ा दी जाये तो रंग ताँबे – काँस्य जैसा हो जाता है।

प्रश्न 11.
ज्वाला को बेरीलियम एवं मैग्नीशियम कोई रंग प्रदान नहीं करते हैं, जबकि अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातुएँ ऐसा करती हैं, क्यों?
उत्तर:
Be तथा Mg परमाणु अपने छोटे आकार तथा अधिक प्रभावी नाभिकीय आवेश के कारण अपने इलेक्ट्रॉनों को अधिक प्रबलता सं बाँधे रखते हैं। अतः इन्हें उच्च उत्तेजन ऊर्जा की आवश्यकता होती है तथा ये बुन्सन ज्वाला द्वारा उत्तेजित नहीं हो पाते हैं। जबकि अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के उच्च ऊर्जा स्तरों में इलेक्ट्रॉनों का सरलतापूर्वक उत्सर्जन हो सकता है। अतः ज्वाला में विशिष्ट रंग देते हैं।

प्रश्न 12.
सॉल्वे प्रक्रम में होने वाली विभिन्न अभिक्रियाओं की विवेचना कीजिए।
उत्तर:
सॉल्वे अमोनिया प्रक्रम में, अमोनिया द्वारा संतृप्त ब्राइन (NaCl का सान्द्र विलयन) में CO2 प्रवाहित की जाती है। इस प्रक्रम में शीघ्र विलेय सोडियम बाइकार्बोनेट बनता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 60
इस प्रकार बने सोडियम बाइकार्बोनेट को छानकर, सुखाकर तथा गर्म करके सोडियम कार्बोनेट प्राप्त करते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 9

कार्बोनेटिंग स्तंभ में प्रयुक्त CO2 को कैल्सियम कार्बोनेट को गर्म करके प्राप्त करते हैं। इस क्रिया में बने Cao को जल में घोलकर बुझा हुआ चूना प्राप्त कर लेते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 10
अमोनिया पुनः प्राप्ति स्तंभ में NH4Cl तथा Ca(OH)2 को गर्म करके NH3 प्राप्त करते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 11

प्रश्न 13.
पोटैशियम कार्बोनेट सॉल्वे विधि द्वारा नहीं बनाया जा सकता है, क्यों?
उत्तर:
पोटैशियम कार्बोनेट को सॉल्वे विधि से नहीं बनाया जा सकता, क्योंकि पोटैशियम कार्बोनेट जल में अत्यधिक विलेय होने के कारण अवक्षेपित नहीं होता है।

प्रश्न 14.
Li2CO3 कम ताप पर एवं Na2CO3 उच्च ताप पर क्यों विघटित होता है ?
उत्तर:
Li+ आयन आकार में छोटे होते हैं, जो छोटे ऋणायन ऑक्साइड O2-के साथ, CO32- की तुलना में स्थायी जालक बनाते हैं इसलिए Li2CO3 निम्न ताप पर Li2O में विघटित होता है। जबकि Na+ आयन बड़े आकार का होता है, जो बड़े ऋणायन CO32- के साथ O2-आयन की तुलना में स्थायी जालक बनाता है। अतः Na2CO3 अत्यधिक स्थायी है, जो उच्च ताप पर ही Na2O में विघटित होता है।

प्रश्न 15.
क्षार धातुओं के निम्नलिखित यौगिकों की तुलना क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के संगत यौगिकों से विलेयता एवं तापीय स्थायित्व के आधार पर कीजिए –
(a) नाइट्रेट
(b) कार्बोनेट
(c) सल्फेट।
उत्तर:
(a) क्षार तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं में नाइट्रेट –
1. क्षार तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के नाइट्रेट जल में अति विलेय होते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 12
2. क्षार धातुओं के नाइट्रेट (लीथियम नाइट्रेट के अतिरिक्त) उच्च ताप पर नाइट्राइड में अपघटित हो जाते हैं। अधिक ताप पर पुनः गर्म करने पर, ऑक्साइड प्राप्त होते हैं। क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के नाइट्रेट (बेरियम नाइट्रेट के अतिरिक्त) गर्म करने पर संगत ऑक्साइड देते हैं तथा NO2 तथा O2 का मिश्रण मुक्त होता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 13

(b) क्षार तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं में कार्बोनेट –
1. क्षार धातुओं के कार्बोनेट 1273 K तक स्थायी होता है। इससे अधिक ताप पर ये पिघलकर संगत ऑक्साइड बनाते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 14
अपेक्षाकृत कम स्थायी है तथा शीघ्रता से अपघटित हो जाती है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 15
सभी क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के कार्बोनेट गर्म करने पर संगत धातु ऑक्साइड तथा CO2 देते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 16
क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के कार्बोनेटों का तापीय स्थायित्व वर्ग में नीचे जाने पर क्रमशः घटता है। BeCO2 सबसे कम स्थायी है।
2. सभी क्षार धातु कार्बोनेट सामान्यतः जल में विलेय होते हैं तथा इनकी विलेयता वर्ग में नीचे जाने पर क्रमशः बढ़ती है, क्योंकि इनकी जलयोजन ऊर्जा की अपेक्षा जालक ऊर्जा अधिक शीघ्रता से घटती है। क्षारीय मृदा धातुएँ कार्बोनेट जल में विलेय होती है तथा इनकी विलेयता वर्ग में नीचे जाने पर क्रमशः घटती है। यद्यपि ये CO2 की उपस्थिति में अधिक विलेय होती है।

(c) क्षार तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं में सल्फेट –
1. क्षार धातुओं के सल्फेट (Li2SO4 के अतिरिक्त) ताप स्थायी होते हैं, जबकि क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के सल्फेट गर्म करने पर अपघटित हो जाते हैं। इनका ताप स्थायित्व वर्ग में नीचे की ओर जाने पर क्रमशः बढ़ता है।
2. क्षार धातु सल्फेट (Li2SO4 के अतिरिक्त) जल में विलेय होते हैं। क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के सल्फेटों की विलेयता वर्ग में नीचे की ओर जाने पर क्रमशः घटती है। BeSO4 तथा MgSO4 जल में शीघ्र विलेय हैं, जबकि BaSO4 जल में पूर्णतया अविलेय है।

प्रश्न 16.
सोडियम क्लोराइड से प्रारम्भ करके निम्नलिखित को आप किस प्रकार बनाएँगे –

  1. सोडियम धातु
  2. सोडियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड
  3. सोडियम परॉक्साइड
  4. सोडियम कार्बोनेट।

उत्तर:
1. सोडियम धातु:
इसे NaCl (40%) तथा CaCl2(60%) के गलित मिश्रण द्वारा 273K पर डाउन्स सेल में वैद्युत-अपघटन द्वारा बनाया जाता है। कैथोड पर मुक्त Na को केरोसीन (मिट्टी के तेल)में एकत्रित करते हैं, जबकि Cl2 एनोड पर मुक्त होती है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 61
कैथोड पर – Na+ + e →Na(s)
एनोड पर – 2Cl → Cl2(g) + 2e

2. सोडियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड:
इसे कास्टनर – कैलनर सेल में NaCl के जलीय संतृप्त विलयन (ब्राइन) के वैद्युत – अपघटन द्वारा प्राप्त करते हैं। इस सेल में मर्करी कैथोड तथा कार्बन एनोड का प्रयोग करते हैं। सोडियम धातु जो कैथोड पर मुक्त होती है, मर्करी के साथ संयोग करके सोडियम अमलगम बनाती है। Cl2 गैस एनोड पर मुक्त होती है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 18
एनोड पर – 2Cl → Cl2(g) + 2e
इस प्रकार प्राप्त सोडियम अमलगम की क्रिया जल से कराने पर सोडियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड तथा हाइड्रोजन गैस मुक्त होती है।
2Na – अमलगम + 2H2O → 2NaOH + 2Hg + H2

3. सोडियम परॉक्साइड:
गलित NaCl के वैद्युत – अपघटन से प्राप्त गलित सोडियम धातु को वायु की अधिकता में गर्म करने पर सोडियम ऑक्साइड प्राप्त होता है। इससे वायु की पुनः क्रिया कराने पर Na2O2 प्राप्त होता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 19

4. सोडियम कार्बोनेट- इसे सॉल्वे अमोनिया प्रक्रम द्वारा बनाया जाता है। अमोनियाकृत सान्द्र ब्राइन विलयन (NaCl के जलीय विलयन) में CO2 प्रवाहित करने पर, सोडियम हाइड्रोजन कार्बोनेट अवक्षेपित होता है। जिसे पुनः गर्म कराने पर सोडियम कार्बोनेट प्राप्त होता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 64

प्रश्न 17.
क्या होता है, जब –

  1. मैग्नीशियम को हवा में जलाया जाता है
  2. बिना बुझे चूने को सिलिका के साथ गर्म किया जाता है
  3. क्लोरीन को बुझे चूने से क्रिया कराया जाता है
  4. कैल्सियम नाइट्रेट को गर्म किया जाता है।

उत्तर:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 20
(iii) यह Cl2 से क्रिया करके कैल्सियम हाइपोक्लोराइड बनाता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 62
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 22

प्रश्न 18.
निम्नलिखित में से प्रत्येक के दो-दो उपयोग बताइए –
(a) कास्टिक सोडा
(b) सोडियम कार्बोनेट
(c) बिना बुझा चूना।
उत्तर:
(a) कास्टिक सोडा –

  • इसका उपयोग साबुन, कागज, कृत्रिम रेशम आदि बनाने में होता है।
  • वस्त्र उद्योग में सूती कपड़ों के मर्सरीकरण में इसका प्रयोग होता है।

(b) सोडियम कार्बोनेट –

  • इसका प्रयोग जल के मृदुकरण, धुलाई तथा निर्मलन में करते हैं।
  • इसका उपयोग काँच, साबुन, बोरेक्स कास्टिक सोडा के निर्माण में होता है।

(c) बिना बुझा चूना –

  • इसका प्रयोग कास्टिक सोडा से धावन सोडा बनाने में करते हैं।
  • इसका प्रयोग शर्करा के शुद्धिकरण में तथा रंजकों के निर्माण में करते हैं।

प्रश्न 19.
निम्नलिखित की संरचना बताइए –

  1. BeCl(वाष्य)
  2. BeCl2(ठोस)।

उत्तर:
1. वाष्प अवस्था में यह सेतु बंधित क्लोराइड द्विलक की भाँति रहता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 23
2. ठोस अवस्था में, यह क्लोरीन आबंध के साथ बहुलक श्रृंखला संरचना प्रदर्शित करता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 55

प्रश्न 20.
सोडियम एवं पोटैशियम के हाइड्रॉक्साइड एवं कार्बोनेट जल मे विलेय है, जबकि मैग्नीशियम एवं कैल्सियम के संगत लवण जल में अल्प विलेय है। समझाइए।
उत्तर:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 24
∆Hविलयन का मान जितना अधिक ऋणात्मक होता है, यौगिक की विलेयता उतनी ही कम होती है। सोडियम तथा पोटैशियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड तथा कार्बोनेटों की जल योजन ऊर्जा उनकी जालक ऊर्जा से अधिक होती है। अतः ये जल में विलेय होते हैं। मैग्नीशियम तथा कैल्सियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड की जालक ऊर्जा इनकी जलयोजन ऊर्जा से अधिक होती है। अतः ये जल में अल्प विलेय होते हैं।

प्रश्न 21.
निम्नलिखित की महत्व बताइए –
(a) चूना पत्थर
(b) सीमेंट
(c) प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस।
उत्तर:
(a) चूना पत्थर (CaCO3):

  • इसे मैग्नीशियम कार्बोनेट के साथ आयरन जैसी धातुओं के निष्कर्षण में गालक के रूप में प्रयोग करते हैं।
  • इसका प्रयोग ऐन्टासिड, टूथपेस्ट में अपघर्षक के रूप में, च्यूइंगम में संघटक तथा सौन्दर्य प्रसाधनों के रूप में भी करते हैं।

(b) सीमेंट:

  • यह भवन निर्माण हेतु एक महत्वपूर्ण यौगिक है।
  • इसका उपयोग काँक्रीट, प्रगलित काँक्रीट, प्लास्टीरंग, पुल-निर्माण, भवन-निर्माण आदि में किया जाता है।

(c) प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस:

  • इसका उपयोग भवन निर्माण तथा टूटी हुई हड्डियों के प्लास्टर में होता है।
  • इसका उपयोग दंत चिकित्सा, अलंकरण कार्य तथा मूर्तियों एवं अर्द्धप्रतिमाओं को बनाने में भी होता है।

प्रश्न 22.
लीथियम के लवण साधारणतया जलयोजित होते हैं, जबकि अन्य क्षार धातुओं के लवण साधारणतया निर्जलीय होते है, क्यों?
उत्तर:
क्षार धातुओं में सबसे छोटा आकार होने के कारण Li+ की जलयोजन कार्य सबसे कम होती है। यही कारण है कि लीथियम लवण सामान्यतः जलयोजित होते हैं तथा अन्य क्षार धातुओं के लवण साधारणतः निर्जलीय होते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 25

प्रश्न 23.
LiF जल में लगभग विलेय होता है, जबकि LiCl न सिर्फ जल में, बल्कि एसीटोन में भी विलेय होता है। कारण बताइए, अन्य क्षार धातुओं के लवण साधारणतया निर्जलीय होते है। क्यों ?
उत्तर:
LiF, उच्च जालक ऊर्जा के कारण जल में लगभग विलेय होता है। परन्तु LiCl जल में विलेय होता है। LiCl अपनी विशिष्ट सहसंयोजी प्रकृति के कारण, एसीटोन में भी विलेय होता है। (चूँकि सहसंयोजी प्रकृति, ऋणायन के आकार के साथ बढ़ती है। अतः विलेयता का क्रम निम्न है –
LiF < LiCl< LiBr < Lil

प्रश्न 24.
जैव द्रवों में सोडियम, पोटैशियम, मैग्नीशियम एवं कैल्सियम की सार्थकता बताइए।
उत्तर:
सोडियम तथा पोटैशियम आयन अंतराकाशी द्रव में महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाते हैं। ये आयन शिरा-संकेतों के संचरण में भाग लेते हैं। पोटैशियम आयन कोशिका द्रव में प्रचुरता में पाए जाने वाले धनायन हैं। जहाँ ये अनेक एन्जाइमों को सक्रिय करते हैं, ग्लूकोस के ऑक्सीकरण से ATP के निर्माण में भाग लेते हैं।

पौधे में, प्रकाश अवशोषण के लिए मुख्य रंजक क्लोरोफिल होता है। क्लोरोफिल में मैग्नीशियम होता है। शरीर में कैल्सियम का 99% भाग हड्डियों तथा दांतों में होता है। यह अंतर तांत्रिकीय पेशीय कार्यप्रणाली, अंतर तांत्रिकीय प्रेषण, कोशिका झिल्ली अखंडता तथा रक्त स्कंदन में महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाता है।

प्रश्न 25.
क्या होता है, जब –
(a) सोडियम धातु को जल में डाला जाता है।
(b) सोडियम धातु को हवा की अधिकता में गर्म किया जाता है।
(c) सोडियम परॉक्साइड को जल में घोला जाता है।
उत्तर:
(a) H2 गैस मुक्त होती है, जो अभिक्रिया में अत्यधिक ऊष्मा उत्पन्न करने के कारण आग पकड़ लेती है।
2Na2(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH(aq)+ H2(g)

(b) Nazo की समान मात्रा के साथ Na20, प्राप्त होता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 26
(c) HO2 बनता है।
Na2O2(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH(aq) + H2O2(l).

प्रश्न 26.
निम्नलिखित में से प्रत्येक प्रेक्षण पर टिप्पणी लिखिए –
(a) जलीय विलयनों में क्षार धातु आयनों की गतिशीलता Li+ < Na+ <K+ <Rb+ <Cs+ क्रम में होती है।
(b) लीथियम ऐसी एकमात्र क्षार धातु है, जो नाइट्राइड बनाती है।
(c) M2+(aq) + 2e → M(s); हेतु E° ( जहाँ, M = Ca, Sr या Ba) लगभग समान है।
उत्तर:
(a) आयन का आकार जितना कम होता है, जलयोजन उतना ही अधिक होता है तथा आयन का जलयोजन जितना अधिक होता है, उसकी आयनिक गतिशीलता उतनी ही कम होती है। अतः जलयोजन क्षमता का क्रम निम्न होगा –
Li+ < Na+ <K+ <Rb+ <Cs+
अतः आयनिक गतिशीलता विपरीत क्रम में बढ़ेगी –
Li+(aq) < Na+(aq) <K+(aq) <Rb+(aq) <Cs+(aq)
(b) अपने छोटे आकार के कारण, क्षार धातुओं में केवल लीथियम नाइट्राइड बनाती है।
(c) M2+ + 2e M(s); जहाँ, M = Ca, Sr, Ba के लिए E° का मान लगभग समान होता है। किसी भी इलेक्ट्रोड के लिए E का मान निम्नलिखित तीन कारकों पर निर्भर करता है –

  • वाष्पन एन्थैल्पी
  • आयनन एन्थैल्पी
  • जलयोजन एन्थैल्पी

चूँकि इन तीनों कारकों का संयुक्त प्रभाव Ca, Sr तथा Ba के लिए लगभग समान रहता है। अतः इनके इलेक्ट्रोड विभव का मान लगभग स्थिर रहता है।

प्रश्न 27.
निम्नलिखित में से प्रत्येक प्रेक्षण पर टिप्पणी लिखिए –
(a) Na2CO3 का विलयन क्षारीय होता है।
(b) क्षार धातुएँ उनके संगलित क्लोराइडों के वैद्युत-अपघटन से प्राप्त की जाती है।
(c) पोटैशियम की तुलना में सोडियम अधिक उपयोगी है।
उत्तर:
(a) Na2CO3 एक दुर्बल अम्ल (H2CO3) तथा प्रबल क्षार का लवण है। अतः जल-अपघटन कराने पर यह क्षार (NaOH) देता है, जिसके कारण इसका जलीय विलयन क्षारीय होता है।
Na2CO3(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH(aq) + H2CO3(aq)

(b)1. क्षार धातुएँ प्रबल अपचायक होती है, अतः इन्हें इनके ऑक्साइड तथा यौगिकों से निष्कर्षित नहीं किया जा सकता है।
2. अत्यधिक धनात्मक प्रकृति के कारण इनके लवणों के विलयन से इन्हें किसी अन्य धातु द्वारा विस्थापित नहीं किया जा सकता है।
3. क्षार धातुएँ अपने लवणों के जलीय विलयन के विद्युत्-अपघटन विधि द्वारा प्राप्त नहीं की जा सकती है, क्योंकि कैथोड पर Na धातु की अपेक्षा H, मुक्त होती है। यही कारण है कि क्षार धातुएँ अपने गलित क्लोराइडों के विद्युत्-अपघटन द्वारा प्राप्त होती है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 27
वैद्युत अपघटन में निम्नलिखित क्रियाएँ होती हैं –
कैथोड पर – 2cl → Cl2 + 2e
एनोड पर – 2Na+ + 2e →2Na

(c) पोटैशियम की तुलना में सोडियम अधिक महत्वपूर्ण है क्योंकि यह क्रियाशील तो है परन्तु पोटैशियम की भाँति अतिक्रियाशील नहीं है। सोडियम के अन्य उपयोग हैं –

  • नाभिकीय संयंत्रों में शीतलक के रूप में।
  • पेट्रोल के लिए अपस्फोटन-रोधी पदार्थ, टेट्राएथिल लेड (TEL) के निर्माण में।
    4C2H2Cl + 4Na – Pb →(C2H5)4Pb + 3Pb + 4NaCl

प्रश्न 28.
निम्नलिखित के मध्य क्रियाओं के संतुलित समीकरण लिखिए –

  1. Na2O2 एवं जल
  2. KO2 एवं जल
  3. Na2O2 एवं CO2.

उत्तर:

  1. Na2O2(s) +2H2O(l) → 2NaOH(aq) + H2O2(aq)
  2. 2KO2(s) + H2O(l) →2KOH(aq) + \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 }\)O2(g)
    या 2KO2(s) + H2O(l) →2KOH(aq) + \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 }\)O2(g)
  3. Na2O + CO2 → Na2CO3 .

प्रश्न 29.
आप निम्नलिखित तत्वों को कैसे समझाएँगे –

  1. BeO जल में अविलेय है, जबकि BeSO4 विलेय है।
  2. Bao जल में विलेय है, जबकि BaSO4 अविलेय है।
  3. एथेनॉल में dil. KI की तुलना में अधिक विलेय है।

उत्तर:
1. BeO जल में अविलेय है, क्योंकि BeO की जालक ऊर्जा का मान जलयोजन ऊर्जा से अधिक है, जबकि BeSO जल में घुलनशील है क्योंकि इसकी जलयोजन ऊर्जा जालक ऊर्जा से अधिक है।

2. दूसरे वर्ग के ऑक्साइड की विलेयता के लिए दोनों जालक ऊर्जा और जलयोजन ऊर्जा वर्ग में नीचे जाते समय घटती है, क्योंकि धनायन का आकार बढ़ता है। लेकिन जालक ऊर्जा, जलयोजन की अपेक्षा अधिक तीव्रता से घटती है। अत: BaO जल में घुलनशील है, क्योंकि जलयोजन ऊर्जा जालक ऊर्जा से अधिक है। परन्तु दूसरी ओर BaSO4 जल में अविलेय है। जालक ऊर्जा की प्रबलता समान रहती है, क्योंकि ऋणायन का आकर इतना बड़ा है कि धनायन का आकार बढ़ने से कोई प्रभाव नहीं पड़ता। अत: BaSO4 के लिए जालक ऊर्जा मान जलयोजन ऊर्जा से अधिक है।

3. एथेनॉल में Lil अधिक घुलनशील है, KI की तुलना में Lil में Li4 आयन का आकार छोटा है और घुलनशील है KI आयनिक यौगिक है अतः एथेनॉल में कम घुलनशील है।

प्रश्न 30.
इनमें से किस क्षार धातु का गलनांक न्यूनतम है-
(a) Na,
(b) K,
(c) Rb,
(d) Cs.
उत्तर:
(d) सीज़ियम का गलनांक न्यूनतम है (312K)।

प्रश्न 31.
निम्नलिखित में से कौन-सी क्षार धातु जलयोजित लवण देती है –
(a) Li,
(b) Na,
(c) K,
(d) Cs.
उत्तर:
(a) लीथियम अकेला ऐसा क्षार तत्व है, जो जलयोजित लवण देती है।

प्रश्न 32.
निम्नलिखित में कौन-सी क्षारीय मृदा धातु कार्बोनेट ताप के प्रति सबसे अधिक स्थायी है –
(a) MgCO3
(b) CaCO3
(c) SrCO3
(d) BaCO3
उत्तर:
(d) BaCO3 ताप के प्रति अधिक स्थाई है, यह 1633K पर वियोजित होता है।

s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व अन्य महत्वपूर्ण प्रश्न

s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व वस्तुनिष्ठ प्रश्न

प्रश्न 1.
सही विकल्प चुनकर लिखिए –

प्रश्न 1.
प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस होता है –
(a) (CaSO4)2. H2O
(b) CaSO4.2H2O
(c) CaSO4. H2O
(d) CaSO4.
उत्तर:
(a) (CaSO4)2. H2O

प्रश्न 2.
ब्लीचिंग पाउडर का सक्रिय घटक –
(a) Ca(OCl)2
(b) Ca(OCl)Cl
(c) Ca(O2Cl)2
(d) CaCl2O2.
उत्तर:
(b) Ca(OCl)Cl

प्रश्न 3.
द्रव अमोनिया में सोडियम का विलयन निम्न के कारण अपचायक होता है –
(a) Na परमाणु
(b) NaH
(c) NaNH2
(d) e (NH3)x
उत्तर:
(d) e (NH3)x

प्रश्न 4.
जल के साथ सोडियम की क्रिया तीव्र होती है, लीथियम की नहीं, क्योंकि लीथियम –
(a) का परमाणु भार अधिक है
(b) एक धातु है
(c) अधिक विद्युत् धनी है
(d) अधिक विद्युत् ऋणी है।
उत्तर:
(d) अधिक विद्युत् ऋणी है।

प्रश्न 5. विभिन्न क्लोराइडों में स्थायित्व का क्रम –
(a) LiCl > KCl > NaCl > CsCl
(b) CsCl > KCI > NaCl > LICl
(c) NaCl > KCl > LiCl > Csci
(d) KCl> CsCl> NaCl> LiCl.
उत्तर:
(a) LiCl > KCl > NaCl > CsCl

प्रश्न 6.
M 2+ की जलयोजन ऊर्जा अधिक होगी इससे –
(a) A3+
(b) Na+
(c) Be2+
(d) Mg3+
उत्तर:
(b) Na+

प्रश्न 7.
क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं का कौन-सा गुण परमाणु-क्रमांक बढ़ने के साथ बढ़ता है –
(a) आयनन ऊर्जा
(b) हाइड्रॉक्साइड की विलेयता
(c) सल्फेट की विलेयता
(d) ऋण-विद्युतता।
उत्तर:
(b) हाइड्रॉक्साइड की विलेयता

प्रश्न 8.
वायु को शुष्क करने के लिये किसका उपयोग ठीक है –
(a) CaCO3
(b) Na2CO3
(c) NaHCO 3
(d) CaO.
उत्तर:
(d) CaO.

प्रश्न 9. किस सल्फेट की विलेयता सबसे कम है –
(a) BaSO4
(b) MgSO4
(c) SrSO4
(d) CaSO4
उत्तर:
(a) BaSO4

प्रश्न 10.
क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के कार्बोनेटों में तापीय स्थायित्व का क्रम होगा –
(a) BaCO3 > SrCO3 > CaCO3 > MgCO3
(b) BaCO3 > SrCO3 > MgCO3 > CaCO3
(c) CaCO3 > SrCO3 > MgCO3 > BaCO3
(d) MgCO3 > CaCO3 > SrCO3 > BaCO3.
उत्तर:
(d) MgCO3 > CaCO3 > SrCO3 > BaCO3.

प्रश्न 11.
मैग्नीशियम का महत्वपूर्ण अयस्क है –
(a) मेलाकाइट
(b) केसीटेराइट
(c) कार्नेलाइट
(d) गेलेना।
उत्तर:
(c) कार्नेलाइट

प्रश्न 12.
क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के सल्फेटों की घुलनशीलता समूह में नीचे जाने पर घटती है। इसका कारण है –
(a) गलनांक का बढ़ना
(b) जालक ऊर्जा का बढ़ना
(c) समन्वयन संख्या का बढ़ना
(d) उपर्युक्त सभी।
उत्तर:
(b) जालक ऊर्जा का बढ़ना

प्रश्न 13.
कौन-सा अयस्क लीथियम का नहीं है –
(a) पेंटालाइट
(b) ट्राइफिलाइट
(c) एल्बाइट
(d) स्पोड्यूमीन।
उत्तर:
(c) एल्बाइट

प्रश्न 14.
मैग्नीशियम उपस्थित है इसमें –
(a) हीमोग्लोबीन
(b) क्लोरोफिल
(c) विटामिन B12
(d) विटामिन C.
उत्तर:
(b) क्लोरोफिल

प्रश्न 15.
CaCN2 तथा C के मिश्रण को कहते हैं –
(a) बेराइट
(b) एनहाइड्राइट
(c) नाइट्रोलियम
(d) आइसलैंड स्पॉट।
उत्तर:
(c) नाइट्रोलियम

प्रश्न 2.
रिक्त स्थानों की पूर्ति कीजिए –

  1. Ca2+ आयन की त्रिज्या K+ आयन से कम है क्योंकि …………. है।।
  2. Be(OH)2अम्ल तथा क्षार दोनों में विलेय है, क्योंकि इसकी प्रकृति ………….. है।
  3. लीथियम समूह – 2 के ……………… तत्व से समानता रखता है।
  4. द्रव अमोनिया में सोडियम धातु नीला रंग देती है यह ………….. के कारण है।
  5. हाइड्रोलिथ का सूत्र …………… है।
  6. s – ब्लॉक तत्व प्रबल …………… है।
  7. क्षारीय मृदा धातु …………. रेडियोधर्मी गुण प्रदर्शित करता है।
  8. क्षारीय धातु …………….. रेडियोधर्मी गुण प्रदर्शित करता है।
  9. …………. क्षारीय मृदा धातु हाइड्रॉक्साइड उभयधर्मी है।
  10. कार्नेलाइट का रासायनिक सूत्र …………… है।

उत्तर:

  1. धनावेश अधिक
  2. उभयधर्मी
  3. Mg
  4. e (NH3)x
  5. CaH2
  6. अपचायक
  7. रेडियम
  8. फ्रान्सियम (Fr)
  9. Be(OH)2
  10. KClMgCl2 6H2O.

प्रश्न 3.
उचित संबंध जोड़िए –
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 59
उत्तर:

  1. (e) CaO
  2. (d) CaCN2 तथा C
  3. (b) MgCl2
  4. (a) Ca(OCI)Cl
  5. (c) BaSO4
  6. (g) चूना पत्थर
  7. (f) धुएँ का पर्दा

प्रश्न 4.
एक शब्द / वाक्य में उत्तर दीजिए –

  1. क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं को बढ़ती हुई क्रियाशीलता के क्रम में व्यवस्थित कीजिए।
  2. लीथियम अयस्क के दो नाम सूत्र सहित लिखिए।
  3. मैग्नीशियम के दो अयस्कों के नाम लिखिए।
  4. क्षार धातुओं को मिट्टी के तेल में रखा जाता है। क्यों?
  5. ग्लोबल लवण का आण्विक सूत्र है।

उत्तर:

  1. क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं की रासायनिक क्रियाशीलता समूह में ऊपर से नीचे आने (Be-Ra) पर बढ़ती है। Be < Mg < Ca < Sr < Ba < Ra
  2. Li अयस्क के दो नाम व सूत्र –
    • स्पोड्यूमीन LiAl(SiO3)2
    • लेपिडोलाइट Li2Al2(SiO3)3.F(OH)2
  3. Mg के दो अयस्कों के नाम –
    • कार्नेलाइट
    • डोलोमाइट
  4. अत्यधिक क्रियाशीलता के कारण
  5. Na2SO4.10H2O

s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व अति लघु उत्तरीय प्रश्न

प्रश्न 1.
एक ऐसे खनिज का नाम तथा सूत्र बताइये जिसमें Ca एवं Mg दोनों उपस्थित होते हैं।
उत्तर:
खनिज का नाम-डोलोमाइट। सूत्र – MgCO3,CaCO3

प्रश्न 2.
फ्लक्स का नाम लिखिए जिसको धात्विक प्रक्रमों में अम्लीय अशुद्धियों को दूर करने के लिये प्रयोग करते हैं।
उत्तर:

  • लाइमस्टोन CaCO3
  • मैग्नेसाइट MgCO3

प्रश्न 3.
प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस का उपयोग प्लास्टर चढ़ाने में किस गुण के कारण किया गया है ?
उत्तर:
प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस जल से क्रिया करके सीमेण्ट के समान कठोर हो जाता है। इस गुण के कारण इसका उपयोग टूटी हड्डियों को जोड़ने के लिये प्लास्टर चढ़ाने में किया जाता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 28

प्रश्न 4.
IA तथा IIA समूह को s-ब्लॉक तत्व कहते हैं। क्यों?
उत्तर:
IA तथा IIA समूह में उपस्थित सभी तत्वों का इलेक्ट्रॉनिक विन्यास करने पर अंतिम इलेक्ट्रॉन S – उपकोश में प्रवेश करता है, इसलिये इसे s-ब्लॉक तत्व कहते हैं।
उदाहरण –

  • Na11 → 1s2 2s22p63s1
  • Ca20 → 1s2 2s22p63s23p64s2

प्रश्न 5.
सॉरेल सीमेंट क्या है ? इसका उपयोग किन कार्यों में होता है ?
उत्तर:
MgCl2के सान्द्र विलयन में MgO मिलाया जाये तो MgCl2 2MgO. xH2O संघटन वाले मैग्नीशियम क्लोराइड का एक सफेद पेस्ट बनता है, जो जमकर कड़ा हो जाता है। इसे सॉरेल सीमेन्ट कहा जाता है। इसका उपयोग दाँतों की खोह भरने में तथा चीनी मिट्टी एवं पोर्सलेन के बर्तनों को जोड़ने में किया जाता है।

प्रश्न 6.
सोडियम कार्बोनेट को वायु में खुला छोड़ देने पर क्या परिवर्तन होता है ? समीकरण सहित समझाइये।
उत्तर:
Na2CO3 10H2O को वायु में खुला छोड़ देने पर इसका क्रिस्टलीय जल धीरे-धीरे निकल जाता है और यह मोनोहाइड्रेट Na2CO2 H2O देता है जो 750°C पर गर्म करने पर निर्जल Na2CO3 देता है जिसे सोडा राख कहते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 29

प्रश्न 7.
लीथियम हाइड्राइड का प्रयोग अन्य हाइड्राइडों के निर्माण में किया जा सकता है। बेरेलियम हाइड्राइड उनमें से एक है। इसके निर्माण के विभिन्न पद बताइए। इस प्रक्रम में प्रयुक्त रासायनिक समीकरण भी दीजिए।
उत्तर:
BeH2 का निर्माण संगत जटिल क्षारीय धातुओं हाइड्राइडों जैसे लीथियम-ऐल्युमिनियम हाइड्राइड के अपचयन द्वारा करते हैं।

  • 8LiH + Al2Cl6 → 2LiAlH4 + 6LiCl
  • 2BeCl2 + LiAlH4 → 2BeH2 + LiCl + AlCl2

प्रश्न 8.
कैल्सियम सल्फेट किस प्रकार बनाया जाता है ? इसके उपयोग लिखिए।
उत्तर:
प्रयोगशाला में Ca के ऑक्साइड, कार्बोनेट, क्लोराइड की अभिक्रिया तनु H2SO4 के साथ कराने पर कैल्सियम सल्फेट प्राप्त होता है।

  • CaO+ H2SO4 → CaSO4 + H4O
  • CaCO3 + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + H2O + CO2

उपयोग:

  • चाक बनाने में
  • सीमेंट उद्योग में
  • प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस बनाने में
  • खाद के रूप में।

प्रश्न 9.
जिप्सम किसे कहते हैं ? इससे प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस कैसे बनाते हैं ?
उत्तर:
कैल्सियम सल्फेट CaSO4 2H2O को जिप्सम कहते हैं । जिप्सम को 120 – 130°C तक गर्म करने पर इसमें से तीन चौथाई क्रिस्टल जल निकल जाता है तथा प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस प्राप्त होता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 30
प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस जल अवशोषित करके पुनः जिप्सम में परिवर्तित हो जाता है।

प्रश्न 10.
अनबुझा चूना बनाते समय भट्टी का ताप 1000°C से अधिक गर्म नहीं करते।रासायनिक समीकरण सहित समझाइये।
उत्तर:
अनबुझा चूना बनाते समय भट्टी का ताप 1000°C से अधिक नहीं रखते क्योंकि इससे उच्च ताप पर CaO अशुद्धि के रूप में उपस्थित SiO2 से मिलकर गलनीय सिलिकेट बना लेता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 31

प्रश्न 11.
सोडियम को मिट्टी के तेल में रखा जाता है। क्यों?
उत्तर:
सोडियम अत्यन्त क्रियाशील तथा प्रबल धन विद्युती तत्व है। यह वायुमण्डल में उपस्थित 02, नमी तथा कार्बन डाइ-ऑक्साइड के साथ अभिक्रिया करके ऑक्साइड तथा हाइड्राक्साइड बनाता है। इसलिये सोडियम को मिट्टी के तेल में रखा जाता है जिससे वह वायु के संपर्क में न आ सके।

  • 4Na + O2 → 2Na2O
  • Na2O+ H2O → 2NaOH
  • 2NaOH + CO2 → Na2CO3 + H2O

प्रश्न 12.
चूने के पानी का सूत्र लिखिए। इसमें CO2 के प्रवाह से क्या परिवर्तन होगा?
उत्तर:
बुझे हुये चूने का जल में स्वच्छ विलयन चूने का पानी कहलाता है। इसका सूत्र Ca(OH)2 होगा।

  • चूने के पानी में CO2 प्रवाहित करने से CaCO3 बनने के कारण विलयन दूधिया हो जाता है।
    Ca(OH)2 + CO2 → CaCO3 + H2O
  • चूने के पानी में CO2 को देर तक प्रवाहित करने पर चूने के पानी का दूधियापन समाप्त हो जाता है।
    Ca(OH)2 + CO2 + H2O → Ca(HCO3)2

प्रश्न 13.
फोटो रासायनिक सेल में किस धातु का उपयोग होता है और क्यों?
उत्तर:
फोटो रासायनिक सेल में पोटैशियम तथा सीजियम का उपयोग होता है, क्योंकि इनकी आयनन ऊर्जा अत्यन्त कम होती है।

प्रश्न 14.
सोडियम क्लोराइड से सोडियम का निष्कर्षण सामान्य अपचायक से क्यों नहीं किया जा सकता है ?
उत्तर:
सोडियम प्रबल अपचायक है। विद्युत् रासायनिक श्रेणी में इसका स्थान सबसे ऊँचा है। इससे प्रबल अपचायक उपलब्ध न होने से इसे सामान्य अपचायकों द्वारा अपचयित नहीं किया जा सकता है इसे केवल विद्युत् अपघटन द्वारा ही अपचयित किया जाता है।

प्रश्न 15.
Li और Be सहसंयोजी यौगिक बनाने की प्रवृत्ति रखते हैं। समझाइये।
उत्तर:
Li और Be परमाणु का आकार बहुत छोटा होता है और उनकी आयनन ऊर्जा अधिक होती है। अतः इनके संयोजकता कोश के इलेक्ट्रॉन नाभिक से दृढ़ता से जुड़े रहते हैं। साथ ही साथ आयनों की ध्रुवण क्षमता उच्च आवेश घनत्व के कारण अधिक होती है। इसलिये Li और Be सहसंयोजी यौगिक बनाने की प्रवृत्ति रखते हैं।

प्रश्न 16.
Li की तुलना में K और Cs का उपयोग फोटो रासायनिक सेल में करते हैं। क्यों?
उत्तर:
Cs तथा K के बड़े आकार के कारण इनकी आयनन ऊर्जा Li की तुलना में अत्यन्त कम है इसलिये सरलता से इलेक्ट्रॉन का त्याग कर सकते हैं। इसलिये फोटो रासायनिक सेल में Li की तुलना में K तथा Cs का उपयोग किया जाता है।

प्रश्न 17.
BeCl2, को वायुमण्डल में रखने पर यह सफेद धूम्र देता है। क्यों?
उत्तर:
BeCl2 आर्द्रता ग्राही होता है। यह वायुमण्डल में उपस्थित नमी को अवशोषित करके जल अपघटित हो जाता है और HCl गैस उत्पन्न करता है। HCl गैस बनने के कारण ही सफेद धूम्र प्राप्त होते हैं।
BeCl2 + 2H2O → Be(OH)2 + 2HCl

प्रश्न 18.
प्रथम वर्ग में ऊपर से नीचे आने पर तत्वों की कठोरता बढ़ती जाती है, क्यों?
उत्तर:
प्रथम वर्ग में ऊपर से नीचे आने पर तत्वों के आकार में वृद्धि के साथ-साथ इनके घनत्वों में भी वृद्धि होती है और उनके परमाणुओं के मध्य आकर्षण बल भी बढ़ता जाता है। जिससे तत्वों की कठोरता बढ़ती जाती है।

s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व लघु उत्तरीय प्रश्न

प्रश्न 1.
s – ब्लॉक तत्व तथा p – ब्लॉक तत्वों को प्रतिनिधि तत्व कहते हैं। क्यों ?
उत्तर:
वे तत्व जिनके बाहरी कोश का इलेक्ट्रॉनिक विन्यास ns1-2 तथा ns2np1-6 होता है, प्रतिनिधि तत्व कहलाते हैं। क्योंकि इस समूह में उपस्थित प्रत्येक तत्व अपने समूह के गुणों का प्रतिनिधित्व करते हैं तथा प्रत्येक समूह के गुण दूसरे समूह के गुण से पूर्णतः भिन्न होते हैं।
(1) s – ब्लॉक तत्व – वे तत्व जिनका अंतिम इलेक्ट्रॉन s – उपकोश में प्रवेश करता है, s – ब्लॉक तत्व कहलाते हैं। इनका सामान्य इलेक्ट्रॉनिक विन्यास ns1-2 होता है।
(2) p – ब्लॉक तत्व-वे तत्व जिनका इलेक्ट्रॉनिक विन्यास करने पर अंतिम इलेक्ट्रॉन p – उपकोश में प्रवेश करता है, p – ब्लॉक तत्व कहलाते हैं। इनका सामान्य इलेक्ट्रॉनिक विन्यास ns2np1-6 होता है।

प्रश्न 2.
क्षार धातु प्रबल अपचायक होते हैं, क्यों?
उत्तर:
क्षार धातुओं के बड़े आकार के कारण इनकी आयनन ऊर्जा कम होती है। जिसके कारण ये संयोजी कोश के इलेक्ट्रॉन को आसानी से त्याग कर ऑक्सीकृत हो जाते हैं तथा इनके मानक इलेक्ट्रोड विभव का मान अधिक ऋणात्मक होता है। इसलिये ये इलेक्ट्रॉन का त्याग कर सरलता से M+ आयन बनाते हैं। इसलिये ये प्रबल अपचायक की तरह कार्य करते हैं।

प्रश्न 3.
BeSO4 तथा MgSO4 जल में शीघ्र विलेय है जबकि CaSO4 SrSO4 तथा BaSO4 अविलेय है। क्यों?
उत्तर:
क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं की जालक ऊर्जा, सल्फेट आयन के वृहद् आकार के कारण लगभग समान होती है। अतः इनकी विलेयता जलयोजन ऊर्जा पर निर्भर करती है, जो वर्ग में नीचे जाने पर क्रमशः घटती है। Be2+ तथा Mg2+ आयनों की उच्च जलयोजन एन्थैल्पी, जालक एन्थैल्पी कारक को हीन कर देती है जिसके कारण इनके सल्फेट जल में विलेय होते हैं। दूसरी ओर Ca2+, Sr2+ तथा Ba2+ आयनों के लिए जलयोजन एन्थैल्पी कम होती है। अत: यह जालक एन्थैल्पी कारक को हीन नहीं कर पाती है। अतः इनके सल्फेट जल में अविलेय होते हैं।

प्रश्न 4.
जलीय विलयन में लीथियम की अपचायक क्षमता अधिक क्यों होती है ?
उत्तर:
किसी तत्व के जलीय विलयन में इलेक्ट्रॉनों की त्यागने की क्षमता का मापन इलेक्ट्रोड विभव द्वारा करते हैं। यह मुख्यतः निम्नलिखित तीन कारकों पर निर्भर करता है –
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 32

अपने आयनों के छोटे आकार के कारण, लीथियम की जलयोजन एन्थैल्पी सर्वाधिक होती है। यद्यपि Li की आयनन एन्थैल्पी, क्षार धातुओं से सर्वाधिक होती है परन्तु जलयोजन एन्थैल्पी भी आयनन एन्थैल्पी से अधिक होती है। अतः उच्च जलयोजन एन्थैल्पी के कारण, लीथियम जलीय विलयन में प्रबलतम अपचायक होता है।

प्रश्न 5.
प्रकाश वैद्युत सेल में लीथियम के स्थान पर पोटैशियम एवं सीजियम क्यों प्रयुक्त किए जाते हैं ?
उत्तर:
पोटैशियम तथा सीजियम की आयनन एन्थैल्पी लीथियम की अपेक्षा अधिक कम होती है। अतः ये धातुएँ प्रकाश में रखने पर इलेक्ट्रॉन आसानी से उत्सर्जित करती है, परन्तु लीथियम ऐसा नहीं कर पाती है। यही कारण है Li की अपेक्षा K तथा Cs का प्रयोग प्रकाश वैद्युत सेल में किया जाता है।

प्रश्न 6.
क्या कारण है कि क्षार धातुएँ M+ प्रकार का धनायन बनाती है, M+2 प्रकार का धनायन नहीं?
उत्तर:
क्षार धातुओं के संयोजी कोश में 1 इलेक्ट्रॉन होता है। इनके बड़े आकार के कारण इनकी आयनन ऊर्जा अत्यन्त कम होती है। इसलिये ये सरलता से इलेक्ट्रॉन का त्याग कर M+ आयन बनाते हैं। इस M+1 आयनिक अवस्था में इनका इलेक्ट्रॉनिक विन्यास अक्रिय गैसों के इलेक्ट्रॉनिक विन्यास के समान अत्यन्त स्थायी होता है। इसलिये इस अवस्था में ये रासायनिक दृष्टि से निष्क्रिय होते हैं और इसकी आयनन ऊर्जा अत्यन्त उच्च होती है। इसी कारण ये M+2 आयन नहीं बनाते।

प्रश्न 7.
क्षार धातुओं में कौन-सी धातु प्रबल अपचायक है तथा क्यों ?
उत्तर:
किसी भी तत्व की अपचायक प्रवृत्ति उसके मानक इलेक्ट्रोड विभव पर निर्भर करती है। वे तत्व जिनका मानक इलेक्ट्रोड विभव ऋणात्मक होता है अपचायक की तरह कार्य करते हैं तथा मानक इलेक्ट्रोड विभव का मान जितना अधिक ऋणात्मक होता है वह तत्व उतना प्रबल अपचायक होता है। Li का मानक इलेक्ट्रोड विभव अत्यधिक उच्च ऋणात्मक मान दर्शाता है। इसलिये यह प्रबल अपचायक है।

प्रश्न 8.
क्षार धातु प्रकृति में मुक्त अवस्था में नहीं प्राप्त होते हैं, क्यों? अथवा, क्षार धातु सदैव आयनिक यौगिक का निर्माण करते हैं, क्यों?
उत्तर:
क्षार धातुओं के बड़े आकार के कारण इनकी आयनन ऊर्जा अत्यन्त कम होती है। इसलिये यह सरलता से इलेक्ट्रॉन का त्याग करके धनायन बना सकते हैं। अर्थात् प्रबल धनविद्युती तथा अत्यधिक क्रियाशील होने के कारण वायुमण्डल में उपस्थित ऋणविद्युती तत्व, जैसे-नमी, CO2 के साथ सरलता से अभिक्रिया करके आयनिक यौगिकों का निर्माण करते हैं। इसलिये प्रकृति में मुक्त अवस्था में प्राप्त नहीं होते हैं।

प्रश्न 9.
क्षार धातु सरलता से ज्वाला परीक्षण देते हैं। क्यों ?
उत्तर:
क्षार धातुओं के बड़े आकार के कारण इनकी आयनन ऊर्जा के मान अत्यन्त कम होते हैं। इसलिये इन क्षारीय धातुओं तथा इनके यौगिकों को जब बुन्सन ज्वाला में गर्म किया जाता है तो संयोजी कोश का इलेक्ट्रॉन उत्तेजित होकर उच्च ऊर्जा स्तर में चला जाता है। कुछ समय पश्चात् यह इलेक्ट्रॉन अतिरिक्त ऊर्जा को दृश्य प्रकाश के रूप में प्रकीर्णित कर अपनी मूल स्थिति में वापस आ जाता है । इस प्रकार प्रकाश के प्रकीर्णन के कारण यह ज्वाला को विशिष्ट रंग प्रदान करते हैं।

प्रश्न 10.
Be तथा Mg ज्वाला परीक्षण नहीं देते हैं। क्यों ?
उत्तर:
Be तथा Mg में s – कक्षक पूर्ण कक्षक के रूप में होता है। इनके छोटे आकार तथा :-कक्षक के पूर्ण कक्षक होने की वजह से इनका स्थायित्व अधिक होता है जिसके कारण इनकी आयनन ऊर्जा उच्च होती है। जिसके कारण इलेक्ट्रॉन को बुन्सन ज्वाला द्वारा उत्तेजित करना संभव नहीं है। दूसरे शब्दों में, दृश्य प्रकाश द्वारा विकिरण संभव नहीं है। इसलिये Mg तथा Be ज्वाला परीक्षण नहीं देते हैं।

प्रश्न 11.
क्षार धातुएँ द्रव अमोनिया में घुलकर नीला विलयन बनाती है, जो प्रबल विद्युत् चालक होते हैं। समीकरण सहित कारण बताइये।
उत्तर:
क्षार धातुओं का द्रव अमोनिया में विलयन अमोनीकृत इलेक्ट्रॉन की उपस्थिति के कारण नीले रंग का होता है। इस विलयन की चालकता अमोनीकृत इलेक्ट्रॉन एवं अमोनिया युक्त धनायन दोनों की उपस्थिति के कारण होती है।
M + (x + y)NH3 → [M(NH3)x]+ + [e(NH3)y]

प्रश्न 12.
Na क्षारीय है अथवा Na2O, स्पष्ट कीजिये।
उत्तर:
Na2O, Na की तुलना में अधिक क्षारीय है क्योंकि Na2O जल से क्रिया करके NaOH बनाते हैं जबकि Na भी जल से अभिक्रिया करके NaOH बनाता है लेकिन पहले वह Nago बनाता है फिर NaOH

  • 4Na + 2H2O → 2Na2O + 2H2
  • Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH

प्रश्न 13.
क्षार धातुएँ तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं की तुलना निम्नलिखित बिन्दुओं के आधार परकीजिये –

  1. N2 के साथ क्रिया
  2. कार्बोनेट पर ऊष्मा का प्रभाव
  3. सल्फेटों की जल में विलेयता।

उत्तर:
क्षार धातुएँ तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातु में तुलना –
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 33

प्रश्न 14.
क्षार धातुओं को यदि वायुमंडल में खुला रखा जाये तो कुछ समय पश्चात् उनकी धात्विक चमक नष्ट हो जाती है। क्यों?
उत्तर:
प्रत्येक धातु में एक विशिष्ट चमक होती है जिसे धात्विक चमक कहते हैं । क्षार धातुओं के बड़े आकार के कारण इनकी आयनन ऊर्जा अत्यधिक कम होती है। इसलिये यह अत्यधिक क्रियाशील तथा प्रबल धनविद्युती होते हैं तथा वायुमण्डल में उपस्थित नमी, O2 तथा CO2 के साथ अभिक्रिया करके क्षारीय कार्बोनेट बनाते हैं। धातुओं की सतह पर ऑक्साइड तथा कार्बोनेट की पर्त बनने के कारण इनकी धात्विक चमक नष्ट हो जाती है।

प्रश्न 15.
क्षार धातु एवं क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं में प्रमुख अंतर लिखिये।
उत्तर:
क्षार धातु एवं क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं में प्रमुख अंतर –

क्षार धातु:

  • ये + 1 संयोजकता दर्शाते हैं।
  • इनके हाइड्रॉक्साइड प्रबल क्षार होते हैं।
  • इनके कार्बोनेट, सल्फेट, फॉस्फेट जल में विलेय होते हैं।
  • इनकी आयनन ऊर्जा का मान अपेक्षाकृत कम होता है।
  • ये चमकदार, आघातवर्धनीय एवं तन्य होते हैं।

क्षारीय मृदा धातु:

  • ये + 2 संयोजकता दर्शाते हैं।
  • इनके हाइड्रॉक्साइड दुर्बल क्षार होते हैं, क्षार धातु की तुलना में।
  • इनके यौगिक जल में अविलेय होते हैं।
  • इनकी आयनन ऊर्जा का मान उच्च होता है।
  • इनके ये गुण क्षार धातु की तुलना में अपेक्षाकृत कम होते हैं।

प्रश्न 16.
LiCl और RbCl में कौन प्रबल आयनिक होगा और क्यों ?
उत्तर:
LiCl की तुलना में RbCl प्रबल आयनिक यौगिक है। क्योंकि Li के छोटे आकार के कारण इसकी आयनन ऊर्जा अत्यधिक उच्च होती है। इसलिये यह सहसंयोजी यौगिक बनाता है जबकि Rb के बड़े आकार के कारण इसकी आयनन ऊर्जा अत्यन्त कम होती है। इसलिये यह सरलता से इलेक्ट्रॉन का त्याग करके धनायन बनाता है। इसलिये इसके यौगिक प्रबल आयनिक प्रवृत्ति दर्शाते हैं।

प्रश्न 17.
क्षार धातु और क्षारीय मृदा धातु में किसके कार्बोनेट जल में विलेय हैं और क्यों?
अथवा
क्षार धातु के कार्बोनेट जल में विलेय हैं जबकि क्षारीय मृदा धातु के कार्बोनेट जल में अविलेय हैं। क्यों?
उत्तर:
क्षार धातु के कार्बोनेट जल में विलेय है क्योंकि इनकी जलयोजन ऊर्जा, जालक ऊर्जा से अधिक होती है जबकि क्षारीय मृदा धातु के छोटे आकार तथा उच्च आवेश घनत्व के कारण इनकी जालक ऊर्जा उच्च तथा जलयोजन ऊर्जा से अधिक होती है। इसलिये क्षारीय मृदा धातु के कार्बोनेट जल में अविलेय है।

प्रश्न 18.
क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के द्वितीय आयनन विभव का मान प्रथम आयनन विभव से अधिक है फिर भी क्षारीय मृदा धातु + 2 ऑक्सीकरण संख्या दर्शाते हैं + 1 नहीं, क्यों?
उत्तर:
क्षारीय मृदा धातु + 2 आयन का निर्माण करते हैं + 1 आयन का नहीं, क्योंकि

  • इनके संयोजी कोश में 2 इलेक्ट्रॉन होते हैं ये तत्व स्थायी इलेक्ट्रॉनिक विन्यास प्राप्त करने के लिये 2e का त्याग कर M+2 आयन का निर्माण करते हैं।
  • इस द्विसंयोजी आयन के निर्माण के दौरान जालक ऊर्जा मुक्त होने लग जाती है जो द्वितीय आयनन ऊर्जा के मान को कम कर देती है। इसलिये ये सरलता से द्विसंयोजी आयन का निर्माण करते हैं।

प्रश्न 19.
BeCl2 तथा अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के क्लोराइडों में असमानता बताइए।
उत्तर:

  • BeCl2 सहसंयोजी यौगिक है जबकि अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के क्लोराइड आयनिक है।
  • BeCl2 जल में अविलेय है जबकि अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के क्लोराइड जल में विलेय है।
  • BeCl2 कार्बनिक विलायकों में विलेय है जबकि अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के क्लोराइड कार्बनिक विलायकों में विलेय है।
  • BeCl2 के गलनांक, क्वथनांक निम्न हैं जबकि अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के क्लोराइड के गलनांक, क्वथनांक उच्च हैं।

प्रश्न 20.
BaSO4 की विलेयता CaSO4 से कम है। क्यों?
उत्तर:
क्षारीय मृदा धातुओं के सल्फेटों की विलेयता समूह में ऊपर से नीचे आने पर कम होती है। क्योंकि जालक ऊर्जा तो लगभग समान रहती है। परन्तु समूह में ऊपर से नीचे आने पर परमाणविक त्रिज्या में वृद्धि के कारण जलयोजन ऊर्जा में कमी आती है। जलयोजन ऊर्जा का मान जालक ऊर्जा से कम होने लगता है जिसके कारण विलेयता में कमी आती है।

प्रश्न 21.
Be की आयनन ऊर्जा B से अधिक है। क्यों?
उत्तर:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 56
Be में s – कक्षक पूर्ण कक्षक है। जबकि B में p कक्षक अपूर्ण कक्षक है। अर्धपूर्ण तथा पूर्ण कक्षक अपूर्ण कक्षक की तुलना में अधिक स्थायी होते हैं तथा इनमें से इलेक्ट्रॉन को निकालने के लिये अत्यधिक ऊर्जा की आवश्यकता होती है। इसलिये Be की आयनन ऊर्जा बोरॉन से अधिक है।

प्रश्न 22.
सोडियम कार्बोनेट को अमोनिया सोडा विधि से कैसे बनाया जाता है ? इसके सिद्धान्त को लिखिये।
उत्तर:
इस विधि में पहले NaCl के सान्द्र विलयन को NH3 द्वारा संतृप्त करते हैं । जिससे अमोनियामय सोडियम क्लोराइड बनाता है।
इस अमोनियामय सोडियम क्लोराइड विलयन में CO2 गैस प्रवाहित करते हैं। जिससे अमोनियम बाइकार्बोनेट बनता है जो सोडियम क्लोराइड से क्रिया करके सोडियम बाइ-कार्बोनेट बनाता है।

  • NH3 + CO2 + H2O → NH4HCO3
  • NH4HCO3 + NaCl → NaHCO3 + NH4Cl

सोडियम बाइ-कार्बोनेट अल्प विलेय होने से अवक्षेप के रूप में नीचे बैठ जाता है। इसे छानकर निस्तापित करने पर सोडियम कार्बोनेट बना लेता है।
2NaHCO3 → Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2

प्रश्न 23.
सोडियम कार्बोनेट से –

  • सोडियम बाइ-कार्बोनेट
  • सोडियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड
  • सोडियम सिलीकेट कैसे प्राप्त करते हैं ?

उत्तर:

  • सोडियम कार्बोनेट के जलीय विलयन में CO2 गैस प्रवाहित करने पर सोडियम बाइकार्बोनेट का सफेद अवक्षेप प्राप्त होता है।
    NaCO3 + H2O + CO2 → 2NaHCO3
  • सोडियम कार्बोनेट को चूने के पानी के साथ उबालने पर सोडियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड बनता है।
    Na4CO3 + Ca(OH)2 → 2NaOH + CaCO3
  • सोडियम कार्बोनेट को सिलिका के साथ गर्म करने पर सोडियम सिलिकेट बनता है।
    Na2CO3 + SiO2 → Na2SiO3 + CO2

प्रश्न 24.
बेकिंग सोडा क्या है ? इसे बनाने की विधि, गुण तथा उपयोग लिखिए।
उत्तर:
परिभाषा-सोडियम हाइड्रोजन कार्बोनेट को बेकिंग सोडा कहते हैं तथा इसका सूत्र NaHCO, है।
बनाने की विधि –

  • अमोनिया सोडा विधि में सोडियम बाइ-कार्बोनेट माध्यमिक यौगिक के रूप में मिलता है।
    NH4HCO3 + NaCl + NaHCO3 + NH4Cl
  • सोडियम कार्बोनेट विलयन में CO2 गैस प्रवाहित करने पर सोडियम बाइकार्बोनेट बनता है।
    NaCO3 + H2O + CO2 → 2NaHCO3

गुण:
सफेद क्रिस्टलीय पदार्थ जल में अल्प विलेय, जलीय विलयन दुर्बल क्षारीय।
उपयोग:

  • बेकिंग पाउडर बनाने में
  • पेट की अम्लीयता कम करने की दवा में
  • आग बुझाने के यंत्र में।

प्रश्न 25.
सोडियम कार्बोनेट बनाने की ली-ब्लॉक विधि का संक्षिप्त विवरण देते हुये समझाइये कि ली ब्लॉक-विधि से सॉल्वे विधि अच्छी क्यों है ?
उत्तर:
ली-ब्लॉक प्रक्रम – यह प्रक्रम तीन पदों में पूर्ण होता है।
(1) नमक को सान्द्र H2SO4 के साथ गर्म करने पर सोडियम सल्फेट (साल्ट केक) बनता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 34
(2) पिसे हुये साल्ट केक, चूने पत्थर और कोक के मिश्रण को गर्म करने पर सोडियम कार्बोनेट के साथ कैल्सियम सल्फाइड बनता है। CaCO3,Na2CO3 और Cas के इस मिश्रण को काली राख कहा जाता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 35
(3) बारीक पिसी काली राख को जल के साथ उबालने पर Na2CO3 विलेय हो जाता है। अविलेय Cas और CaCO3 के छानकर अलग कर देते हैं। छनित को वाष्पित करके ठोस Na2CO3प्राप्त कर लेते हैं।

सॉल्वे विधि की ली-ब्लॉक से श्रेष्ठता –

  • सॉल्वे विधि सस्ती है।
  • सॉल्वे विधि में शुद्ध Na2CO3 बनता है।
  • सॉल्वे विधि में कोई हानिकारक धूम नहीं निकलते।
  • सॉल्वे विधि में बीच में NaHCO3 भी बनता है जो एक उपयोगी यौगिक है।

प्रश्न 26.
सोडियम कार्बोनेट की हारग्रीव-बर्ड सेल विधि का वर्णन कीजिये।
उत्तर:
हारग्रीव बर्ड सेल में कार्बन का एनोड तथा छिद्रयुक्त कॉपर का कैथोड होता है तथा इन्हें ऐस्बेस्टॉस झिल्ली द्वारा पृथक् रखा जाता है। NaCl विलयन का वैद्युत अपघटन कराने पर सोडियम तथा क्लोरीन बनते हैं । सेल में ऐस्बेस्टॉस के बाहरी ओर भाप और CO2भेजी जाती है, जो Na से अभिक्रिया करके Na2CO3 बनाते हैं। इन विलयन का वाष्पन करने पर Na2CO3.10H2O प्राप्त होता है।

  • 2NaCl – 2Na+ + 2Cl
  • 2Na+ + 2e → 2Na
  • कैथोड पर – 2Na + 2H2O → 2NaOH + H2.
  • 2NaOH + CO2 →Na2CO3 + H2O

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 36

प्रश्न 27.
सोडियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड बनाने की नेल्सन सेल विधि का चित्र सहित वर्णन नमक का ग्रेफाइट का ऐनोड कीजिये।
उत्तर:
नेल्सन सेल इस्पात की टंकी में ऐस्बेस्टॉस बेलनाकार ऐस्बेस्टॉस की तह लगी इस्पात की की खोल छिद्रयुक्त नली लगाकर बनाया जाता है। इस्पात की छिद्र युक्त नली कैथोड का कार्य करती है। इस नली में NaCl विलयन भरकर इस्पात की नली में लटका इस्पात का कैथोड देते हैं। कार्बन की छड़ एनोड का कार्य करती है। विद्युत् अपघटन पर सोडियम आयन मुक्त होता है NaOH का विलयन जो ऐस्बेस्टॉस की तह को पार कर कैथोड पर मुक्त होने के बाद टंकी में आने वाली भाप से क्रिया कर NaOH बनाता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 38

2NaCl ⇌ 2Na+ + 2Cl
कैथोड पर – 2Na+ + 2e →2Na
2Na + 2H2O → 2NaOH + H2
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 57

प्रश्न 28.
बुझा हुआ चूना बनाने की विधि, गुण तथा उपयोग लिखिए।
उत्तर:
(1) अनबुझे चूने पर पानी का छिड़काव करने पर बुझा चूना प्राप्त होता है।
CaO + H2O → Ca(OH)2

(2) कैल्सियम लवणों पर क्षार की अभिक्रिया कराने पर Ca(OH)2 प्राप्त होता है।
Ca(NO3)2 + 2NaOH → Ca(OH)2 + 2NaNO3

गुण:
(1) इसे 400°C तक गर्म करने पर कैल्सियम ऑक्साइड बनता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 58
(2) चूने के पानी में CO2 प्रवाहित करने पर CaCO3 का सफेद दूधिया अवक्षेप बनता है।
Ca(OH)2 + CO2 → CaCO3 + H2 O
(3) चूने के पानी में देर तक CO2 प्रवाहित करने पर Ca(HCO3 )2 बनने के कारण दूधियापन समाप्त हो जाता है।
CaCO3 + CO2 + H2O → Ca(HCO3 )2
(4) शुष्क बुझे चूने पर Cl2 गैस प्रवाहित करने पर ब्लीचिंग पाउडर प्राप्त होता है।
Ca(OH)2 + Cl2 → CaoCl2 + H2 O
उपयोग:

  • कॉस्टिक सोडा तथा विरंजक चूर्ण के निर्माण में।
  • कोल गैस के शोधन में।
  • दीवारों पर सफेदी करने में।
  • अमोनिया के निर्माण में।

प्रश्न 29.
सोडा लाइम विधि से सोडियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड कैसे बनाते हैं ?
उत्तर:
सोडियम कार्बोनेट के 10 – 20% विलयन को बुझे हुये चूने की उचित मात्रा के साथ भाप के द्वारा 84-85°C ताप गर्म करने पर कैल्सियम कार्बोनेट एवं कास्टिक सोडा बनता है। कास्टिक सोडा विलयन में रहता है जबकि CaCO3 का सफेद अवक्षेप प्राप्त होता है। विलयन को छानकर वाष्पन करने या 98% शुद्ध ठोस कास्टिक सोडा प्राप्त होता है।
Na2 CO3 + Ca[OH]2 → 2NaOH + CaCO3

s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व दीर्घ उत्तरीय प्रश्न

प्रश्न 1.
निम्नलिखित में से प्रत्येक प्रेक्षण पर टिप्पणी लिखिए –
(a) जलीय विलयनों में क्षार धातु आयनों की गतिशीलता Li + > Na+ > K+ > Rb+ > Cs+
(b) लीथियम ऐसी एकमात्र क्षार धातु है, जो नाइट्राइट बनाती है।
(c) M2+(aq) + 2e →M(s) हेतु E° ( जहाँ, M = Ca, Sr या Ba) लगभग स्थिरांक है।
उत्तर:
(a) आयन का आकार जितना कम होता है, जलयोजन उतना ही अधिक होता है तथा आयन का जलयोजन जितना अधिक होता है, उसकी आयनिक गतिशीलता उतनी ही कम होती है। अतः जलयोजन क्षमता का क्रम निम्न होगा –
Li + > Na+ > K+ > Rb+ > Cs+
अतः आयनिक गतिशीलता विपरीत क्रम में बढ़ेगी
(b) अपने छोटे आकार के कारण, क्षार धातुओं में केवल लीथियम नाइट्राइड बनाती है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 39
(c) M2+(aq) + 2e →M(s)
जहाँ, M = Ca, Sr, Ba के लिए E° का मान लगभग समान होता है। किसी भी M2+/ M इलेक्ट्रोड के लिए E° का मान निम्नलिखित तीन कारकों पर निर्भर करता है –

  • वाष्पन एन्थैल्पी
  • आयनन एन्थैल्पी
  • जलयोजन एन्थैल्पी।

चूँकि इन तीनों कारकों का संयुक्त प्रभाव Ca, Sr तथा Ba के लिए लगभग समान रहता है। अतः इन इलेक्ट्रोड विभव का मान भी लगभग स्थिर रहता है।

प्रश्न 2.
लीथियम अपने समूह के अन्य सदस्यों से अपसामान्य व्यवहार दर्शाता है, क्यों?
उत्तर:
Li अपने समूह के अन्य सदस्यों से अपसामान्य व्यवहार दर्शाता है, क्योंकि –

  • इसके परमाणु तथा आयन का आकार छोटा होता है।
  • आयनन ऊर्जा उच्च है।
  • इलेक्ट्रॉनबंधुता उच्च है।
  • d – कक्षक अनुपस्थित है।

अपसामान्य व्यवहार:

  • Li अन्य क्षार-धातुओं की तुलना में अधिक कठोर है।
  • Li के गलनांक तथा क्वथनांक अन्य क्षार धातुओं की तुलना में उच्च है।
  • Liसहसंयोजी यौगिक बनाता है जबकि समूह के अन्य सदस्य आयनिक यौगिक बनाते हैं।
  • Li केवल ऑक्साइड बनाता है जबकि अन्य क्षार धातुएँ परॉक्साइड तथा सुपर ऑक्साइड भी बनाते हैं।
  • लीथियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड समूह के अन्य धातुओं के हाइड्राइड की तुलना में अधिक स्थायी है।
  • लीथियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड दुर्बल क्षार है जबकि अन्य क्षार धातुओं के हाइड्रॉक्साइड प्रबल क्षार है।
  • Li नाइट्रोजन के साथ संयोग कर नाइट्राइड बनाता है जबकि समूह की अन्य धातु नाइट्रोजन से संयोग नहीं करती है।
  • लीथियम नाइट्रेट गर्म करने पर विघटित होकर Li2O देता है जबकि अन्य क्षार धातु के नाइट्रेट गर्म करने पर अपघटित होकर नाइट्राइट देते हैं।
    1. 4LiNO3 → 2Li2O + 4NO2 + O2
    2. 2NaNO3 → 2NaNO2 + O2
  • Li2CO3 गर्म करने पर विघटित हो जाता है जबकि अन्य क्षार धातु के कार्बोनेट गर्म करने पर अपघटित नहीं होते हैं।
    MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 40

प्रश्न 3.
विकर्ण संबंध क्या है ? Li तथा Mg में विकर्ण संबंध लिखिये।
उत्तर:
विकर्ण संबंध:
द्वितीय आवर्त के कुछ तत्व तृतीय आवर्त के कुछ तत्व के साथ विकर्ण में समानता दर्शाते हैं जिसे विकर्ण संबंध कहते हैं।
Liतथा Mg में विकर्ण संबंध:

  • लीथियम की परमाणु त्रिज्या 1.34A तथा Mg की परमाणु त्रिज्या 1.36A लगभग बराबर है।
  • Liव Mg+2 की ध्रुवण क्षमता लगभग समान है।
  • Li व Mg दोनों कठोर होते हैं।
  • Li व Mg की ऋण विद्युतता (1.0 और 1.2) बराबर होती हैं।
  • Li तथा Mg दोनों के गलनांक तथा क्वथनांक उच्च हैं।
  • Li तथा Mg दोनों N, के साथ अभिक्रिया करके नाइट्राइड बनाते हैं।
  • Li तथा Mg दोनों ऑक्सीजन के साथ संयोग करके मोनो ऑक्साइड देते हैं।
  • Li तथा Mg दोनों जल को विघटित करके H2 देते हैं।
  • Li तथा Mg के कार्बोनेट गर्म करने पर CO2 गैस देते हैं।
  • LiOH तथा Mg (OH)2 दोनों दुर्बल क्षार हैं।।

प्रश्न 4.
क्षार धातु तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातु में क्या समानता है ?
उत्तर:

  • क्षार धातु तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातु प्रकृति में मुक्त अवस्था में प्राप्त नहीं होते।
  • क्षार धातु तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातु के ऑक्साइड जल में विलेय होकर प्रबल क्षार का निर्माण करते हैं।
  • क्षार धातु तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातु कोमल तथा चमकीली होती हैं।
  • इन्हें वायु में रखने पर इनकी सतह मलिन हो जाती है।
  • क्षार धातु तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातु (Be तथा Mg को छोड़कर) ज्वाला परीक्षण देते हैं।
  • क्षार धातु तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातु प्रबल अपचायक है।
  • क्षार धातु तथा क्षारीय मृदा धातु दोनों आयनिक यौगिक का निर्माण करते हैं।
  • दोनों के नाइट्रेट तथा हैलाइड जल में विलेय हैं।

प्रश्न 5.
Be अपने समूह के अन्य सदस्यों की तुलना में अपसामान्य व्यवहार दर्शाता है, क्यों?
उत्तर:
Be अपने समूह के अन्य सदस्यों से अपसामान्य व्यवहार दर्शाता है, क्योंकि

  • इसके परमाणु तथा आयन का आकार छोटा होता है।
  • आयनन ऊर्जा अत्यधिक उच्च होती है।
  • इलेक्ट्रॉनबंधुता उच्च होती है।
  • d-कक्षक की अनुपस्थिति।

अपसामान्य व्यवहार:

  • Be कठोर है जबकि इस समूह के अन्य सदस्य कोमल धातु होती है।
  • अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातु की तुलना में Be के गलनांक तथा क्वथनांक उच्च होते हैं।
  • Be के यौगिक सहसंयोजी होते हैं। जबकि अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातु के यौगिक आयनिक होते हैं।
  • Be अम्लों से सरलता से H2 मुक्त नहीं करता जबकि अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातु शीघ्रता से H2 मुक्त करती है।
  • बेरीलियम कार्बाइड जल अभिक्रिया कराने पर मेथेन देता है, जबकि अन्य सदस्य एसीटिलीन देते हैं ।
    Be2C + 2H2O → 2BeO + CH4
    CaC2 + 2H20 → Ca(OH)2 + C2H,2
  • BeO उभयधर्मी है जबकि अन्य सदस्यों के ऑक्साइड क्षारीय होते हैं।
  • Be व Mg को छोड़कर सभी सदस्य ज्वाला परीक्षण देते हैं।
  • Be गर्म करने पर भी जल के साथ कोई अभिक्रिया नहीं दर्शाता जबकि अन्य क्षारीय मृदा धातु जल के साथ सरलता से अभिक्रिया दर्शाते हैं।
  • Be हाइड्रोजन के साथ मंद गति से अभिक्रिया करता है, जबकि अन्य शीघ्रता से अभिक्रिया करते हैं।

प्रश्न 6.
Be व AI में विकर्ण संबंध लिखिये।
उत्तर:

  • Be व AI की परमाणविक त्रिज्या तथा आयनिक त्रिज्या लगभग बराबर है।
  • दोनों सहसंयोजी यौगिक बनाते हैं।
  • दोनों धातुएँ दुर्बल विद्युती धनी प्रकृति के होते हैं।
  • दोनों धातुओं की सान्द्र HNO, से क्रिया कराने पर ये निष्क्रिय होते हैं।
  • दोनों शीघ्रता से हाइड्राइड नहीं बनाती।
  • Be तथा AI दोनों के ऑक्साइड उभयधर्मी प्रकृति के होते हैं।
    1. BeO +2HCl→ BeCl2 + H2O
    2. BeO + 2NaOH → Na2BeO2 + H2O
    3. Al2O3+6HCl → 2AlCl3 + 3H2O
    4.  Al203 + 2NaOH → 2NaAlO2 + H2O
  • दोनों धातुओं के कार्बाइड जल से क्रिया करके मीथेन देते हैं।
    Be2C + 2H2O → 2BeO + CH2
    Al4C3 + 6H2O → 2AI2O3 + 3CH4
  • BeCl2 तथा AlCl3 द्विलक तथा बहुलक के रूप में मिलते हैं।
  • Be तथा A1 के ऑक्साइड दुर्बल क्षार हैं।
  • BeCl2तथा AlCl3 प्रबल लुईस अम्ल हैं।

प्रश्न 7.
सॉल्वे विधि द्वारा सोडियम कार्बोनेट का निर्माण किस प्रकार किया जाता है ? नामांकित रेखाचित्र खींचिए एवं समीकरण लिखिये।
उत्तर:
जब अमोनियामय NaCl विलयन में CO2 गैस प्रवाहित करते हैं तो अमोनियम बाइकार्बोनेट बनता है। जो NaCl से अभिक्रिया करके सोडियम बाइकार्बोनेट बनाता है।

  • NH3 + CO2 + H2O → NH4HCO3
  • NH4HCO3 + NaCl → NaHCO3 + NH4Cl

सोडियम बाइकार्बोनेट अल्प विलेय होने से अवक्षेपित होकर नीचे बैठ जाता है। इसे छानकर निस्तापित करने पर Na2co3 प्राप्त होता है।
2NaHCO3 → Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2

उपकरण एवं विधि –
(1) अमोनिया संतृप्त स्तम्भ – इसमें ब्राइन को अमोनिया से संतृप्त करते हैं। अमोनियामय ब्राइन बनता है तथा Ca एवं Mg की अशुद्धि अवक्षेपित होकर नीचे बैठ जाती है।
(2) छन्ना – Ca तथा Mg के अवक्षेप अमोनियामय ब्राइन से पृथक् हो जाते हैं।
(3) शीतकारक-अमोनियामय ब्राइन को ठण्डा करते हैं।
(4) कार्बोनेटीकरण स्तम्भ – अमोनियामय ब्राइन में चूने के भट्टी से प्राप्त CO2 प्रवाहित करने पर सोडियम बाइकार्बोनेट प्राप्त होता है।

  • 2NH3 + H2O + CO2 → (NH4)2 CO3
  • (NH4)2CO3CO2 + H2O → 2NH4HCO3
  • NH4HCO3 + NaCl → NaHCO3 + NaCl

(5) निर्वात् छन्ना – अविलेय NaHCO3 छनकर पृथक् हो जाता है। विलयन में NH4Cl तथा NH4HCO3 शेष रहता है। इसे पुनः प्राप्ति स्तम्भ में भेजा जाता है।
(6) चूने की भट्टी – चूने के पत्थर से CO2 गैस प्राप्त की जाती है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 41
CaO जल के साथ क्रिया कर Ca(OH)2 बनाता है जो NH4Cl के साथ अभिक्रिया कर पुन: NH3 देता है।
CaO + H2O + Ca(OH)2
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 42
(7) अमोनिया पुनः प्राप्ति स्तम्भ – निर्वात् छन्ने से प्राप्त द्रव पर ऊष्मा तथा बुझे चूने की क्रिया से अमोनिया प्राप्त करते हैं।

  • NH4HCO3 → NH3 + H2O+CO
  • 2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 → CaCl2 + 2NH3 + 2H2O

(8) NaHCO4 का जारण – निर्वात् छन्ना से प्राप्त सोडियम बाइकार्बोनेट प्राप्त होता है। इसे बेलनाकार भट्टियों में गर्म करते हैं जिससे सोडियम कार्बोनेट प्राप्त होता है।
2NaHCO2 → Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2

प्रश्न 8.
जब वर्ग – 1 की एक धातु को द्रव अमोनिया में घोला गया, तो निम्नलिखित प्रेक्षण प्राप्त हुए –
(a) प्रारंभ में नीला विलयन प्राप्त हुआ।
(b) विलयन को सान्द्र करने पर, नीला रंग-काँस्य-रंग में परिवर्तित हो गया। विलयन के नीले रंग की व्याख्या कीजिए। विलयन को कुछ समय तक रखने पर प्राप्त उत्पाद का नाम बताइए।
उत्तर:
(a) वर्ग-1 धातुओं को द्रव अमोनिया में घोलने पर निम्नलिखित अभिक्रिया प्राप्त हुई –
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 43
विलयन का नीला रंग अमोनीकृत इलेक्ट्रॉनों के कारण होता है, जो दृश्य प्रकाश क्षेत्र की संगत् ऊर्जा का अवशोषण करके विलयन को नीला रंग प्रदान करता है।

(b) सान्द्र विलयन में, धातु आयन स्तर बन जाने के कारण नीला रंग, काँस्य रंग में बदल जाता है। नीला विलयन कुछ समय तक पड़े रहने पर हाइड्रोजन को मुक्त करता है तथा ऐमाइड बनते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 44

प्रश्न 9.
क्षार धातुओं के परॉक्साइड तथा सुपर ऑक्साइडों का स्थायित्व वर्ग में नीचे की ओर जाने पर घटता है। उदाहरण सहित व्याख्या कीजिए ?
उत्तर:
परॉक्साइड तथा सुपर ऑक्साइडों का स्थायित्व धातु आयन का आकार बढ़ने पर बढ़ता है।
KO2 < RbO2 < CsO2
क्षार धातुओं का ऑक्सीजन के साथ क्रिया करके विभिन्न ऑक्साइड बनाने का कारण, क्षार धातु के धनायन के परितः प्रबल धनात्मक क्षेत्र का निर्माण होता है। Li* का आकार सबसे छोटा है, जिसके कारण यह O2-आयन को पुन: O2 से क्रिया नहीं करने देता है। Na+ का आकार Li से बड़ा है अतः इसका धनात्मक Li+ के क्षेत्र से क्षीण होता है। K+ Rb+ Cs+जैसे बड़े आयन O2-2 आयन को पुन: 02 से क्रिया करके सुपरऑक्साइड (O2) बनाने देते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 45
पुनः धातु आयनों का आकार बढ़ने के साथ-साथ परॉक्साइडों तथा सुपरऑक्साइडों के स्थायित्व में भी वृद्धि होती है। इसका प्रमुख कारण जालक ऊर्जा प्रभाव के फलस्वरूप बड़े ऋणायनों का बड़े धनायनों द्वारा स्थायित्व प्रदान करना है।

प्रश्न 10.
सोडियम हाइड्रॉक्साइड प्राप्त करने की कास्टनर केलनर सेल का चित्र सहित वर्णन कीजिए।
उत्तर:
इसमें एक लोहे की आयताकार टंकी होती है जो स्लेट की पट्टियों द्वारा तीन भागों में विभाजित रहती है। ये पट्टियाँ हौज पेंदे को छूती नहीं हैं बल्कि निचला भाग हौज के तले में रखे हुये पारे से ढंका रहता है। पारे की पर्त तीनों भागों को एक-दूसरे से पृथक् रखती है। पारे की पर्त यांत्रिक प्रबन्ध द्वारा इधर – उधर घूमती रहती है।

बाहरी कक्ष में NaCl का विलयन भरा रहता है, जिसमें ग्रेफाइट की छड़ लगी रहती है। ये एनोड का कार्य करती है। बीच ऐनोड वाले भाग में NaOH का तनु विलयन भरा रहता है, जिसमें लोहे की छड़ का बना कैथोड लटका – रहता है। विद्युत् धारा प्रवाहित करने पर पारा प्रेरण बीच का कक्ष एनोड का तथा बाहरी कक्ष कैथोड का कार्य करते हैं।

बाहरी कक्ष में एनोड पर Cl2 मुक्त होती है। सोडियम कैथोड पर मुक्त होकर पारे के साथ सोडियम अमलगम बना लेता है। सोडियम अमलगम उत्क्रेन्द्रीय पट्टियों की सहायता से सेल के मध्य भाग में आता है । यहाँ पर सोडियम अमलगम ऐनोड का कार्य करता है और आयरन की छड़ कैथोड का। इस भाग में NaOH भरा रहता है। विद्युत् धारा प्रवाहित करने पर OH आयन एनोड पर विसर्जित होते हैं तथा अमलगम में उपस्थित सोडियम से क्रिया कर NaOH बनाते हैं तथा H2 गैस मुक्त करते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 46

अभिक्रिया-बाहरी कक्ष में –
2NaCl ⇄ 2Na+ + 2Cl

कैथोड पर –
2Na+ + 2e → 2Na
2Na + xHg → HgxNa2
एनोड पर –
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 66
मध्य कक्ष में –
NaOH ⇄  Na+ + OH

कैथोड पर –
2NaHg + 2H2O → 2NaOH + 2Hg + H2
Na+ + e → Na
2Na + 2H2O → 2NaOH + H2

एनोड पर –
2OH → 2OH + 2e
Hgx Na2 + 2OH → 2NaOH + xHg

प्रश्न 11.
जब कैल्सियम के यौगिक –
(A) में जल मिलाया जाता है तो यौगिक (B) के विलयन का निर्माण होता है। इस विलयन में कार्बन डाइ-ऑक्साइड प्रवाहित करने पर यह यौगिक (C) बनने के कारण दुधिया हो जाता है। कार्बन डाइ-ऑक्साइड की अधिक मात्रा में प्रवाहित करने पर, यौगिक (D) के निर्माण के कारण यह दुधियापन लुप्त हो जाता है तथा यौगिक (A), (B), (C) तथा (D) को पहचानिए तथा बताइए कि अंतिम पद में दुधियापन क्यों समाप्त हो जाता है ?
उत्तर:
यौगिक (B) के विलयन में CO2 प्रवाहित करने पर विलयन का दुधिया होना संकेत करता है कि यौगिक (B) बुझा हुआ चूना [Ca(OH)2] है तथा यौगिक (C) कैल्सियम कार्बोनेट है। चूँकि यौगिक (B), यौगिक (A) में H2O को मिलाने से प्राप्त होता है। अतः यौगिक (A) में बिना बुझा चूना (CaO) है। संगत अभिक्रियाएँ निम्नलखित हैं –
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 47
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 48
(iii) CO2 को अधिकता में प्रवाहित करने पर, विलेय कैल्सियम बाइकार्बोनेट बनाने के कारण दुधियापन लुप्त हो जाता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 49

प्रश्न 12.
कैल्सियम ऑक्साइड बनाने की विधि, रासायनिक गुण तथा उपयोग लिखिये।
उत्तर:
चूने के पत्थर को गर्म करके कैल्सियम ऑक्साइड बनाते हैं।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 50
यह अभिक्रिया उत्क्रमणीय है। अतः चूना प्राप्त करने हेतु CO2 को जल्दी-जल्दी-हटाते रहना आवश्यक है। अभिक्रिया का-ताप 900°C होना चाहिये क्योंकि अधिक ताप पर मिट्टी और चूने की अभिक्रिया से गलनीय सिलिकेट बन जाता है। भट्टी में बाजू से दो अँगीठियों में कोयला जलाया जाता है। ऊपर से धीरे-धीरे चूने का पत्थर डालते रहते हैं, जो नीचे आते-आते अपघटित हो जाता है। CO2 गैस ऊपरी भाग से बाहर निकलती है। इसे द्रवित कर सिलेण्डरों में भर लिया जाता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 51
रासायनिक गुण:
(1) नम वायु से नमी तथा CO2 सोखकर Ca(OH)2 तथा CaCO3 बनाता है।

  • CaO + H2O Ạ Ca(OH)2
  • CaO + CO2 CaCO2

(2) यह एक प्रबल क्षारीय ऑक्साइड है जो अम्लों के साथ अभिक्रिया कर लवण बनाता है।

  • CaO + 2HCl → CaCl2 + H2O
  • Cao + SiO2→ CaSiO3

(3) अमोनियम लवणों के साथ गर्म करने पर NH, गैस बनती है।
2NH4Cl + CaO → CaCl2 + H2O + 2NH2
(4) कार्बन और कैल्सियम ऑक्साइड को गर्म करने से CaC2 प्राप्त होता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 52
उपयोग:

  • धातुकर्म के गालक के रूप में
  • ऐल्कोहॉल तथा गैसों को सुखाने में
  • लाइम लाइट उत्पन्न करने के लिये
  • कोल गैस को शुद्ध करने में
  • कागज बनाने में।

प्रश्न 13.
वर्ग-1 के एक तत्व का आयन कोशिकाओं में शिरा-संकेतों के संचरण, शर्करा तथा एमीनो अम्लों के प्रवाह में सहायक है। यह तत्व ज्वाला परीक्षण में ज्वाला के साथ पीला रंग देता है तथा
ऑक्सीजन के साथ ऑक्साइड तथा परॉक्साइड बनाता है।तत्व की पहचान कीजिए तथा इसके परॉक्साइड निर्माण की रासायनिक समीकरणों को लिखिए। यह तत्व ज्वाला के साथ रंग क्यों देता है ?
उत्तर:
ज्वाला परीक्षण में पीले रंग की ज्वाला दर्शाता है कि धातु सोडियम ही होनी चाहिए। यह 0, के साथ क्रिया करके सोडियम परॉक्साइड Na2O2 तथा सोडियम ऑक्साइड, Nao का मिश्रण देता है।
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 s-ब्लॉक तत्त्व - 53
सोडियम की आयनन एन्थैल्पी कम होती है। जब सोडियम धातु या इसके लवण को बुन्सन ज्वाला में गर्म किया जाता है, तब ज्वाला की ऊष्मा बाह्यतम इलेक्ट्रॉन को उच्च ऊर्जा स्तर पर उत्तेजित कर देती है तब ये इलेक्ट्रॉन पुनः अपनी तलस्थ / आद्य अवस्था में आते हैं तो दृश्य क्षेत्र में विकिरण उत्सर्जन के कारण ज्वाला को पीला रंग प्रदान करते हैं।

प्रश्न 14.
निम्नलिखित की महत्ता बताइए –
(a) चूना पत्थर
(b) सीमेंट
(c) प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस।
उत्तर:
(a) चूना पत्थर (CaCO3):

  • इसे मैग्नीशियम कार्बोनेट के साथ आयरन जैसी धातुओं के निष्कर्षण में गालक के रूप में प्रयोग करते हैं।
  • इसका प्रयोग ऐन्टासिड, टूथपेस्ट में अपघर्षक के रूप में, च्यूइंगम में संघटक तथा सौन्दर्य प्रसाधनों में रूपक के रूप में भी करते हैं।

(b) सीमेंट:

  • यह भवन निर्माण हेतु एक महत्वपूर्ण यौगिक है।
  • इसका उपयोग कांक्रीट, प्रबलित कांक्रीट, प्लास्टरिंग, पुल-निर्माण, भवन-निर्माण आदि में किया जाता है।

(c) प्लास्टर ऑफ पेरिस:

  • इसका उपयोग भवन निर्माण तथा टूटी हुई हड्डियों के प्लास्टर में होता है।
  • इसका उपयोग दंत-चिकित्सा, अलंकरण कार्य तथा मूर्तियों एवं अर्द्धप्रतिमाओं को बनाने में भी होता है।

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Solutions

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Students get through the MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements which are most likely to be asked in the exam.

MP Board Class 11th Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

The p-Block Elements Class 11 Important Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
How would you explain the higher stability of BC13 in comparison to TiCl3?
Answer:
Boron exhibits only +3 oxidation state, thus it forms a stable compound BCl3. Down the group, inert pair effect gradually becomes more effective due to which+1 oxidation state of Thallium is more stable than its +3 oxidation state. That is why BCl3 is more stable thanTiCl3.

Question 2.
Why does Boron trifluoride act as a Lewis acid?
Answer:
Due to electron deficiency, BF3 acts as a strong Lewis acid. It easily reacts with Lewis base and completes its octet towards boron.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 1.

Question 3.
Giving the examples of BCl3 and CCl4 compounds, explain their behaviour towards water.
Answer:
BCl3 is an electron deficient molecule. It easily accepts an electron pair from water and forms boric acid (H3BO3) and HCl.
BCl3 + 3H2O → H3BO3 + 3HCl
CCl4 is an electron sufficient molecule in which 4 does not undergo hydrolysis.

Question 4.
What is the reason that caustic base like NaOH is not stored in aluminium containers?
Answer:
On keeping caustic base like NaOH in aluminium containers, aluminium dis-solves in base to form sodium meta aluminate, therefore base is not stored in aluminium containers.
2Al + 2NaOH + 2H2O → 2NaAlO2 + 3H2.

Question 5.
At normal temperature, aluminium does not react with water. Why?
Answer:
In presence of air, a transparent protective oxide layer is formed on the surface of aluminium. Due to this layer, at normal temperature, aluminium does not react with water.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 6.
Among iron and aluminium, aluminium is more reactive as compared to iron but iron easily gets rusted than aluminium. Why?
Answer:
In presence of air, a transparent non-porous protective layer of oxide is developed on aluminium surface due to which at normal temperature it does not react with oxygen and moisture present in air. Whereas a porous oxide layer is formed on iron surface, due to which reactivity of iron increases. Therefore iron easily gets rusted.

Question 7.
Write the formula of double salt or Alum.
Answer:
General formula of double salt is R2SO4.M2(SO4)3 where R is a monovalent metal like Na, K, Rb, Cs or NH4 radical and M is a trivalent metal like Fe+3, Al+3 or Cr+3.
Example: K2SO4.Al2(SO4)3.24H2O (Potash Alum).

Question 8.
Name the ores of aluminium. Give their formulae.
Answer:
Ores of aluminium are as follows :
1. Bauxite: Al2O3.2H2O
2. Diaspore: Al2O3.H2o
3. Cryolite: Na3AlF6
4. Alunite: K2SO4.Al2(SO4)3.2Al(OH)3
5. Corundum: Al2O3
6. Felspar: K2O.Al2O3.SiO3.

Question 9.
What happens when (Give chemical equation):
(a) Aluminium chloride is heated, (b) Alum is heated.
Answer:
(a) On heating aluminium chloride :
2AlCl3.6H2O → Al2O3 +6HCl+ 3H2O
Thus on heating anhydrous aluminium chloride cannot be obtained.

(b) On heating alum to 200°C a porous substance is obtained.
K2SO4. Al2 (SO4)3.24H2O → K2O + Al2O3 + 4 SO2 + 24H2O

Question 10.
Aluminium is a strong reducing agent. Why?
Answer:
Elements which donate electrons and form cations are known as reducing agents. Reducing nature of an element depends on its standard electrode potential. Higher the negative value of standard electrode potential of an element higher is its reducing character. Standard electrode potential of AI is -1.67, therefore aluminium acts as a strong reducing agent.

Question 11.
Why is Gallium a liquid at room temperature?
Answer:
In solid state crystalline structure of gallium is such that its lattice energy is very less and at low-temperature metallic bond between its atoms start breaking. Therefore gallium is obtained in liquid state at low temperature.

Question 12.
Boron does not form trivalent ion. Why?
Answer:
Due to small size of boron, its ionization energy is high and value of third ionization is more than that of first and second ionization energy. Therefore, it is not possible to remove or donate three electrons. Therefore it does not form trivalent ion.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 13.
Is boric acid a protic acid ? Explain.
Answer:
Boric acid, is not a protic acid, because it does not give proton on ionization in water. It accepts electron from the hydroxyl ion of water and behaves as a Lewis acid and releases H+ ion at the end.
B(OH)3 + HOH → [B(OH)4] + H+.

Question 14.
Give the reactions representing amphoteric behaviour of aluminium.
Answer:
Al dissolves both in acid and base and liberate dihydrogen. This behaviour of it, is amphoteric.
2Al(s) + 3H2SO4(aq) → Al2 (SO4)3(aq) + 3H2(g)
2Al(s) + 2NaOH(aq) + 6H2O(l) → 2Na+ [Al(OH)4](aq) + 3H2(g)
Sodium tetrahydroxoaluminate (III).

Question 15.
Write resonance structures of CO3-2 and HCO3.
Answer:
Resonance structures of CO3-2
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 2

Question 16.
Why is melting and boiling point of boron extremely high?
Answer:
Crystals of boron are formed by the development of covalent bonds between its atoms. Two atoms combine to form icosahedron network which contain 20 triangular faces and 12 comers. It makes boron extremely hard, therefore melting and boiling point of boron is extremely high.

Question 17.
Normally, boron does not react with acid or base under what conditions does it react with acid or base ?
Answer:
Normally, boron does not react with acid or base but if the acid is strongly reducing then boron reacts with it at high temperature and forms boric acid. Similarly, it reacts with base at high temperature to form borate.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 3

Question 18.
What is inorganic benzene? Le
Answer:
Borazine is known as inorganic benzene. Its chemical formula is B3N3H6. Structure of borazine is like benzene. It has cyclic and planar hexagonal structure.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 4

Question 19.
What is corundum? Borazine
Answer:
Al is found in more than one crystalline forms. Its hardest crystalline form is known as corundum which acts as an abrasive.

Question 20.
State the names of ores ot boron. Give their formulae.
Answer:
Ores of boron are as follows:

  1. Borax – Na2B4O7.1oH2O
  2. Kernite – Na2B4O7.2H2O
  3. Colemanite – Ca2B6O11 .2H2O
  4. Orthoboric acid – H3BO3

Question 21.
Justify that Tl+3 is an oxidizing agent whereas Al+3 is not?
Answer:
Due to inert pair effect, in boron family, stability of + I oxidation state increases on moving down the group whereas stability of +3 oxidation state decreases. Therefore, Tl+1 is more stable than Tl+3 Thus,
Tl+3 +2e → Tl+1
By the reaction, it is clear that Tl+3 is getting reduced to Tl+1, therefore Tl+3 is an oxidizing agent but in Al, Al+3 oxidation state is possible and not Al+1, therefore it is not possible for Al+3 to be an oxidizing agent.

Question 22.
What is the hybridized state of carbon in
(i) CO32-
(ii) Diamond,
(iii) Graphite?
Answer:
Hybridization of carbon in CO32-, diamond and graphite are sp2, sp3 and sp2 respectively.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 5

Question 23.
B-Cl bond has a dipole moment, but dipole moment of BCl3 molecule is zero. Why?
Answer:
In BCl3, boron is sp2 hybridized, due to which geometry of BCl3 molecule is trigonal planar. It has a symmetrical shape and resultant dipole moment of symmetrical molecules is zero (because all dipole moments become negligible due to symmetry of molecules).
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 6
Thus, dipole moment of BCl3 is zero.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 24.
What happens when boron is treated with caustic soda?
Answer:
At ordinary temperature, boron does not show any reaction with base but it reacts with caustic soda NaOH or caustic potash (KOH) to form borate and liberate H2 gas.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 7

Question 25.
Explain disproportionation reaction with example.
Answer:
Gallium exhibits +1 and +3 oxidation states. +3 oxidation state of gallium is more stable, therefore compound of gallium of+1 oxidation state oxidizes to compound of +3 oxidation state.
3GaCl → 2Ga + GaCl3.

Question 26.
Boric acid acts as a Lewis acid, not as a protic acid. Why?
Answer:
In boric acid, octet of central metal boron is not complete. Its valence shell has 6 electrons, so it needs a lone electron pair to complete its octet. Due to being an electron pair acceptor, boric acid acts as a Lewis acid. It liberates H+ ion on reacting with water.
H3BO3 or B(OH)3 + H2O ⇌ [B(OH)4]+ H+

Question 27.
How is borax obtained from colemanite?
Answer:
On boiling colemanite with concentrated sodium carbonate solution, borax is obtained.
Ca2B6O11 + 2Na2CO3 → Na2B4O7 + 2NaBO2 + 2CaCO3
On concentrating the solution, crystals Of borax are obtained on passing carbon dioxide in the mother liquor borax is obtained.
4NaBO2 + CO2 → Na2B4O7 + Na2CO3

Question 28.
What is the effect of heat on boric acid?
Answer:
On heating boric acid to 100°C temperature, metaboric acid is obtained which on heating to high temperature forms boric anhydride.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 8

Question 29.
Cryolite is used in the extraction of aluminium by alumina. Why?
Answer:
Melting point of pure alumina is very high 2050°C, but in presence of cryolite and fluorspar, it melts at 870°C. This way, cryolite reduces the melting point of alumina and also acts as an electrolyte.

Question 30.
How will you justify that diamond and graphite are the allotropes of carbon?
Answer:
On combustion of diamond and graphite in the presence of air, C02 gas is re-leased which on passing through lime water turns it milky. This proves that diamond and graphite are the allotropes of carbon.
Cdiamond + O2 →CO2
Cgraphite + O2 → CO2

Question 31.
What will happen if a piece of diamond is dropped on burning charcoal?
Answer:
If a piece of diamond is dropped on burning charcoal, then it will bum completely and only CO2 gas is obtained and after combustion no residue is left which proves that diamond is the purest form of carbon.

Question 32.
Write the uses of carbon monoxide.
Answer:

  • It is the main constituent of water gas (CO + H2) and producer gas (CO + N2).
  • It is used for the preparation of some metal carbonyls.
  • Carbon monoxide is used as reducing agent.

Question 33.
Diamond is less abundant than graphite in nature. Why?
Answer:
Diamond is formed due to conversion of carbon in molten state at extremely high pressure into crystalline form. But this stage in nature is very rare, therefore diamond is less abundant than graphite.

Question 34.
What is dry ice? Write its use.
Answer:
Solid carbon dioxide is known as dry ice because its crystals appear as ice and they do not wet paper or clothe. It gets converted to solid state at -78.5°C without forming a liquid. It is used as a coolant to prevent food materials from decay and as an anaesthetic in surgery.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 35.
What is carborundum? Write its main use.
Answer:
Structure of silicon carbide is hard like diamond, it is known as carborundum. It is used for sharpening and grinding the metals.

Question 36.
Write name and structural formulae of organic compounds used as refrigerant, anaesthetic and solvent.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 9

Question 37.
Write the uses of graphite.
Answer:
Uses of graphite :

  1. It is a good conductor of electricity. So it is used as an electrode in dry cells, electric arcs etc.
  2. Pencil, black paint, black ink is prepared from it.
  3. Due to its lubricating property, it is used at high temperature to maintain the machines smooth.

Question 38.
Write the names of various varieties of coal.
Answer:
On the basis of carbon content, coal is of the following varieties :

  1. Peat: Contains 60% carbon,
  2. Lignite: Contains 70% carbon,
  3. Bituminous : Contains 70% carbon,
  4. Anthracite : Contains 90% carbon.

Question 39.
Write the uses of diamond.
Answer:
Uses of diamond :

  • As valuable jewellery,
  • Used in cutting glass,
  • In drilling rocks,
  • In polishing gems.

Question 40.
Carbon dioxide is acidic in nature. Explain with equation.
Answer:
Aquaous solution of carbon dioxide is acidic.
CO2 + H2O → H2CO3 (Carbonic acid)

It turns blue litmus to red and reacts with base to form salt.
2NaOH + CO2 → Na2CO3 + H2O
Ca(OH)2 + CO2 → CaCO3 + H2O.

Question 41.
Why should we not sleep in a closed room with burning chulha (Angithi)?
Answer:
We should not bum chulha (angithi) in a closed room, because the gas coming out of it contains large amount of CO. It enters the body by the process of respiration, combines with haemoglobin and forms carboxyhaemoglobin which creates obstruction in the transportation of oxygen and blood in the body. Therefore, the person can become unconcious and can die also.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 42.
What are carbides?
Answer:
Binery compounds of carbon which it forms with less electronegative or highly electropositive elements than itself are called carbides. These are of various types, like :

  1. Ionic carbide,
  2. Metallic carbide,
  3. Intermediate carbide,
  4. Covalent carbide.

Question 43.
Write the use of silica gel.
Answer:
Silica gel is a porous, amorphous solid which contains 4% of moisture. It is used as a catalyst in petroleum industry, also in chromatography.

Question 44.
What is thixotropy?
Answer:
On shaking or agitating a liquids, its viscosity decreases temporarily. This property is known as thixotropy.
When SiCl4 is hydrolysed at a high temperature, then the silica obtained this property.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 10

Question 45.
What are the interstitial carbides?
Answer:
When carbon atoms occupy the interstitial sites of crystal lattice of transition metals, then such carbides formed are called interstitial carbides. They are extremely hard and the melting points are high.
Example: Tungsten carbide, iron carbide.

Question 46.
What are methanides and acetylides?
Answer:
1. Carbides which give methane on hydrolysis are called methanides.
Al4C3 +12H2O →4Al(OH)3 +3CH4

2. Carbides which give acetylene on hydrolysis are called acetylides.
CaC2 + 2H2O → Ca(OH)2 + C2H2.

Question 47.
What are silanes and germanes ?
Answer:
Hydrides of Si and Ge are known as silanes and germanes which are represented by MnH2n+2
where M = Si, Ge. In silanes, value of n is from 1 to 8 whereas in germanes value of n is 1 to 5.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 48.
What is activated charcoal?
Answer:
Charcoal is soft and porous. It absorbs coloured substances and smelling gases. If it is heated in steam to 1100°C, then its absorbing power increases and it is known as activated charcoal.

The p-Block Elements Class 11 Important Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What happens when boric acid is heated?
Answer:
When boric acid is heated, it liberates three molecules of water at various temperatures and forms boron trioxide at the end.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 11

Question 2.
Describe the shapes of BF3 and BH4. Assign the hybridization of boron in these species.
Answer:
In BF3, three bond pairs are present in boron. Thus, it is sp2 hybridized and of trigonal planar structure, whereas bond pair number in [BH4] is 4 due to which it is sp3 hybridized and has tetrahedral structure.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 12

Question 3.
What is alum? State its general formula and use.
Answer:
Initially, double salts of potassium sulphate and aluminium sulphate K2SO4.Al2(SO4)3.24H2O are known as alums. But presently, all double salts with general formula R2SO4.M2(SO4)3.24H2O called alums. Where R = monovalent metal like : Na, K, Rb, Cs, etc. M = Trivalent metal like:PAl, Cr, Fe etc.
Uses :

  • In the purification of water,
  • In dyeing leather,
  • In paper industry,
  • In fire extinguishers,
  • In dyeing clothes,
  • In clotting of blood.

Question 4.
Write the name, composition and uses of four alloys of aluminium.
Answer:
Alloys of aluminium :

  1. Aluminium bronze: Cu (90%) + Al (10%)
    Uses: For making utensils, cheap ornaments, coins.
  2. Magnelium : Mg (10%) + Al (90%)
    Uses : Used for making aeroplanes, tools.
  3. duralumin : Al (95%) + Cu (4%) + Mn (0.5%) + Mg (0.5%)
    Uses : Used for making airships.
  4. Nickeloy : Al (95%) + Cu (4%) + Ni (1%)
    Uses : For making utensils, coins etc.

Question 5.
Aluminium is a weaker conductor of electricity than copper still it is used in electric cables. Why?
Answer:
Copper is a better conductor of electricity than aluminium but aluminium is a light metal and its density is less than copper. This way according to weight aluminium is a better conductor as compared to copper. Therefore, aluminium is used in making electric wire and cable instead of copper.

Question 6.
Boron forms only covalent compounds. Why?
Answer:
Due to small size and high ionization energy of boron, its tendency to form cation is very less. Therefore boron cannot lose three electrons to form trivalent ion. To achieve a stable electronic configuration it shares its electrons with atoms of other elements to form stable compounds. Therefore, boron forms only covalent compounds.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 7.
Halides of boron acts as strong Lewis acids. Why?
Answer:
There are three electrons in the valence shell of boron. When it shares its electrons with three halogen atoms, then also it contains total 6 electrons in its valence shell, it still needs lone electron pair to complete its octet. Therefore, it is an electron-deficient compound and acts as an electron acceptor and accepts electrons from an electron-pair donor compound to form a co-ordinate bond and form an addition compound. Therefore it acts as a strong Lewis acid.

Question 8.
Aluminium cannot be obtained from its ore by the process of reduction. Why?
Answer:
Due to strong electropositivity, aluminium acts as a reducing agent, therefore aluminium can be easily oxidized, on the basis of ionization energy and electron affinity, it is clear that aluminium acts as electron donor, not as an electron acceptor. Therefore, it cannot be reduced. That is why aluminium cannot be obtained from its ore by reduction.

Question 9.
Atomic radius of gallium is less than aluminium. Why?
Answer:
In gallium, there are 10 electrons in d-orbital. Shape of d-orbital is such that its screening effect is less effective due to which attractive force of nucleus for outermost electrons is more. As a result, outermost electrons are strongly attracted by the nucleus due to which atomic radius of gallium decreases. Therefore atomic radius of gallium is less than aluminium.

Question 10.
Suggest a reason as to why CO is poisonous?
Answer:
Carbon monoxide reacts with haemoglobin to form a stable compound named carboxyhaemoglobin. It is 300 times more stable than oxyhaemoglobin. Due to formation of carboxyhaemoglobin the tendency of flow of oxygen in blood decreases which in turn leads to suffocation. Less amount of it may cause headache and more amount of it may lead to death.

Question 11.
State the reason of formation of covalent compounds of boron halides with ammonia and amine.
Answer:
There are three electrons in valence shell of boron. When it shares electrons with three halogen atoms to form boron trihalide then also the valence shell of boron contains total 6 electrons. They still require an electron pair to complete their octet. Therefore, they are electron deficient compounds and act as electron acceptor and accept a lone pair of electron from any electron-pair donor compound like ammonia or amine to form a co-ordinate bond and result in the formation of an addition compound.

Question 12.
Boron family generally exhibit +1 and +3 oxidation state. Why?
Answer:
B5 → 1s2,2s22p1
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 13
General electronic configuration of all the members of boron family is ns2 np1. In normal state, there is one unpaired electron in p-orbital of its valence shell. But in excited state, one electron of 2s gets excited and goes to 2p-subshell. Thus, in excited state there are three unpaired electrons. Therefore, all the members of boron family exhibit +1 and +3 oxidation state.

Question 13.
Explain inert pair effect in boron family.
Answer:
Members of boron family exhibit +1 oxidation state in normal state and +3 in excited state. On moving down the group, stability of +1 oxidation state increases but that of +3 oxidation number decreases because the two electrons of 5-orbital of valence shell do not participate in bond formation. This is known as inert pair effect.

With the increase in atomic number, electrons enter into d-subshell and shape of d and d-subshells is such that their screening effect is minimum due to which attractive force of nucleus on valence electron increases. This increase in attractive force is more in 5-orbital electrons than in electrons of p-subshell. Therefore 5-orbital electrons do not participate in bond formation.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 14.
How is boric acid obtained from colemanite?
Answer:
Colemanite is dissolved in boiling water and on passing sulphur dioxide gas through it, boric acid and calcium bisulphite are formed. Calcium bisulphite is soluble whereas boric acid crystallizes.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 14

Question 15.
What is borax glass?
Answer:
Anhydrous sodium tetraborate (Na2B4O7) is known as borax glass. It is obtained on heating ordinary borax above its melting point. It is a colourless glass-like substance which absorbs moisture from the environment and gets converted to decahydrate form. It is soluble in hot water, its aqueous solution is alkaline due to hydrolysis. On heating, it swells up to a white opaque substance. Anhydrous substance gives borax glass at 740°C.
Na2B4O7+ 2H2O → H2B4O7 + 2NaOH

Question 16.
Explain the effect of heat on borax.
Answer:
On strong heating borax, its water of Crystallization separates and finally it melts and gets converted to transparent bead.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 15
Boric anhydride B2O3 reacts with metallic oxides to form metaborate which has a specific colour. This reaction is known as borax bead test and is used in the detection of basic radicals.

Question 17.
How is excessive content of CO2 responsible for global warming?
Answer:
CO2 is a greenhouse gas. 75% of the solar energy reaching the earth is absorbed by the earth’s surface and the remaining is reflected back into the atmosphere. But the heat released from the hot surface cannot be sent back to space because the C02 present in the atmosphere absorbs this extra heat due to which average temperature of the atmosphere increases. This is known as global warming.

Question 18.
Explain why is there a phenomenal decrease in ionization enthalpy from carbon to silicon?
Answer:
On moving from carbon to silicon in the periodic table, the atomic size increases, thus distance between the outermost electron and nucleus increases. Thus, these electrons feel very less attraction of the nucleus, due to which their removal is very easy. Since size of Si atom is considerably larger due to which the outermost electrons feel less attraction. Therefore, its ionization enthalpy (to remove 1 electron) is less.

Question 19.
How would you explain the lower atomic radius of Ga as compared to Al?
Answer:
Electronic structures of Al and Ga are as follows :
13Al = 1 s2,2s22p6,3s23p1
31 Ga = 1s2,2s2,2p6,3s2,3p63d10,4s24p1
In this screening effect of d-electrons is very less. Thus, on moving from Al to Ga, screening effect of 10 d-electrons is unable to make the nuclear charge ineffective. Thus, atomic radius of Ga, due to effective nuclear charge is less than that of aluminium.

Question 20.
What is borax bead test? Explain.
Answer:
Borax bead test: On heating borax it loses its water of crystallisation. On further heating it forms a glassy bead which contains sodium metaborate and boric anhydride.
Na2B4O7.10H2O → Na2B4O7+10H2O
Na2B4O7 → 2NaBO2 + B2O3

Example: Copper sulphate forms a bluish green metaborate.
CuSO4 → CuO+SO3
CuO + B2O3 →Cu(BO2 )2
Cupric metaborate bead of bluish green colour In reducing flame the colour of the bead is red.
2Cu(BO2)2 →CuBO2 +B2O3 + CUO
Thus, Borax bead test is used in the detection of basic radicals.

Question 21.
How many types of borax are there? Describe briefly.
Answer:
Borax exists in the following three forms :
1. Prismatic borax: It is decahydrate, Na2B4O7.10H2O. It is the ordinary form and is obtained by the crystallization of solution at ordinary temperature.
2. Octahedral borax: It is borax pentahydrate, Na2B4O7.5H2O. It is formed by the crystallization of the solution above 60°C.

3. Borax glass: It is anhydrous sodium tetraborate, Na2B4O7. It is obtained by heating ordinary borax above its melting point. It is a colourless glass like substance. It absorbs moisture from the air and gets converted to decahydrate form. Its aqueous solution is basic.
Na2B4O7 +2H2O → H2B4O7 +2NaOH.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 22.
How is borate radical detected?
Answer:
In the laboratory, for the detection of acidic borate radical BO3-3, salt is heated with ethanol and concentrated sulphuric acid, due to which vapours of ethyl borate are obtained. These vapours bum with a green core flame. Actually, the salt first gets converted to boric acid, which reacts with ethanol to form triethyl borate.
H3BO3 +3C2H5OH →B(OC2H5)3 + 3H2O.

Question 23.
Explain the structure of aluminium chloride.
Answer:
Aluminium chloride is actually obtained in the form of dimer Al2Cl6. There are three electrons in the valence shell of Al, when these three electrons are shared with three chlorine atoms, AlCl3 is formed but there are total 6 electrons in the valence shell of Al. To complete its octet, it requires one lone electron pair. In tfcis conation, Al of AlClelectron pair from chlorine of AlCl3 and complete its octet.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 16

Question 24.
What is the reason that AlF3 is insoluble in anhydrous HF but becomes soluble on the addition of NaF Why?
Answer:
Strength of hydrogen bond in HF is more, due to which HF is comparatively a weak acid and cannot release F ion. On adding NaF, due to complete ionization concentration ofF ion considerably increases by which due to formation of complex ion AlF6-3 by AlF3 it dissolves.
HF → H+ + F
3NaF → 3Na++ 3F
AlF3 + 3F → AlF6-3
AlF6-3 + 3Na+ → Na3 [AlF6].

Question 25.
In some reactions thallium resembles aluminium, whereas in others it resembles with group-1 metals. Support this statement by giving some evidences.
Answer:
Both thallium and aluminium are the elements of group-13. General electronic configuration of their valence shell is ns2 np1. Aluminium exhibits only +3 oxidation state. Like aluminium, thallium also exhibits +3 oxidation states in some of its compounds.
Example: Tl2O3, TlC3 etc. Like aluminium, thallium also forms octahedral ion like [AlF6]-3– and [TlF6]3-.
Like alkali metals of group-1, due to inert pair effect, thallium exhibits +1 oxidation state.

Example: TlCl, Tl2O etc. Like alkali metal hydroxides, TlOH is also soluble in water and its aqueous solution is strongly basic. Tl2SO4, like alkali metal sulphates form alum and Tl2CO3, like alkali metal carbonates soluble in water.

Question 26.
Explain the difference in properties of diamond and graphite on the basis of their structure.
Answer:
Differences in properties of Diamond and Graphite

Diamond Graphite
1. In this C is sp3 hybridized. In this C is sp2 hybridized.
2. Its geometry is three-dimensional tetrahedral. Its geometry is two-dimensional hexagonal layers.
3. It is hardest substance with high density and high boiling point. It is a soft slippery substance with low density and high boiling point.
4. It is a bad conductor of electricity (due to absence of free electrons). It is a good conductor of electricity (fourth electron is free).
5. It is used in cutting glass, jewellery and as an abrassive. It is used as a lubricant, in the manufacture of electrodes, in making pencils, crucibles (due to high melting point) etc.

Question 27.
Explain back bonding with example.
Answer:
There are total 6 electrons in the valence shell of boron trifluoride. Being an electron acceptor, BF3 acts as a Lewis acid. It should be a strong Lewis acid but it acts as a weak Lewis acid.

BF3 is a symmetrically planar molecule due to sp2 hybridized boron in BF3. In this molecule, one 2pz orbital of boron remains completely vacant. On the other side, there are 2 electrons in 2pz orbital of fluorine. In this situation, due to overlapping between 2pz orbital of boron and 2pz orbital of fluorine a bond can be formed. This is known as back bonding.

Question 28.
1. BCl3 is stable but B2Cl6 does not exist whereas AlCl3 is unstable.
2. AlCl3 is unstable, Al2Cl6 is stable. What is the cause?
Answer:
1. BCl3 is stable because of the presence of electrons in its valence shell but due to back bonding, the various resonating structure provide stability to BCl3 due to resonance. But B does not contain vacant d orbital, therefore, it cannot accept the electron pair donated by chlorine, therefore formation of B2Cl6 is not possible.

2. In the valence shell of AlCl3, there are total 6 electrons. Due to incomplete octet, AlCl3 is unstable but in Al2Cl6 dimer, vacant d orbital of aluminium can accept the lone electron pair donated by chlorine to complete its octet. Therefore Al2Cl6 is stable.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 29.
Write the formula and two uses of the following compounds :
1. Borax,
2. Boric acid.
Answer:
1. Borax:
Formula: Na2B4O7.10H2O
Uses:

  • Due to its resisting character, it is used in the preparation of medicinal soaps.
  • In the manufacture of spectacle glass (boro glass).

2. Boric acid :
Formula: H3BO3
Uses :

  • Boric acid is used in the manufacture of enamel and in brightening utensils.
  • Due to its antiseptic nature, boric acid is used to wash eyes.

The p-Block Elements Class 11 Important Questions Short Answer Type – II

Question 1.
Rationalise the given statements and give chemical reactions :
(a) Lead (II) chloride reacts with Cl2 to give PbCl4.
(b) Lead (IV) chloride is highly unstable towards heat.
(c) Lead is known not to form an iodide Pbl4.
Answer:
(a) Due to inert pair effect, Pb is more stable in +2 oxidation state than in +4 oxidation state.
Thus, lead (II) chloride does not give lead (IV) chloride on reacting with chlorine.

(b) Lead (IV) chloride dissociate on heating and gives lead (II) chloride and Cl2 because lead is more stable in +2 oxidation state than in +4 oxidation state.
2PbCl4(l) →PbCl2(s) + Cl2(g)

(c) Due to strong reducing tendency of Pb+4 ions and reducing tendency of F ion, Pbl4 does not exist.

Question 2.
If starting material for the manufacture of silicones is RSiCl3. Write the structure of the product formed.
Answer:
By the hydrolysis of alkyl trichlorosilane followed by condensation polymerization, chain polymer (silicone) is obtained.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 17

Question 3.
What is catenation? In which element this property is maximum and why?
Answer:
The property of linking with atoms of its own kind is called catenation. This property is maximum in carbon because carbon atom is small in size and its electronegativity is high. Bond energy of C-C bond (355.3 kJ mol-1) is maximum. Thus, it possess the tendency to form long carbon chains.

Question 4.
Give structure of Diamond.
Answer:
Diamond is a tetrahedral molecule, forming three- dimensional network. Each carbon has sp3 hybridization and is linked with four other carbon atoms by strong covalent bonds as shown in the Fig. It is clear from the figure that each carbon is situated at the centre of a regular tetrahedron and other four carbon atoms are present at the four corners of it. Experimental data proves this structure. In this structure, C-C bond length is 154 A (154 picometer).

Hence, in structure of diamond there is three-dimensional network of strong covalent bonds. It is for this reason that the diamond is the hardest substance known and it has a very high melting point (m.p. of diamond is 3843 K). All the valencies of carbon take part in the formation of C – C bonds and therefore, diamond is a bad conductor of electricity.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 18

Question 5.
Give structure of Graphite.
Answer:
Structure: In graphite, each carbon is sp2 hybridized. Each carbon is linked with three other carbon atoms by single covalent bonds. The fourth electron of each carbon remains free and this accounts for good conductivity of graphite. The C – C bond length in graphite is 1.42Å (142 picometer). All the three sp2 hybridized orbitals lie in the same plane (are planar). Hence, in graphite carbon atoms form a hexagonal ring and lie in the same plane.

These rings combine together to form a plane. In graphite, there are many such planes which lie one over the other at a distance of 3.4Å. Weak van der Waals’ forces are acting in between these planes. Due to this reason, it is possible to slip one plane of graphite over other and this is responsible for lubricating property of graphite and its soft nature.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 19

Question 6.
Explain industrial method of preparation of Artificial graphite with chemical equation.
Answer:
Preparation of artificial graphite: Graphite is obtained by Acheson (Edward G. Acheson) method in electric arc furnace. Mixture of coke and sand is heated in electric furnace. The furnace is fitted with carbon electrodes which are connected together with a thin rod of carbon as shown in the fig.
Electric current is passed. The temperature reaches to 3000°C. Iron oxide or silica acts as catalyst in the reaction.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 20
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 21

Question 7.
Explain the method of preparation of artificial diamond.
Answer:
A mixture of sugar, charcoal and iron oxide is taken in a crucible and heated in an electric furnace to a temperature of 3000°C. Then, it is placed in molten lead. Temperature of molten lead is less than iron due to which iron starts solidifying. As a result of pressure carbon starts separating in the form of small crystals of diamond. Iron is separated by dissolving in HCl. This way, artificial diamond is obtained.

Question 8.
Explain Labell and van’t Hoff law related to valency of carbon atom. Or, What do you understand by symmetrical tetrahedral structure of carbon?
Answer:
Atomic number of carbon is 6. On this basis, 2 electrons are in first shell and 4 electrons in the second shell. Thus, its valency is four. According to Labell and van’t Hoff, if we consider carbon atom to be situated at the centre of tetrahedron and the four arms of tetrahedron representing the four valencies of carbon, then the value of angle between any two valencies is 109°28’. By Henry’s experiments, carbon valencies are symmetrically arranged. It is in tetrahedral form in space. These are not in a plane.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 22

Question 9.
Give the cause of lubricanting property of graphite.
Answer:
In graphite, carbon atoms link with each other by covalent bonds and form a hexagonal network. These rings mutually form a layer. In graphite, many such layers lie one over the other at a distance of 3.4 Å and van der Waals’ force are bonded to each other by weak due to which they can easily slide over each other. As a result, graphite is soft and its melting point is high. Therefore graphite is used as a lubricant for such machines which become hot when used.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 10.
Diamond is used in cutting tools. Why?
Answer:
In diamond, each carbon atom is in sp3 hybridized state and each carbon is linked with other carbon atoms by strong covalent bonds. Thus a three-dimensional tetrahedral structure is formed in diamond which is very strong. Therefore, diamond is hardest known element and therefore it is used in cutting tools.

Question 11.
Diamond has a specific shine (brilliance). Why? Or, Diamond is used in making jewellery, why?
Answer:
High refractive index and total internal reflection makes diamond shine and appear beautiful. Therefore, diamond is extremely shiny and is used in making costly jewellery.

Question 12.
Graphite is soft and diamond is hard. Why?
Answer:
In graphite, each carbon atom is in sp2 hybridized state and each carbon atom in graphite link with nearest three atoms in the same plane and form a hexagonal network. Many such planes are loosely held over one another with weak van der Waals’ force due to which layers of graphite can slide over one another. Due to This property graphite is soft.

In diamond, each carbon atom is in sp3 hybridized state in which each carbon atom is joined to other four carbon atoms by covalent bonds and form a tetrahedral three-dimensional structure, therefore diamond is hard.

Question 13.
Diamond is a bad conductor of electricity, whereas graphite a good conductor. Give reason.
Answer:
Both diamond and graphite are the allotropes of carbon and the outermost shell of their atoms contain four electrons. In diamond carbon is sp3 hybridized state and the four electrons of each carbon atom is linked to nearest four carbon atoms by strong covalent bonds. Thus, no free electron is present in any carbon atom, therefore it is extremely hard and a bad conductor of electricity.

In graphite each carbon is in sp2 hybridized state and only three electrons are joined to nearest three carbon atoms by strong covalent bonds and the fourth electron remains free. Therefore, flow of electrons in graphite is easy. As a result graphite is soft, and a good conductor of electricity.

Question 14.
Carbon monoxide has bad effect on our body. Or, Why is CO gas poisonous?
Answer:
CO combines with haemoglobin of blood and forms a stable compound carboxyhaemoglobin.
Haemoglobin + O2 ⇌ Oxyhaemoglobin
In which the ability to carry the oxygen of blood is destroyed due to which the person may become unconscious or even die due to suffocation.

Question 15.
Differentiate physical properties of Diamond and Graphite in a tabular form.
Answer:
Differences in physical properties of Diamond and Graphite

Physical properties Diamond Graphite
1. Appearance Transparent Opaque, Black
2. Hardness Hard Soft
3. Thermal conductivity Very low (bad conductor) Low
4. Electrical conductivity Bad conductor Good conductor
5. Density 3510 kg/m3 2250 kg/m3
6. Use In jewellery and in cutting tools As a lubricant, as electrodes.

Question 16.
What is supercritical liquid?
Answer:
Any gas can be liquefied by increasing pressure at a temperature lower than its criticaL temperature. The pressure at which a gas can be liquefied is known as its critical pressure. But due to sublime nature of CO2, it cannot be converted to liquid state, therefore above critical pressure it can be converted to supercritical liquid. Critical temperature and critical pressure for CO2 is 31°C and 729 atmospheric pressure.

Question 17.
Suggest reasons why the B – F bond lengths in BF3 (130 pm) and BF4 (143 pm) differ.
Answer:
In BF3, boron is sp2 hybridized. It contains vacant 2p-orbital. In BF3, each F contains completely filled 2p-orbital. Since both these orbitals are of similar energy, pπ-pπ back bonding is formed in which one electron pair from completely filled 2p-orbital is transferred to vacant 2p-orbital of boron. This type of bond ] formation is known as back bonding. Thus, some double bond behaviour is found in B – F bond. That is why, bond length of all the three B – F bonds is less.

In [BF4] ion, boron is sp3 hybridized. It does not contain vacant 2p-orbital due to which back bonding is not found in it. In [BF4] ion, all the 4 B – F bonds are complete single bonds. Double bonds are smaller than single bonds. Thus, B – F bond length in BF3 (130 pm) is less than in [B4](143 pm).
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 23

Question 18.
Write the reactions of carbon monoxide which states that it is :
1. Combustible,
2. Unsaturated compound,
3. Reducing agent.
Answer:
1. Combustible: It liberates CO2 gas on combustion in presence of oxygen.
CO+\(\frac{1}{2}\) O2 → CO2

2. Unsaturated compound: Being an unsaturated compound, carbon monoxide forms addition compounds.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 24
3. Reducing agent: It reduces with metal oxide to metal.
ZnO + CO → Zn + CO2

Question 19.
Write similarities and dissimilarities in carbon and silicon.
Answer:
Similarities :

  • Both carbon and silicon are non-metals.
  • Valence shell configuration of both is ns2np2.
  • Both show allotropy.
  • Both form covalent compounds.
  • Covalency of both is four.
  • Both possess the property of catenation.
  • Oxides of both are acidic.

Dissimilarities:

Carbon Silicon
1. Except graphite, carbon is a bad conductor of electricity. Silicon is a semiconductor.
2. Maximum covalency of carbon is four. Maximum covalency of silicon is six.
3. Tendency of catenation is more in carbon. Tendency of catenation is less in silicon.
4. Carbon forms multiple bonds. Silicon does not form multiple bond.
5. CO is known. SiO is unknown.
6. CCl4 does not hydrolyse. SiCl4 undergoes hydrolysis.

Question 20.
Carbon and silicon show tetravalency whereas Ge, Sn and Pb are bivalent. Why?
Answer:
Due to the small size of carbon and silicon, their ionization energy is very high. Therefore, they do not form ionic compounds by losing electrons but for completing their octet, they share electrons to form covalent compounds and exhibit tetravalency.

Due to large size of Ge, Sn and Pb their ionization energy is very less. Therefore, they can lose electrons to form ionic compounds also and these elements exhibit +2 and +4 oxidation state. Due to inert pair effect on moving from top to bottom in a group, stability of +4 oxidation state decreases, but stability of +2 oxidation state increases. Therefore, they represent +2 oxidation state.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 21.
SnCl4 is a liquid whereas SnCl2 is a solid. Why? Or, Molecular mass of a compound of tin is 189 and of the other is 260, still the first compound is solid whereas the second is a liquid. Why?
Answer:
In SnCl4, Sn exhibits +4 oxidation state and forms covalent compounds, therefore SnCl4 is a liquid whereas in SnCl2, Sn exhibits +2 oxidation state and forms ionic compounds. Therefore, SnCl2 is a solid.

Question 22.
Si, like C does not form graphite-like structure. Why?
Answer:
Si does not form graphite-like structure because :

  1. Si does not form sp2 hybridized compounds whereas in graphite, carbon is sp2 hybridized.
  2. Atomic radius of Si is greater than carbon due to which electron affinity, ionization energy etc. is less than carbon due to which Si does not form π -bonds like carbon.

Question 23.
Maximum covalency of carbon is 4, whereas maximum covalency of other members of this group is 6. Why? Or, Carbon does not show higher oxidation state like Si. Why?
Answer:
All the members of carbon family contain 4 unpaired electrons in their valence shell in excited state. They require 4 more electrons to complete their octet. Therefore, they share electrons with other elements and form covalent bond. Therefore, their valency is 4.

In carbon, due to absence of d-orbital higher oxidation state is not possible whereas in other members, higher oxidation state is possible due to presence of vacant d-orbital because due to presence of vacant d-orbital, they can behave as electron acceptor and can accept a lone electron pair from any other electron donor group forming a co-ordinate bond. Therefore, their maximum oxidation state is 6.

Question 24.
CCl4 does not hydrolyse whereas SiCl4 hydrolysis. Why?
Answer:
Due to absence of vacant d-orbital in carbon, its maximum oxidation state is 4 and it cannot increase its oxidation state. Therefore, CCl4 does not hydrolyse.
In Si, due to presence of vacant d-orbital, its maximum oxidation state is 6, therefore SiCl4 can easily accept the lone electron pair donated by water and this way its oxidation state increases, due to which it easily hydrolyse.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 25

Question 25.
CO2 is a gas, whereas Si02 is a high melting point solid. Why ? Or, Explain the structure of CO2 and SiO2.
Answer:
CO2 has a linear structure. In it carbon is in sp hybridized state and CO2 molecules are attracted by weak van der waals’ force of attraction. Therefore, at normal temperature CO2 is a gas.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 26
SiO2 is a solid. Its structure is like a three dimentional network. In it, each Si is linked with four oxygen atom in tetrahedral form. Single covalent bond is present between Si and O atom. This single covalent bond is stronger than van der Waals’ force.
Therefore, SiO2 is a hard solid and its melting point is high.

Question 26.
Compare CO2 and SiO2.
Answer:
Comparison of CO2 and SiO2

Properties CO2 SiO2
1. Physical state Gas Solid
2. Structure Linear monomer Three-dimensional lattice
3. Melting point Low High
4. Reactivity More reactive Less reactive
5. Hybridization sp sp3
6. Solubility in water Soluble Insoluble
7. Reaction with base Form carbonate Form silicate.

Question 27.
Carbon like other members of its group do not form complex compound. Why?
Answer:
Tendency of an element to form co-ordinate or complex compound depend on the following factors:
1. Small atomic radius,
2. High charge density,
3. Presence of d-orbital.
From the electronic configuration of carbon, it is clear that carbon does not contain vacant d-orbital, therefore it cannot accept electron pair by ligand and form complex compound. Whereas other members of the group contain vacant d-orbital due to which they can easily accept the electron pair donated by ligand and can form coordinate bond. Therefore, they easily form complex compound.

Question 28.
M2+ is strong reducing agent whereas M4+ ion represent covalent character.
Answer:
All the members of carbon family contain 4 electrons in their valence shell and in M4+ state its ionization energy is very high. Therefore, all the elements share their electrons with other elements and form covalent compounds.
Whereas less ionization energy is required to remove two electrons, therefore in +2 oxidation state, they form ionic compounds. Due to the tendency to donate electrons, they behave as reducing agents.

Question 29.
Normally compounds of tin and lead like SnCl2 and PbCl2 are used as reducing agents whereas SnCl, and PbCl4 are used as oxidizing agents. Why?
Answer:
In Sn and Pb, +2 oxidation state is more stable than +4 oxidation state. Thus, Sn4+ and Pb4+ possess the tendency to form Sn2+ and Pb2+ respectively due to which it reduces others. Hence Sn4+ and Pb4+ is oxidising agent and Sn2+ and Pb2+ possess the tendency to form Sn4+ and Pb4+. That’s why it oxidizes others.

Question 30.
Explain the orbital structure of monoxide by carbon.
Answer:
In CO, both carbon and oxygen are in sp-hybridized state.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 27
One sp-orbital of carbon overlaps with one sp-orbital of oxygen and form σ-bond. Other orbital of carbon and oxygen contain one-one electron pair which is non-bonding. One electron pz-orbital of carbon undergoes lateral overlapping with one electron of pz – orbital of oxygen to form a π-bond.
Now, there is no electron in p orbital of carbon, whereas there are two electron in py orbital of oxygen. These also undergo lateral overlapping to form a bond which represents co-ordination in Lewis structure.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 28

Question 31.
What is Silica garden?
Answer:
In a crystal of saturated aqueous solution of sodium silicate if sand, crystal of copper sulphate, ferrous sulphate, nickel sulphate, cadmium nitrate, manganese sulphate, cobalt nitrate etc. are added then after two three days coloured plants appear to grow in the solution. This is known as Silica garden.

Question 32.
Why does silicon monoxide not form like carbon monoxide ?
Answer:
Carbon can form a π-bond with oxygen after the formation of a σ-covalent bond. Also another vacant 2pz orbital of carbon can undergo overlapping with lone electron pair situated in 2pz orbital of oxygen. Because carbon is so much electronegative that it can accept a lone electron pair by oxygen. Whereas Si is less electronegative and it also has a bigger size due to which it cannot form 3pπ – 2pπ. Therefore, SiO is not possible.

Question 33.
Write balanced equations for the preparation of water gas, carburetted water gas and producer gas.
Answer:
1. Water-gas: This gas is a mixture of carbon monoxide and hydrogen. It is prepared by passing steam over red hot coke.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 29
2. Carburetted water gas : On passing water gas through hot bricks placed in oil, acetylene and ethylene are formed which mix with water gas to form carburetted water gas. It contains CO = 30%, H2 = 35%, saturated hydrocarbons = 15.20%, hydrocarbon = 10%, N2 = 2.5 – 5%, C02 = 2%.
3. Producer gas: It is a mixture of carbon monoxide and nitrogen. It is obtained by passing limited amount of air on red hot coke.
2C + Air (O2 +N2) →2CO + N2

Question 34.
How is silica gel obtained from silicon tetrachloride?
Answer:
Silicon tetrachloride is obtained by, the reaction of silicon with chlorine.
Si + 2Cl2 →SiCl4
By the hydrolysis of SiCl4, silicon tetrahydroxide is obtained.
SiCl4 + 4HOH → Si(OH)4 +4HCl

This silicon tetrahydroxide is actually silicic acid monohydrate.
Si (OH)4 ⇌ H2SiO3 .H2O
On heating, silicic acid breaks into silica.
H2SiO3.H2O → SiO2 + 2H2O
This silica, is known as silica gel (SiO2 xH2O).

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

The p-Block Elements Class 11 Important Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Discuss the pattern of variation in the oxidation state of (i) B to TI and (ii) C to Pb.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 30
Boron and aluminium exhibit only +3 oxidation state because due to absence of d and d-electrons, they do not show inert pair effect. Elements from Ga to Tl exhibit +1 and +3 oxidation state. On moving down the group, tendency of+1 oxidation state increases because tendency of ns2 electrons of valence shell for bond formation goes on decreasing. This is known as inert pair effect. Tl+ is more stable than Tl+3.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 31
Carbon and silicon exhibit only +4 oxidation state. Tendency to represent +2 oxidation state in heavier members increases in the order Ge < Sn < Pb. This is due to class tendency of ns2 electrons of valence shell towards bond formation (inert pair effect). Sn forms compounds in both the states and compounds of lead are more stable in +2 oxidation state than in +4 state.

Question 2.
Write diagonal relationship in Be and Al.
Answer:
Elements placed diagonally in second and third period show resemblance in properties. This is known as diagonal relationship.
1. Both possess same electronegativity.
Be =1.5 Al = 1.5 .
2. Polarizing power of Be+2 and Al+3 is nearly same.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 32
3. Alkaline earth metals are soft, but beryllium is hard like aluminium.
4. Like Al, Be is also passive to concentrated nitric acid.
5. Like Aluminium carbide, Be2C reacts with water to liberate methane.
Be+2C + 2H+2O →2BeO + CH4
Al4C3 + 12H2O → 4Al(OH)3 +3CH4

6. Both Be arid Al react with NaOH and librate hydrogen.
Be + 2NaOH → Na2BeO2 + H2
2Al+ 2NaOH +2H2O →2NaAlO2 +3H2

7. Oxides of both are amphoteric.
BeO + 2 HCl →BeCl2 +H2O
BeO+2NaOH → Na2BeO2 +H2O
Al2O3 + 6HCl → 2AlCl3 + 3H2O
Al2O3 +2NaOH →2NaAlO2 + H2O
8. BeCl2 and AlCl3 exist in the form of dimer and polymer.
9. Hydroxides of both are insoluble in water and dissociate on heating.
Be(OH)2 →BeO + H2O
2Al(OH)3 → Al2O3 +3H2O

10. BeCl2 and AlCl3 are strong Lewis acids.
11. Both the metals react with halogens to form halides.
Be + Cl2 →BeCl2
2Al + 3Cl, → 2AlCl3
12. Halides of both show covalent behaviour and are soluble in organic solvents.

Question 3.
Write similarities and dissimilarities in B and Al.
Answer:
Similarities :

  1. Electronic configuration of valence shell of both is ns2np.
  2. Covalency of both is 6.
  3. Oxidation number of both is +3.
  4. Both form M2O3 type of oxides.
  5. Compounds of both act as strong Lewis acids.
  6. Oxides of both are of amphoteric nature.

Dissimilarities:

Boron Aluminium
1. Boron is a non-metal. 1. Aluminium is a metal.
2. Boron is a bad conductor of heat and electricity. 2. Aluminium is a good conductor of heat and electricity.
3. Its melting point is very high. 3. Its melting point is very low.
4. It does not react with dilute HCl and H2SO4. 4. It reacts with dilute HCl and H2SO4 to liberate H2.
2Al + 3H2SO4 → Al2(SO4)3 + 3H2
5. It reacts with cone. HNO3B + 3HNO3 → H3BO3 + 3NO2 5. It is passive towards cone. HNO3.
6. It reacts with metals to form borides. 6. 3Mg + 2B → Mg3B2 It reacts with metals to form alloys.
7. Maximum covalency of boron is 4. 7. Maximum covalency of Al is 6.
8. Its carbide is covalent. 8. Its carbide are ionic and hydrolyse to give methane.

Question 4.
Boron shows anomalous behaviour with other members of the group. Ex-plain.
Answer:
Boron shows anomalous behaviour with other members of the group because :

  1. Atomic and ionic radius of boron is less.
  2. Boron is a bad conductor of electricity, where as others are good conductors.
  3. Boron forms covalent compounds where as other members of the group form ionic compound.
  4. Compounds of boron are insoluble in water but soluble in organic solvents where as compounds of other members are soluble in water.
  5. Boron does not form trivalent ion like other members.
  6. Maximum covalency of boron is 4 where as maximum covalency of other members is 6.
  7. Oxides of boron is acidic where as oxides of other members are either amphoteric or of basic nature.
  8. Boron reacts with other metals to form borides where as other members react with metals to form alloys.
  9. Boron forms more than one type of hydride, where as other members form only one hydride.

Question 5.
What are boranes? Write their characteristics and uses.
Answer:
Hydrides of boron are known as boranes. Boron forms hydrides in two series :
Nido borane series : Its general formula is BnHn+4. Its first member BH5 does not exist. Second member B2H6 is most important which is known as diborane. Other important members are pentaborane B5H9, hexaborane B6H10.
Borane series : Its general formula is BnHn+6. Important member of this series is tetraborane B4H10, pentaborane B5H11, hexaborane B6H12.

Method of preparation:
1. Diborane is obtained by the reaction of BX3 with lithium hydride at 450K temperature.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 33
2. Diborane is obtained by the reduction of Boron trihalide with lithium aluminium tetrahydride.
4BCl3 +3LiAlH4→ 2B2H6+ 3LiCl+3AlCl3

Characteristics :

  • Diborane is a colourless gas where as other members are volatile solid.
  • Diborane after combustion in presence of oxygen releases heat. Therefore, it is used as a rocket fuel.
  • It is stable at low temperature. It starts dissociating at a higher temperature.

Uses :

  1. In the form of a rocket fuel.
  2. As a catalyst in polymerization reaction.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 6.
Show the structure of diborane. Or, Draw the structure of diborane.
Answer:
Structure of diborane: It is very interesting because it does not have sufficient valence electrons. So it is called electron-deficient compounds. Its structure is determined by electron diffraction studies.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 34
Terminal hydrogens (4) and both boron atoms are in one plane and bridged hydrogens are perpendicular to this plane in both sides. The four-terminal B-H bonds are normal electron-pair bond while B-H-B bonds are electron deficient in which 2 electrons join 3 atoms. Thus, it is called 2 electrons 3 centre or (2e – 3c) bond.

Question 7.
Compare boron and carbon.
Answer:
Similarities:
1. Both boron and carbon are non-metals.
2. Both show allotropy,
3. form more than one type of hydride.
4. Compounds of both are covalent.
5. Com- both are soluble in organic solvents.
6. Crystalline form of boron is hard like
7. Both CO2 and B2O3 dissolve in alkali and form carbonate and borate.
2NaOH +CO2 →Na2CO3 +H2O
2NaOH + B2O3 → Na2B2O3 + H2O.
Dissimilarities:

Boron Carbon
1. Electronic configuration of boron is 1s2,2s22p1. Electronic configuration of carbon is 1s2,2s22p2.
2. Covalent of boron is 3. Covalent of carbon is 4.
3. Compounds of boron are electron deficient.  Carbon forms double or triple bond.
4.Boarn does not double or triple Bond. Compounds of boron are not electron deficient.
5. Compounds of boron are Lewis acids. Compounds of carbon are not Lewis acids.

Question 8.
Write diagonal relationship between boron and silicon.
Answer:
Elements placed diagonally in second and third period show similarity in properties. This is known as diagonal relationship.

Diagonal relationship :
1. Both boron and silicon does not exist in free state in nature. They are found as compounds.
2. Both have same density and electronegativity.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 35
3. Both are non-metals and exhibit allotropy.
4. Both have high melting point.
5. Both are bad conductor of electricity.
6. Both does not form cation.
7. Both do not react with dilute HCl.

8. Oxides of both react with base to form borate and silicate.
B2O3 +6NaOH → 2Na3BO3+ 3H2O
SiO2 + 2NaOH → Na2SiO3 + H2O

9. Both form various covalent hydrides.
10. Both form halide with halogen which get hydrolysed with water.
4BF3 +2H2O →HBO2 +3HBF4
3SiF4+3H2O → H2SiO3+2H2SiF6

11. Both react with nitrogen at high temperature to form nitride.
2B + N2 →2BN
2Si + 4N2 →2SiN4

12. Both the elements react with metals at high temperature to form boride and silicate.
3Mg +2B → Mg3B2
2Mg + Si → Mg2Si.

Question 9.
Compare the structure of BCl3 and AlCl3.
Answer:
BCl3 is an electron-deficient compound which always exist as a monomer. In BCl3, B is in sp2 hybridized state. Therefore, its structure is trigonal and bond angle is 120°. Because atomic radius of boron is small and chlorine bridge is unstable, therefore it does not form dimer structure.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 36
AlCl3 always exist as a dimer. In this dimer structure, each Al atom accept lone electron pair from the chlorine atom linked to other Al and complete its octet and achieve stability.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 37

Question 10.
Explain the structure of diborane and boric acid.
Answer:
Structure of diborane: In diborane structure, four-terminal hydrogen and two boron atoms are in one plane. There are two bridged hydrogen atoms above and below this plane. The 4 terminal B – H bonds are normal bonds where as two bridged (B – H – B) are of different types, they are known as banana bond (or three centred bond).
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 38
Structure of boric acid: Boric acid has layered structure, in which H3BO3 units are joined by hydrogen atoms.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 39

Question 11.
Explain Goldschmidt aluminothermic process with a labelled diagram. Or, Explain the thermite welding process.
Answer:
Thermite process: It is also called Goldschmidt aluminothermic process. In this process, refractory crucible is filled with oxide of the metal to be reduced, aluminium powder and barium peroxide. After filling magnesium ribbon it is fixed in sand. Now, the magnesium ribbon is set on fire. A very high temperature is produced at which metal oxide get reduced by aluminium and collected in molten state. Reaction is extremely exothermic and the O2 required is supplied by barium peroxide. Selection of reducing metal is done on the basis of nature of ore.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 40
Cr2O3+2Al → Al2O3 +2Cr + Heat
Fe2O3+2Al →2Fe + Al2O3

Question 12.
What is Alum? Write its general formula, method of preparation, properties and uses. Or, Explain the method of preparation of common alum. Write any four uses of it.
Answer:
Alums: Double salts which can be represented by the general formula R2SO4. M2 (SO4)3. 24H2O are called Alums. Here R=A monovalent metal Na, K, Rb, Cs or NH4 radical
M = Trivalent metal like Fe, Al or Cr.
Alums in which trivalent metal is Al, are named as the alums of monovalent metal or radical present in them like :
Potash alum K2SO4. Al2(SO4)3.24H2O
Ammonium alum (NH4)2SO4. Al2(SO4)3.24H2O.
Methods of preparation: On crystallizing a mixture of equimolecular proportion of potassium sulphate and aluminium sulphate solution.
K2SO4 + Al2 (SO4)3 + 24H2O →K2SO4. Al2 (SO4)3.24H2O

Properties: 1. Colourless, octahedral crystals are formed whose aqueous solution is acidic due to hydrolysis. Solid alum is soluble in water but insoluble in alcohol. It’s one molecule contain 24 molecules of crystallized water.
2. On heating it melt at 92°C, on heating up to 200°C all the water of crystallization is lost and alum swells up and becomes porous. This type of alum is known as burnt alum.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 41

Uses :

  • To stop the flow of blood and in medicines. Blood contains negative charge and due to positive charge of Al3+ coagulation takes place which stops bleeding.
  • In dyeing and printing cloth, in sizing of paper.
  • In purifying water.
  • In special foam extinguishers.

Question 13.
What happens when :
(a) Borax is heated strongly,
(b) Boric acid is added to water,
(c) Aluminium is treated with dilute NaOH,
(d) BF3 is reacted with ammonia.
Answer:
(a) When borax is heated strongly, sodium metaborate and glass-like transparent beads of boric anhydride are obtained.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 42
Sodium metaborate Boric anhydride Glass like transparent bead

(b) Boric acid is partially soluble in cold water where as readily soluble in hot water. It acts as a weak monobasic acid. It is not a protic acid but by accepting a hydroxide ion from water and donating a proton it behaves like a Lewis acid.
H-OH + B(OH)3 →[B(OH)4]+H+
(c) When aluminium is treated with dilute NaOH, dihydrogen is released.
2Al(s) + 2NaOH(aq) + 6H2O(l) → 2Na+[ Al(OH)4]+ 3H2(g)
(d) BF3, being a Lewis acid accepts an electron pair from NH3 and forms a complex compound.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 43

Question 14.
Carbon shows anomalous behaviour in comparison to other members of its group. Why?
Answer:
Carbon shows anomalous behaviour in comparison to other members of the group because:
1. Atomic and ionic radius is less.
2. Ionisation energy is high.
3. High electron affinity.
4. Absence of d-orbital.

Anomalous behaviour:

  • Melting and boiling points of carbon is higher than other members.
  • Tendency of catenation of carbon is higher than the other members.
  • Carbon forms multiple bonds where as other members do not form multiple bonds.
  • Monoxide of carbon is known where as that of other members are not known.
  • Maximum covalency of carbon is 4 where as maximum covalency of other members is 6.
  • Carbon like other members, does not form complex compounds.
  • Carbon forms more than one type of hydride where as other members form only one type of hydride.
  • CCl4 does not hydrolyse where as tetrahalides of other members easily hydrolyse.
  • CO2 is a gas where as dioxide of other members are solid.

Question 15.
Explain the following reactions :
(a) Silicon is heated with methyl chloride at high temperature in the presence of copper.
(b) Silicon dioxide is treated with hydrogen fluoride.
(c) CO is heated with ZnO.
(d) Hydrated alumina is treated with aqueous NaOH solution.
Answer:
(a) On heating silicon with methyl chloride at high temperature in the presence of copper mixture of mono, di, tri methyl chlorosilicon and tetramethylsilane is formed.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 44

(b) On treating silicon dioxide with hydrogen fluoride, silicon tetrafluoride is obtained which dissolves in HF to form hydro fluorosilicic acid.
SiO2 +4HF → SiF4 +2H2O
SiF4 + 2HF → H2SiF6

(c) CO is a strong reducing substance but it does not reduce ZnO because ΔG° for CO → CO2, is always higher than corresponding value of ZnO. Thus, no reaction takes place.
(d) Alumina dissolves in NaOH to form sodium metaluminate.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 45

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 16.
Write notes on the following :
1. Freon,
2. Silicones.
Answer:
1. Freon: Dichloro difluoro methane are called freons, freons are formed by the reaction of carbon tetrachloride with HF or SF3 in presence of SbCl5. Freon is used as a refrigerant in refrigerators and A.C.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 46

2. Silicones: Silicone is a synthetic polymer whose basic unit is R2SiCl2. Its molecular formula is like ketone, therefore these are named silicones. By the reaction of alkyl halide and Si in the presence of Cu at 575 K temperature dialkyl dihalide silane is obtained.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 47
Properties :
1. Chemically inert,
2. Water repellant,
3. Insulators,
4. Unaffected by heat or heat resistant.

Use :
1. As waterproof paper,
2. As a lubricant.

Question 17.
Give reasons :
(i) Cone. HNO3 can be transported in aluminium container.
(ii) A mixture of dilute NaOH and aluminium pieces is used to open drain.
(iii) Graphite is used as lubricant.
(iv) Diamond is used as an abrasive.
(v) Aluminium alloys are used to make aircraft body.
(vi) Water should not be kept in aluminium utensils overnight.
(vii) Aluminium wire is used to make transmission cables.
Answer:
(i) Al reacts with cone. HNO3 and develops a protective layer of aluminium oxide on its surface which prevent its further reactions.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 48
Thus, Al becomes inactive. That is why cone. HNO3 is transported in aluminium container.
(ii) NaOH reacts with A1 to liberate dihydrogen gas. This hydrogen gas is used to open drains.
2Al(s) + 2NaOH(aq)+2H2O(l) → 2NaAlO2(aq) + 3H2(g)

(iii) Graphite has layered structure. These layers are joined mutually by weak van der Waals’ attractive forces. Thus, can easily slide over one another. That is why graphite is used as a dry lubricant.
(iv) In diamond, each sp3 hybridized atom is linked with four other carbon atoms by which three dimensional lattice is formed. It is difficult to break this large covalent bond. Thus, diamond is the hardest substance found on earth. That is why it is used as an abrasive.

(v) Alloy of aluminium like duration is light, strong and corrosion-resistant. That is why, it is used in making aircraft body.
(vi) Aluminium reacts with water and oxygen (present in water) and forms a thin layer of poisonous aluminium oxide only on the walls. Therefore, water should not be kept in aluminium utensils overnight.
2Al(s) + O2(g) + H2O(l) → Al2O3(s) + H2(g)

(vii) Aluminium has high electrical conductivity. It is used for the preparation of trans¬mission cables. Again on the basis of weight its electrical conductivity is double than Cu.

Question 18.
(a) Classify the following oxides into neutral, basic, acidic and amphoteric oxides:
CO, B2O3, SiO2, Al2O3, PbO3, PbO2, Tl2O3.
(b) Write the chemical reactions to show their nature.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 49
(ii) Due to amphoteric nature Al2O3 and PbO2, react both with acids and alkalies.
Al2O3 + 3H2SO4 → Al2 (SO4)3 + 3H2O
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 50

(iii) Due to basic nature TlO3 reacts with acids.
Tl2O3 + 6HCl → 2TlCl3 + 3H2O

Question 19.
Write a brief note on fullerenes.
Answer:
Fullerenes is a crystalline allotrope of carbon, but due to its ball like structure and presence of 60 carbon atom in its spherical crystal, such type of crystals are like dust particles. Formula of one unit of crystal is C60, C70, C80. C60 fullerene is also known as Buckminster fullerene. On evaporating graphite in an electric arc in helium or argon medium and condensing it, dust like powder is collected.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 51
Properties: Fullerenes are like dust particles which are soft and spherical. Dissolves in organic solvents to give a coloured solution. Reacts with alkali metal like sodium to give Na3C60 compound. Fullerenes polymerize in presence of ultraviolet rays though their crystals do not break at 1375K temperature.

Structure: In fullerenes, there are 20, six carbon atom rings, 12 five carbon atom rings. All five atomic rings are joined to six atomic rings to which a spherically symmetrical shape is obtained. Therefore, C60 fullerene is also known as Buckyball. It is a cage-like football, radius of each sphere is 700pm.

Uses :
1. As a lubricant,
2. Compounds formed with alkali metals as semiconductors.

Question 20.
What do you understand by the following :
(a) Inert pair effect,
(b) Allotropy,
(c) Catenation.
Answer:
(a) Inert pair effect: The property of 5-electrons not to participate in bond formation is called inert pair effect. This is because the energy required to unpair the ns2 electrons is more than the energy released in the formation of the two bonds. Havier elements of group – 13, 14, 15 exhibit lower oxidation state than the number of electrons present in their valence shell. For example, in T1 +1 oxidation state is more stable than +3 oxidation state.

(b) Allotropy: The existence of an element in two or more forms which possess different physical properties but similar chemical properties, then these forms are known as allotropes and the phenomenon is known as allotropy. This is either due to difference in the number of atoms in the molecule (like O2 and O3) or due to difference in the arrangement of atoms in the molecule [like graphite, diamond and fullerene (crystalline allotrope of carbon)].

(c) Catenation: The property of self linking of atoms of the same type to form long, open or closed chain is called catenation. This property is maximum in carbon and goes on decreasing on moving down the group. In group-14, the order is as follows :
C >> Si >> Ge = Sn >> Pb

Question 21.
A certain salt X gives the following result:
(i) Its aqueous solution is alkaline to litmus.
(ii) It swells up to a glass material Y on strong heating.
(iii) When cone. H2SO4 is added to a hot solution of X, white crystal of an acid Z separates out.
Answer:
(i) Aqueous solution of salt is alkaline which represents that X is a strong base and a weak acid.
(ii) On strong heating, salt X swells up to a glassy solid Y. This represents that salt X is borax.
(iii) Hot aqueous solution of borax, reacts with cone.H2SO4 to form crystals of orthoboric acid.
Equations involved in the above reactions are as follows :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 52

Question 22.
Write method of preparation, properties and use of carbon monoxide.
Answer:
Preparation of CO :
1. Carbon monoxide is obtained by the incomplete combustion of carbon or hydrocarbon.
2. CO is obtained by the dehydration of formic acid with cone. H2SO4.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 53

Physical properties :

  • Density of this gas is 1.25 gm/litre.
  • It is a colourless, odourless, poisonous gas.
  • Its boiling point is 81 K.
  • Partially soluble in water.
  • Strong reducing agent.

Chemical properties :
1. Combustibility: Carbon monoxide undergoes combustion in the presence of air to form C02.
2CO + O2 → 2CO2
2. Reducing property: Carbon monoxide is a strong reducing agent. It reduces metal oxides to metals.
Fe2O3 + 3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2
CuO + CO → Cu + CO2

3. It reacts with chlorine and forms a poisonous gas named phosgene.
CO + Cl2 → COCl2
4. Manufacture of metal carbonyl: Due to the presence of non-bonded electron pair on carbon monoxide, it acts as a ligand and manufactures metal carbonyls by forming a co-ordinate bond with transition metals.
Ni + 4CO →Ni (CO)4
Fe + 5CO → Fe (CO)5

Uses :

  1. In industries carbon monoxide is used as a fuel (as water gas and producer gas).
  2. As a reducing agent.
  3. In industrial preparation of methanol and formic acid.
  4. In the purification of nickel.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 23.
Write a note on zeolite.
Answer:
Zeolite is a type of complex silicate in which few silicon atoms are replaced by Al+3 ion. To balance the difference in valency of Si+4 and Al+3 ion some other ions like Na+, K+, Ca+2, Mg+2 etc. are present which keeps the molecule electrically neutral. Their general formula is Mx[(AlO2)x(SiO2)y ].mH2O.
Example: Na2[Al2Si3O10].2H2O
Ca[Al2Si7O18].6H2O

Zeolites have a honeycomb-like structure which has pores and channels of various size. Size of these pores is between 260 pm to 740 pm. Molecules or ions of appropriate size can be absorbed in these pores and by the channels liberation or absorption of molecules like water can take places. Therefore, these are also known as molecular sieves and they act as selecting size catalysts. Reactions catalyzed by them depends on the size of pores present in them and also on the size of reactants and products.

Structure: 24 units of tetrahedral SiO-44 ions join to form one block of zeolite. This dense octahedral block is known as octahedral block or sodalite cage. These blocks of sodalite join mutually by four-membered ring to form a two dimensional or three-dimensional network. Due to this type of structure zeolites are extremely porous. If blocks of sodalite cage are joined by double six-membered ring then the network formed is known as fouge sight.

Question 24.
What are allotropes? Sketch the structure of two allotropes of carbon namely diamond and graphite. What is the impact of structure on the physical properties of two allotropes?
Answer:
When an element exists in two or more than two forms which show different physical properties but same chemical properties then these forms are called allotropes and the phenomenon is known as allotropy.
Crystalline carbon mainly exist in two allotropes
(i) Graphite and
(ii) Diamond. In 1985 a third allotrope fullerene of carbon was discovered by H. W. Croto, E. Smale and R. F. Kurl.

In diamond each carbon atom is sp3 hybridized and linked to four other carbon atoms in a tetrahedral geometry. In diamond a three dimensional lattice of carbon atoms is formed. In graphite each carbon is sp2 hybridized and forms three sigma bonds with three nearest carbon atoms. It has layered structure and these layers are joined by weak van der Waals’ force of attraction.

Structure of two allotropes diamond and graphite of carbon and effect on their physical properties :
Diamond is a tetrahedral molecule, forming three- dimensional network. Each carbon has sp3 hybridization and is linked with four other carbon atoms by strong covalent bonds as shown in the Fig. It is clear from the figure that each carbon is situated at the centre of a regular tetrahedron and other four carbon atoms are present at the four corners of it. Experimental data proves this structure. In this structure, C-C bond length is 154 A (154 picometer).

Hence, in structure of diamond there is three-dimensional network of strong covalent bonds. It is for this reason that the diamond is the hardest substance known and it has a very high melting point (m.p. of diamond is 3843 K). All the valencies of carbon take part in the formation of C – C bonds and therefore, diamond is a bad conductor of electricity.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 18

Structure: In graphite, each carbon is sp2 hybridized. Each carbon is linked with three other carbon atoms by single covalent bonds. The fourth electron of each carbon remains free and this accounts for good conductivity of graphite. The C – C bond length in graphite is 1.42Å (142 picometer). All the three sp2 hybridized orbitals lie in the same plane (are planar). Hence, in graphite carbon atoms form a hexagonal ring and lie in the same plane.

These rings combine together to form a plane. In graphite, there are many such planes which lie one over the other at a distance of 3.4Å. Weak van der Waals’ forces are acting in between these planes. Due to this reason, it is possible to slip one plane of graphite over other and this is responsible for lubricating property of graphite and its soft nature.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 19

(i) Due to its hardness, diamond is used as an abrasive and in making dyes where as being soft in nature, graphite is used as pencils and as a dry lubricant in machines.
(ii) Diamond is not a conductor of electricity where as graphite is a good conductor of electricity because in it an electron of each carbon atom remains in free state.
(iii) Diamond is transparent where as graphite is not transparent.

Question 25.
Write Lewis structure and resonance structure of CO2.
Answer:
Structure: Lewis structure of CO2 is as follows :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 54
Standard heat of CO2 is ΔH0f = -393.5kJ /mol-1 and C – O bond length is 115 pm. By this, it is clear that stability of CO2 is even more than the stability that should be obtained on the basis of Lewis structure of CO2.

This is only possible when resonance structure of CO2 is possible. Carbon dioxide is a resonance hybrid of the following resonating structures.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 55
Orbital structure: In CO2, carbon is in sp hybridized state and both the oxygen are in sp2 hybridized state. In each oxygen in two sp2 orbitals non-bonding electron pair are present. One sp2 orbital overlaps with sp orbital of carbon to form σ-bond. pz orbital of one oxygen undergoes lateral overlapping with the pz orbital of carbon to form π-bond. py orbital of other oxygen laterally overlaps with p orbital of carbon to form π-bond.
This way, CO2 molecule is linear and its dipole moment is zero.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 56

Question 26.
1. What is the basic difference in the silicones formed by the hydrolysis of R2SiCl2 and RSiCl3.
(2) [SiF6]-2 is known whereas [SiCl6]-2 is not. Why?
Answer:
1. By the hydrolysis of R2SiCl2, linear polymer of silicones is formed.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 57
2. Size of fluoride ion is small, therefore silicon atom can combine with 6 fluoride ions. Therefore [SiF6]-2 is known where as due to larger size of chloride, silicon cannot combine with six chloride ions therefore [SiCl6]-2 is not known.

Question 27.
Give one method for industrial preparation and one for laboratory preparation of CO and CO2 each.
Ans. (a) Carbon monoxide :
(i) Industrial preparation: On passing steam over hot coke, CO is obtained.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 58
(ii) Laboratory method: CO is obtained by the dehydration of formic acid in the presence of cone. H2SO4.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 59
Formic acid (b) Carbon dioxide :
(i) Industrial preparation: CO2 is obtained by heating limestone.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 60
(ii) Laboratory method: CO2 is obtained by the action of dilute HCl on CaC03.
CaCO3(s) +2HCl(aq) →CaCl2(aq) +CO2(g)+H2O(l)

Question 28.
Write short notes on :
(i) Sodium zeolite,
(ii) Sodium silicate,
(iii) Silicones.
Answer:
(i) Sodium zeolite: Sodium zeolite is also known as sodium permutit. Permutit is mixed silicate of sodium and aluminium. Its formula is : Na2[Al3Si2O8.xH2O]
Sodium zeolite is used in converting hard water into soft water. Water containing calcium and magnesium ion is known as hard water. When hard water is passed through permutit kept in a column then calcium and magnesium ions are displaced by sodium. So-dium salts do not make water hard and this way soft water is obtained. If sodium permutit is represented by Na2P then the following reaction can be written for softening of water.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 61
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements 62
(ii) Sodium silicate or water glass: It is bright like glass and soluble in water, there-fore it is known as water glass. It contains sodium metasilicate and silica in excess and its formula is Na2SiO3 SiO2 orNa2SiO3.3SiO2.
It is obtained by fusing a mixture of sodium carbonate and sand.
Na2CO3+2SiO2 → Na2SiO3. SiO2 + CO2
The product obtained is hard, solid like glass and is soluble in water.

If sand, crystals of copper sulphate, ferrous sulphate, nickel sulphate, cadmium nitrate, manganese sulphate and cobalt nitrate etc. are added to a saturated solution of sodium silicate in a tube, then after two or three days coloured plants seem to grow in the solution and this is known as silica garden.

(iii) Silicones: These are synthetic resins of silicon and organic compounds. They are generally prepared from sand, sodium chloride and petroleum. It can be obtained in the form of gas, sticky liquid, solid like rubber or hard like stone. These are organosilicon polymers.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 29.
What is zeolite? Explain with example. Write any four uses of it.
Answer:
Zeolite:

Zeolite is a type of complex silicate in which few silicon atoms are replaced by Al+3 ion. To balance the difference in valency of Si+4 and Al+3 ion some other ions like Na+, K+, Ca+2, Mg+2 etc. are present which keeps the molecule electrically neutral. Their general formula is Mx[(AlO2)x(SiO2)y ].mH2O.
Example: Na2[Al2Si3O10].2H2O
Ca[Al2Si7O18].6H2O

The p-Block Elements Class 11 Important Questions Objective Type

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
Which statement is false for boric acid :
(a) It is mono basic acid
(b) It is formed by hydrolysis of boron halide
(c) Its shape is planar
(d) It is tribasic acid.
Answer:
(a) It is mono basic acid

Question 2.
Aqueous solution of Borax is :
(a) Basic
(b) Acidic
(c) Neutral
(d) Amphoteric.
Answer:
(a) Basic

Question 3.
Hybridization of boron atom in diborane is :
(a) sp
(b )sp2
(c) sp3
(d ) sp3d2.
Answer:
(b )sp2

Question 4.
Cause of polymerization of boric acid is :
(a) Acidic nature
(b) H-bond
(c) Mono basic acid
(d) Its geometry.
Answer:
(b) H-bond

Question 5.
Main ore of aluminium is :
(a) Bauxite
(b) Dolomite
(c) Galena
(d) Felspar.
Answer:
(a) Bauxite

Question 6.
Three centred-two electron bond is present in :
(a) NH3
(b) B2H6
(c) BCl3
(d) Al2Cl3.
Answer:
(b) B2H6

Question 7.
Carborundum is:
(a) B4C
(b) SiC
(c) Al3C4
(d) CaC2.
Answer:
(b) SiC

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

Question 8.
Which halide is electron deficient:
(a) CCl4
(b) NCl3
(c) Cl2O
(d) BCl3.
Answer:
(d) BCl3.

Question 9.
Stable allotrope of carbon is :
(a) Diamond
(b) Graphite
(c) Coal
(d) Anthracite.
Answer:
(b) Graphite

Question 10.
Best conductor of heat is :
(a) Cu
(b) B
(c) Ag
(d) Diamond.
Answer:
(b) B

Question 11.
Which does not possess electrical conductivity :
(a) K
(b) Graphite
(c) Diamond
(d) Na.
Answer:
(c) Diamond

Question 12.
Amphoteric oxide is:
(a) CaO
(b) CO2
(c) SiO2
(d) SnO2.
Answer:
(c) SiO2

Question 13.
Hardest known substance is :
(a) Coke
(b) Carborundum
(c) Corundum
(d) Diamond.
Answer:
(d) Diamond.

2. Fill in the blanks:

1. When alumina contain both Fe2O3 and SiO2 as impurity it is concentrated by ………………… process.
Answer:
Hall’s

2. When bauxite contain excess of silica as impurity, then it is concentrated by ………………… process. In this process ………………… is mixed and is heatd to 1800°C in a current of nitrogen.
Answer:
Serpeck, coke

3. Bauxite ore containing silica as impurity is mixed with coke and heated to 1800°C in a current of nitrogen when ………………… is formed and volatile silicon is separated.
Answer:
Aluminium nitride (AIN)

4. Hydrolysis of AIN formed by Serpeck process form ………………… which is heated to obtain Al2O3.
Answer:
Neutral

5. Aqueous solution of some oxides of group 13 elements convert blue litmus to red and red litmus to blue. Solution of this type of oxides are called ………………… .
Answer:
Al2Cl6

6. Aluminium chloride exist in the form of a dimmer. Its chemical formula is ………………… .
Answer:
Al(OH)3

7. Boron halide forms electron ………………… compound.
Answer:
Deficient

8. Solid CO2 is known as ………………… .
Answer:
Dry ice

9. Main factor of depletion of ozone layer is ………………… .
Answer:
Chlorofluoro carbon

10. Carbon monoxide reacts with chlorine in the presence of sunlight to form a poison-ous gas ………………… .
Answer:
Phosgene

11. First scientist to form artificial diamond is ………………… .
Answer:
Moissan

12. Germanium is a ………………… .
Answer:
Metalloid

13. Graphite is a ………………… and diamond is a of electricity.
Answer:
Good conductor,’bad conductor

14. Silicon carbide is known as …………………. .
Answer:
Carborundum.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 The p-Block Elements

3. Match the following:

I.

‘A’ ‘B’
1. B2O3 (a) Amphoteric
2. TiO2 (b) Acidic
3. Al2O3 (c) Basic
4. Ca2O3 (d) Basic
5. Ln2O3 (e) Amphoteric.

Answer:
1. (c) Basic
2. (c) Basic
3. (d) Basic
4. (a) Amphoteric
5. (e) Amphoteric.

II.

‘A’ ‘B’
1. In the preparation of artificial silk (cellulose xanthate) (a) CCl4
2. In cutting and drilling diamond (b) C2H2
3. In used for extinguishing fire in fire extinguishes (c) B4C
4. Is used in welding as oxyacetylene flame (d) Graphite
5. Black lead is known as Plumbago (e) CS2.

Answer:
1. (e) CS2
2. (c) B4C
3. (a) CCl4
4. (b) C2H2
5. (d) Graphite.

4. Answer in one word/sentence:

1. +1 oxidation state of T1 is more stable as compared to +3.
Answer:
Inert pair effect

2. What are hydrides of Boron known as?
Answer:
Borane

3. Which is known as two electron-three centre bond.
Answer:
Diborane

4. What will happen on mixing excess of ammonia solution in copper sulphate solution?
Answer:
A complex compound cupric ammonium sulphate is formed

5. Write the formula of alum.
Answer:
K2SO4. Al2(SO4)3.24H2O

6. What is the effect of heat on borax?
Answer:
Transparent bead of sodium metaborate + boric anhydride is formed

7. What is the name of C6O carbon crystal?
Answer:
Buckminster Fullerene

8. Which carbide is harder than diamond?
Answer:
Boron carbide

9. What is dry ice?
Answer:
Solid carbon dioxide

10. Name the compound which harm ozone layer.
Answer:
C.F.C. or freon

11. Due to which property of carbon, its number of compounds is large?
Answer:
Property of catenation

12. Name the good conductor allotrope of carbon.
Answer:
Graphite

13. What is water glass?
Answer:
Sodium silicate.

 

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Students get through the MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen which are most likely to be asked in the exam.

MP Board Class 11th Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

The s-Block Elements Class 11 Important Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Why are alkali metals not found in nature ?
Answer:
Alkali metals, due to high chemical reactivity is not found in free state in nature. It is found in earth’s crust in the form of ores like halide, sulphate, carbonate, silicate, borate, oxide etc.

Question 2.
Explain why is sodium less reactive than potassium?
Answer:
Ionisation enthalpy of potassium (ΔiH1) 419 kJ mol-1 is less than ionisation enthalpy (496 kJ mol-1) of sodium and standard electrode potential (- 2.925 V) of potassium is more negative than the corresponding value (- 2.714 V) of sodium. That is why sodium is less reactive than potassium.

Question 3.
Potassium carbonate cannot be prepared by Solvay process. Why?
Answer:
Potassium carbonate cannot be prepared by Solvay process because potassium bicarbonate being soluble in water do not get precipitated.

Question 4.
Why does Li2CO3 decompose at a lower temperature where as Na2CO3 at a higher temperature?
Answer:
Lithium due to its small size extremely polarize CO32- ions and form more stable Li2O and CO2. Carbonates of alkali metals (except Lithium) are stable at high temperature. That is why, Li2CO3 decompose at lower temperature and Na2CO3 at a higher temperature.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 5.
Write name and formula of an ore in which both Ca and Mg are present.
Ans. Name of ore: Dolomite
Formula: MgCO3.CaCO3.

Question 6.
Write the name of flux which are used for the removal of acidic impurities in metallurgical processes.
Answer:

  1. Limestone CaCO3,
  2. Magnesite MgCO3.

Question 7.
Which property of Plaster of Paris is used in plastering?
Answer:
Plaster of Paris reacts with water and becomes hard like cement. Due to this property, it is used in plastering for joining crack bones.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 1

Question 8.
IA and IIA groups are known as s-block elements. Why?
Answer:
On writing the electronic configuration of all the elements present in IA and IIA group, the last electron enters the s-subshell, therefore it is known as .y-block element.
Example: Na11 → 1s2,2s2, 2p6,3s1
Ca20 →1s2,2s2,2p6,3s2, 3p6,4s2.

Question 9.
What is the Sorrel cement? For which work is it used?
Answer:
If MgO is mixed in concentrated solution of magnesium chloride then a white paste of magnesium oxy chloride of the composition MgCl2. 2MgO. xH2O is formed which settles and become hard. It is known as Sorrel cement. It is used to fill the cavities in teeth and in joining clay and porcelain utensils.

Question 10.
What changes are obtained on keeping sodium carbonate open in air ? Explain with equation.
Answer:
On keeping Na2CO3.10H2O open in air its water of crystallization slowly evaporates and it gets converted to monohydrate Na2CO3.H2O which is an efflorescent. On heating it to 750°C anhydrous sodium carbonate is formed which is also called soda-ash.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 2

Question 11.
Lithium hydride can be used for the preparation of other hydrides. Beryllium hydride is one among them. State the various steps of its preparation. Write the chemical equations used in this process.
Answer:
BeH2 is manufactured by the reduction of complex alkali metal hydrides like Lithium aluminium hydride.
8LiH + Al2Cl6 → 2LiAlH4+6LiCl
2BeCl2 + LiAlH4 →2BeH2 + LiCl + AlCl3.

Question 12.
Determine the oxidation state of sodium in Na2O2.
Answer:
Let oxidation state of Na in Na2O2 bex In Na2O2 (Na-O-O-Na) one peroxide bond is found in which oxidation state of O is -1.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 3
or 2x + 2(-1) = 0
or x = + 1
Thus, oxidation state of sodium in Na2O2 is +1.

Question 13.
How is calcium sulphate prepared? Write its use.
Answer:
In the laboratory, on reacting oxide, carbonate, chloride of Ca with dilute H2SO4, calcium sulphate is obtained.
CaO + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + H2O
CaCO3 + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + H2O + CO2

Uses :

  1. In preparing chalk,
  2. In cement industry,
  3. In the preparation of Plaster of Paris,
  4. As a fertilizer.

Question 14.
What is Gypsum? How is Plaster of Paris prepared from it?
Answer:
Calcium sulphate (CaSO4.2H2O) is called gypsum.
When heated to 120°C-130°C in absence of hydrocarbon fuel, it loses three fourth of its water content to form Plaster of Paris.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 4
Plaster of Paris again absorbs water and get converted to gypsum.

Question 15.
Temperature of furnace is kept less than 1000°C while preparing quick lime. Explain the reason with chemical equation.
Answer:
The temperature of the furnace used to prepare lime is kept less than 1000°C because at high-temperature CaO will react with Silica (SiO2) present as impurity and form fusible silicate.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 5

Question 16.
Sodium is stored in kerosene oil. Why?
Answer:
Sodium is extremely reactive and strong electropositive element. It reacts with O2 present in the atmosphere, moisture and carbon dioxide to form oxide and hydroxide. Therefore, sodium is stored in keroseiie oil due to which it cannot come in contact with air.
4Na + O2 → 2 Na2O
Na2O + H2O →2NaOH
2NaOH + CO2 →Na2CO3 + H2O.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 17.
Write the formula of lime water. What changes will take place on passing CO2 in it?
Answer:
Solution of quick lime in water is known as lime water. Its formula is Ca(OH)2.
1. Lime water turns milky on passing CO2 through it due to the formation of CaCO3.
Ca(OH)2 + CO2 → CaCO3 + H2O

2. On passing CO2 in lime water for a long time milkiness of lime water disappears.
CaCO3 +CO2 +H2O → Ca(HCO3)2.

Question 18.
Why can K2CO3 not be prepared by Solvay process?
Answer:
K2CO3 cannot be prepared by Solvay process because KHCO3 analogous to NaHCO3 obtained in between the reaction is soluble due to which it cannot be obtained by crystallization.

Question 19.
Which metal is used in photochemical cell and why?
Answer:
In photochemical cell, potassium and caesium is used because of their low ionization energy.

Question 20.
Why can extraction of sodium by sodium chloride not be done by normal reducing agent?
Answer:
Sodium is a strong reducing agent. It occupies the highest place in electrochemical series. Stronger reducing agents than this is not available, so it cannot be reduced by normal reducing agents. It can be reduced only by electrolysis.

Question 21.
Li and Be have the tendency to form covalent compounds. Explain.
Answer:
Due to small size of Li and Be atoms and their high ionization energy, the electrons of the valence shell are firmly bound to their nuclei. The polarizing power of their ions is also high due to high charge density, hence Li and Be form covalent compounds.

Question 22.
Write down Lewis structure of O2 and write oxidation state of each oxygen atom. What is the average oxidation state of this ion?
Answer:
Lewis structure of O2 ion is MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 6
Uncharged oxygen atom contains six electrons, thus its oxidation state is zero. But oxygen with -1 charge has 7 electrons, thus its oxidation state is -1.
Oxidation state of each oxygen atom = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)
O2 = 2x = -1
⇒ x = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 23.
In Solvay process, can we obtain sodium carbonate by directly reacting ammonium carbonate solution with sodium chloride?
Answer:
No, because ammonium carbonate reacts with sodium chloride as follows :
(NH4)2CO3 + 2NaCl⇌Na2CO3 + 2NH4Cl Since the products obtained Na2CO3 and NH4Cl both are more soluble due to which equilibrium does not displace in forward direction. That is why we cannot obtain sodium carbonate by directly reacting ammonium carbonate solution with sodium chloride.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 24.
All compounds of Alkali metals are soluble in water but why are Lithium compounds more soluble in organic compounds?
Answer:
Due to comparatively small size of Li+ and high polarizing power covalent character is produced in it (Fajan’s Rule). Compounds of other alkali metals are of ionic nature due to which they are soluble in water whereas Lithium compounds due to covalent nature is soluble in alcohol and other organic compounds.

Question 25.
In place of lithium, caesium and potassium is used in photoelectric ceil. Why?
Answer:
Ionization energy of lithium is more than that of potassium and caesium. The elements which possess low ionization energy liberate their electrons easily and are used in photoelectric cells. Thus, potassium and caesium are used in photoelectric cells not lithium.

Question 26.
Beryllium halide produce smoke in air. Why?
Answer:
Normally air contain moisture, thus Beryllium halide hydrolyse in water and release HCl due to which it produces smoke in air.
BeCl2 + 2H2O → Be(OH )2 + 2HCl

Question 27.
On moving downwards in the first group the hardness of element increases. Why?
Answer:
In the first group on moving downwards along with the increase in size of the elements their density also increases and the force of attraction between its atoms increases due to which there is an increase in their hardness.

The s-Block Elements Class 11 Important Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
s-block elements and p-block elements are called Representative elements. Why?
Answer:
Elements in which electronic configuration of outer shell is ns1-2 and ns2np1-6 are called Representative elements because each element present in this group represent the properties of their group and properties of each group completely differ from the properties of the other group.

1. s-block elements: Elements whose last electron enter into s-subshell are s-block
elements. Their general electronic configuration is ns1-2.

2. p- block elements: Elements in which last electron enter into p-subshell are called p-block elements. Their general electronic configuration is ns2np1-6.

Question 2.
Alkali metals are good reducing agents. Explain, why?
Answer:
Due to less ionization energy of alkali metals. They have tendency to loose electron (get oxidized) and form positive ion (M+) also alkali metals have negative value of standard reduction potential. Therefore, alkali metals are good reducing agent.

Question 3.
BeSO4 and MgSO4 are easily soluble in water whereas CaSO4, SrSO4 and. BaSO4 are insoluble. Why?
Answer:
Lattice energy of Alkaline earth metals due to large size of sulphate ion is nearly same. Thus, their solubility depend on hydration energy which decreases on moving down the group. High hydration enthalpy of Be2+ and Mg2+ ions dominates lattice enthalpy factor due to which their sulphates are soluble in water.

Alternatively hydration enthalpy for Ca2+, Sr2+ and Ba2+ ions is less. Therefore, they cannot dominate lattice enthalpy factor. Thus, their sulphates are insoluble in water.

Question 4.
Why is reducing ability of Lithium more in aqueous solution?
Answer:
In aqueous solution of an element, measure of ability to lose electron depends on electrode potential. It mainly depends on three factors :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 7
Due to small size of their ions, hydration enthalpy of Lithium is maximum. Though, ionization enthalpy of Li is maximum among Alkali metals but its hydration enthalpy is more than ionization enthalpy. Thus, due to high hydration enthalpy, Lithium is strongly reducing in aqueous solution.

Question 5.
Why are Alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals not obtained by chemical reduction methods? Explain.
Answer:

  • Alkali and Alkaline earth metals are itself strong reducing agents. Thus, these metals cannot be obtained by chemical reduction methods of their oxides and other compounds.
  • These metals are highly electropositive in nature: Therefore, these cannot be displaced from aqueous solution of their salts by other metals.

Question 6.
What is the reason that alkali metals form M+ ion and not M2+ ion?
Answer:
Alkali metals consist of one electron in the outermost shell which it can loose easily and achieve stable inert gas configuration. They do not possess the tendency to form M2+ type of ion because the value of ionization energy necessary to remove the second electron is very high.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 7.
Which of the alkali metal is strongly reducing and why?
Answer:
Reducing tendency of an element depends on its standard electrode potential. Elements whose standard electrode potentials are negative behave as reducing agents and higher the negative value of the standard electrode potentials of an element, stronger is its reducing tendency. Lithium has the highest negative standard electrode potential, therefore, it is strongly reducing.

Question 8.
Alkali metals do not exist in free state in nature. Why? Or, Alkali metals always form ionic compounds. Why?
Answer:
Due to the large size of alkali metals, their ionization energy is less, therefore it can easily lose electron and form cation. Therefore, being strongly electropositive and extremely reactive it easily reacts with electronegative elements like: O, Moisture, CO2 etc. present in the atmosphere and forms ionic compounds. Therefore, they do not exist in free state in nature.

Question 9.
Why do alkali metals give flame test?
Answer:
Alkali metals give their characteristic colour to the oxidizing flame. The valence electron gets excited by absorbing energy from the flame. On falling back from higher energy state to lower energy state it emits radiations of lower energy of the range of visible region. Different alkali metals give different colour because they are having different ionization energy. The alkali metals which have high I.E. will emit light having minimum frequency and vice-versa.

Question 10.
Why Be and Mg do not give flame test?
Answer:
Except beryllium and magnesium all the alkaline earth metals impart characteristic colours to Bunsen flame.
Due to small size of Be and Mg atoms, the energy required to excite the valence electrons is very high which is not obtained in Bunsen flame. That is why Be and Mg do not impart any colour to flame.

Question 11.
When an alkali metal is dissolved in liquid ammonia then the solution obtains various colours. State the cause of such type of colour.
Answer:
The colour of dilute solution of alkali metal in liquid ammonia is dark blue because ammoniated electrons absorb energy from visible range of light.
M + (x + y)NH3→ [M(NH3)x]+ +[e(NH3)y]Ammoniated electron
If concentration of solution is increased, it gets converted to bronze colour.

Question 12.
State two-two use of each of the following :
(a) Caustic soda,
(b) Sodium carbonate,
(c) Quick lime.
Answer:
(a) Caustic soda :

  • It is used in the preparation of soap, paper, artificial silk etc.
  • In the textile industry, it is used for mercerising cotton fabrics.

(b) Sodium carbonate :

  • It is used in softening of water and washing.
  • It is used in the manufacture of glass, soap, borax, caustic soda etc.

(c) Quick lime:

  • It is used in the preparation of washing soda from caustic soda. ,
  • It is used in the purification of sugar and in the manufacture of dyestuffs.

Question 13.
Alkali metals form blue coloured solution on dissolving in ammonia, which is good conductor of electricity? Explain, why?
Answer:
Alkali metals dissolve in liquor ammonia to form deep blue coloured solution of high electrical conductivity.
M + (x +y)NH3 → [M(NH3)x]+ +[e (NH3)y].
The blue colour of the solution is due to ammoniated electrons. Positive ion and electrons are responsible for the conductivity.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 14.
Na is alkaline or Na2O. Explain.
Answer:
Na2O is alkaline because it reacts with water to form NaOH. Na also reacts with water to form NaOH but it forms Na2O firstly and then NaOH. Thus, Na2O is alkaline.
4Na + 2H2O → 2Na2O + 2H2
Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH

Question 15.
Differentiate Alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals on the basis of following points: ‘
(i) Reaction with nitrogen.
(ii) Effect of heat on carbonates.
(iii) Solubility of sulphates in water.
Answer:
Differences of Alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 8

Question 16.
Draw the structure of the following :
(i) BeCl2 (vapour),
(ii) BeCl2 (solid).
Answer:
(i) In vapour state, it exists as a bridged chloride dimer.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 9
(ii) In solid state, it forms a polymeric chain with chlorine bond.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 10

Question 17.
Hydroxides and carbonates of sodium and potassium are soluble in water, whereas corresponding salts of magnesium and calcium are partially soluble. Explain.
Answer:
Solubility of a salt in water depends on its Hydration energy and Lattice energy.
ΔHsolution = ΔHHyderation energy +ΔHLattice energy

Higher the negative value of ΔH Solution, lesser is the solubility of the compound. Hydration energy of hydroxides and carbonates of sodium and potassium is higher than their Lattice energy. Thus, they are soluble in water.
Lattice energy of magnesium and calcium hydroxides is more than their hydration energy. Thus, they are partially soluble in water.

Question 18.
Salts of Lithium are generally hydrated, whereas salts of other alkali metals are generally anhydrous. Why ?
Answer:
Due to smallest size among alkali metals, hydration energy of Li+ is least. That is why lithium salts are generally hydrated and salts of other alkali metals are normally anhydrous.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 11

Question 19.
LiF is nearly soluble in water, whereas LiCl is not only soluble in water but is also soluble in acetone. Give reason.
Ans. LiF, due to high lattice energy is nearly soluble in water, but due to high hydration energy of Li ions, LiCl is also soluble in water. But due to specific covalent character of LiCl, it is also soluble in acetone (Since covalent character increases with increase in size of anion. Thus, order of solubility is :
LiF < LiCl < LiBr < Lil

Question 20.
Alkali metals lose their metallic lustre, when kept in open air. Why?
Answer:
All metals possess a specific lustre known as metallic lustre. Due to large size of alkali metals, their ionization energy is very less. Therefore, they are highly reactive and strongly electropositive and react with moisture, O2 and CO2 present in the atmosphere and form basic carbonate. Due to formation of oxide and carbonate layer on their surface, they lose their metallic lustre.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 21.
Differentiate between Alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals.
Answer:
Differences between Alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals

Alkali metal Alkaline earth metal
1. They show +1 valency. They show +2 valency.
2. Their hydroxides are strong alkalines. Their hydroxides are comparatively weak alkalines.
3. Their carbonates, sulphates and phosphate are soluble in water. These compounds of alkaline earth metals are insoluble in water.
4. Magnitude of their ionization energy is comparatively low. Magnitude of their ionization energy is high.
5. These are lustrous, malleable and ductile. These are comparatively less.

Question 22.
Among LiCl and RbCl, which is strongly ionic and why?
Answer:
RbCl is stronger ionic than LiCl because due to small size of Li, its ionization energy is very high. Therefore, it forms covalent compounds, whereas due to larger size of Rb, its ionization energy is very less, due to which it easily loses electron and forms cation. Therefore, its compounds show strong ionic character.

Question 23.
Among alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals, whose carbonate is soluble in water and why ? Or, Carbonates of Alkali metals are soluble in water whereas carbonates of Alkaline earth metals are insoluble in water. Why?
Answer:
Carbonates of Alkali metals are soluble in water because their hydration energy is more than their lattice energy, whereas due to small size and high charge density of Alkaline earth metals, their lattice energy is high and is more than their hydration energy. Therefore, carbonates of Alkaline earth metals are insoluble in water.

Question 24.
Explain the importance of sodium,potassium, magnesium and calcium in biological fluids.
Answer:
Sodium and potassium ions play an important role in interstitial fluids. These ions participate in the transmission of nerve signals. Potassium ions are the most abundant cations within cell fluids, where they activate many enzymes, participate in the oxidation of glucose to produce ATP.

The main pigment for the absorption of light in plants is chlorophyll which contains magnesium.
About 99% of body calcium is present in bones and teeth. It also plays important roles in neuromuscular function, intemeuronal transmission, cell membrane integrity and blood coagulation.

Question 25.
Though value of second ionization energy of Alkaline earth metals is more than their first ionisation energy still these metals show +2 oxidation state and not +l. Why?
Answer:
The value of second ionization energy of Alkaline earth metal is more than its first ionization energy still their maximum compounds show +2 oxidation state due to the following reasons:

  • Electronic configuration of bivalent ion is similar to inert gases.
  • During the formation of bivalent ion they release large amount of hydration energy which compensates the high value of second ionization energy.
  • Due to small size of M2+ ion their hydration energy is high which compensate the high value of second ionization energy.

Question 26.
State the dissimilarities in BeCl2 and other alkaline earth metal chlorides.
Answer:

  1. BeCl2 is a covalent compound whereas chlorides of other alkaline earth metals are ionic.
  2. BeCl2 is insoluble in water whereas other chlorides of other alkaline earth metals are soluble in water.
  3. BeCl2 is soluble in organic solvents whereas chlorides of other alkaline earth metals are soluble in organic solvents.
  4. Melting and boiling points of BeCl2 is low whereas that of chlorides of other alkaline earth metals is high.

Question 27.
Solubility of BaS04 is less than CaSO4. Why?
Answer:
Solubility of sulphates of alkaline earth metals decreases on moving down the group because though lattice energy nearly remains same, their hydration energy decreases down the group due in increase in atomic radius. Value of hydration energy goes on becoming less than lattice energy due to which solubility decreases.

Question 28.
Ionization energy of Be is more than B. Why?
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 12
In Be, s-orbital is complete whereas in B,p -orbital is incomplete. Half filled or fully filled orbital is more stable than incomplete orbital and huge amount of energy is required to remove the electron from them. Therefore, ionization energy of Be is more than Boron.

Question 29.
How is sodium carbonate prepared by ammonia soda process? Write its principle.
Answer:
In this process, first concentration NaCl solution is saturated with NH3 by which ammonical sodium chloride is formed.
CO2 gas is then passed through this ammonical sodium chloride solution when ammonium bicarbonate is formed which reacts with sodium chloride to form sodium bicarbonate.
NH3 + CO2 + H2O → NH4HCO3
NH4HCO3 + NaCl → NaHCO3 + NH4Cl
Sodium bicarbonate being partially soluble settles at the bottom as precipitate. It is filtered and ignited to form sodium carbonate.
2NaHCO3→ Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2.

Question 30.
How are (1) sodium bicarbonate (2) sodium hydroxide and (3) sodium silicate obtained from sodium carbonate?
Answer:
1. On passing CO2 gas through aqueous sodium carbonate solution, white precipitate of sodium bicarbonate is obtained.
Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2 → 2NaHCO3
2. On boiling sodium carbonate with lime water, sodium hydroxide is formed.
Na2CO3 + Ca(OH)2 → 2NaOH + CaCO3
3. On heating sodium carbonate with silica, sodium silicate is formed.
Na2CO3 + SiO2 →Na2SiO3 + CO2.

Question 31.
What is baking soda? Write its method of preparation, properties and use.
Answer:
Definition: Sodium hydrogen carbonate is known as Baking soda and its formula is NaHCO3.
Method of preparation :
1. In Ammonia Soda process, sodium bicarbonate is obtained as an intermediate compound.
NH4HCO3 + NaCl →NaHCO3 + NH4Cl

2. Sodium bicarbonate is formed by passing C02 gas through sodium carbonate solu¬tion.
Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2 →2NaHCO3
Properties: It is a white crystalline substance, partially soluble in water. Its aqueous solution is weakly basic.

Uses :

  • In the preparation of baking powder,
  • As a medicine to reduce acidity of the stomach,
  • In fire extinguishers.

Question 32.
Describe briefly Le-Blanc process of preparation of sodium carbonate and explain the cause of superiority of Solvay process over Le-Blanc process.
Answer:
Le-Blanc process: The names of the three steps for the formation of sodium carbonate are as follows :
(i) Preparation of salt cake: Sodium chloride when heated with cone. H2SO4 produces sodium sulphate (salt lake) and HCl gas.
(ii) Black ash: On heating the mixture of sodium sulphate, calcium carbonate and coke gives a mixture of sodium carbonate and calcium sulphide which is known as Black ash.

(iii) Production of black ash from common salt: Mixture is mixed with water and filtered. Sodium carbonate is soluble in water, therefore it remains infiltrate, CaS is removed as residue. The evaporation of filtrate gives solid sodium carbonate..
2 NaCl + H2SO4 →Na2SO4 + 2HCl
Na2SO4 + 4C → Na2s + 4CO
Na2S + CaCO3 → (Na2CO3+CaS) Black ash

Superiority of Solvay process over Le-Blanc process :

  • Solvay process is cheap.
  • Pure Na2CO3 is formed in Solvay process.
  • No chemical fumes are released in Solvay process,
  • In Solvay process, NaHCO3 is formed in the middle which is a useful compound.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 33.
Describe Hargreave-Bird cell of sodium carbonate.
Answer:
Hargreave-Bird cell contains a carbon anode and a porous copper cathode which are separated by an asbestos sheet. By the electrolysis of NaCl solution, sodium and chlorine are formed. In the cell, steam and CO2 are passed at the outer side of asbestos, which reacts with Na to form Na2CO3. On evaporating this solution Na2CO3.10H2O is obtained.

2 NaCl ⇌ 2Na++2Cl
2Na++2e → 2Na
At cathode: 2Na + 2H2O →2NaOH + H2
2NaOH + CO2 →Na2CO3 + H2O
At anode: 2Cl – 2e → 2Cl
Cl + Cl → Cl2.

Question 34.
Explain Nelson cell process of preparation of sodium hydroxide with diagram.
Answer:
Nelson cell consists of a cylindrical asbestos sheet covered by porous steel lining arranged inside a steel tank. The porous steel lining acts as cathode. NaCl solution is filled in this chamber. Carbon rod acts as anode.
On electrolysis, sodium ions are released which pass the asbestos sheet and after releasing at cathode react with the steam entering the tank and form NaOH.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 13
2NaCl ⇌ 2Na++2Cl
At cathode : 2Na+ +2e → 2Na
2Na + 2H2O →2NaOH + H2
At anode : 2Cl – 2e → 2Cl
Cl + Cl → Cl2.

Question 35.
Write method of preparation, properties and uses of slaked lime.
Answer:
Method of preparation :
1. On sprinkling water on quick lime, slaked lime is obtained.
CaO + H2O → Ca(OH)2
2. Ca(OH)2 is obtained by the reaction of a base on calcium salt.
Ca(NO3)2 + 2 NaOH → Ca(OH)2 + 2NaNO3

Properties :
1. On heating it to 400°C, calcium oxide is formed.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 14
2. On passing CO2 through lime water, milky white precipitate of CaCO3 is formed.
Ca(OH)2 +CO2 → CaCO3 + H2O
3. On passing CO2 through lime water for a longer time, milky white colour disappears.
CaCO3 + CO2 + H2O → Ca(HCO3)2
4. On passing Cl2 gas through dry slaked lime, bleaching powder is obtained.
Ca(OH)2 + Cl2 → CaOCl2 + H2O

Uses :

  • In the manufacture of caustic soda and bleaching powder.
  • In the purification of coal gas.
  • In whitewashing.
  • In the manufacture of ammonia.

Question 36.
Describe the soda-lime method for preparation of sodium hydroxide with chemical equation.
Answer:
Soda-lime method is also known as causticizing process. In this method, sodium hydroxide is obtained by boiling sodium carbonate solution with slaked lime.
Na2CO3 + Ca(OH)2 ⇌ 2NaOH + CaCO3
This reaction is reversible but due to precipitation of calcium carbonate, the reaction proceeds only in forward direction.

A mixture of sodium carbonate and slaked lime is taken in iron tanks. The mixture is heated to 80-85°C by steam. Precipitated calcium carbonate is separated periodically. The filterate is treated with dilute hydrochloric acid for testing the presence of sodium carbonate. More lime is added when effervescence occurs. Dilute hydrochloric acid is added when no more effervescence occurs and the solution is filtered to separate precipitate of calcium carbonate. Filterate obtained on evaporation in iron containers give 98% pure sodium hydroxide.

The s-Block Elements Class 11 Important Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Write notes on each of the following observations :
(a) Mobility of alkali metal ions in aqueous solution are :
Li+ < Na + < K+ < Rb+ < Cs+
(b) Lithium is the only alkali metal which forms nitride.
(c) E° for M2+(aq) + 2e → M(s) (Where M = Ca, Sr or Ba) is nearly constant.
Answer:
(a) Smaller the size of an ion, higher is its hydration and higher the hydration of an ion lower is its mobility. Thus, order of hydration ability is as follows: ‘
Li+ < Na + < K+ < Rb+ < Cs+
Thus, ionic mobility is in the opposite order.

(b) Due to its small size, among alkali metals only Lithium forms nitride.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 15
(c) E° for M2+(aq) + 2e → M(s) where M = Ca, Sr or Ba, value of E° is nearly same.

For a M2+/M electrode, value of E° depends on three factors:

  • Enthalpy of Vaporization,
  • Ionization enthalpy,
  • Hydration enthalpy.
    Since, the combined effect of all these three factors is nearly same for Ca, Sr and Ba, therefore value of their electrode potentials is also nearly same.

Question 2.
How is lithium different from other members of its group?
Answer:
Anomalous behaviour of lithium: Properties of lithium are different than other members of the group due to the given reasons :
(i) Size of lithium atom and ion is very small.
(ii) Due to small size, polarizing power of lithium-ion is high, due to which compounds possess covalent character.
(iii) In comparison to other alkali metals its electropositive nature is less and ionization energy is high.
Lithium differ from alkali metals of group I due to following properties :
(i) Lithium is comparatively harder than the other alkali metals.
(ii) Melting and boiling point pf lithium is comparatively high.
(iii) Lithium reacts with oxygen to form only normal oxide (Li2O), whereas other metals form peroxide (M2O2) and superoxide (MO2).
(iv) Lithium hydride (LiH) is more stable as compared to hydrides of other metals.
(v) Lithium hydroxide (LiOH) is a weak base and is partially soluble in water, but hydroxides of other metals of the group are more soluble in water.
(vi) Lithium forms nitride (Li3N) with nitrogen, whereas other metals of the group do not form nitride.
(vii) Lithium nitrate when heated decomposes to nitrogen dioxide and oxygen.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 16
Whereas sodium nitrate and potassium nitrate when heated strongly form correspond¬ing nitrate with the release of oxygen.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 17
(viii) Lithium carbonate and lithium hydroxide decompose on heating strongly, but carbonates and hydroxides of other metals do not decompose on heating.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 18
(ix) Fluoride, phosphate, oxalate and carbonate of Lithium are partially soluble in water, whereas corresponding salts of other metals are soluble in water.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 3.
What is diagonal relationship? Write diagonal relationship between Li and Mg.
Answer:
Diagonal relationship: Some elements of second period show similarity with some elements of third period diagonally.
This is known as diagonal relationship. Diagonal relationship between Li and Mg :

  • Atomic radius of Lithium is 1.34 Å and atomic radius of Mg is 1.36 Å.
  • Polarizing power of Li+ and Mg2+ is nearly same.
  • Li and Mg both are hard.
  • Electronegativity of Li and Mg is (1.0 and 1.2) same.
  • Melting and boiling point of Li and Mg is high.
  • Both Li and Mg react with N2 to form nitride.
  • Both Li and Mg react with oxygen to form monoxide.
  • Li and Mg both dissociate water to give H2.
  • Carbonates of both Li and Mg give CO2 on heating.
  • Both LiOH and Mg(OH)2 are weak bases.

Question 4.
What are similarities between Alkali metal and Alkaline earth metals?
Answer:

  • Alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals are not obtained in free state in nature.
  • Oxides of alkali metals and alkaline earth metals dissolve in water to form strong bases.
  • Alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals are soft and bright.
  • On keeping in air, their surface become dull.
  • Alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals (except Be and Mg) give flame test.
  • Alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals are strong reducing agents.
  • Alkali metals and Alkaline earth metals both form ionic compounds.
  • Nitrate and halide of both are soluble in water.

Question 5.
Be shows anomalous behaviour as compared to other members of its group. Explain.
Answer:
Anomalous behaviour of beryllium: Being the first member of family, beryllium shows anomalous behaviour as compared to other members of family. It is because of following reasons:

  • Smallest size of the atom and the ion.
  • High ionization energy, electronegativity and heat of hydration.
  • Vacant d-orbitals are not present.

Beryllium shows the following different properties from other members of the group :
1. Beryllium is hard, whereas other metals are soft.

  • Beryllium does not liberate hydrogen quickly from acids whereas other metals liberate quickly.
  • Beryllium carbide form methane by reaction with water whereas other members give acetylene.
    Be2C + 2H2O → 2BeO + CH4
    CaC2 +2H2O → Ca(OH)2 + C2H2
  • Beryllium oxide is amphoteric whereas oxides of other metals of the group are basic.
  • Beryllium and magnesium do not impart any colour to the flame whereas all other members impart colour.
  • Beryllium react with hydrogen slowly whereas others react quickly.
  • Compounds of beryllium are generally covalent where other members of the group form ionic compounds.

Question 6.
Explain why :
(a) Solution of Na2CO3 is alkaline.
(b) Alkali metals are obtained by the electrolysis of their corresponding fused chlorides.
(c) Sodium is more useful than Potassium.
Answer:
(a) Na2CO3 is a salt of a weak acid (H2CO3) and a strong base (NaOH). Thus, on hydrolysis it gives base (NaOH) due to which its aqueous solution is alkaline.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 19
(b)
1. Alkali metals are strongly reducing, thus they cannot be extracted by their oxides and compounds.
2. Due to high electropositive nature, these cannot be displaced by other metals from their salt solutions.
3. Alkali metals cannot be obtained by the electrolysis of aqueous solution of their salts because at cathode in place of Na metal H2 is liberated. Due to this, Alkali metals are obtained by the electrolysis of their molten chlorides.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 20
At Cathode:2Cl → Cl2 + 2e
At Anode : 2Na+ + 2e → 2Na

(c) As compared to potassium, sodium is more important because it is reactive but not very reactive as potassium. Other uses of sodium are :

  • As a coolant in nuclear plants.
  • In the manufacture of Tetraethyl lead (TEL) used as antiknock agent for petrol.
    4C2H5Cl + 4Na- Pb → (C2H5)4 Pb + 3Pb+4NaCl (TEL).

Question 7.
Explain diagonal relationship between Be and Al.
Answer:
Diagonal relationship between Beryllium and Aluminium: Beryllium resembles aluminium of group 3 in the following properties :

  • Both beryllium and aluminium form covalent compounds.
  • Both metals are passive towards reaction with concentrated HNO3, because they are covered with a layer of oxide on their surface.
  • Both the metals are of weak electropositive nature.
  • Both do not form hydride quickly.
  • Carbides of both the metals react with water to form methane.
    Be2C + 2H2O → 2BeO + CH4
    Al4C3 + 6H2O → 2 Al2O3 + 3CH4
  • Oxides of both are soluble in water and form hydroxides which are amphoteric in nature and react with acid and base to form salt.
    BeO + 2 HCl → BeCl2 + H2O
    Al2O3 +6HCl → 2AlCl3 +3H2O
    BeO + 2NaOH >Na2Be02 + H2O
    Al2O3 + 2NaOH → 2NaAlO2 + H2O
  • Both Be and Al do not give colour to the flame.

Question 8.
How is sodium carbonate manufactured by Solvay process?
Answer:
Principle: In this process, first concentrated solution of sodium chloride (Brine) is saturated with NH3 to form ammonical sodium chloride. On passing CO2 gas to this, ammonium bicarbonate is formed which reacts with sodium chloride and forms sodium bicarbonate. Precipitate of sodium bicarbonate is filtered which on calcination gives sodium carbonate.’
NH3+CO2+H2O → NH4HCO3
NH4HCO3 + NaCl →NaHCO3 +NH4Cl
2NaHCO3 → Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2

CO2 formed is used again for carbonation NH4Cl formed on treatment with slaked lime gives NH3 which is used for saturation of brine.
2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 →CaCl2 +2H2O + 2NH3
The various steps and reactions involved are given below :

Saturating tank: In this tank brine (NaCl) is saturated with ammonia. NaCl solution is introduced from the top while ammonia is introduced from bottom so that ammonium brine is formed and which collects at bottom. Calcium and magnesium salts are present as impurity in sodium chloride solution. They get precipitated as hydroxides by ammonium hydroxide.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 21

Filter: Ammonical brine is filtered to removed the precipitated hydroxides of calcium and magnesium.

Cooler: The filtrate is cooled by passing through condenser. Cooling is necessary because when ammonia dissolves in brine a lot of heat is produced.

Carbonating tower: The cold solution of brine saturated with ammonia is intro¬duced into the carbonating tank from top.
Carbonating tower is fitted with a number of compound diaphragms each made of a horizontal iron plate.

Following reactions take place here :
2NH3 + CO2 +H2O → (NH4)2CO3
(NH4)2CO3 +2NaCl → Na2CO3 + 2NH4Cl
Na2CO3 +H2O + CO2 → 2NaHCO3

Vacuum filter: The precipitated sodium bicarbonate along with solution of traces of ammonium carbonate and ammonium chloride is passed through rotatory vacuum filter at the bottom of tower where socfium bicarbonate separates leaving behind mother liquor containing ammonium chloride.

Limekiln: Here limestone is burnt to produce quick lime and carbon dioxide.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 22

Formed CaO reacts with water to form slaked lime.
CaO + H2O →Ca(OH)2

Ammonia recovery tower: The mother liquor obtained from rotatory filter pump containing ammonium chloride is introduced into the ammonia recovery tank from the top part while the milk of lime is introduced from the top of lower part and steam is introduced into the tower from the bottom, ammonium chloride reacts with milk of lime to produce ammonia.
2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 → 2NH3 +CaCl2 +2H2O

Sodium bicarbonate obtained from rotatory filters is ignited in a specially constructed cylindrical vessels when sodium carbonate is formed and CO2 evolved is collected and used again.
2NaHCO3 →Na2CO3 + H2O+CO2.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 9.
When a metal of group-1 is dissolved in liquid ammonia the following observations are obtained : ,
(a) Initially blue solution is obtained.
(b) On concentrating the solution, blue colour gets converted to bronze. Discuss the blue colour of the solution. Write the name of the product formed on keeping the solution for some time.
Answer:
(a) On dissolving the metals of group-1 in liquid ammonia the following reaction is obtained:
The blue colour of the solution is due to ammoniated electrons which absorbs the corresponding energy of the visible range and provides blue colour to the solution.
M+(x+y)NH3 → [M(NH3)x]+ + [e(NH3)y]

(b) In concentrated solution, due to formation of metal ion layer the blue colour gets converted to bronze colour. Blue colour releases hydrogen on being kept for some time and amide is formed.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 23

Question 10.
Stability of peroxides and superoxides of Alkali metals decreases on moving down the group. Discuss with example.
Answer:
Stability of peroxides and superoxides of metal ion increases with increase in size.
Thus, KO2 < RbO2 < CsO2
Cause of formation of various oxide by alkali metals with oxygen is the formation of a boundary of strong electropositive region around the metal cation. Size of Li+ is the smallest due to which it does not allow O2- ion to react with O2. Size of Na+ is bigger than Li thusn its positivity decreases by Li+ region. Bigger ions like K+, Rb+ and Cs+ allow O2-2 ion again to react with O2 to form superoxide (O2)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 24
With the increase in size of metal ions, stability of peroxides and superoxides also increases. Its main cause is that due to lattice energy effect, larger anion and larger cation provide stability.

Question 11.
Explain Castner-Kellner cell with labelled diagram to obtain sodium hydroxide.
Answer:
It consists of a rectangular iron tank which is divided into three parts by state partitions. These partitions do not touch the bottom of the tank which is covered by mercury. Layers of mercury are separated from each other in all the three parts. Mercuiy layer can move here and there by mechanical arrangement. NaOH solution is filled in the outer compartment in which graphite anode is immersed. In the middle dilute NaOH solution is filled in which iron cathode is immersed. On passing electric current, mercury in middle compartment acts as anode and in the outer compartments act as cathode by induction. Cl2 is released in the outer compartment at anode.

Sodium released at cathode reacts with mercury to form sodium amalgam. Sodium amalgam is introduced in the central compartment by wheels. Here sodium amalgam acts as anode and iron rod acts as cathode. In this portion NaOH is filled. On passing electric current OH ions are released at anode and reacts with sodium present in amalgam to form NaOH and H2 gas is released.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 25
Reaction : In outer compartment:
2NaCl ⇌ 2Na+ +2Cl
At cathode:
2Na+ +2e → 2Na
2Na + xHg → HgxNa2
At anode:
2Cl – 2e →2Cl
Cl + Cl → Cl2

In middle compartment:
NaOH ⇌ Na+ + OH
At cathode:
2NaHg + 2H2O → 2NaOH+2Hg + H2
Na+ +e →Na
2Na + 2H2O →2NaOH + H2
At anode:
2OH → 2OH + 2e
Hgx Na2 +2OH → 2NaOH+xHg.

Question 12.
When water is mixed in a compound of calcium
(A) solution of compound
(B) is formed. On passing CO2 through this solution, due to the formation of compound
(C) it turns milky. On passing excess of carbon dioxide, compound
(D) is formed and due to this milky colour disappears. Identify the compound (A), (B), (C) and (D) and explain the cause of disappearance of milky colour in the last step.
Answer:
On passing CO2 in the solution of compound
(B), the appearance of milky colour indicates that compound (B) is slaked lime [Ca(OH)2] and compound
(C) is calcium carbonate. Since compound (B) is formed on adding H2O to compound (A), thus compound A is quick lime (CaO).
This reactions are as Follows:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 26
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 27

Question 13.
Write method of preparation of calcium oxide, chemical properties and its uses.
Answer:
Calcium oxide is formed by heating lime stone.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 28
The reaction is reversible, thus it is necessary to remove CO2. Temperature of the reaction should be 900°C because at high temperature by the reaction of sand and lime fusible silicate is formed.
Coal is burnt at the side of the furnace. Lime stone is added slowly from the top, which dissociates on coming down. CO2 gas releases from the upper part.
It is liquefied and stored in the cylinders.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 29
Chemical properties :
1. It absorbs moist air andCO2 to form Ca(OH)2 andCaCO3.
CaO+ H2O → Ca(OH)2
CaO+ H2O → CaCO,
2. It is a strong basic oxide which reacts with acids to form salts.
CaO + 2HCl → CaCl2 + H2O
CaO + SiO2 → CaSiO3
3. On heating with ammonium salts NH3 gas is formed.
2NH4Cl + CaO → CaCl2 +H2O + 2NH3
4. On heating carbon and calcium oxide CaC2 is obtained.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 30

Uses :

  • As a flux in metallurgy,
  • In drying of alcohols and gases,
  • For producing lime light,
  • In the purification of coal gas,
  • In making paper.

Question 14.
What happens when :
(1) On reacting NaOH with Zn or Al.
(2) On reacting NaOH with S.
(3) On reacting NaOH with halogen.
(4) On reacting NaOH with metal oxide.
(5) On reacting NaOH with metal salts.
Answer:
1. On reacting NaOH with Zn or Al, complex salt is obtained and hydrogen gas is released.
Zn + 2NaOH →Na2ZnO2 + H2
2Al + 2 NaOH + 2H2O → 2NaAlO2 + 3H2

2. On reacting NaOH with sulphur, hypo is formed.
4S + 6NaOH → Na2S2O3 + 2Na2S + 3H2O
8S + 2Na2S → 2Na2S5

3. Reaction with halogen :
(a) On reacting dilute and cold NaOH with chlorine, sodium hypochloride is formed.
2NaOH +Cl2 → NaCl + NaClO+ H2O
(b) On reacting hot and cone. NaOH with chlorine, sodium chlorate is obtained.
6NaOH + 3Cl2 → 5NaCl+NaClO3 + 3H2O

4. On reacting NaOH with metal oxide, complex salt is obtained.
ZnO + 2NaOH → Na2ZnO2+H2O

5. On reacting NaOH with metallic salts, precipitate of metal hydroxides are obtained.
CuSO4 + 2NaOH → Na2SO4 + Cu(OH)2
3NaOH + FeCl3 → Fe(OH)3 + 3NaCl
2NaOH + 2 AgNO3 → Ag2O + 2NaNO3 + H2O

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 15.
State the importance of:
(a) Lime stone,
(b) Cement,
(c) Plaster of Paris.
Answer:
(a) Lime stone CaCO3:

  • With magnesium carbonate, it is used as a flux in the extraction of metals like iron.
  • It is used as an antacid, mild abrasive in toothpaste and a filler in cosmetics.

(b) Cement:

  • It is an important compound for the construction of buildings.
  • It is used in concrete and reinforced concrete, in plastering and in the construction ofbuildings.

(c) Plaster of Paris :

  • It is used in building industry as well as plasters in bone fracture.
  • It is also used in dentistry, in ornamental work and for making casts and statues and busts.

Question 16.
Write short notes on :
(i) Plaster of Paris and
(ii) Lime.
Answer:
(i) Plaster of Paris : It is formed from gypsum by heating up to 120-130°C in absence of organic fuel.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 31
On adding water it again change into gypsum and becomes hard.
(CaSO4)2.H2O + 3H2O → 2CaSO4.2H2O

Uses :
(a) It is used in plasters in bone fracture.
(b) In preparation of toys, decorative items and in fireproof bricks.

(ii) Lime : Calcium oxide and hydroxide is known as lime.
(A) Quick lime (CaO): It is prepared by heating limestone. .
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 32
Properties : (a) It forms limelight on heating with oxygen.
(b) Reaction with air and moisture.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 33
CaO + CO2 → CaCO3.

Uses :
(a) As a flux (basic) in metallurgy.
(b) In producing limelight.

Question 17.
Discuss the various reactions that occur in Solvay process.
Answer:
In Solvay process, CO2 is passed through brine (cone. NaCl so In.) saturated with ammonia when easily soluble sodium bicarbonate is formed.
NaCl + NH3 + CO2 + H2O → NaHCO3 ↓ + NH4C1
The sodium bicarbonate formed is filtered, dried and heated to form sodium carbonate.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 34
CO2 used in the carbonating tower is obtained by heating calcium carbonate. CaO formed in this process is dissolved in water to form slaked lime.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 35
Ammonia is regenerated in the regeneration tower by heating NH4Cl and Ca(OH)2.
2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2→ 2NH3 + CaCl2 + 2H2O

Question 18.
What are the common physical and chemical characteristics of Alkali metals ?
Answer:
Physical properties :
(i) Alkali metals are silvery white, soft and tight metals.
(ii) These have low density (due to large size). It increases on moving down the group. Though potassium is lighter than sodium.
(iii) Alkali metals have low melting and boiling points. Because due to presence of only one valence electron, weak metallic bond is present between them.
(iv) Alkali metals and their salts give characteristic colour to the flame, because their valence electrons easily get excited from lower energy level to higher energy level.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 36

Chemical properties : Alkali metals are highly reactive due to their low ionization enthalpy. Their reactivity increases down the group.
(i) Reaction with air : Alkali metals form oxide in presence of air and become dull. They form lithium monoxide, sodium peroxide and others form superoxide.
4Li + O2 → 2Li2O (Monoxide)
2Na + O2 → Na2O2 (Peroxide)
M + O2 → MO2 (Superoxide) (M = K, Rb, Cs)
Lithium reacts directly with nitrogen of the air to form nitride (Li3N).

(ii) Reaction with water : Alkali metals react with water to form hydroxides and dihydrogen.
2M + 2H2O → 2M+ + 2OH + H2 (M = Alkali metal)
Reaction of Li with water is less than that of sodium.
Alkali metals also react with proton donor species like alcohol, alkyne and gaseous ammonia.

(iii) Reaction with dihydrogen : Alkali metals react with dihydrogen to form ionic hydride.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 37
(iv) Reaction with halogen : Alkali metals easily react with halogens to form ionic halides.
2M + X2 → 2MX Metal halide . (M = Alkali metal).
(v) Reducing nature : Alkali metals easily lose their valence electrons, thus they are strongly reducing.
Na → Na+ + e
Lithium is strongly reducing whereas sodium is least reducing.
(vi) Solubility in liquid ammonia : All alkali metals dissolve in liquid ammonia to form deep blue solution.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 38
(vii) All alkali metals react with liquid ammonia to form alloys. With mercury they form amalgams and the reactions are exothermic.

Question 19.
Discuss the general characteristics and gradation in properties of Alkaline earth metals.
Answer:
Elements of group-2 Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba and Ca and together known as Alkaline earth metals (except Be).
General characteristics :
[A] Atomic properties :
(i) Electronic configuration : Their general electronic configuration is represented as [Noble gas]ns2.
(ii) Atomic and ionic radius : Their atomic and ionic radii are smaller than the nearest
alkali metals of the same period. Atomic and ionic radii in the group increases with the increase in atomic number. ‘
(iii) Ionization enthalpy : First ionization energy of alkaline earth metals due to their smaller size is more than that of alkali metals[ionization enthalpy ∝ \(\frac{1}{\text { Atomic size }}\) ionization enthalpy of Alkaline earth metals is less than the corresponding alkali metals.

(iv) Hydration enthalpy of Alkaline earth metals like alkali metal ions decreases gradually on moving down the group.
Be2+ > Mg2+ > Ca2+ > Sr2+ > Ba2+
Hydration enthalpy of Alkaline earth metals is less than the corresponding Alkali metal ions.

[B] Physical properties : (i) These metals are silvery white, lustrous and soft (but harder than alkali metals).
(ii) The melting and boiling of these metals are higher than the corresponding alkali metals due to their smaller size. The trend is however not systematic.
(iii) Flame colouration : Be and Mg do not impart any colour to the flame. The various colours is due to difference in energy required for the excitation of electrons.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 39
(iv) Density : Their density decreases from Be to Ca, then it increases. These metals due to their small size are dense, heavy and harder than corresponding alkali metals.

[C] Chemical properties : Alkaline earth metals are comparatively less reactive than Alkali metals. Reactivity of these metals decreases on moving down the group.
(i) Reaction with air and water: Be and Mg are inert towards air (oxygen) and water because of the formation of an oxide layer on their surface. Though Beryllium powder easily bums in air.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements 40

Similarly magnesium is highly electropositive and bums in air with a bright light to form MgO and Mg3N2. Ca, Sr and Ba react readily with air to form oxide and nitride.
(ii) Reaction with hydrogen : Except Be, all other metals react with hydrogen on heating to form MH2 type of hydrides. (M = Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba)
(iii) Reaction with halogen : These metals react with halogens at high temperature to form MX2 type of halides.
M + X2 → MX2 (X = F, Cl, Br)

(iv) Reaction with acids : These metal react readily with acids and liberate H2 gas.
M+2HCl → MCl2 + H2
(v) Reducing nature : Like Alkali metals, alkaline earth metals are also of strong reducing nature, but less than alkali metals. On moving down the group their reducing nature decreases.
(vi) Like alkali metals, alkaline earth metals also dissolve in liquid ammonia to form bluish black solution.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 20.
Compare the alkali metals and alkaline earth metals with respect to :
(i) Ionization enthalpy,
(ii) Basicity of oxides and
(iii) Solubility of hydroxides.
Answer:
(i) Ionization enthalpy : First ionization enthalpy of Alkaline earth metals is higher than that of corresponding alkali metals. But value of second ionization enthalpy of alkaline earth metals is less than the corresponding alkali metals.

(ii) Basicity of oxides: Oxides of alkali and alkaline earth metals dissolve in water to form basic hydroxides. Basicity of hydroxides of alkaline earth metals is less than that of hydroxides of alkali metals.
(iii) Solubility of hydroxides : Solubility of hydroxides of alkaline earth metals is less than that of corresponding alkali metals.

Question 21.
In what ways Lithium shows similarities to Magnesium in its chemical behaviour ?
Answer:
Due to similar size, Lithium and Magnesium show similar properties (Atomic radius Li = 152 pm, Mg = 160 pm).
Ionic radius : Li+ = 76 pm, Mg2+ = 72 pm. Their similar properties are as follows :
(i) Both Li and Mg are lighter and harder than other members of their group.
(ii) Both Li and Mg react slowly with water.
The s-Block Elements  Class 11 Important Questions Objective Type

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
Plaster of Paris is :
(a) (CaSO4)2.2H2O
(b) CaSO4.2H2O
(c) CaSO4.H2O
(d) CaSO4.
Answer:
(a) (CaSO4)2.2H2O

Question 2.
Lowest melting point compound :
(a) LiCl
(b) NaCl
(c) KCl
(d) RbCl.
Answer:
(a) LiCl

Question 3.
Active constituent of bleaching powder :
(a) CaOCl2
(b) Ca(OCl)Cl
(c) Ca(O2Cl2)
(d) CaCl2O2.
Answer:
(b) Ca(OCl)Cl

Question 4.
Solution of sodium in liquid ammonia is reducing due to following reason:
(a) Na atom
(b) NaH
(c) NaNH2
(d) e(NH3)x.
Answer:
(d) e(NH3)x.

Question 5.
Reaction of sodium with water is vigorous, not with lithium because lithium :
(a) Atomic mass is more
(b) Is a metal
(c) Is more electropositive
(d) Is more electronegative.
Answer:
(d) Is more electronegative.

Question 6.
Order of stability of various chlorides :
(a) LiCl > KC1 > NaCl > CsCl
(b) CsCl > KC1 > NaCl > LiCl
(c) NaCl > KC1 > LiCl > CsCl
(d) KCl>CsCl > NaCl > LiCl.
Answer:
(a) LiCl > KC1 > NaCl > CsCl

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 7.
Hydration energy of Mg2+ ion will be more than :
(a) Al3+
(b) Na+
(c) Be2+
(d) Mg3+.
Answer:
(b) Na+

Question 8.
Which property of alkaline earth metals increase with increase in atomic number :
(a) Ionization energy
(b) Solubility of hydroxides
(c) Solubility of sulphates
(d) Electronegativity.
Answer:
(b) Solubility of hydroxides

Question 9.
Which is used for drying air :
(a) CaCO3
(b) Na2CO3
(c) NaHCO3
(d) CaO.
Answer:
(d) CaO.

Question 10.
Metallic lustre of sodium is due to :
(a) Diffusion of Na+ ion
(b) Rotation of electrons of outermost shell
(c) Excitation of free electrons Which sulphate has least solubility
(d) bec lattice.
Answer:
(c) Excitation of free electrons Which sulphate has least solubility

11. Which sulphate has least solubility:
(a) BaSO4
(b) MgSO4
(c) SrSO4
(d) CaSO4.
Answer:
(a) BaSO4

Question 12.
Order of thermal stability of carbonates of alkaline earth metals is :
(a) BaCO3 > SrCO3 > CaCO3 > MgCO3
(b) BaCO3 > SrCO3 > MgCO3 > CaCO3
(c) CaCO3 > SrCO3 > MgCO3 > BaCO3
(d) MgCO3 > CaCO3 > SrCO3 > BaCO3.
Answer:
(d) MgCO3 > CaCO3 > SrCO3 > BaCO3.

Question 13.
Compounds of which element are mainly covalent:
(a) Ba
(b) Sr
(c) Ca
(d) Be.
Answer:
(d) Be.

Question 14.
Important ore of magnesium is :
(a) Malachite
(b) Cassiterite
(c) Camallite
(d) Galena.
Answer:
(c) Camallite

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 15.
Functions as air purifier in air craft:
(a) CaO
(b) Ca(OH)2
(c) KO2
(d) Anhydrous CaCl2.
Answer:
(c) KO2

Question 16.
Solubility of sulphates of alkaline earth metals decreases in moving down the group. Its reason is :
(a) Increase in melting point
(b) Increase in lattice energy
(c) Increase in coordination number
(d) All of these.
Answer:
(b) Increase in lattice energy

Question 17.
Which element does not give flame test:
(a) Be
(b) Ca
(c) Ba
(d) Sr.
Answer:
(a) Be

Question 18.
Which ore is not of lithium : ’
(a) Petalite
(b) Triphylite
(c) Elbite
(d) Spodumine.
Answer:
(c) Elbite

Question 19.
Magnesium is present in :
(a) Haemoglobin
(b) Chlorophyll
(c) Vitamin B12
(d) Vitamin C.
Answer:
(b) Chlorophyll

Question 20.
Mixture of MgCl2 and MgO is known as :
(a) Sorrel cement
(b) Portland cement
(c) Fitkari
(d) Mortar.
Answer:
(c) Fitkari

Question 21.
Mixture of CaCN2 and C is known as :
(a) Barytte
(b) Anhydrite
(c) Nitrolim
(d) Iceland spot.
Answer:
(a) Barytte

Question 22.
Lithopone is :
(a) BaSO4 + BaS
(b) BaSO4 + ZnS
(c) BaO + ZnS
(d) BaCO3 + ZnO.
Answer:
(b) BaSO4 + ZnS

Question 23.
Micro-cosmic salt is:
(a) Na(NH4) HPO4.4H2O
(b) Na(NH4)H2O.
(c) Na(NH3) HPO4.4H2O
(d) K(NH4)HPO3.2H2O.
Answer:
(a) Na(NH4) HPO4.4H2O

Question 24.
Which of the following alkali metals gives hydrated salts :
(a) Li
(b) Na
(c) K
(d) Cs.
Answer:
(a) Li

Question 25.
Which of the following alkali metals has lowest melting point:
(a) Na
(b) K
(c) Rb
(d) Cs.
Answer:
(d) Cs.

Question 26.
Which of the following alkaline earth metal carbonate is more stable towards heat:
(a) MgCO3
(b) CaCO3
(c) SrCO3
(d) BaCO3.
Answer:
(d) BaCO3.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

Question 27.
Co-product of Solvay ammonia process is :
(a) CO2
(b) NH3
(c) CaCl2
(d) CaCO3.
Answer:
(c) CaCl2

Question 28.
Increasing order of ionic product is :
(a) BeCl2 < MgCl2 < CaCl2 < BaCl2
(b) BeCl2 < MgCl2 < BaCl2 < CaCl2
(c) BeCl2 < BaCl2 < MgCl2 < CaCl2
(d) BaCl2 < CaCl2 < MgCl2 < BeCl2.
Answer:
(a) BeCl2 < MgCl2 < CaCl2 < BaCl2

Question 29.
Which of the following is paramagnetic :
(a) KO2
(b) SiO2
(c) TiO2
(d) BaO2.
Answer:
(a) KO2

2. Fill in the blanks:

1. Radius of Ca2+ ion is less than K+ because of ……………….. .
Answer:
High positive charge

2. Be(OH)2 is soluble in both acid and base because it is of ……………….. nature.
Answer:
Amphoteric

3. Lithium resemble ……………….. element of group 2.
Answer:
Mg

4. Sodium metal gives blue colour in liquid ammonia this is because of ……………….. .
Answer:
e (NH3)x

5. Potassium forms three oxides ……………….., ……………….. and ……………….. .
Answer:
K2O, K2O, KO2

6. Formula of hydrolith is ……………….. .
Answer:
CaH2

7. s-block elements are strong ……………….. .
Answer:
Reducing agent

8. Alkaline earth metal ……………….. represent radio-active property.
Answer:
Radium

9. Alkali metal ……………….. represent radio-active property.
Answer:
Francium (Fr)

10. Alkaline earth metal hydroxide ……………….. is amphoteric.
Answer:
Be(OH)2

11. Chemical formula of camallite is ……………….. .
Answer:
KCl.MgCl2.6H2O.

3. Match the following:

‘A’ ‘B’
1. To dry air (a) Ca(OCI)C1
2. Nitrolim is (b) MgCl2 and MgO
3. Mixture of Sorrel cement (c) BaSO4 and ZnS
4. Active component of bleaching powder (d) CaCN2 and C
5. Mixture of Lithopone (e) CaO
6. CaCO3 (f) Smoke screen
7. SiCl4 (g) Limestone.

Answer:
1.  (e) CaO
2. (d) CaCN2 and C
3. (b) MgCl2 and MgO
4. (a) Ca(OCl)Cl
5. (c) BaSO4 and ZnS
6.  (g) Limestone
7. (f) Smoke screen.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 10 The s-Block Elements

4. Answer in one word/sentence:

1. Arrange the alkaline earth metals in the order of their reactivity.
Answer:
Chemical reactivity of alkaline earth metals increases on moving down the group (Be-Ra).
Be < Mg < Ca < Sr < Ba < Ra.

2. Write name and formula of two ores of lithium.
Answer:
(i) Spodumene LiAl(SiO3)2,
(ii) Lepidolite Li2Al2(SiO3)3.F(OH)2.

3. Write names of two ores of magnesium.
Answer:
Two ores of magnesium are :
(i) Camallite
(ii) Dolomite.

4. Alkali metals are kept in kerosene oil. Why?
Answer:
Due to high reactivity.

5. Write the order of basic strength and solubility in water of hydroxides of alkaline earth metals.
Answer:
Basic strength and solubility of hydroxides of alkaline earth metals increases from top to bottom in a group.

6. Molecular formula of Glauber’s salt is.
Answer:
Na2SO4.10 H2O.

5. State true or false :

1. Alkali metals are not found in free state but alkaline earth metals exist in free state in earth.
Answer:
False

2. Basicity of hydroxides of alkali metals increases on moving down in the group.
Answer:
True

3. Soda ash means Baking soda.
Answer:
False

4. Magnesium does not impart any colour to Bunsen flame whereas calcium give flame test.
Answer:
True

5. Lil is less ionic as compared to Nal.
Answer:
False

6. Common salt wets because it has less hydration energy.
Answer:
False

7. Due to diagonal relationship properties of sodium are similar to calcium and that of caesium are similar to strontium.
Answer:
False

8. Francium is a radio-active element.
Answer:
True

9. For similar chemical properties sufficient difference in electronegativity is essential.
Answer:
False

10. Na2O is formed by heating sodium in excess of O2.
Answer:
False

11. Concentration of K+ and Na+ is same in blood.
Answer:
False
12.Concentration of Na+ is very less as compared to K+ concentration inside a cell.
True.
Answer:

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Students get through the MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen which are most likely to be asked in the exam.

MP Board Class 11th Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Hydrogen Class 11 Important Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What are the causes of temporary and permanent hardness of water? Explain.
Answer:
Temporary hardness of water is due to presence of bicarbonates of Ca and Mg. Permanent hardness is due to presence of chlorides and sulphates of calcium and magnesium.

Question 2.
Write chemical reactions to show the amphoteric nature of water.
Answer:
Water is amphoteric in nature. It behaves as an acid and base both. With stronger acids than itself, it acts as a base where as with stronger bases than itself it acts as an acid.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 1
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 2

Question 3.
Is demineralized or distilled water useful for drinking purposes? If not, how can it be made useful?
Answer:
Demineralized or distilled water is not useful for drinking purposes. It can be made useful by mixing appropriate amount of some useful salts in it.

Question 4.
Knowing the properties of H2O and D2O, do you think that D2O can be used for drinking purposes?
Answer:
Heavy water, D2O is harmful for living organisms because in heavy water, rate of biochemical reactions decreases.

Question 5.
Beryllium forms covalent hydride whereas calcium forms ionic hydride. Why?
Answer:
Due to high. electronegativity Be (1.5) forms covalent hydride whereas electronegativity of Ca is low.

Question 6.
Explain Uno process of the preparation of hydrogen.
Answer:
Uno’s method : Aluminium is treated with hot caustic soda solution. Reaction proceed briskly. Aluminium dissolve and hydrogen gas is produced.
2 Al + 2NaOH + 2H2O → 2NaAlO2 +3H2 Sodium meta aluminate.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 7.
How is impure hydrogen purified?
Answer:
On passing hydrogen gas on Platinum black or Palladium metal, hydrogen is adsorbed by the metal. This way impure hydrogen is purified because only pure hydrogen can be adsorbed by Palladium.

Question 8.
Write the disadvantages of hard water.
Answer:
Disadvantages of hard water:

  1. More soap is wasted to produce lather for working clothes.
  2. Hard water cannot be used in medicine for injections.
  3. It is harmful for people suffering from arthritis.

Question 9.
Describe Lanes process for the preparation of hydrogen.
Answer:
In this process water vapours are passed over red hot iron at 600- 900° C and hydrogen gas is formed. Reaction is reversible, hence H2 should be periodically removed.
3Fe + 4H2O ⇌ Fe3O4+4H2

Question 10.
Explain the method by which temporary and permanent both types of hardness is removed.
Answer:
Chemical method: In this method calcium hydroxide [Ca(OH)2 ] or sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) or sodium phosphate is mixed in hard water when insoluble salts of Ca and Mg are formed and separated and both temporary and permanent hardness are removed.
Ca(HCO3)2 + Na2CO3 → CaCO3↓ +2NaHCO3
MgCl2+Na2CO3 → MgCO3 ↓ +2NaCl
CaSO4 + Na2CO3 → CaCO3 ↓ +Na2SO4

Question 11.
How is the strength of H2O2 expressed?
Answer:
Strength of Hydrogen peroxide solution: The strength of hydrogen peroxide solution is expressed in terms of the volume of oxygen obtained from it. For example, 10 volume, 20 volume etc. The strength is equal to the volume of oxygen produced at NTP which is obtained by heating one unit of that solution.
The ‘10 volume’ solution of hydrogen peroxide will give 10 ml oxygen at NTP when 1 ml of the sample is heated.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 12.
Write the uses of hydrogen.
Answer:
Uses of hydrogen :

  1. As a reducing agent,
  2. For the preparation of ghee by the hydrogenation of oil,
  3. For the preparation of artificial petrol by reacting with coal powder,
  4. In glass industry, in cooling the glass slowly.

Question 13.
What is the difference in the steps of hydrolysis and hydration?
Answer:
The process of spontaneous reaction of H+ ion and OH ions of water with the anion and cation of a salt to form the basic acid and water is called hydrolysis.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 3
On the other hand, hydration means formation of hydrated ions or hydrated salts by the addition of water in ions and molecules.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 4

Question 14.
What do you expect the nature of hydrides is, if formed by elements of atomic numbers 15, 19, 23 and 44 with dihydrogen ? Compare their behaviour towards water.
Answer:

  • Element of Z = 15, Phosphorus, is a member of p-block, thus it a covalent hydride.
  • Element of Z = 19, Potassium, is a member of 5-block, thus it is an ionic hydride.
  • Element of Z = 23, Vanadium, is a member of rf-block and group-5. It forms interstitial hydride VH16. It is a non-stoichiometric hydride.
  • Element of Z = 44, Rutheum, is a member of d-block and group-8. It does not form any hydride because elements of group-7, 8 and 9 do not form hydride (Hydrideless). With water, only ionic hydride, KH reacts to liberate dihydrogen gas.

Question 15.
What is oil gas and how is it obtained?
Answer:
This gas is prepared by the distillated of kerosene oil. A thin layer of kerosene oil is poured in red hot iron retort by which bigger molecules break up into methane, ethylene and acetylene. It is used in burners.

Question 16.
What is coal gas? Write its chemical composition.
Answer:
Coal gas is a mixture of various gases in which hydrogen is also one of the constituent. Percentage composition of coal gas is as follows :
H2 = 43.55%,CH4 = 25.35%,CO2 = 0.3%, CO = 4.11% N2 =2.12%,
O2 = 0-1.5%
Apart from being used as a fuel, coal gas is also used for the production of light.

Question 17.
A gas is produced on reacting sodium with water. Write its name and formula.
Answer:
By the reaction of water on extremely reactive metals like – sodium, potassium, calcium at ordinary temperature, hydrogen gas is released.
2Na + 2H2O → 2NaOH+H2
Ca + 2H2O → Ca(OH)2+H2.

Question 18.
What is the cause of hardness of water and hardness is of how many types?
Answer:
Hardness of water is due to the presence of soluble bicarbonates, sulphates, chlorides, salts of calcium and magnesium.
1. Temporary hardness: When hardness of water is removed by boiling or by simple methods then it is known as temporary hardness. Temporary hardness is due to bicarbonates of Ca and Mg.

2. Permanent hardness: If hardness is not removed by boiling or by simple methods, it is known as permanent hardness. It is due to chlorides and sulphates of Ca and Mg.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 19.
What is hard and soft water?
Answer:
Soft water: Water which easily form good lather with water is called soft water. Distilled water, rain water, river water etc. are soft water.

Hard water: Water which does not form good lather with water easily is called hard water. It gives less lather and soap spreads and form clots, due to this lot of soap is wasted.

Question 20.
What is distilled water? Write its one use.
Answer:
Pure water obtained by distillation method is known as distilled water. It is used for the preparation of medicines and solutions in the laboratory.

Question 21.
What is the utility of heavy water?
Answer:

  • Heavy water is mainly used as a moderator in nuclear reactors.
  • It is used as a tracer compound in the study of mechanism of reactions.
  • It is used for the preparation of other deuterium compounds like CD4, D2SO4etc.

Question 22.
Acidic solution of hydrogen peroxide behaves as an oxidizing as well as reducing agent. Explain it with the help of chemical equations.
Answer:

  • H2O2 oxidizes acidified KI to iodine.
    2KI + 2H2O2 + H2SO4 → I2 + K2SO4 + 2H2O
  • In alkaline medium H202 reduces KMnO4 to MnO2.
    2KMnO4 + 3H2O2 →2MnO2+2KOH + 3O2 +2H2O.

Question 23.
Dilute solution of hydrogen peroxide cannot be concentrated by heating. How can it be concentrated ?
Answer:
Dilute solution of H2O2 cannot be concentrated because it decomposes much below its melting point.
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
1% H2O2 liberated from water is distilled at low pressure and concentrated to 30% by mass. Again it is distilled at low pressure upto 85%. Remaining water is freezed to obtain pure hydrogen peroxide.

Question 24.
For the manufacture of hydrogen peroxide by peroxides phosphoric acid is more useful than sulphuric acid. Why?
Answer:
H2SO4 acts as a catalyst in the decomposition of H2O2. Thus, in the manufacture of H2O2 by peroxides weak acids like H3PO4, H2CO3 etc. are more suitable than H2SO4.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 5

Question 25.
Ionic hydride of a basic metal exhibits effective covalent behaviour and it is unreactive towards oxygen and chlorine. It is used in the synthesis of other useful hydrides. Write the formula of this hydride. Write its reaction with Al2Cl6.
Answer:
It is ionic hydride LiH. Due to smallest size it shows covalent behaviour also. LiH is extremely stable. It is extremely unreactive towards oxygen and chlorine. It reacts with Al2Cl6 to form Lithium aluminium hydride.
8LiH +Al2Cl6 → 2LiAlH4 +6LiCl.

Question 26.
Why does hard water do not for lather readily with soap?
Answer:
In hard water bicarbonates, chlorides and sulphates of Ca and Mg are dissolved. Soaps are sodium salt of higher fatty acids e.g., sodium stearate (C17H35COONa). Salts of calcium and magnesium react and form precipitates of calcium and magnesium stearate.
C17H35COONa + M2+ → (C17H35COO)2 M + 2Na+
Until all the salts are precipitated, no lather is formed with soap and this soap is wasted.

Question 27.
Write four uses of hydrogen peroxide.
Answer:
Uses of hydrogen peroxide :

  • It is an antiseptic, used for washing teeth, ears, wounds, etc.
  • As an oxidizing agent in laboratory.
  • It is used for bleaching hair, silk, wool, feathers, ivory, etc.
  • As a rocket fuel (as propellant) by producing oxygen.

Question 28.
Write industrial method of preparation of hydrogen by water gas.
Answer:
Water gas is produced by passing steam over red hot coke.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 6
Water gas is mixed with steam and heated at a temperature of 450 °C in presence of Fe2O3 as catalyst and chromic oxide as promoter when carbon monoxide gets oxidized to carbon dioxide.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 7

Question 29.
What is conductivity water? Write its use.
Answer:
Kohlrausch distilled water 42 times at low pressure in a Quartz container and obtained exteremely pure water. This is known as conductivity water. Some potassium permanganate is mixed in distilled water and it is again distilled in a strong glass retort. It is used in the determination of conductivity.

Question 30.
What is deuterium? Write its two uses.
Answer:
Deuterium is an isotope of hydrogen. It is called heavy hydrogen. Its nucleus consists of one proton and one neutron and one electron rotates around the nucleus. That means its atomic weight is 2 and atomic number is 1. It is represented as H12 or D. In common H2 gas it is presented 0.0156%. It was discovered by Unbrickwade and Murphy. Deuterium is obtained by the electrolysis of heavy water at cathode and O2 is obtained at anode.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 8

Uses: 1. It is used to determine the reaction mechanism of chemical and biochemical reactions.
2. It is used in the artificial transmutation of element as a particle in the form of deuteron.
7N14+1D2→ BCl2+2He4.

Question 31.
Sodium reacts with dihydrogen to form crystalline ionic solid. This compound is non-volatile and non-conducting in nature. It reacts readily with water to form dihydrogen gas. Write the formula of this compound and its reaction with water. What will happen on electrolysing it in molten state?
Answer:
Sodium reacts with dihydrogen to form sodium hydride which is a crystalline ionic solid. ‘
2Na + H2 → 2Na++H
It reacts readily with water to form H2 gas
2NaH + 2H2O →2NaOH+2H2
In solid state, electric current does not flow in NaH but in molten state it releases H2 at anode and Na at cathode.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 32.
Write the redox reaction between fluorine and water.
Answer:
Fluorine is a strong oxidizing agent. It oxidizes H2O to 02 and O3.
2F2(g) +2H2O(l) → O2(g) + 4H+(aq) +4F(aq)
3F2(g) +3H2O(l) → O3(g)+6H+(aq) +6F(aq)

Question 33.
Explain: HCl is a gas and HF liquid. Why?
Answer:
Size of F is smaller than Cl and its electronegativity is also more. Thus, it forms stronger H-bond than Cl. That is why HF is a liquid and HC1 a gas.

Question 34.
Write a chemical equation for the manufacture of D2O2.
Answer:
D2O2 is obtained by the action of BaO2 on water-soluble D2SO4.
BaO2 + D2SO4 → BaSO4 + D2O2.

Question 35.
Why can H2O2 not be stored for a long time?
Answer:
H2O2 contain peroxide bond. Due to the presence of this bond it is unstable and starts decomposing.
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
As a result H2O2 cannot be stored for a long time. This decomposition reaction is catalyzed by glass, therefore the decomposition becomes faster in glass bottle. To stop it, it is stored in a coloured waxy of layered bottle.

Question 36.
H2O2 is known as an antichlor. Why?
Answer:
In coloured substances in which bleaching is done by chlorine, some amount of chlorine is left remaining. This way to remove the remaining chlorine H202 is used. Due to this property, it is known as an antichlor.
Cl2+H2O2 → 2HCl + O2.

Question 37.
On boiling temporary hard water v .th slaked lime it becomes soft. Why?
Answer:
When temporary hard water is boiled with slaked lime then Ca and Mg bicarbonates present in hard water gets converted to insoluble bicarbonates which are removed by Alteration.
Ca(HCO3)2 +Ca(OH)2 → 2CaCO3 ↓+2H2O
Mg(HCO3)2 + Ca(OH)2 → MgCO3 + CaCO3 + 2H2O.

Question 38.
Saline hydrides are known to react with water violently producing fire. Can CO2, a well-known fire extinguisher, be used in this case. Explain.
Answer:
Saline hydrides (NaH, CaH2 etc.) react with water violently to produce metal oxide and dihydrogen.

Question 39.
If equal weight of liquid water and ice pieces are taken then density of ice is less than water. Why?
Answer:
In ice, water molecules are not denser as in liquid water. In the lattice structure of ice vacant voids are present due to which its volume becomes more and density less.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 9

Question 40.
Explain one method of preparation of Hydrogen peroxide.
Answer:
Peroxide method: H2O2 is formed by the action of sodium peroxide on ice-cooled 20% H2SO4.
Na2O2 + H2SO4 → H2O2 + Na2SO4
On cooling, sodium sulphate separate in the form of crystals Na2SO4.5H2O which is filtered and 30% H2O2 solution is obtained.

Question 41.
In which compound oxidation state of hydrogen is negative?
Answer:
When hydrogen combines with lighter and extremely reactive metals like Na, K, Ca etc. then electrovalent hydrides are formed. In these electrovalent hydrides, oxidation state of hydrogen is negative. -1.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 42.
Dihydrogen (H2)- reacts with dioxygen (O2) to form water. When an isotope of hydrogen which has one proton and one neutron in the nucleus is reacted with oxygen, then write the name and formula of the product formed. Will the reactivity of both the isotopes with oxygen be same? Discuss your answer.
Answer:
Isotope of hydrogen whose nucleus has one proton and one neutron, is deuterium
(D, 12H).
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 10
Reactivity of H2 and D2 is the different towards oxygen. D-D bond is stronger as compared to H-H bond. Thus, H2 is more reactive than D2.

Hydrogen Class 11 Important Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Justify the position of hydrogen in the periodic table on the basis of its electronic configuration.
Answer:
Hydrogen is the first element placed in the periodic table. Its electronic configuration is 1s1. Like alkali metals, it can lose one electron and form H+ ion. Like halogens, it can gain one electron and form H ion. Like alkali metals it forms oxide, halide and sulphide.

Though alternative to alkali metals its ionization enthalpy is high and under normal conditions it does not exhibit metallic behaviour. Actually in terms of ionization enthalpy it exhibits more similarity towards halogens. Like halogens it forms diatomic molecule, reacts with elements to form hydrides and various covalent compounds. Though, alternative to halogens its reactivity is very less.

Thus, on the basis of the above properties, hydrogen should be placed with alkali metals in Group-1 in the periodic table or with halogens in Group-17 in the periodic table. Although it shows similarity in properties with alkali metals and halogens it also show dis-similarities with them. Thus, it should be given a separate place in the periodic table.

Question 2.
Write the name of isotopes of hydrogen and state what is the mass ratio of these isotopes ?
Answer:
Isotopes of hydrogen are Protium (11H), Deuterium (D or 12H) and Tritium (T or 3H )
Mass ratio of Protium, Deuterium and Tritium =1 : 2 : 3.

Question 3.
H2O2 is used for restoring the colour of lead paintings. Explain this state-ment.
Ans. The lead painting contain white lead which is basic lead carbonate. The colour of these painting gradually becomes blackish due to the formation of PbS by the action of H2S of the atmosphere. As by the action of H2O2 lead sulphide is oxidized to lead sulphate, colour of lead paintings is restored.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 11

Such lead paintings when washed with H2O2 become bright due to conversion of black PbS to white PbSO4.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 12

Question 4.
Draw the figure of all the isotopes of hydrogen and write their names.
Answer:
There are three isotopes of hydrogen :

  1. Normal hydrogen or Protium : 11H
  2. Heavy hydrogen or Deuterium: 12H
  3. Tritium: 31H.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 13
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 14

Question 5.
Explain ortho and para hydrogen.
Answer:
Only one proton is present in the nucleus of H atom and one electron rotates around it. Like electron, proton also spin around its one axis. If protons of two atoms of H2 molecule rotates in the same direction, then it is called ortho hydrogen, but when proton of two H atoms rotates in opposite directions, then it is called para hydrogen. Para hydrogen is more stable and general hydrogen is the para form.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 15

Question 6.
Hard water is not used in boilers. Why?
Answer:
Hard water is not used in boilers because compounds of calcium and magnesium are deposited on internal sides of boiler. This coating is not conductor of heat, so wastes of fuel takes place. Due to this coating, boilers have to be heated very much for heating water.

At high-temperature Fe of water surface of boiler react with O2 of air and form Fe3O4. Sometimes hot water directly react with iron surface from the gaps between these coatings and form Fe3O4 and H2.
Hydrogen is volatile gas therefore there is risk for explosion. If MgCl2 is present in hard water, it react with water and form HCl. This acid is corrosive for boiler.
MgCl2 +H2O → Mg(OH)Cl + HCl.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 7.
How can production of dihydrogen obtained by ‘coal gasification’ be increased?
Answer:
Production of syngas or synthetic gas by coal is known as ‘coal gasification.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 16
CO2 produced is separated by passing through sodium arsenite solution.

Question 8.
Describe the bulk preparation of dihydrogen by electrolytic method. What is the role of an electrolyte in this process?
Answer:
Hydrogen is obtained by the electrolysis of acidulated water by platinum electrodes.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 17
Role of electrolyte is the conductivity of water.

Question 9.
What happens when :
(i) Calcium hydride is reacted with water.
(ii) H2O2 is mixed in acidic KMnO4.
(iii) Alkaline solution of Potassium ferricyanide is reacted with H2.
(iv) Reaction of H2 with N2 in presence of Feat high temperature and at high pressure.
Answer:
(i) Calcium hydride reacts with water to form calcium hydroxide and hydrogen.
CaH2 +2H2O → Ca(OH)2 +2H2
(ii) H2O2 reacts with acidic KMnO4 and decourises it.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 18

(iii) H2O2 reduces alkaline solution of potassium ferricyanide to potassium ferrocyanide.
2K3[Fe(CN)6]+2KOH+H2O2 → 2K4[Fe(CN)6]+2H2O+O2
(iv) At high temperature and high pressure in the presence of Fe as catalyst and Mo as promoter, H2 is reacted with N2, ammonia is formed.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 19

Question 10.
At normal temperature H2O is liquid while H2S is gas. Why?
Answer:
Electronegativity of oxygen is comparatively higher than the hydrogen so in H2O molecule, bonding electrons of O-H bond are attracted towards oxygen. Thus, partial positive charge (δ+) develops on hydrogen and partial negative (δ) charge on oxygen.

When many water molecules are close to each other positively charged hydrogen form a weak bond with negatively charged oxygen of another atom. This type of bond is called hydrogen bonding. Due to hydrogen bonding many molecules are associated very close to each other. Therefore, water is in liquid state.
In H2S hydrogen bonding is not present because S is less electronegative than oxygen. Therefore, H2S is a gas.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 20

Question 11.
Write the following reactions with H2O2 (Give only chemical equation):
(a) O3,
(b) PbS,
(c) KI,
(d) Cl2,
(e) H2S.
Answer:
(a) Reaction with O3: Water is formed and liberates oxygen.
2O2 + O3→ H2O + 2O2
(b) Reaction with PbS: PbSO4 is formed.
4H2O2 + PbS → PbSO4 + 4H2O
(c) Reaction with KI: Iodine is liberated.
2KI + H2O2 → 2KOH +I2
(d) Reaction with CI2: HCl is formed and oxygen is liberated.
Cl2 +H2O2 → 2HCl + O2
(e) Reaction with H2S: Hydrogen peroxide oxidizes H2S to S.
H2S +H2O2 → 2H2O +S.

Question 12.
Do you expect the carbon hydrides of the type (CnH2n+2) to act as lewis acid or base? Justify your answer.
Answer:
(CnH2n+2) type of carbon hydrides are electron-rich hydrides. They contain sufficient electrons to form covalent bond. Therefore, they neither behave as Lewis acid nor as Lewis base.

Question 13.
What do you understand by the term “non-stoichiometric hydrides”? Do you expect this type of hydrides to be formed by alkali metals? Justify your answer.
Answer:
These hydrides are formed by cf-block elements (except metals of group 7, 8 and 9) and f-block elements. Hydrides are always non-stoichiometric i.e. are hydrogen deficient. In these hydrides, hydrogen lie in the interstitial sites.
Example : LaH2.87, YbH2.55,TiH15-1.8,PdH0.6- 0.8etc.

This type of hydrides cannot be obtained by alkali metals. By alkali metals ionic or saline hydrides are obtained. These are stoichiometric. Alkali metals are highly electropositive, thus they transfer electron to H-atom and form H ion. These H ion occupy the interstitial voids.

Question 14.
Complete the following equations :
(i) PbS(s) + H2O2(aq)
(ii) CO(g) + 2H2(g)MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 21
Answer:
(i) PbS(s) + 4H2O2(aq) → PbSO4 + 4H2O
(ii) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 22

Question 15.
What is water gas? Write its composition and use.
Answer:
Water Gas: This gas is a mixture of carbon monoxide and hydrogen. On passing water vapour on red hot coke mixture of carbon monoxide and hydrogen (water gas) is obtained.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 23
Composition : H2 = 49%, N2 = 4%, CO = 44%, CO2 = 2.7%, CH4 = 0.3%.

Use :

  1. As a fuel in furnaces,
  2. In the presence of carburetted water gas,
  3. In the manufacture of ammonia,
  4. In providing light with unsaturated hydrocarbons.

Question 16.
Hardness of water is of how many types? How is temporary hardness removed?
Answer:
Water which contains soluble bicarbonates, sulphates and chlorides of Ca and Mg is hard water. Hardness of water is of two types :
(i) Temporary hardness,
(ii) Permanent hardness.
Note:
Hardness of water is due to the presence of soluble bicarbonates, sulphates, chlorides, salts of calcium and magnesium.
1. Temporary hardness: When hardness of water is removed by boiling or by simple methods then it is known as temporary hardness. Temporary hardness is due to bicarbonates of Ca and Mg.

2. Permanent hardness: If hardness is not removed by boiling or by simple methods, it is known as permanent hardness. It is due to chlorides and sulphates of Ca and Mg.
There are two methods for the removal of temporary hardness :
1. By Boiling: On boiling soluble bicarbonate of Ca and Mg gets converted to insoluble carbonates and gets precipitated.
Ca(HCO3)2 → CaCO3 + H2O + CO2
Mg(HCO3)2 → MgCO3 + H2O + CO2

2. Clark’s method: Temporary hard water is mixed with definite amount of slaked lime when soluble bicarbonate converted to insoluble carbonates and gets precipitated.
Ca(HCO3)2+Ca(OH)2 → 2CaCO3+2H2O
Mg(HCO3)2 +Ca(OH)2 → MgCO3 +CaCO3 + 2H2O.

Question 17.
Draw Lewis structure of hydrogen peroxide.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 24

Question 18.
How do you expect the metallic hydrides to be useful for hydrogen storage? Explain.
Answer:
In metallic hydrides, hydrogen is absorbed in the form of H-atom. In transition metals, adsorption of hydrogen is used for the storage of hydrogen. Metals like Pd, Pt can accomodate bulk volume of hydrogen. This property has strong possibility of hydrogen storage and is used as an energy source. Hydrides on heating give hydrogen and the metal.

Question 19.
How does atomic hydrogen or oxy-hydrogen torch function for cutting and welding purposes? Explain.
Answer:
Atomic hydrogen and oxy-hydrogen torches find use for cutting and welding purposes. Atomic hydrogen atoms produced by dissociation of dihydrogen with the help of electric arc are allowed to recombine on the surface to be welded to generate the temperature of 4000 K.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 20.
Compare the structures of H2O and H2O2.
Answer:
In water, oxygen is sp3 hybridized. Due to stronger lone pair-lone pair repulsion than bond pair-bond pair repulsion, HOH bond angle reduces from 109.5° to 104.5° due to which water has a bent shape. It is strongly polar molecule. Structure of hydrogen peroxide is non-polar.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 25

Dipole moment value of H2O2 indicates that all the atoms of H2O2 do not lie in a plane. Structure of H2O2 can be compared to an open book at 94°C. In it H-O-H bond angle is 91°.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 26

Question 21.
Explain structure of hydrogen peroxide.
Answer:
Dipole moment of H2O2 is 2.1 D, it indicates that structure of H2O2 is non-planar. By X-rays and other physical methods it is known that structure of H2O2 is like open book. In gaseous state planes form an angle of 111.5°. In the axis, there are two oxygen atoms and one hydrogen in each plane.

The H-O and O-O bond lengths are 0.95 Å and 1.47 Å respectively. There is a slight change in the crystalline state due to hydrogen bonding. The angle between the planes is 90.2, angle O-O-H = 101.9°, bond length H-O = 0.99 A and O-O is 1.46Å.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 27
According to modem and latest belief probably both forms occur in equilibrium in aqueous solutions involving ionisation which explains the feeble acidic nature of hydrogen peroxide.

Question 22.
Explain that H2O2 acts as an oxidizing as well as reducing agent.
Answer:
H2O2 liberates oxygen atom easily, so it is strong oxidising agent, but when it reacts with other oxidising agent, it easily extracts oxygen atom from them hence it possesses reducing property too.
(a) Oxidising nature : 2KI + H2O2 → 2KOH +I2
Na2SO3 + H2O2 → Na2SO4 + H2O
H2S + H2O2 → 2H2O + S

(b) Reducing nature:
H2O2 + O3 → H2O + 2O2
PbO2 + H2O2 → PbO + H2O + O2
Cl2 + H2O2 → 2HCl + O.

Question 23.
What is calgon ? How is hardness of water removed by its help?
Answer:
Calgon process: It is a beneficial and industrial method of softening of water. Calgon is poly hexa metaphosphate. Its sodium salt reacts with calcium and magnesium salts forming soluble complex compound by which calcium and magnesium are not left in the form of ions.
Na2[Na4(PO3)6] + CaSO4 → Na2[CaNa2(PO3)6] + Na2SO4
Na2[CaNa2(PO3)6] + CaSO4 → Na2[Ca2(PO3)6] + Na2SO4.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 24.
What do you understand by the term ‘autoprotolysis’ of water? What is its significance?
Answer:
Autoprotolysis of water means, self ionisation of water.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 28
Due to autoprotolysis, nature of water is amphoteric i.e. it reacts both as an acid as well as a base. ‘
For example:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 29

Question 25.
Consider the reaction of water with F2 and suggest, in terms of oxidation and reduction, which species are oxidized/reduced.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 29
In these reactions, water acts as a reducing agent. Thus, it itself oxidizes to oxygen or ozone. Fluorine acts as an oxidizing agent and itself gets oxidized to F ion.

Question 26.
How does H2O2 behave as a bleaching agent? Write.
Answer:
Due to the production of nascent oxygen H2O2 acts as a bleaching agent.
H2O2 → H2O+O
Coloured substance + [O] → Colourless substance
It oxidizes silk, hairs, clothes, paper pulp, wool, oil, fats etc.

Question 27.
How many types of hydrates are there? Explain with example.
Answer:
Water combines with various metal salts and forms hydrate. It is of three types :
1. Complexion cationic water: In complexion, it is present in cation forming ligand with the central metal.
Example: Hexa aqua chromium (III) chloride [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3

2. Complexion oxyanion water: In complex ion water molecule is present with oxyanion.
CuSO4 +5H2O → [CU(H2O)4]2+ + [SO4 (H2O)]2-

3. Crystalline water: In crystal lattice, water molecule is present in the interstitial voids between the molecules which is known as water of crystallization. Some metal salts lose the crystallized water on standing. This is known as efflorescence. Various substances absorb water from air on keeping in air.

Question 28.
Describe permutit process or zeolite process for the removal of hardness of water.
Answer:
Permutit process or Zeolite process: The water is passed over such substances which readily replace the Ca2+ and Mg2+ ions of hard water by sodium ions. The water does not become hard in presence of sodium salts. Of course too much of sodium salts also make it hard just as in seawater. The water thus obtained is soft. These products are called as zeolites. Zeolite is a technical name given to certain hydrated silicates of aluminium and sodium. It is also known as permutit. It is obtained by fusing sodium carbonate with alumina and silica.
Na2CO3+Al2O3+2SiO2 → Na2Al2Si2O8+CO2

Na2Al2Si2O8 is known as sodium zeolite and Al2Si2O8 is zeolite and can be represented by Z. Sodium zeolite reacts with chlorides, sulphates of Ca and Mg as given below and hardness is removed.
CaCl2 +Na2Z → CaZ + 2NaCl
MgSO4 + Na2Z → MgZ + Na2SO4

Reactions have been given by representing sodium zeolite as Na2Z.
After sufficient use permutit gets exhausted and cannot be used further. It is regenerated and made usable by passing 10% solution of sodium chloride.
CaZ + 2NaCl → CaCl2+Na2Z
MgZ + 2NaCl → MgCl2 + Na2 Z.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 30

Question 29.
What is meant by ‘demineralized’ water and how can it be obtained?
Answer:
Water which is free from all soluble mineral salts is called demineralised water. To obtain demineralized water, water is flown through cation exchange resin and anion exchange resin.
In cation exchange Ca2+, Mg2+, Na+ and other cations present in water are exchanged
by H+ ions and separated whereas in anion exchange Cl, HCO3, SO4” etc. anions are exchanged by OH ions and separated.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 31

Question 30.
What properties of water make it useful as a solvent? What types of compound can it (i) dissolve and (ii) hydrolyse. ,
Answer:
Due to high dipole moment and high dielectric constant water is useful as a solvent.
(i) It can dissolve ionic compounds and these covalent compounds in which H-bond is found with water. (Like ethanol, sugar, glucose etc.)
(ii) Water can hydrolyse various metallic and non-metallic oxides, hydride, carbide, phosphide and other salts.
For example:
P4O10(s) + 6H2O(l) → 4H3PO4(aq)
CaH2(s) + 2H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(aq)+2H2(g)
Al4C3(s) + 12H2O(l) →4Al(OH)3 + 3CH4.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 31.
Describe the usefulness of water in biosphere and biological systems.
Answer:
Major portion of body of all living organisms is made up of water. Human body contains about 65% part and some plants contain about 95% part water. Water is an important compound for the survival of all living organisms. Compared to other liquids, specific heat of water, thermal conductivity, surface tension, dipole moment and dielectric constant of water is very high.

Due to these properties role of water in the biosphere is very important. For maintaining the body temperature and normal climatic conditions, heat of vaporization and high specific heat of water is responsible. It acts as a best solvent for the transport of molecules in the metabolism of plants and animals. Water is also necessary for photosynthesis in plants in which O2 is released in the environment.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 32

Question 32.
Describe the structure of water molecule and also explain that water is a good solvent.
Answer:
In water molecule, 2H atoms and one oxygen atom are linked with covalent bond. Central atom of water molecule is sp3 hybridised and its shape is tetrahedral. In H2O molecule two sp3 – s sigma bonds and remaining are two lone pair of electrons. Due to repulsion of lone pair-lone pair electrons, bond angle is 104° 27′ in place of 109° 28′ (angle of regular tetrahedron).
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 33

Properties of good solvent: Water is a good solvent because water molecule is polar and between its molecules, hydrogen bonding exist. Due to polarity and high dielectric constant ionic compounds and polar covalent compounds are soluble in water. Due to hydrogen bonding those compounds are also soluble which have H-bonding or form hydrogen
bonds with water molecules.

Question 33.
Explain the preparation of hydrogen peroxide from barium peroxide.
Answer:
Preparation of pure hydrogen peroxide :
1. By dilute sulphuric acid: By the action of dil. H2SO4on hydrated barium peroxide H< sub>2O2 is formed. Precipitate of BaSO4 is also formed which is filtered out.
BaO2.8H2O + H2SO4 → BaSO4 ↓+H2O2 +8H2O

2. By the action of Carbon dioxide on Barium peroxide: A paste of hydrated barium peroxide is made in freezed water and carbon dioxide gas is slowly passed through it. Precipitate of barium carbonate is filtered and separated.
BaO2 + CO2 + H2O → BaCO3 + H< sub>2O2.

Question 34.
How is hydrogen peroxide concentrated?
Answer:
Hydrogen peroxide solution obtained by any method is dilute, it is Concentrated at low temperature and low pressure because it decomposes on heating at normal pressure.
(a) Vaporization: By vaporizing the H2O2 at 70°C on a water bath, 45% H2O2 solution is obtained.
(b) Distillation at low pressure: 45% H2O2 solution is distilled at 15 mm pressure and 60°C temperature. By this about 90% of H2O2 solution is obtained.
(c) Now, this solution is evaporated at vacuum desicators over concentrated H2SO4 and 99% cone. H2O2 is obtained.
(d) Crystallization: This solution is crystallized by freezing mixture of solid CO2, ether and crystals of H2O2 are obtained. It is melted and pure H2O2 liquid is obtained.

Question 35.
How is heavy water manufactured? Write its properties.
Answer:
By the fractional distillation of ordinary water : About one part of heavy water is present in 6000 parts of ordinary water. Heavy water can be separated by the fractional distillation of ordinary water. Boiling point of heavy water is higher than that of ordinary water. Therefore, on fractional distillation of ordinary water, ordinary water is first distilled and heavy water remains back as residue.

Physical properties: Heavy water is colourless, odourless, tasteless liquids. Its freezing point is 3.8°C and boiling point is 101.4°C.
Chemical properties :
1. Electrolysis: By the electrolysis ‘of heavy water in the presence of an electrolyte, deuterium is obtained at cathode and 02 gas is obtained at anode.
2D2O → 2D2 + O2 ,
2. Reaction with nitrides: By the reaction of heavy water with nitrides, heavy ammonia is formed.
Mg3N2 + 6D2O → 3Mg(OD)2 + 2ND3 Heavy ammonia.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 36.
Density of water is maximum at 4°C. Why?
Answer:
When ice melts to liquid state, the cage like structure present in ice breaks. Number of hydrogen bond decreases and due to breakage of H-bond the vacant space in the structure of ice leads to arrangement of water molecules, the water molecules come very close, as a result density of water increases, but beyond 4°C temperature kinetic energy of water molecules increases as a result water molecules move away. This results in the in¬crease in volume and decrease in density.

Question 37.
Name the classes of hydrides to which H2O, B2H6 and NaH are related.
Answer:
H2O: Covalent or molecular hydride (Electron rich hydride)
B2H6: Covalent or molecular hydride (Electron deficient hydride)
NaH: Ionic or Saline hydride.

Hydrogen Class 11 Important Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Discuss the theory and method of conversion of hard water to soft water by synthetic ion exchange.
Answer:
Synthetic ion exchange resin method is as follows :
1. Cation-exchange resin: These resins are -SO3H group giant organic molecules insoluble in water. These are treated with NaCl to convert into R-Na. Resin RNa exchanges the Mg2+ and Ca2+ ions and converts it to soft water.
2RNa(s)+M2+ (aq) → R2M(s) +2Na+(aq) (M = Ca2+ or Mg2+)

On passing aqueous NaCl solution, it is regenerated. To obtain pure demineralized and deionized water, the water obtained above is again passed through cation-exchanger and anion-exchanger resin.
In cation-exchanger process H+ is exchanged by Na+, Ca2+, Mg2+ etc. ions present in water.
2RH(s) + M(2+)(aq) ⇌ MR2(s) + 2H+(aq)
(Cation exchange resin in the form of H+)
In this process protons are produced and water becomes acidic.

2. Anion-exchange resin: In this process OH are exchanged by Cl, HCO3, SO-24 ions present in water.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 34is substituted ammonium hydroxide anion resin.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 36
This way OH ion released, neutralizes H+ ions. At the end, cation and anion exchange resin are treated with dilute acid and dilute alkaline solutions and regenerated.

Question 2.
Discuss the position of hydrogen in the periodic table.
Answer:
Position of hydrogen in the periodic table: Hydrogen is placed in the first group and first period of periodic table. It resembles both the alkali metal of group 1 and the halogens of group 17. It also shows some similarities with carbon which is placed in group 14. But considering all the points, its position in group 1 of the periodic table is most suitable.

Resemblance with alkali metals: Hydrogen is placed along with alkali metals because:
(i) s-block element: Hydrogen is s-block element and its electronic configuration is 1s1.
(ii) Electronic configuration: It has same number of electrons in its Outermost orbit like Na and K which are alkali metals of first group.
H = 1;Na = 2,8,1;K = 2,8,8,1.
(iii) Valency: Valency of hydrogen and alkali metals is one.
(iv) Formation of cation : Like alkali metals it loses one electron to form a cation.
H – e → H+
Na-e →Na+

(v) Electropositive nature: Like alkali metals it is electropositive in nature. It reacts
with electronegative elements like sulphur, oxygen and chlorine etc. .
H2 +S →H2S
2Na + S → Na2S
(vi) Oxidation number: Like alkali metals its oxidation number in salts is + 1.
(vii) Reducing properties : Like alkali metals hydrogen is also a reducing agent.

Resemblance with halogens :
(i) Electronic configuration : Like halogens it is also in short of one electron to the inert gas of adjacent group.
H = 1 He = 2
Cl =17 Ar = 18

(ii) Ionisation potential: Ionisation potential of hydrogen is quite close to ionisation potential ofhalogens but ionisation of alkali metals is very low.
H → 13.5eV, Cl → 13.0eV,Na → 5.1eV.
Where, eV = potential in electron volt.

(iii) Atomicity : Hydrogen molecule is diatomic like halogen molecules. The value of \(\frac{\mathrm{C}_{p}}{\mathrm{C}_{v}}\) in both H2 and halogens is = 1.4.
H – H or H2 Cl – Cl or Cl2
(iv) Non-metallic nature : Like halogens (F, Cl, Br and I) hydrogen is a non-metal and is a gas.
(v) Combination with metals: Both hydrogen and halogens react with metals.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 37
(vi) Formation of covalent compounds : Both hydrogen and halogens react with carbon, silicon and nitrogen to form covalent-compounds.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 38

Special features of hydrogen nature: In some properties hydrogen also show differences with alkali metals and halogens both as :
(i) Oxide of hydrogen is neutral while oxide of halogen is acidic and oxides of alkali metals are basic in nature.
(ii) Outermost orbit is half-filled like group four elements.
(iii) Its atomic structure is different with all other elements.
On the basis of these facts it is thought that special position should be provided for hydrogen in periodic table but due to electronic configuration of 1s1 and its more resemblance, its place is supposed in group first with alkali metals.

Question 3.
Do you expect different products in solution when aluminium (III) chloride and potassium chloride treated separately with (i) Normal water, (ii) Acidified water and (iii) Alkaline water? Write equations wherever necessary.
Answer:
AlCl3 is a salt of weak base Al(OH)3 and strong acid HCl. Thus on being reacted with water, it hydrolyses.
AlCl3(s) + 3H2O(l) → Al(OH)3 + 3H(aq) +3Cl(aq)
Its aqueous solution is of acidic nature. H+ ion present in acidified water reacts with Al(OH)3 to produce Al3+(aq) ion and water. Thus, in acidified water, AlCl3 exists in the form
Al3+(aq) and Cl(aq) ions. In alkaline water AlCl3 produces the following products :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 39
KCl is a salt of strong acid HCl and strong base KOH. It does not hydrolyse in normal water. It hydrolyses, in water to give K+(aq) and Cl(aq) ion.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 40
Aqueous solution of KCl is neutral. Thus, in acidified water or in alkaline water, its ion does not react.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 4.
Describe laboratory method of preparation of pure and dry hydrogen gas.
Answer:
Preparation of hydrogen (laboratory method) : Hydrogen is prepared in laboratory by action of dil. H2SO4 on granulated Zn. Zn is taken into Woulf’s bottle fitted with Thistle funnel and a outlet tube.
Hydrogen formed by this method is collected over water by displacement method.
Zn + H2SO4 → ZnSO4+H2

Purification of hydrogen : Hydrogen prepared by this method contains following impurities:
(a) Arsine (AsH3) and phosphene (PH3)
(b) H2S
(c) SO2,CO2 and oxides of nitrogen (NO2)
(d) Water vapours.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 41

In order to remove these impurities, gas is passed in a series of U-tubes containing different solutions.

  • Passed in tube filled with AgNO3 solution to absorb AsH3 and PH3.
  • Passed in the tube containing lead nitrate solution to remove H2S.
  • Passed in the tube filled with cone. KOH solution to remove SO2, CO2 and NO2.

Question 5.
What is demineralized water? How is it obtained? Or, Explain ion exchange method of softening of hard water with diagram.
Answer:
Water obtained by the removal of cation and anion present in it, is called demineralized water. It is good like distilled water. For this two types of ion exchange resins are used.
1. Cation exchange resin: It is an acidic resin represented by RSO3H. On flowing hard water over it, Ca2+ and Mg2+ all cations present in hard water displace hydrogen and occupy its place.
2RSO3H + CaCl2 → (RSO3)2Ca +2H+ + 2Cl
2RSO3H + MgSO4 → (RSO3)2 Mg+2H+ + SO2-4
This H+ ion makes the water acidic.

2. Anion exchange resin: It is a basic resin which is represented by RNH2. It reacts with water to form RNH3OH.
R-NH2+H2O → RNH3OH
After cation exchange resin, when water is passed over this resin, then the anions like chloride, sulphates liberates the OH~ ion of the resin.
RNH3OH + Cl →RNH3Cl + OH
2RNH3OH + SO2-4 → (RNH3)2SO4 + 2OH
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 42
This OH ion mixes with water and neutralizes the excess H+ present in it.
H+ +OH →H2O
This way, water coming out through the other chamber is free from all types of cation, anion, acidity and basicity.

Question 6.
What are hydrides? Explain the different types of hydrides with example.
Answer:
When hydrogen combines with certain metals or non-metals (except inert gases) then the compounds formed are called hydrides. These hydrides are of three types according to the nature of chemical bond :
1. Ionic hydride: This type of hydrides are formed when hydrogen combines with strong electropositi ve elements. These hydrides are of ionic nature.
2Li + H2 →2LiH
2 Na + H2 →2NaH
These are also known as Saline hydrides.

Properties :

  • These are generally non-volatile solid substances.
  • They are white crystalline solids. Their crystal structure is unit ion.
  • Their boiling and melting points are high.
  • Density of these hydrides is less than their metals.
  • They are conductors of electricity.
  • Aqueous solution of ionic hydrides are basic.
    NaH + H2O →NaOH + H2
  • Atmospheric oxygen oxidizes and converts them to oxides.
    CaH2+O2 →CaO + H2O

Uses :
1. As a reducing agent,
2. As a solid fuel.

II. Covalent hydrides: When hydrogen combines with p and s-block elements like Be and Mg then covalent hydrides are formed because of less difference in their electronegativity. These are also known as molecular hydrides.
Properties :

  1. Covalent hydrides are volatile compounds of low melting and boiling points.
  2. These hydrides are weak or bad conductors of electricity.
  3. van der Waals’ force is present between their molecules.
  4. According to electronegativity difference, their aqueous solution are acidic or alkaline.
  5. These are electron deficient compounds.
  6. On moving from top to bottom in .the group, stability of their hydride decreases.

III. Metallic hydrides: d-block elements and Be, Mg of s-block combine with hydrogen to form metallic hydrides. These are also known as interstitial hydrides because hydrogen gets arranged in the interstitial voids between the metal atoms.
Properties :

  • These are hard and possess metallic lustre.
  • They are good conductors of heat and electricity.
  • Their density is less than the metals from which they are formed.
  • These are unsymmetrical.
  • They adsorb sufficient amount of hydrogen on their surface. This is known as adsorption of hydrogen.

Question 7.
Complete the following equations :
(i) H2(s)+MmOo(s) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 43
(ii) CO(g) + H2(g) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 44
(iii) C3H8(g) + 3H2O(g) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 45
(iv) Zn(s) + NaOH(aq) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 46
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 47

Question 8.
How is D2O obtained from water? Describe the different physical properties of D2O and H2O. Give minimum three reactions of D2O in which hydrogen is exchanged by deuterium.
Answer:
(a) Heavy water D2O is produced by the electrolysis of water.
(b) Physical properties:
(i) D2O is a colourless, odourless, tasteless liquid. At 11.6°C its density is maximum = 1.1071 gm L1 (Water at 4°C).
(ii) As compared to normal water solubility of salts in heavy water is less because it is more viscous than normal water.
(iii) Value of nearly all physical constants of D2O is comparatively more than that of water. This is due to stronger H-bond in D2O than D2O due to higher nuclear mass of D2O than H2O.

(c) Reactions of exchange of hydrogen by Deuterium:
NaOH + D2O → NaOD + HOD
HCl + D2O → DCl + HOD
NH4Cl + D2O → NH3DCl

Question 9.
Calculate the concentration of five-volume
Sol. 5 volume H< sub>2O2 solution means at N.T.P. by the decomposition of 1L of 5 volume sub>2O2,5L-1 O2 is obtained.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 48

∵ At N.T.P. 22.4 L, 02 is obtained by = 68g H< sub>2O2
∴ At N.T.P. 5L, O2 will be obtained by = \(\frac{68 \times 5}{22 \cdot 4} \) g = 15.17g =
15gH< sub>2O2
But, at N.TP. 5L O2 is obtained by = 1L of 5 volume H< sub>2O2
∴ Concentration of H< sub>2O2 solution = 15g L-1
or Percent concentration of H< sub>2O2 solution =\(\frac{15}{100} \times 100\) = 15%

Question 10.
What weight of hydrogen peroxide will be present in 2L volume of 5 molar solution? Determine the amount of oxygen released by the dissociation of 200 ml of this solution.
Solution:
(i) Molar mass of H< sub>2O2 = 34g mol-1
Thus, amount of H< sub>2O2 present in 1L of 1M H< sub>2O2 solution = 34g
∵ Amount of H< sub>2O2 present in 2L of 5M H< sub>2O2 solution = 34 × 5 × 2 = 340g

(ii) Amount of H< sub>2O2 in 0.2L (or 200 ml) of 5M H< sub>2O2 solution
= \(\frac{340 \times 0 \cdot 2}{2}\) = 34 g H< sub>2O2
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 49
∵ Amount of O2 obtained by decomposition of 68g H< sub>2O2 = 32g .,
∴ Amount of O2 obtained by decomposition of 34g H< sub>2O2 = = 16g.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 11.
Rohan heard the instructions of a lab assistant for safe storage of a specific chemical. Keep it in dark, mix a small amount of urea in it, and keep it away from dust. This chemical behaves as an oxidizing as well as reducing agent in both acidic and alkaline medium. This chemical is used as pollution controller both in domestic and industrial field.
(i) Write the name of this chemical.
(ii) What precautions should be taken for its storage?
Answer:
(i) Name of the chemical is hydrogen peroxide, H< sub>2O2. It acts as an oxidizing as well as reducing agent in both acidic and alkaline medium.
(ii) By the presence of small amount of alkali present in light and dust, dissociation of H< sub>2O2 is catalyzed. That is why it is stored in glass or plastic container sealed with waxy layer in dark. To control its oxidation, urea is mixed in it as a negative catalyst.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 50

Question 12.
Complete the following reactions :
(i) PbS(s) + H< sub>2O2(aq)
(ii) MnO4(aq) + H< sub>2O2(aq)
(iii) CaO(s)+H2O(g)
(iv) AlCl3(g) + H2O(l)
(v) Ca3N2(s)+H2O(l)
Classify above reactions as :
(a) Hydrolysis,
(b) Redox,
(c) Hydration.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 51

Question 13.
What do you understand by the following steps :
(i) Hydrogen economy
(ii) Hydrogenation
(iii) Syngas
(iv) Water-gas shift reaction
(v) Fuel cell.
Answer:
(i) Hydrogen economy: Main use of hydrogen and possibilities in the near future, is its use as pollution-free (clean) fuel. Basic principle of hydrogen economy is the transport and storage of energy as liquid hydrogen or gaseous hydrogen.

(ii) Hydrogenation : Combination of hydrogen in a double or triple bonded organic compound in the presence of a catalyst is called hydrogenation. Hydrogenation of vegetable oil in presence of Nickel catalyst forms edible fats (margarine and vanaspati ghee).
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 52
(iii) Syn gas: Mixture of CO and H2 is called syngas or synthetic gas or water gas. Syngas is obtained by the reaction of hydrocarbon or coke with steam at high temperature in the presence of catalyst.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 53
Now a days, ‘Syn gas’ is produced from sewage, sawdust, scrap wood, newspapers etc. The process of producing syngas from coal is called ‘coal gasification’.
(iv) Water-gas shift reaction: To increase the quantity of dihydrogen in water gas CO is treated with steam at 500°C in the presence of iron chromate as catalyst.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen 54
This reaction is known as water gas shift reaction.

(v) Fuel cell: In fuel cell, energy produced by the combustion of fuel is directly converted to electrical energy. Hydrogen-oxygen cell is the example of fuel cell. It does not produce any pollution. Fuel cell produces electricity with 70-85% conversion ability

Hydrogen Class 11 Important Questions Objective Type

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
Which of the following metal adsorb H2:
(a) Zn
(b) Pb
(c) Al
(d) K.
Answer:
(b) Pb

Question 2.
Radioactive isotope of hydrogen is known as:
(a) Protium
(b) Deuterium
(c) Heavy hydrogen
(d) Tritium.
Answer:
(d) Tritium.

Question 3.
Freezing point of heavy water is:
(a) 0°C
(b) 38°C
(c) 38°C
(d) -0.38°C.
Answer:
(b) 38°C

Question 4.
1 ml of H2O2 at N.T.P. gives 10 ml O2. This is:
(a) 10 volume H2O2
(b) 20 volume H2O2
(c) 30 volume H2O2
(d) 40 volume H2O2.
Answer:
(a) 10 volume H2O2

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 5.
The least abundant isotope of hydrogen:
(a) 1H
(b) 2D
(c) 3 T
(d) (a) and (b).
Answer:
(c) 3 T

Question 6.
Heavy water is obtained :
(a) By boiling water
(b) By fractional distillation of heavy water
(c) By continuous electrolysis of water
(d) By heating H2O2.
Answer:
(c) By continuous electrolysis of water

Question 7.
Ortho and Para hydrogen differ by:
(a) Atomic number
(b) Atomic mass
(c) Electron spin
(d) Nuclear spin.
Answer:
(d) Nuclear spin.

Question 8.
Temporary hardness of watef can be removed :
(a) By boiling
(b) By adding CaCl2
(c) By adding CaCO3
(d) By adding Ca(OH)2.
Answer:
(a) By boiling
(b) By adding CaCl2

Question 9.
H2O2 solution:
(a) Turn red litmus blue
(b) Turn red litmus white
(c) Turn blue litmus red
(d) Turn blue litmus white.
Answer:
(b) Turn red litmus white
(d) Turn blue litmus white.

Question 10.
Which hydride do not exist in simple ratio:
(a) Ionic
(b) Molecular
(c) Interstitial
(d) All.
Answer:
(c) Interstitial

Question 11.
Is nO2 an example of ionic hydride:
(a) LiH
(b) CaH2
(c) CsH
(d) GeH2.
Answer:
(c) CsH

Question 12.
In H2O2 molecule H-O-O bond angle is :
(a) 99.5°
(b) 95.9°
(c) 97°
(d) 100.5°.
Answer:

Question 13.
Number of neutrons in heavy hydrogen atom is :
(a) 0
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 1.
Answer:
(d) 1.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

Question 14.
Acts as a fuel for rocket:
(a) N2 + O2
(b) H2 + O2
(c) O2 + Ar
(d) H2 + N2.
Answer:
(b) H2 + O2

Question 15.
Density of water is more than ice :
(a) Due to hydrogen-bond
(b) Due to dipole attraction
(c) Due to polar-chaige polar
(d) Charged polarity.
Answer:
(a) Due to hydrogen-bond

Question 16.
Which of the following is used in calgon process :
(a) Sodium poly metaphosphate
(b) Hydrated sodium aluminium silicate
(c) Cation exchange resin
(d) Anion exchange resin.
Answer:
(a) Sodium poly metaphosphate

Question 17.
Reagent which is used to determine the hardness of water :
(a) Oxalic acid
(b) Disodium salt EDTA
(c) Sodium citrate
(d) Sodium thiosulphate.
Answer:
(b) Disodium salt EDTA

Question 18.
Hydrogen does not reduce :
(a)CuO
(b) Fe2O3
(c) SnO2
(d) Al2O3.
Answer:
(d) Al2O3.

Question 19.
Write CO2, H2O and H2O2 in increasing order of their acidity :
(a) CO2 < H2O2 < H2O
(b) H2O < H2O2 < CO2
(c) H2O < H2O22 > CO2
(d) H2O2 > CO2 > H2O.
Answer:
(b) H2O < H2O2 < CO2

Question 20.
Acts as a moderator in nuclear reactor :
(a) Hard water
(b) Heavy water
(c) Non-ionic water
(d) Mineralized water.
Answer:
(b) Heavy water

2. Fill in the blanks:

1. Hydrogen is released by the action of cone, solution of ………………….. on aluminium.
Answer:
NaOH

2. By the electrolysis of fiised NaH ………………….. gas is released at the anode.
Answer:
H2

3. Calgon is the commercial name of ………………….. .
Answer:
Sodium hexametaphosphate

4. In the reaction of F2 and H2O, H2O acts as a ………………….. .
Answer:
Reducing agent

5. By the action of water on calcium phosphide ………………….. is formed.
Answer:
Phosphine

6. Oxidized water is known as ………………….. .
Answer:
H2O2

7. ………………….. water give less lather with soap.
Answer:
Hard

8. Heavy water is mainly used in ………………….. .
Answer:
Nuclear reactors

9. Hardness of water is due to salts of ………………….. and ………………….. .
Answer:
Ca, Mg

10. ………………….. acts as tracer in the study of biological processes.
Answer:
Heavy water

11. By the reaction of A1 with concentrated ………………….. solution, Hydrogen is released.
Answer:
NaOH

12. Structure of hydrogen peroxide is like ………………….. .
Answer:
Open book

13. Mixture of CO + H2 is known as ………………….. .
Answer:
Water-gas

14. Volume ability of 2N H2O2 will be ………………….. .
Answer:
11.2 volume

15. Absorption of hydrogen by platinum is called ………………….. .
Answer:
adsorption.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

3. Match the following:

‘A’ ‘B’
1. Aqueous solution of copper sulphate is (a) Deuterophosphine
2. Aqueous solution of sodium carbonate is (b) Oil gas
3. Calcium phosphide react with heavy water (c) H2O2
4. Distillation of kerosene oil form (d) Acidic
5. Which substance is used to wash statues to turn white from black (e) Acidic
6. Aqueous solution of ferric chloride is (f) Basic
7. Hydrogen peroxide H2O2 (g) Moderator
8. Heavy water D2O (h) Rocket fuel
9. Liquid H2 (i) Insecticide

Answer:
1. (d) Acidic
2. (f) Basic
3. (a) Deuterophosphine
4. (b) Oil gas
5. (c) H2O2
6. (e) Acidic
7. (i) Insecticide
8. (g) Moderator
9. (h) Rocket fuel.

4. Answer in one word/sentence:

1. In which compound oxidation state of hydrogen is negative?
Answer:
CaH2

2. Bleaching property of H2O2 is due to oxidation or reduction.
Answer:
H2O2 gives oxygen due to which it acts as a bleaching substance.
Thus, bleaching of H2O is due to oxidation.
H2O2 → H2O + [O]

3. Who discovered hydrogen?
Answer:
Henry Cavendish

4. Formula of heavy water is :
Answer:
D2O

5. What is used in the form of a moderator?
Answer:
Heavy water (D2O)

6. What is the mixture of CO and H2 gas known as?
Answer:
Water gas

7. H2O2 reduces Cl2 to which compound ?
Answer:
To HCl

8. Bleaching property of H2O2depend on :
Answer:
Due to nascent oxygen

9. How many isotopes of hydrogen are there?
Answer:
Three isotopes of hydrogen are: 1H1, 1H2,1H3

10. Which oxide reacts with dilute acid to form H2O2?
Answer:
Na2O2, BaC2

11. Ethanol vaporizes faster than water. Why?
Answer:
Due to weak hydrogen bond

12. Which type of elements form interstitial hydrides?
Answer:
Elements of d and f block

13. What is the use of intersititial hydride?
Answer:
In storage of H2 and catalysing hydrogenation reactions.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Hydrogen

5. State true or false:

1. Pure H2O2 is a weak acid.
Answer:
True

2. Temporary hardness is removed by boiling water.
Answer:
True

3. Acetylene is formed by the action of CaH2 with water.
Answer:
False

4. Boiling point of hard water is less than that of soft water.
Answer:
False

5. 2D is an isomer of 1H.
Answer:
False

6. H2O2 cannot be reducing agent.
Answer:
False

7. NH3 and PH3 are saline hydrides.
Answer:
False

8. D2O is more polar than H2O.
Answer:
False

9. H2O is an example of ionic hydride.
Answer:
False.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Students get through the MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions which are most likely to be asked in the exam.

MP Board Class 11th Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Redox Reactions Class 11 Important Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What is meant by Oxidation process? Explain redox reaction with example.
Answer:
Addition of oxygen or electronegative element or removal of hydrogen or electropositive element is called oxidation.
2Mg + O2 → 2 MgO [Addition of oxygen]
2 FeCl2 + Cl2 → 2 FeCl3 [Addition of electronegative element]
H2S + Cl2 → S + 2 HCI [Removal of hydrogen] .
2K1 + H2O2 → 2KOH + I2 [Removal of electropositive element].

Question 2.
What is Reduction process? Explain with example.
Answer:
The tendency of a substance to accept hydrogen or electropositive element or to liberate oxygen or electronegative element is called reduction.
CuO + H2 → Cu + H2O [Liberation of oxygen]
2 FeCl3 + H2S → 2 FeCl2 + 2 HCl + S [Liberation of electronegative element]
Cl2 + H2S → 2HCl +S [Addition of hydrogen]
S + Fe → FeS [Addition of eletropositive element].

Question 3.
AgF2 is an unstable compound. If it is formed then this compound acts as a very powerful oxidizing agent. Why?
Answer:
In AgF2, Ag is in +2 oxidation state. It is extremely unstable. If readily accepts electron and attain +1 oxidation state, because Ag+ has a fully filled configuration which is more stable.
Ag2+ + e → Ag+
That is why AgF2 acts as a powerful oxidizing agent.

Question 4.
In the following reactions, why does the same reducing agent thiosulphate reacts differently with iodine and bromine :
2S2O3(aq)2- + I2(s) → S4 O6(aq)2-+ 2I(aq)
S2O3(aq)2- + 2Br2(l) + 5H2O → 2SO4(aq)2- + 4Br(aq) + 10H(aq)+.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 1
Bromine is stronger oxidizing agent than iodine. It oxidizes S (+2) of S2O3(aq)2- to SO42- (+6) whereas iodine can oxidize S (+2) in S2O3(aq)2- to S42- (2.5) We observe that oxidation number of S in S4O62- is less than in SO42-. That is why a single oxidizing agent thiosulphate behaves differently with iodine and bromine.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 5.
Justify the structure of S4O62-. Oxidation state of sulphur is + 5.
Answer:
Oxidation state of two central sulphur atoms is zero, because electron pair forming S-S bond will remain in the centre. Thus, remaining sulphur atoms which are in the structure at ends has an oxidation state of +5.
6(-2) + 2x =-2
or -12 + 2x = -2
or 2x = – 2 + 12 = 10
or x = \(\frac{10}{2}\) = 5.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 2

Question 6.
What is electrochemical series?
Answer:
Electrochemical series: When different elements and ions are arranged in increasing order of their standard electrode potentials, a series is obtained which is called electrochemical series or activity series.

Question 7.
What is salt bridge? Write its two functions.
Answer:
A U-shaped tube filled with an electrolyte like KCl or KNO3 and jelly of agar-agar solution is called salt bridge.
Functions of salt bridge :

  • It allows the flow of current by completing the circuit.
  • It maintains electrical neutrality of the solutions in both the containers.

Question 8.
Justify oxidation and reduction on the basis of electron transfer.
Answer:
According to electronic theory, in oxidation process any atom, ion or radical loses one or more electrons i.e. its positive oxidation number increases or negative oxidation number decreases.
In reduction process, any atom, radical or ion gains one or more electrons due to which its positive oxidation number decreases or negative oxidation number increases.
K- e→K+ Oxidation
Cu+2 + 2e → Cu° Reduction

Question 9.
What is Electrochemical equivalent?
Answer:
The amount of substance deposited on passing 1-ampere current for 1 second through an electrolyte is called electrochemical equivalent. Its unit is gram/coulomb.

Question 10.
What happens when Zn metal is placed in CuSO4 solution? Explain with example.
Answer:
On placing Zn metal in CuSO4 solution, zinc displaces Cu because zinc is more reactive than Cu.
Zn + CuSO4 → ZnSO4 + Cu

Question 11.
What is meants by standard electrode potential?
Answer:
The potential difference developed when a metal electrode is placed in a solution of 1 molar concentration at 298K temperature between the metal and solution is known as standard electrode potential. It is denoted by E°. If electrode is gaseous, then pressure of gas should be one atmospheric pressure.

Question 12.
Arrange the following metals on the tendency of their displacement from their salt solutions: Al, Cu, Fe, Mn and Zn.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 3
Metal with more negative E0(red) value is stronger reducing agent than the metal with
less negative or positive E0(red) value. Thus, Mg can displace all the other metals from aqueous solution of their salts. Al can displace all other metals except Mg from their aqueous solutions Zn can displace Fe and Cu from their aqueous salt solutions. Fe can displace only Cu from its aqueous salt solution.
Thus order of tendency of displacement of metals from their salt solution is Mg, Al, Zn, Fe, Cu.

Question 13.
The following reaction represents the process of bleaching. Identify that species and write its name which bleach substances due to its oxidizing nature :
Cl2(g) + 2OH(aq) → ClO(aq) + Cl(aq) + H2O(l)
Answer:
Write the oxidation state of each element above its symbol.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 4
In this process oxidation number (0) of Cl (in Cl2) increases to 1 (in ClO) whereas 0 (in Cl2) decreases to -1(in Cl). Thus, chlorine behaves both as reducing and oxidizing agent. This is an example of a disproportionation reaction. In this reaction CIO (hypochlorous ion) bleaches substances due to its oxidizing property. In ClO,Cl can decrease its oxidation number from +1 to 0 or -1.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 14.
Define oxidizing and reducing agent.
Answer:
Oxidizing Agent : Reactant which accept electron from other reactants and oxidizes it and itself gets reduced is known as oxidizing agent.
Reducing Agent: Reactant which loses electron to reduce other reactant and itself gets oxidized is called reducing agent.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 5

Question 15.
If an iron rod is placed in CuSO4 solution, then copper gets displaced. But on dipping a copper rod in FeSO4 solution, iron does not get displaced. Why?
Answer:
Iron is extremely reactive in comparison to copper, therefore on placing an Fe rod in CuSO4 solution, Fe displaces Cu from the solution.
Fe + CuSO4 → FeSO4 + Cu
But Cu being less reactive, cannot displace Fe from FeSO4 solution.
Cu + FeSO4 → No reaction.

Question 16.
Can we store CuSO4 solution in a silver container and why?
Answer:
In Electrochemical series, silver comes below Cu, thus reactivity of Ag is less than Cu. Therefore, Ag will not displace Cu from CuSO4. Therefore CuSO4 can be stored in silver container.

Question 17.
What is oxidation number?
Answer:
Oxidation number of an element is the number which represents the charge present on the ion of an element. It can be positive, negative or neutral.
Example: Oxidation number of Mn in KMnO4 is +7.

Question 18.
Fluorine reacts with ice and undergo the following change :
H2O(s) + F2(g) → HF(g) + HOF(g)
Establish this reaction as redox reaction.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 6
Oxidation number of F decreases from 0 (in F2) to -1 (in HF) and oxidation number of O increases from -2 (in H2O) to +2 (OF2). Thus, F2 is reduced and H2O is being oxidized. Thus, this reaction is redox reaction.

Question 19.
MnO42- represents disproportionation reaction in acidic medium but MnO4 does not. Give reason.
Answer:
In MnO42- oxidation number of Mn is +6. It can increase (+7) or decrease (+4, +3, +2, 0) its oxidation number. Thus, it represents disproportionation reaction in acidic medium.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 7
In MnO4 , Mn is in its maximum oxidation state (+7). It can only decrease its oxida¬tion state, due to which it cannot represent disproportionation reaction.

Question 20.
In the following reaction which is oxidized and which is reduced :
PbS+ 4H2O2 → PbSO4 + 4H2O
Answer:
In this reaction PbS is getting oxidized to PbSO4 and H2O2 is reduced to H2O.

Question 21.
What is the difference between Oxidation number and Valency.
Answer:
Differences between Oxidation number and Valency

Oxidation Number Valency
1. It is the number which represents the charge on the ion. 1. It is the number of electrons which is donated or gained by an atom.
2. Oxidation number may be positive, negative and its value can be zero also. 2. Valency is neither positive nor negative.
3. Its value can be a whole number or in fractions also. 3. Its value is always a whole number.

Question 22.
In electrochemical series; in which order does the reactivity of metals decreases and increases?
Answer:
More negative the value of standard reduction potential of a metal, higher is its tendency to lose electron and more is the activity of the metal. This way reactivity decreases from top to bottom in the electrochemical series.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 23.
What does positive E°cell for a Galvanic cell represent?
Answer:
Positive E°cell of galvanic cell represent that:
1. Electrode which undergo oxidation acts as anode.
2. Electrode which undergo reduction acts as cathode.

Question 24.
What is electrode potential? On which factors does it depend?
Answer:
The potential difference developed between metal and its solution on keeping the metal electrode in the ions of its salt solution. Electrode potential depends on the ten¬dency of an electrode to lose or gain electrons in a half cell.
The electrode potential of any metal depends on the concentration of its ions and temperature.

Question 25.
Fluorine does not represent disproportionation reaction. Why?
Answer:
In disproportionation reaction, a single species undergo both oxidation and re¬duction. Thus, for such redox reactions, one such element should be in the. reactant species which represent at least three oxidation states. In reactant species, element should be in medium oxidation state whereas lower and higher oxidation states should be available for oxidation and reduction. Fluorine is the strongest oxidizing substance. It does not represeht positive oxidation state. That is why. it does not represent disproportionation reaction.

Question 26.
Consider a Galvanic cell in which the following reactions take place :
Zn(s) + 2 Ag+(aq) → Zn2+(aq)+ 2 Ag(s)
Now, state that:
(a) Which electrode is negatively charged.
(b) Which is the motive of electric current in the cell.
(c) What reactions occur at each electrode.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 8
(a) Zn electrode is negatively charged. Zn is oxidized to Zn2+ ions.
(b) Current will flow from silver to zinc and electrons will flow from zinc to silver.
(c) Reactions occurring on electrodes are :
Anode : Zn → Zn2++2e
Cathode : 2Ag+ + 2e → 2Ag .

Question 27.
On the basis of standard electrode potentials given below, write the metals in the increasing order of their reducing tendency: K+ / K = -2.93 V, Ag+ / Ag = 0.80 V, Hg2+ / Hg = 0.79V, Mg2+ / Mg = -2.37V, Cr3+ / Cr = -0.74V .
Answer:
Lower the value of standard electrode potential (E0red) stronger is the reducing tendency of the substance. Thus, order of increasing reducing tendency of metals is as follows:
Ag < Hg < Cr < Mg < K

Question 28.
Why does the following reaction occur :
Xe06(aq) + 2F(aq) + 6H(aq) → Xe03(s) + F2(g) + 3H2O(l)
What conclusion about the compound Na4Xe06 (Of which XeOjJ- is a part) can be drawn from this equation ?
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 9
In the above reaction, oxidation number of Xe from +8 (in XeO6-4) decreases to +6 (in XeO3) and oxidation number of F increases from -1 (in F) to 0 (in F2). Thus XeO6-4 or Na4XeO6 reduces and Foxidizes. This reaction is possible because Na4XeO6 or XeO6-4 is a stronger oxidizing agent than fluorine.

Question 29.
Among MgO, ZnO, CuO and CaO which oxide will be reduced by hydrogen and why ?
Answer:
In the electrochemical series, elements placed above hydrogen possess higher tendency to loose electrons than hydrogen. Thus, MgO, ZnO and CaO are very stable oxides because in these the electrons released by metals are absorbed by oxygen. Thus, they are not reduced by hydrogen. Since Cu lies below hydrogen in the electrochemical series thus hydrogen has more tendency to release electrons than Cu. Thus, CuO will be reduced by hydrogen and hydrogen will loose electron and form H2O.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 30.
E° values of Ag, Ba, Mg and Au are + 0.80, -2.90, -2.37 and +1.42 volt. Which of these metals will displace hydrogen from the acids and which will not?
Answer:
Metals with negative E° value are more reactive than hydrogen and can easily displace hydrogen from dilute acids. Therefore, Ba and Mg can displace H2 in dilute acids. E° values of Ag and Au are positive, these are less reactive than hydrogen, therefore they can not displace hydrogen from dilute acids.

Question 31.
Write the definition of electrochemical cell. Express the chemical reaction of Daniel cell.
Answer:
System in which electric current is produced as a result of chemical reaction is called electrochemical cell.
In this, redox reaction takes place indirectly i.e. oxidation and reduction reaction occur in separate containers.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 10

Redox Reactions Class 11 Important Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Write the factors which affect electrode potential.
Answer:
The factors which affect electrode potential are as follows :
1. Tendency of metal to lose electron: Higher is the tendency of a metal to lose electron, higher is its electrode potential.
2. Temperature: On increasing the temperature of the solution, value of electrode potential increases.
3. Concentration of solution: Higher the concentration of metal ions in solution, higher is the electrode potential.

Question 2.
Determine the oxidation number of the following :
(1) Of Cr in K2Cr2O7 ,
(2) Of Mn in KMnO4,
(3) Of S in Na2S4O6,
(4) Of P in H3PO4,
(5) Of Mn in K2Mn04,
(6) Of Mn in Mn02.
Answer:
1. Of Cr in K2Cr2O7 :
2(+1) + 2x+7(-2) = 0
or 2 + 2x- 14 = 0
or 2x=12
or x = +6.

2.  Of Mn in KMnO4:
1(+1) +1x + 4(-2) = 0
or 1 + x-8 = 0
or x = +7.

3. Of S in Na2S4O6 :
2(+1) + 4x +6(-2) = 0 .
or 2 + 4x-12 = 0
or 4x = 10
or x = \(\frac{10}{4}\) = 2.5

4. Of P in H3PO4 :
3(+1)+1 x + 4( – 2) = 0
or 3 + x-8 = 0
or x = +5.

5. Of Mn in K2MnO4 :
(+1 ×-2) +x + (-2 × 4) = 0
or 2 + x- 8 = 0
or x = 8 – 2
or x = 6.

6. Of Mn in MnO2:
x + (-2) × 2 = 0
or x – 4 = 0
or x = 4.

Question 3.
What is Redox reaction? Explain with example.
Answer:
Oxidation is a process in which an element loses one or more electrons, it is also known as de-electronation.
Reduction is a process in which an element gains one or more electron, it is also known as electronation. In this way, during the reaction an element donates electron and other element gains electron, thus both oxidation and reduction take place simultaneously in a reaction. Therefore it is also known as oxidation-reduction process or redox process. Thus, redox reactions are the reactions in which electrons are transferred from one reactant to the other.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 11

Question 4.
Write the difference between Electrochemical and Electrolytic cell.
Answer:
Differences between Electrochemical cell and Electrolytic cell

Electrochemical cell Electrolytic cell
1. In galvanic cell, chemical energy is changed into electrical energy. In electrolytic cell, electrical energy is changed into chemical energy.
2. Reaction in Electrochemical cell is spontaneous. Reaction in electrolytic cell is non-spontaneous.
3. Anode is negative while cathode is positive terminal. Anode is positive while cathode is negative terminal.
4. The electrons move from anode to cathode in the external circuit. The electrons are supplied by the extemal circuit which enter through the cathode and come out through anode.
5. Salt bridge is required. No salt bridge is required.

Question 5.
Write main characteristics of Electrochemical series.
Answer:
Characteristics of electrochemical series are as follows :

  1. In electrochemical series, chemical reactivity of metals decreases from top to bot¬tom.
  2. In electrochemical series chemical reactivity of non-metals increases from top to bottom.
  3. In the series, higher the negative standard reduction potential, the element will be more highly reducing.
  4. In the series, higher the positive standard reduction potential, the element will be a stronger oxidizing agent.
  5. Elements placed above hydrogen in the series can easily displace hydrogen from dilute acids.
  6. Elements placed below hydrogen in the series cannot displace hydrogen from dilute acids.
  7. Elements placed above in the series can easily displace elements placed below from their salt solutions.

Question 6.
What is Nernst equation? Justify the relation between E and E°.
Answer:
Nemst developed a relation between the electrode potential determined under normal conditions and standard electrode potential as an equation known as Nemst equation.
E = E° – \(\frac{\mathrm{RT}}{n \mathrm{~F}}\)\(\ln _{e}\left[\frac{\mathrm{M}_{(s)}}{\mathrm{M}_{(a q)}^{n+}}\right]\)
or E = E° + \(\frac{\mathrm{RT}}{n \mathrm{~F}} \ln _{e}\left[\frac{\mathrm{M}_{(a q)}^{n+}}{\mathrm{M}_{(s)}}\right] \)
Converting Ine to log10
E = E° + \(\frac{2 \cdot 303 \mathrm{RT}}{n \mathrm{~F}}\)\(\log _{10}\left[\frac{\mathrm{M}_{(a q)}^{n+}}{\mathrm{M}_{(s)}}\right] \),

or E = E° + \(\frac{2 \cdot 303 \mathrm{RT}}{n \mathrm{~F}} \log _{10}\left[\mathrm{M}_{(a q)}^{n+}\right]\) [∵ M(s) = 1]
or E = E° + \(\frac{0.0591}{n} \log _{10}\left[\mathrm{M}_{(a q)}^{n+}\right]\), [∵ \(\frac{2 \cdot 303 \mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{F}} \) = 0.0591 ]

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 7.
Answer the following questions by the help of periodic table :
(a) Tell the name of possible non-metals, which can represent disproportionation reaction.
(b) Tell the name of three metals which can represent disproportionation reaction.
Answer:
(a) Phosphorus, chlorine and sulphur represent disproportionation reaction.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 12
(b) Manganese, Copper, Gallium and Indium represent disproportionation reaction,
(i) img
(ii) 2Cu(aq) → Cu(aq)2+ + Cu(s)
(iii) 3Ga(aq) → Ga(aq)3+ + 2Ga(s)+
(iv) 3In(aq)+ → In(aq)3+ + 2In(s).

Question 8.
Write the main uses of electrochemical series.
Answer:
The uses of electrochemical series are :
1. Electropositive character of metal: Metal which looses electron easily from its outermost shell shows high electropositive character while the atom which looses electron with difficulty shows least electron positive character. In electrochemical series. Li shows maximum electropositive character while fluorine shows least electropositive character.

2. Comparison of reactivity of metals : Metal having negative value of E° looses electron easily. Hence, greater the negative value of E° more is the reactivity and reducing character of a metal.

3. Knowledge of oxidizing agent and reducing agent: Substance which gains electron and shows maximum value of standard electrode potential E°is strongest oxidizing agent. On the basis of this F is strongest oxidizing agent while Li is weakest oxidizing agent.

4. Displacement of elements : Metal having greater tendency to form ion displaces others. Therefore, elements getting priority in the series displace ions of the elements following them. For example: When Cu turnings is added to AgNO3 solution, Ag gets precipitated.
2AgNO3(aq) + Cu(s) → CU(NO3)2(aq) + 2Ag(s)

5. Electroplating: Process of depositing layer of gold or silver on copper, brass, iron etc. is called electroplating. It makes articles lustrous and attractive.

Question 9.
Chlorine is used to purity drinking water. Excess of chlorine is harmful. The excess of chlorine is removed by treating with sulphur dioxide. Present a balanced equation for this redox change taking place in water.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 13
On multiplying Cl by 2(because in Cl2 there are two Cl atoms)
Cl2(aq) + SO2(aq) + H2O(l) → 2 Cl(aq)+ SO4(aq)2-
Firstly on adding 4H+ on right side to balance the charge and multiplying H2O by 2
Cl2(aq) + SO2(aq)+ 2H2 +2H2O(l) → 2 Cl(aq)+ SO4(aq)2-+4H+
This is the balanced redox reaction.

Equilibrium Class 11 Important Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
In Ostwald’s process for the manufacture of nitric acid, the first step involves the oxidation of ammonia gas by oxygen gas to give nitric oxide gas and steam. What is the maximum weight of nitric oxide that can be obtained starting only with 10.00 gm of ammonia and 20.00 gm of oxygen?
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 14
∵ 68 gm NH3 reacts with = 160 gm O2
∴ 1 gm NH3 will react with = \(\frac{160 \times 1}{68}\) gm O2
10 gm NH3 will react with = \(\frac{160 \times 10}{68}\) = 23.5 gm O2
But, available amount of O2 is 20.0 gm which is less than required amount (23.5 gm) for complete reaction with 10 gm NH3. Thus, O is the limiting reagent and it limits the amount of NO produced. By the above balanced equation :
∵ 160 gm O2 is produced by = 120 gm NO
1 gm O2 will be produced by = \(\frac{120 \times 1}{160}\) gm NO
∴ 20 gm O2 will be produced by =\(\frac{120 \times 1 \times 20}{160}\) = 15 gm NO.

Question 2.
What is standard hydrogen electrode? How is it prepared?
Answer:
Standard hydrogen electrode : This consists of gas at 1 atmospheric pressure bubbling over a platinum electrode immersed in 1 M HCl at 25°C (298 K) as shown in figure. The platinum electrode is coated with platinum black to increase its surface. The hydrogen electrode thus constructed forms a half cell which on coupling with any other half cell begins to work on the principle of oxidation or reduction.

Electrode depending upon the circumstances works both as anode or cathode.
Cell reaction of standard hydrogen electrode (SHE) when it acts as anode is
H2(g) → 2H++2e
It is as represented as
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 16
When it acts as cathode, the cell reaction is
2H+ +2e → H2(aq)
and it is represented as
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 17
Standard hydrogen electrode (SHE) is arbitrarily assigned a potential of zero.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 15

Question 3.
What is oxidation number? Write the rules for its determination.
Answer:
Oxidation number of an element is defined as, “the residual charge left on its atom when all the other atoms are removed from the molecule as ions.”
Atoms can have positive, negative or zero oxidation state depending upon their state of combination. In fact, oxidation number is the charge assigned to the atom in a species according to some rules. It is also known as oxidation state.
Rules for assigning oxidation number : The assignment of oxidation numbers is arbitrary and is usually

governed by the following conclusions:

  • The oxidation number of an element in free state i.e., elementary state is regarded as zero.
  • In a compound, the more electronegative elements are assigned negative (-) oxidation state and less electronegative elements are assigned positive (+) values. For example, in HC1 as chlorine is more electronegative than hydrogen its oxidation state will have negative value while that of hydrogen will be positive.
  • In the formula of a compound, the sum of the negative oxidation states is equal to the sum of the positive oxidation states.
  • The sum of oxidation number of all the atoms in a neutral molecule is taken as zero.
  • Hydrogen has an oxidation state +1 in compounds like H2S, H2O, HCl, etc. Exceptionally it has the oxidation number -1 in metallic hydrides, such as NaH, CaH2, etc.
  • Oxygen is usually assigned oxidation number -2, except in H2O2 and in oxide of fluorine [F2O], in which the oxidation number – 1 and + 2 respectively. In all, oxidation number of oxygen is – 1.
  • Fluorine being the most electronegative element is assigned oxidation number – 1 in all its compounds. Other halogens also show – 1 oxidation number.
  • The number of monoatomic ion in an ionic compound is equal to its electric charge. Thus, the elements of group I A of the periodic table (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs) all have oxidation number + 1, while the alkaline earth metals of group IIA (Ca, Sr, Ba) have oxidation number + 2.

Question 4.
How is redox reaction equation balanced by ion-electron method? Explain.
Answer:

  1. Represent the oxidation number of each element in the given chemical equa¬tion.
  2. On the basis of oxidation number, identify the oxidation and reduction process.
  3. Redox reaction is divided into two steps on the basis of oxidation and reduction.
  4. Except H2 and O2, balance the other elements in each half reaction.
  5. On the basis of change in oxidation number, charge is balanced by the gain or loss of electron.
  6. Oxygen is balanced by adding H2O to the side oxygen is deficient.

7.To balance H2 the following two steps are used :

  • In Acidic Medium: If the reaction takes place in acidic medium,H+ ion is added to the side deficient in H2.
  • In Basic Medium: If the reaction takes place in basic medium, H2O is added to the side deficient in H2 and same numbers of OH is added to the other side.

8. For balancing the electrons in both the half reactions, is multiplied by a suitable number.
9. Both the half reactions are added to obtain a complete equation.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 5.
What information can you obtain from the following reactions :
(CN)2(g)+2OH(aq) → CN(aq) + CNO(aq) + H2 O(l)
Answer:
(CN)2(g) + 2OH(aq) → CN(aq) + CNO(aq) + H2 O(l)

(i) Let oxidation number of C in (CN)2 = x
2x + 2(-3) = 0
or x = +3

(ii) Let oxidation number of C in CN = x
x + (-3) = -1
or ,x = +2

(iii) Let oxidation number of C in CNO = x
x + (-3) + (-2) = -1
or . x = + 4
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 18

The following informations are obtained by the above equation :

  • By hydrolysis in basic medium cyanogen forms cyanide ion (CN) and cyanate ion (CNO)
  • Cyanogen behaves both as oxidizing and reducing agent.
  • This reaction is an example of disproportionation reaction (specific type of redox reaction)
  • Cyanogen is known as pseudo halogen whereas CN, CNO ions are known as halide ion.

Question 6.
Balance the following redox reaction by ion-electron method :
Cr2O7-2 + Fe+2 + H+ → Cr+3 + Fe+3
Answer:
1. Oxidation number of each element is represented :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 19
2. Identification of oxodation and reduction reaction:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 20

 

Question 7.
The Mn3+ ion is unstable in solution and undergoes disproportionation to give Mn2+, MnO2 and H+ ion. Write a balanced ionic equation for the reaction .
Answer:
Skeleton of the reaction is as follows :
Mn(aq)3+ → Mn(aq)2++ MnO2(s)+H(aq)+
Reduction half reaction ‘ .
Mn(aq)3++ e → Mn2+ ………….. (i)
Oxidation half reaction ,
Mn(aq)3+ → Mn+4O(s)+ e ………………. (ii)
To balance oxygen, add H2O on the left side and to balance hydrogen add H+ the other side.
Mn(aq)3+ + 2H2O(l) → O2+ e + 4H(aq)+
On adding eqn. (i) and (iii),
2Mn(aq)3+ + 2H2O(l) → Mn2++ MnO2(s) + 4H+(aq)
This is the last balanced ionic redox reaction (disproportionation reaction).

Question 8.
By the help of standard electrode potentials, predict if the reaction between the following is feasible:
(a) Fe(aq)3+ and I(aq)
(b) Ag+(aq) and Cu(s),
(c) Fe(aq)3+ and Br(aq),
(d) Ag(s) and Fe(aq)3+.
Given:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 21
Answer:
For the feasibility of a reaction, E°cell should be positive.
cell = E°(reduction) – E°(oxidantion)
cell =E°(cathode) – E°(anode)
(a) Fe(aq)3+ and I(aq) → 2Fe(aq)3+ and I(aq)
Fe(aq)3+ + 2I(aq) → 2Fe(aq)2++ I2(s)
Oxidation half reaction:
2I(aq) → I2(s) + 2e E° = -0.54 V
Reduction half reaction :
2Fe3+(aq) +2e → 2Fe2+(aq) E° = +0.77 V
Complete reaction:
2Fe3+(aq) +2I(aq) → 2Fe2+(aq) +I2(s)
Positive EME indicates that reaction is feasible.

(b) The possible reaction between Ag+(aq) and Cu(s) is as follows:
2Ag+(aq) +Cu(s) → Cu2+(aq) +2Ag(aq)
Oxidation half reaction:
Cu(s) → Cu2+(aq)+ 2e E° = -0.34 V
Reduction half reaction:
2Ag+(aq) + 2e → 2Ag(s) E° = +0.80 V
Complete reaction:
Cu(s) +2Ag+(aq) → Cu2+(aq) +2Ag(s)cell = +0.46 V
E° value is positive which indicates that the reaction is feasible.

(c) Reaction between Fe3+(aq) and Cu(s) is as follows:
Fe3+(aq) + Cu(s) → Fe2+ + Cu2+
Oxidation half reaction:
Cu(s) → Cu2+ +2e E° =-0.34 V
Reduction half reaction: .
[Fe3+(aq) +e → Fe2+(aq)] × 2 E° =+0.77 V

Complete reaction:
Cu(s) + 2Fe3+(aq) → Cu2+(aq) + 2Fe2+(aq)) E°cell = +0.43 V
Positive EMF indicates that the reaction is possible.
Note: It should be noted that, on multiplying an equation by a whole number, its E° is not multiplied by that whole number.

(d) The possible reaction between Fe3+(aq) and Ag(s) is as follows:
Ag(s) +Fe3+(aq) → Ag+(aq) +Fe2+(aq))
Oxidation half reaction:
Ag(s) → Ag+(aq)+ e E°= -0.80 V
Reduction half reaction:
Fe3+(aq) + e → Fe2+(aq) E° = +0.77 V
Complete reaction:
Ag(s) + Fe3+(aq) → Ag+(aq) + Fe2+(aq)cell = -0.33 V
Negative EMF indicates that the reaction is not feasible.

Question 9.
Identify such elements among Cs, Ne, I and F which :
(a) Exihibits only negative oxidation state.
(b) Exihibits only positive oxidation state.
(c) Exihibits both negative and positive oxidation states.
(d) Exihibits neither positive nor negative oxidation states.
Answer:
(a) F exihibits only negative oxidation state, since it is most electronegative element.
(b) Cs exihibits only positive oxidation state, since it is most electropositive element.
(c) Iodine exihibits both positive and negative oxidation states. Iodine exihibits -1,0,
+1, +3, +5 and +7 oxidation states (+3, +5 and +7 oxidation states are exihibited due to vacant J-orbital.
(d) Ne is an inert gas. Therefore it neither exihibit positive nor negative oxidation states.

Question 10.
Balance the following equations in basic medium by ion-electron method and oxidation number methods and identify the oxidizing agent and the reducing agent:
(a) F4(s) + OH(aq) → PH3(g) + H2PO2(aq)
(b) N2H4(l) + CIO(aq) → NO(g) + Cl(aq)
(c) Cl2O7(g) + H2O2(aq) → CIO2(aq) +O2(g).
Answer:
(a) (a) F4(s) + OH(aq) → PH3(g) + H2PO2(aq)
(i) Ion-electron method :
Reduction half reaction:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 25
On balancing P atoms:
P4(s) → 4PH3(g) ……………. (ii)
On adding electrons and balancing oxidantion number:
P4(s) +12 e → 4PH3(g) …………….. (iii)
On adding OH ions and balancing the charge :
P4(s) +12 e → 4PH3(g) + 12OH(aq) …………… (iv)
Balancing oxygen atoms by adding water:
12H2O + P4(s) +12 e → 4PH3(g) + 12OH(aq) ………….. (v)
Oxidation half reaction:
(ii) Oxidation number method:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 28

On balancing P atoms:
P4(s) → 4H2PO2(aq) ………………………. (vii)
On adding electrons and balancing oxidation number:
P4(s) → 4H2PO2(aq) +4e …………………. (viii)
On balancing charge by adding OH ions:
P4(s) + 8OH(aq) → 4H2PO2(aq) + 4e …………………………… (ix)
Oxygen and hydrogen are balanced itself. First of all eqn. (ix) is multiplied by 3 and on equalizing the number of electrons lost and number of electrons obtained in eqn. (v).
4P4(s) + 12OH(aq) + 12H2 O(l) → 4PH3(g) + 12H2 PO2(aq)
or P4(s) + 3OH(aq) + 3H2 O(l) → PH3(g) + 3H2 PO2(aq)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 27

Decrease in electrons in balanced chemical equation = Gain of electrons.
Thus, on multiplying H2PO2 by 3
P4(s)+ OH(aq) → PH3(g)+ 3H2 PO2(aq)
To balance the charge OH is multiplied by 3
P4(s) +3OH(aq) → PH3(g) + 3H2 PO2(aq)
For balancing H on left side, on adding 3H2O
P4(s) + 3H2O(l) + 3OH(aq) → PH3(g) + 3H2 PO2(aq)

In this equation P4 acts both as oxidizing and reducing agent. This is an example of disproportionation reaction.

(b)N2H4(l) +ClO3(aq) → NO(g)+Cl(aq)
(i) ion – electron method:
Oxdation half reaction:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 29
On balancing N atoms:
N2H4(l) → 2NO(g)
On adding 8e for balancing oxidation number:
N2H4(l) → 2NO(g) + 8e
On adding OH
for balancing the charge:
N2H4(l) + 8OH(aq) → 2NO(g) + 8e
On adding H2O for balancing O-atoms:
N2H4(l) +8OH(aq) → 2NO(g) +6H2O(l) +8e ………………. (i)
Reduction half reaction:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 24
On balancing oxidation number:
ClO3(aq) +6e(aq)
On adding OH for balancing the charge:
ClO3(aq) +6e → Cl(aq) +6OH(aq)
On adding H2O for balancing 0-atoms:
ClO3(aq)+3H2O(l)+6e → Cl(aq) +6OH(aq) ………………. (ii)

To make the number of electrons lost and gained equation (i) is multiplied by 3 and (ii) by 4.
3N2H4(l) + 4CIO3(aq) → 6NO(g) + 4Cl(aq) + 6H2O(l)
This is the last redox reaction.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 30

On multiplying NO by 2 (Since N2H4 contains 2 atoms)
N2H4(l) + CIO3(aq) → 2NO(g) + Cl(aq)
Total increase in oxidation number of N = 2 × 4 = 8 (Decrease in 8 electrons)
Total decrease in oxidation number of Cl =1 × 6= 6 (Gain of 6e)

Thus, for balancing increase or decrease in oxidation number, N2H4 is multiplied by 3, 2NO by 3 and Clby 4.
3N2H4(l)+ 4ClO3(aq) + 4O2(g)
On adding 6H20 on right side for balancing number of O and H atoms:
3N2H4(l) +4ClO3(aq) → 6NO(g) +4Cl(aq) +6H2O(l)
In this reaction, N2H4 acts as a reducing agent and ClO3 as an oxidizing agent.

(c) Cl2O7(g)+H2O2(aq) → ClO2(aq) +O2(g)
(i) Ion – electron method:
Reduction half reaction:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 31

On multiplying ClO2 by 2(because Cl2O7(g) contains 2Cl atoms)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 32
On balancing oxidation number by adding electron:
Cl2O7(g) + 8e → 2ClO2(aq)
On balancing charge on adding electron :
Cl2O7(g) + 8e → 2ClO2(aq)+6OH(aq)
On balancing O by adding H2O left side:
Cl2O7(g) +3H2O(l)+8e → 2ClO2(aq)+6OH(aq)

Oxidation half reaction:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 33
On balancing oxidation number by adding electron:
H2O2(aq) + 2OH(aq) → O2(g) +2e
On balancing charge on adding OH ion :
H2O2(aq)+2OH(aq) → O2(g) +2e
On balancing O by adding H2O left side:
H2O2(aq) +8OH(aq) → 4O2(g) + 8H2O(l) + 8e
On multiplying by 4:
4H2O2(aq) + 8OH(aq) → 4O2(g) + 8H2O(l) +8e …………………………… (ii)
On adding eqn. (i) and (ii)
Cl2O7(g) +4H2O2(aq) + OH(aq) → 2ClO2(aq) +5H2O(l)+4O2(g).
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 34

On multiplying ClO2 by 2 (because Cl2O7 contains 2Cl atoms):
Cl2O7(g) +H2O(l) → 2ClO2(aq) +O2(g)
Total decrease in oxidation number of Cl 2 × 4 = 8 (Gain of 8e)
Total increasein oxidation number of 0 1 × 2 = 2 (Decrease in 2e)
Thus, to balance increase and decrease in oxidation number, on multiplying H2O2 and O2 by 4,
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 35
In this reaction, Cl2O7 acts as oxidizing agent and H2O2 as a reducing agent.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 11.
Balance the following redox reactions by ion-electron method :
(a) MnO4(aq) + I(aq) → MnO2(s) + I2(s) (Basic medium)
(b) MnO4(aq) + SO2(g) → Mn+2(aq) + HSO4(aq) (Acidic medium)
(c) H2O2(aq) + Fe2+(aq) → Fe3+(aq)+H2O(l) (Acidic medium)
(d) Cr2O7(aq)2- + SO2(g) → Cr(aq)3++ SO4(aq)2- (Acidic medium)
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 33
On separating oxidation half and reduction half from the above equation.
(i) Oxidation half reaction :
I(aq) → I2(s)
On balancing iodine atom :
2(aq) → I2(s)
On adding 2e~ on right side for balancing oxidation number :
2(aq) →I2 + 2e ……………….. (i)
Since charge is same on both the sides, thus it is not required to balance the charge.
(ii) Reduction half reaction:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 36
Balancing of oxidation number by adding 3e on left side:
MnO4(aq) + 3e → MnO2(s)
For balancing charge, OH is added on right side because reaction is in basic medium:
MnO4(aq) + 3e → MnO2 + 4OH
On balancing O atom by adding H2O:
MnO4(aq) + 3e + 2H2O(l)→ MnO2(s) + 4OH (aq) …………………… (ii)

By doing this H atoms are automatically balanced. For balancing the number of electrons, multiply eqn. (i) by 3 and eqn. (ii) by 2,
6I(aq)→ >3I2(s) + 6e ………………… (iii)
2MnO4(aq) + 6e + 4H2O(l) → 2MnO2(s) +8OH (aq) …………………. (iv)
On adding eqn. (iii) and eqn. (iv), number of eLectrons are neglected from both the sides,
2MnO4(aq) + 6I(aq) + 4H2O(l) → 2MnO2(s) + 3I2(s) + 8OH(aq)
This is the final balanced redox reaction.

(b) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 35

On writing oxidation half and reduction half separately.
(i) Oxidation half reaction :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 37
For balancing oxidation number 2e are added on right side:
SO2 → HSO4+2e
For balancing charge H is added on right side because the medium of the reaction is acidic:
SO2 → HSO4 +3H++2e
To balance H and O atoms, H2O is added on left side:
SO2 + 2H2O → HSO4 +3H+ +2e …………… (i)
(ii) Reduction half-reaction:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 38

For balancing oxidation number 5e are added on left side:
MnO4 + 5e → M2+
For balancing the charge H is added on left side (Acidic medium):
MnO4 + 8H+ + 5e → Mn2+
To balance O and H atom 4H20 is added on right side:
MnO4 +8H+ + 5e → Mn2+ +4H2O ……………. (ii)
On multiplying eqn. (i) by 5 and eqn. (ii) by 2, electrons of both the sides are neglected, 2MnO4 + 4H++ 5SO2 + 2H2O → 2Mn+2 + 5HSO4
This is the final balanced redox reaction.

(c) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 37

According to [Section (b)] the following balanced oxidation half reaction and reduction half reactions are obtained:
Reduction half reaction :
H2O2 +2H+ + 2e → 2H2O
Oxidation half reaction:
[Fe2+ → Fe3+ e] × 2 ………………… (ii)
On adding eqn. (i) and (ii) the following balanced equation is obtained:
H2O2(aq) + 2Fe2+(aq) + 2H+(aq) → 2H2O(l) + 2Fe3+(aq).

(d) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 39

According to [Section (b)] the following balanced oxidation half reaction and reduction half reactions are obtained:
Reduction half reaction
Cr2O2-7 + 14H++ 6→ 2Cr3+ + 7H2O
Oxidation half reaction
SO2 +2H2O → SO2-4+4H++2e ………….. (ii)
Multiplying eqn. (ii) by 3 and on adding,
Cr2O2-7(aq) + 2H+(aq) + 3SO2(g) → 2Cr 3+(aq) + 3SO2-4(aq) + H2O(l).
This is the final balanced redox reaction.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 12.
Which method is used to determine the tendency of oxidizing/ reducing agent in solution ? Explain with example.
Answer:
First of all, the given species is paired with standard hydrogen electrode to form redox pair and its electrode potential is measured. If it is positive then the given electrode of the species acts as a reducing agent and if it is negative then the given electrode of the species behaves as an oxidizing agent. By this method electrode potential of other given species is determined. These values are compared and their relative capability as a reducing or oxidizing agent is determined.
Example : Standard hydrogen electrode (SHE) is used as a reference electrode and standard electrode potential of Zn2+/Zn electrode is calculated as follows :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 41
Electromotive force (EMF) of cell obtained is 0.76V (Reading of voltameter 0.76V). Zn2+/Zn pair acts as anode and standard hydrogen electrode acts as cathode.
cell = E°cathode – E°anode
0.76 = 0 – E°anode
∴ E°anode = -0.76 V
Zn2+/Zn = -0.76 V.

Question 13.
Whenever a reaction between an oxidizing agent and a reducing agent is carried out, a compound of lower oxidation state is formed if the reducing agent is in excess and a compound of higher oxidation state is formed if the oxidizing agent is in excess. Justify this statement giving three illustrations.
Answer:
(a) P4 is a reducing agent and Cl2 an oxidizing agent.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 42
Thus, when P4 (reducing agent) is in excess PCl3 is formed in which oxidation state of P is +3 and if Cl2 (oxidizing agent) is in excess the PCl5 will be formed in which oxidation state of P is +5.
(b) C is a reducing agent whereas O2 is an oxidizing agent.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 43
When reducing agent C is in excess, compound CO of lower oxidation state is formed. If oxidizing agent O2 is in excess then compound CO2 of higher oxidation state is formed.
(c) Na is a reducing agent whereas O2 is an oxidizing agent.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 44

Question 14.
How do you count for the following observations :
Though alkaline potassium permanganate and acidic potassium permanganate both are used as oxidants, yet in the manufacture of benzoic acid from toluene we use alcoholic potassium permanganate as an oxidant, why ? Write a balanced redox equa-tion for the reaction.
Answer:
In acidic medium, oxidation of Toluene to Benzoic acid :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 45
Oxidation of Toluene to Benzoic acid in alkaline and neutral medium:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 46
At commercial level, instead of acidic and alkaline KMnO4 , alcoholic KMnO4 is more useful. Like dissolves like, therefore benzoic acid and toluene being of covalent nature easily dissolve in alcohol to form a homogeneous solution. In presence of alcohol both reactants KMnO4 and C6H5CH3 (toluene) mutually form a homogeneous solution. Reaction in homogeneous medium is faster than in heterogeneous medium. Apart from this in neutral medium OH ion are automatically formed in the reaction.

Question 15.
While sulphur dioxide and hydrogen peroxide can act as oxidizing as well as reducing agents in their reactions, ozone and nitric acid act only as oxidants. Why?
Answer:
1. In SO2, oxidation number of S is +4, Its minimum oxidation number is -2 and maximum oxidation number is +6. Thus, in SO2, S can decrease as well as increase its oxidation number. That is why, SO2 can behave both as an oxidant as well as reductant.

2. In H2O2, oxidation number of O is -1. its minimum oxidation number is -2 and maximum oxidation number of oxygen in O2F2 and OF2 +1 and +2 respectively are also possible. In H2O2, oxygen can reduce as well as increase its oxidation number. Thus, H2O2 can behave both as an oxidant as well as reductant.

3. In O3, oxidation number of O3 is zero. It cannot increase its oxidation number. It can only decrease its oxidation number from zero to -1 and -2. Thus, O3 can behave only as an oxidant.

4. In HNO3, oxidation number of N is +5 which is maximum. Thus, in HNO3, oxidation number of N can only decrease. Thus, it can only behave as an oxidant.

Question 16.
Suggest a list of the substances where carbon can exhibit oxidation states from -4 to +4 and nitrogen from -3 to +5.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 47

Q. 17. Justify giving reactions that among halogens, fluorine is the best oxidant among hydrohalic compounds, hydroiodic acid is the the best reductant.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 48
Standard reduction potential of halogens is positive and decreases from fluorine to iodine. Thus, halogens behave as strong oxidizing reagents and their oxidizing power de¬creases from fluorine to iodine. Fluorine is the strongest oxidizing reagent. It oxidizes other halide ions in solution or Ary state into corresponding halogens.
F2 + 2x → 2F + X2, (X =Cr, Br,I)

Normally halogen of lower atomic number oxidizes the halide ion of halogen of higher atomic number.
When halide ion X or HX molecule reacts with an oxidant then it reduces the oxidizing substance and itself reduces to X2 molecule. Tendency of forming X2 molecule by losing electron from X ion increases from F to F ion. This reducing tendency of Xions or HX molecules increases gradually from F to I ions or from HF to HI molecule.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 49

2HF + H2SO4 → No reaction
HC1 also does not react with H2SO4
But 2HI + H2SO4 → SO2 + 2H2O + I2
HBr also reacts like this.
HF or F ion is a weak reductant. It is so weak reductant that it cannot reduce extremely strong oxidizing substance like H2SO4 also whereas HI or I ion reduce strong oxidizing substances and itself get oxidize to I2. This is the reason that HI is the best reductant.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 18.
Identify the substance oxidized, reduced, oxidizing agent, reducing agent for each of the following reactions :
(i) 2AgBr(s) + C6H6O2(aq) → 2Ag(s)+ 2HBr(aq)+ C6H4O2(aq).
(ii) HCHO(l) + 2[Ag(NH3)2]) + 3OH(aq) → 2Ag(s) + HCOO(aq)+ 4NH3(aq) + 2H2O(l)
(iii) HCHO(l) + 2Cu(aq)2+ + 5OH(aq) → Cu2O(s) + HCOO(aq)+ 3H2O(l)
(iv) N2H4(l)+ 2H2O2(l) → N2(g) + 4H2O(l)
(v) Pb(s) +PbO2(s) +2H2SO4(aq) → 2PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(l).
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions 50

Question 19.
On the basis of standard electrode potential values, state which of the following reactions are feasible :
Cu2+/Cu = 0.34 V, E°Zn2+
Mg2+/Mg = -2.37 V, E°Fe2+/Fe = -0.74 V
Br2/Br = +1.08 V, E°Cl2/Cl = +1.36V, E°Cd2+/Cd = -0.44 V
(i) Cu +Zn2+ → Cu2++Zn
(ii) Mg + Fe2+ → Mg2+ + Fe
(iii) Br2+2Cl → Cl2+2Br
(iv) Fe + Cd2+ → Cd + Fe2+
Answer:
(i) Cu +Zn2+ → Cu2++Zn
Cu2/Cu = +0.34 V and E°Zn2+ = -0.74 V
In the given cell reaction Cu oxidizes to Cu2+. Thus Cu2+/Cu pair acts as anode and
Zn2+ reduces to Zn, therefore Zn2+/Zn pair will act as cathode.
cell = E°cathode – E°anode
cell = -0.76 -(+0.74) = -1.10 V
Negative value of E°cell indicates that this reaction is not feasible.

(ii) Mg + Fe2+ → Mg2+ + Fe
E0Mg2+/Mg =- 2.37 V and E0 Fe2+ = – 0.74 V
Mg will oxidize to Mg2+ thus Mg2+//Mg will act as anode. Fe2+ will reduce to Fe,
thus Fe2+ /Fe pair will act as cathode.
cell = E°cathode – E°anode
cell = -0.74 – (-2.37) = +1.63 V
Positive value of E indicates that this reaction is feasible.

(iii) Br2 + 2Cl → Cl2 + 2Br
Br2/Br =+1.08 V and E°Cl2/Cl= +1.36 V
In the cell reaction Cl oxidizes to Cl2, thus Cl2/Cl pair will act as anode and Br2
reduces to Br, thus Br2/Br pair will act as cathode.
cell = E°cathode – E°anode
cell = +1.08 – (+1.36) = -0.28 V
Negative value of E°cell indicates that this reaction is not feasible.

(iv) Fe+Cd2+ → Cd+ Fe2+
In this reaction Fe oxidizes to Fe2+
Thus Fe2+/Fe will act as anode and Cd2+ reduces to Cd, thus Cd2+/Cd pair will act as cathode.
Fe2+/Fe = -0.74 V and E°Cd2+/Cd = -0.44 V
cell = E°cathode – E°anode
cell = -0.44 – ( -0.74) = +0.34 V
Positive value of E indicates that this reaction is feasible.

Equilibrium Class 11 Important Questions Objective Type

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
Metals used in Daniell cell are :
(a) N and Cu
(b) Zn and Ag
(c) Ag and Cu
(d) Zn and Cu.
Answer:
(d) Zn and Cu.

Question 2.
Which of the following is strongly reducing :
(a) F
(b) Cr
(c) Br
(d) I.
Answer:
(d) I.

Question 3.
Oxidation in electrolyte occurs :
(a) At anode
(b) At cathode
(c) At both the electrodes.
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(a) At anode

Question 4.
Which of the following statement is correct ? Galvanic cell converts:
(a) Chemical energy to electrical energy
(b) Electrical energy to chemical energy
(c) Elemental state of metal to combined state
(d) Electrolytes to ions.
Answer:
(a) Chemical energy to electrical energy

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 5.
Oxidation number of Chlorine in HOCl is :
(a) -1
(b) 0
(c) +1
(d) +2.
Answer:
(c) +1

Question 6.
Oxidation number of Mn in K2MnO4 is :
(a) +2
(b) +6
(c) +7
(d) 0.
Answer:
(b) +6

Question 7.
Oxidation number of Cr in K2Cr2O7 is :
(a) -6
(b) +6
(c) +2
(d) -2.
Answer:
(b) +6

Question 8.
Oxidation number of Ni in Ni(CO)4 is :
(a) 0
(b) +2
(c) +1
(d) -1.
Answer:
(a) 0

Question 9.
Unit of cell constant is :
(a) ohm-1 cm-1
(b) ohm cm
(c) cm
(d) cm-1.
Answer:
(d) cm-1.

Question 10.
Oxidation state of nitrogen is maximum in :
(a) N3H
(b) NH2OH
(c) N2H4
(d) NH3.
Answer:
(a) N3H

Question 11.
Oxidation state of oxygen is zero in :
(a) CO
(b) O3
(c) SO2
(d) H2O2.
Answer:
(b) O3

Question 12.
Oxidation state of Fe in K4[Fe (CN)6] is :
(a)+ 2
(b) + 6
(c) + 3
(d) + 4.
Answer:
(a)+ 2

Question 13.
Oxidation state of S in H2S2O8 is :
(a)+ 2
(b) + 4
(c) + 6
(d) + 7.
Answer:
(c) + 6

Question 14.
Oxidation state of Mn in KMnO4 is :
(a) + 4
(b) + 6
(c) + 7
(d) + 5.
Answer:
(c) + 7

Question 15.
In which compound oxidation state of Cl is +1 :
(a) Cl2O
(b) HCl
(c) ICl
(d) HClO4.
Answer:
(a) Cl2O

Question 16.
Oxidation state of chlorine in ClO3 ion is :
(a)+ 4
(b) + 5
(c) + 3
(d) +2.
Answer:
(b) + 5

Question 17.
Halogen which reduces most easily:
(a) F2
(b) Cl2
(c) Br2
(d) I2.
Answer:
(a) F2

Question 18.
Oxidation number of C in CCl4 is:
(a) +4
(b) -4
(c) +6
(d) -6.
Answer:
(a) +4

Question 19.
Oxidation number of S in ISO4 is:
(a) +6
(b) -6
(c) +5
(d) -5.
Answer:
(a) +6

Question 20.
Oxidizing substance is:
(a) Electron acceptor
(b) Electron donor
(c) Proton acceptor
(d) Neutron acceptor.
Answer:
(a) Electron acceptor

Question 21.
Reaction 3ClO(aq) → ClO3(aq) + 2Cl(aq) Is example of:
(a) Oxidation
(b) Reduction
(c) Disproportionation
(d) Decomposition.
Answer:
(c) Disproportionation

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 22.
OxidatIon number of S in S8, S2F2, H2S is:
(a) 0, +1, -2
(b) +2, +1, -2
(c) 0, +1, +2
(d) -2, + 1, -2.
Answer:
(a) 0, +1, -2

Question 23.
In the reaction : Mx+ +MnO4+ MO3 +Mn2++\(\frac{1}{2}\)O2 if one mole MnO gets oxidized 1.67 mole Mx+ oxidizes to form MO3 value of x will be:
(a) 5
(b) 3
(c) 2
(d) 1.
Answer:
(c) 2

Question 24.
Oxidation number of Fe in Fe3O4 is:
(a) +2
(b) +3
(c) 8/3
(d) 2/3.
Answer:
(c) 8/3

Question 25.
A compound is formed by elements A, B and C. If their oxidation number A = +2,8 = +5 and C = -2, the formula of the compound will be:
(a) A3(BC4)2
(b) A3(B4C)2
(c) ABC2
(d) A3(BC3)2.
Answer:
(a) A3(BC4)2

Question 26.
In the reaction : xMnO4 + yH2O2 → 2Mn2+ + 5H2 + 9O2 + ze value of x,y,z is:
(a) 2,5,6
(b) 5,2,9
(c) 3,5,5
(d) 2,6,6.
Answer:
(a) 2,5,6

Question 27.
In the redox reaction MnO4 + C2O4-2 + H+ → Mn2+ + CO2 +H2O molecular coefficients of MnO4,C2O-2, H+ are:
(a) 2,5, 16
(b) 16,5,2
(c) 5, 11,2
(d) 2, 16,5.
Answer:
(a) 2,5, 16

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

Question 28.
Oxidation number of Cr in [Cr(PPh3)3CO3] is:
(a) +3
(b) +8
(c) Zero
(d) +5.
Answer:
(c) Zero

Question 29.
Which of the following is not a reducing agent:
(a) SO2
(b) H2O2
(c) CO2
(d) NO2.
Answer:
(c) CO2

Question 30.
Order of oxidation number of suipbur in SO3-2, S2O4-2 and S2O62- is:
(a) S2 O4-2 <SO32- <S2O6-2
(b) SO32- <S2 O4-2 <S2O6-2
(c) S2 O4-2 <S2O6-2 <SO32-
(d) S2O6-2 <S2 O4-2 <SO32-.
Answer:
(a) S2 O4-2 <SO32- <S2O6-2

2. Fill in the blanks:

1. Process of loss of electrons is called ………………. .
Answer:
Oxidation

2. Process of gain of electrons is called ………………. .
Answer:
Reduction

3. The deterioration of metals in presence of atmospheric gases and moisture is called ………………. .
Answer:
Corrosion

4. A device in which electric energy gets converted to chemical energy is called cell………………. .
Answer:
Electrolytic

5. In electrochemical series the ability to reduce ……………… on moving down.
Answer:
Decreases

6. Most strong reducing element is ………………. .
Answer:
Lithium

7. Most strong oxidizing element is ………………. .
Answer:
Fluorine

8. At equilibrium, value of Ecell is ………………. .
Answer:
Zero

9. In sodium amalgam, oxidation number of sodium is ……………….. .
Answer:
Zero

10. Oxidation number of Cr in Cr(CO)6 is ………………. .
Answer:
Zero

11. In Zn, Cu, Ag, Na, Sn weak reducing agent is ………………. .
Answer:
Ag
12. Oxidation number of Si in SiH4 is ………………. .
Answer:
-4

13. In OF2 and O2F2, oxidation number of O is ………………. .
Answer:
+ 2, +1

14. Oxidation number of Cl in Ca(OCl) Cl is ………………. .
Answer:
+1, -1.

3. Match the following:

‘A’ ‘B’
1. Maintains neutrality among two half cells (a) Nernst equation
2. Compound of Ni in +2 oxidation state (b) Silver
3. In Daniel cell Zn/Zn2+ is (c) 0.00V
4. Equation represents dependence of electrode potential on concentration (d) Salt bridge
5. Standard potential of SHE (e) Anode
6. Best electrical conducting metal (f) [Ni(CN)4]2-

Answer:
1. (d) Salt bridge
2. (f) [Ni(CN)4]2-
3.  (e) Anode
4. (a) Nernst equation
5. (c) 0.00V
6.  (b) Silver

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 8 Redox Reactions

4. Answer in one word/sentence:

1. What is balanced redox equation?
Answer:
Redox reactions in which amount of oxidation and reduction is to the same extent

2. Why does iron displace copper from its salt solution?
Answer:
Because standard electrode potential value of iron is less than the standard electrode potential value of copper

3. What is the oxidation state of chlorine in Cl2O?
Answer:
+1

4. Why does an electrolyte dissociate into ions when dissolved in water?
Answer:
4. Because the electrostatic attractive force

5. A saturated solution of KNO3 is used for the formation of salt bridge. Why?
Answer:
Because the speed of K+ and NO3 ions is almost same

6. In SnCl2 + 2FeCl3 → SnCl4 + 2FeCl2 which compound is oxidized ?
Answer:
FeCl3

7. What is the oxidation number of Xe in XeO3?
Answer:
+6.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Students get through the MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium which are most likely to be asked in the exam.

MP Board Class 11th Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Equilibrium Class 11 Important Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
While writing the expression for equilibrium constant explain why pure liquids and solids are neglected?
Answer:
Molar concentration of pure solid or liquid (if in excess) remains constant (i.e., independent of the amount present). That is why, while writing the expression for equilibrium constant pure liquids and solids can be neglected.

Question 2.
Of the following which is Lewis acid : H2O,BF3, H+,NH4+.
Answer:
Lewis acids gain electron. Electron deficient and positive charged species behave like Lewis acid.
BF3, H+,NH4+ behave like Lewis acids.

Question 3.
Write the formulae of conjugate bases for the following Bronsted acids :
HF, H2SO4 and HCO3.
Answer:
Acid ⇌ Conjugate base + H+
HF ⇌  F +H+ .
H2SO4 ⇌  HSO4 + H+
HCO3 ⇌ CO32- + H+.

Question 4.
What is active mass?
Answer:
Molecular concentration per litre of any solution or gas is called its active mass. It is represented by mol/litre. It is represented in square bracket [ ].
Active mass = \(\frac{\text { Mass of substance } / \text { Molecular mass of substance }}{\text { Total volume (in litre) }}\)

Question 5.
What do you understand by physical equilibrium? Explain with example.
Answer:
Physical equilibrium: When in a system, a substance exist in more than one physical state (solid, liquid, gas) and are changing into one another, then that stage in which the amount which changes from one form to another, the same amount gets converted to the first form is known as physical equilibrium.
Like, Water⇌ Water vapour (liquid-vapour equilibrium)
Ice ⇌ Water (solid-liquid equilibrium).

Question 6.
Explain Ostwald dilution law.
Answer:
Ostwald dilution law: Ostwald gave law for weak elecrolytes. By applying law of mass action Ostwald gave a law for expressing the dissociation of weak electrolyte. It states that:
“The degree of dissociation of weak electrolyte is directly proportional to the square root of its dilution.”
α = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{KV}}\) = \(\sqrt{\frac{\mathrm{K}}{\mathrm{C}}}\)
Where, α = Degree of dissociation, K = Dissociation constant, V = Volume in litre in which one gram equivalent is dissolved, C = No. of gram equivalent in one litre.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 7.
What is the effect of pressure on chemical equilibrium?
Answer:
On increasing the pressure on chemical equilibrium proceeds in that direction where there is decrease in volume i.e., number of molecules decreases.

Example: SO3 is formed by the combination of SO2 and O2 and 45.2 kcal heat is- released.
2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌2SO3(g); ΔH = – 45.2 kcal
In this reaction, two-volume SO2 reacts with one volume O2 to form two-volume SO3. Thus, on increasing the pressure, equilibrium shifts to forward direction.

Question 8.
What are buffer solution?
Answer:
Buffer solution: Thus, solution in which,

  • pH value is definite.
  • pH is not changed on dilution or on keeping for some time.
  • On adding acid or base in less quantity, pH change is negligible.
    Such solutions are called buffer solutions.
    or .
    Buffer solutions are solutions which retain their pH constant or unaltered.

Question 9.
Write acidic and basic buffer with one example each.
Answer:
1. Acidic buffers: Acidic buffers are formed by mixing an equimolar quantity of weak acid and its salt with a strong base.
Example: Acetic acid and sodium acetate (CH3COOH + CH3CQONa).

2. Basic buffers: Basic buffers contain equimolar quantities of weak base and its salt with strong acid.
Example: Ammonium hydroxide and ammonium chloride (NH4OH + NH4Cl).

Question 10.
State Le-Chatelier’s principle.
Answer:
Le-Chatelier’s principle: “If an equilibrium in a chemical system is disturbed by changing temperature, pressure or concentration of the system, the equilibrium shift in such a way so that the change gets minimised”.
This law is applicable for physical and chemical equilibrium.

Question 11.
What are the effects of catalyst at equilibrium?
Answer:
Effect of catalyst: Catalyst normally does not affect equilibrium, but helpful in establishing equilibrium soon catalyst affect both forward and backward reaction at the same rate. .
Actually by adding catalyst activation energy decreases and both forward and backward reactions are affected.

Question 12.
On the basis of eqn.pH = -log[H+], pH of 10-8 mol dm-3HCl solution should be 8. But its observed value comes to be less than 7. Explain the cause.
Answer:
10-8mol dm-3 concentration represents that the solution should be very dilute. Thus, we cannot neglect the H3O ions produced by water. Thus, value obtained [H3O+] = (10-8 +10-7)M with this value pH of solution obtained is less than 7 (Because the solution is acidic).

Question 13.
Ammonia is a Lewis base. Why?
Answer:
According to Lewis acid-base concept a base is a substance which can donate lone pair of electron. By the electronic structure of ammonia, it is clear that nitrogen con¬tains a lone electron pair which can be donated in a chemical reaction. Thus, ammonia behaves like a strong base.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 1

Question 14.
In the precipitation of hydroxides of third group in place of NH4Cl and NH4OH, NaOH can be added in presence of NaCl or not?
Answer:
For the precipitation of hydroxides of third group, NH4OH is added in presence of NH4Cl due to common ion effect to supress the ionisation of NH4OH. NaCl + NaOH cannot be added in place of it because NaOH is a strong base and by common ion effect only ionisation of weak electrolytes is supressed. On adding NaOH hydroxides of further groups are also precipitated.

Question 15.
Write the use of buffer solution.
Answer:
Uses:

  1. In laboratories: In study of velocity of chemical reactions, buffers are used.
  2. Qualitative analysis: In removal of phosphate ion buffer of CH3COONa and CH3COOH is used.
  3. Industries: In production of alcohol by fermentation, buffers are used (pH between 5 to 6-8). In manufacturing of sugar, paper and in electroplating industries, buffers are used.

Question 16.
What is the effect of pressure and temperature in the solubility of gases in liquids?
Answer:
1. Effect of Pressure: On increasing the pressure, solubility of gases in liquid increases because molecules of gas occupy the intermolecular space of solvent.

2. Effect of Temperature: On increasing the temperature solubility of gas in liquids decreases because kinetic energy of molecules increases.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 17.
Write the names and formulae of conjugate base of the following acids :
(1) H3O+,
(2) NH4+,
(3) CH3NH+,
(4) H3PO4,
(5) NH2 – NH3.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 2

Q. 18. Write conjugate acid of the Bronsted bases NH2 NH3 and HCOO.
Answer:
Base + H+ ≅ Conjugate acid
NH2 +H+ ≅ NH3
NH3 + H+ ≅ NH4+
HCOO + H+ ≅ HCOOH.

Question 19.
Conjugate acid of a weak base is always strong. What will be the decreasing order of basicity of the following conjugate bases :
OH,RO,CH3COO-,Cl-.
Ans. Conjugate acids of the given bases are H2O, ROH, CH3COOH and HCl. Order of its acidity is as follows :
HCl > CH3COOH > H2O > ROH
Thus, order of basicity of their conjugate bases will be as follows :
RO > OH > CH3 COO > Cl.

Question 20.
What is the unit of Equilibrium constant?
Answer:
Unit of Equilibrium constant depends on the type of reaction. If there is no change in the number of molecules in a reaction then equilibrium constant has no unit, but if the number of molecules change during

a reaction then equilibrium constant has some unit. Example : N2(g) + 3H2(g) ≅ 2NH3(g)
Kc = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{3}\right]^{2}}{\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]^{3}}\)
Unit of Kc = \(\frac{[\mathrm{mol} / \mathrm{L}]^{2}}{[\mathrm{~mol} / \mathrm{L}][\mathrm{mol} / \mathrm{L}]^{3}}\)
= \(\frac{1}{[\mathrm{~mol} / \mathrm{L}]^{2}}\) [mol-2L-2.

Question 21.
Utility of pH value is more for the identification of acidic and basic solution. Why?
Answer:
By knowing the pH value of a solution we can determine whether the given solution is acidic, alkaline or neutral.

  1. If pH value is less than 7, then the solution will be acidic.
  2. If pH value is more than 7, then the solution will be basic.
  3. If pH value is 7, then the solution is neutral.

Question 22.
Name the factors which affect chemical equilibrium.
Answer:
Factors which affect chemical equilibrium are :

  1. Temperature
  2. Pressure
  3. Concentration change
  4. Catalyst.

Question 23.
Species H2O, HCO3, HSO4 and NH3 behave both as Bronsted acid and base. Tell the conjugate acid and base of both.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 3

Question 24.
What is the pH value of pure water and drinking water?
Answer:
Pure water is neutral because number of H+ ion and OH ion present in water is same and ionic product of water is 1 × 10-14 and hydrogen ion concentration is 1 × 10-7gram ion per litre and pH value is 7 and pH of drinking water is less than 7.

Question 25.
What do you mean by ionization of water?
Answer:
Ionization of water: Water is self ionized to some extent in the following way:
H2O + H2O ≅ H3+ + OH
Equilibrium constant K = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]^{2}}\)

Since water is in excess, its concentration is supposed to be constant and product of it with K is another constantKw.
K × [H2O]2 = [H3O+ ][0H]
or Kw = [H3 O+][OH] = 1 × 10-14, (at 298K)
Where, Kw is called ionic product of water.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 26.
Hydrogen ion concentration in water is 107 gram ion per litre still water is neutral why?
Answer:
In pure water, concentration of hydrogen and hydroxyl ion is same.
Thus, in pure water
[H3 O+] = [OH] = 1 × 10 -7 gram ion per litre.
Therefore pure water is neutral.

Question 27.
Write the formula expressing relation between concentration and pres-sure equilibrium constant. Or, Write the relation between Kp and Kc
Answer:
Relation between concentration and pressure equilibrium constant
Kp = Kc× RTΔn
Where Kp = Pressure equilibrium constant.
Kc= Equilibrium constant.
R = Gas constant, T = Absolute temperature.
Δn = Difference between number of moles of products and reactants.

Equilibrium Class 11 Important Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Aqueous solution of sodium carbonate is basic. Why?
Answer:
Na2CO3 ⇌ 2Na+ + CO3 -2
2H2O ⇌ 2H++2OH
Na2CO3 + 2H2O ⇌ 2NaOH + H2CO3
Strong  Weak .
base     acid

Na+ ion obtained by Na2CO3 combines with 0W to form strong electrolyte NaOH
due to which it remains in the form of ions whereas CO3 -2 ions combine with H ions to form H2CO3 which being a weak electrolyte remains partially ionized. To maintain the equilibrium, H2 ionizes and concentrat on of OH ion increases, therefore aqueous solution of sodium carbonate is basic.

Question 2.
What is the effect on equilibrium while dissolving gases in liquids? Explain with example.
Answer:
Dissolution of gases in liquids: When the soda water bottle is opened, dissolved CO2 gas in it comes out rapidly. This is an example of equilibrium of any gas in equilibrium between gas and its liquid. At fixed pressure of the gas, there exists an equilibrium between soluble and insoluble molecules of the gas.
C02(g) ⇌ CO2(In solution)

In this way, William Henry gave a law for equilibrium and which is called Henry’s law.
Henry’s law: The solubility of gas in a given solvent iš directly proportional to the
pressure to which the gas is subjected, provided the temperature remains the same.
Thus, m ∝ P
or m=KP

Where K is a constant of proportionality and known as Henry’s constant. At the time of closing soda water bottle, pressure inside the bottle is very high as compared to atmospheric pressure, due to which in this state more gas is dissolved in the solution. At the time of opening the bottle, pressure acting on the solution becomes suddenly very less (equal to atmospheric pressure) so to establish new equilibrium, more quantity of gas comes out of the bottle.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 3.
What is common ion effect? Explain.
Answer:
The supression of ionization of weak electrolyte by the addition of strong electrolyte containing a common ion is known as common ion effect. For example, when CH3 COONa is added to CH3COOH solution, dissociation of CH3COOH decreases.

Example: In the identification of second group HCl + H2S is used as group reagent.
Solubility product of sulphides of group IIs comparatively less than the solubility product of sulphides of group IV. On passing H2S in the presence of HCl, due to common ion effect ionisation of H2S decreases due to which concentration of sulphide ions decreases in the solution.
HCl ⇌ H+ + Cl
H2S ⇌ 2H+ + S2-

Thus, ionic product of sulphides of group IV does not exceed their solubility product but concentration of sulphide ions is sufficient for sulphides of group two because solubility product of sulphides of group II is less.

Question 4.
What are the characteristics of Equilibrium constant?
Answer:
1. At a definite temperature, for a reaction, value of equilibrium constant has a definite value. Its value changes with the change in temperature.

2. Value of equilibrium constant of a reaction does not depend on pressure and volume.
3. Value of equilibrium constant is independent of initial concentration of reactants and products but depend on their concentration in equilibrium.

4. If the reaction is reversed, the value of equilibrium constant is the inverse of the previous reaction.
5. If a chemical reaction is divided by 2, then the equilibrium constant for the new reaction will be the square root of equilibrium constant of the known reaction before
K’ = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K}}\)

6. If a chemical reaction whose equilibrium constant is K, is multiplied by 2 then the equilibrium constant (K) obtained for the new reaction will be the square of K.
K’ = K2

7. If the reaction is written in two steps and equilibrium constants are K, and K2 of these reactions, then
K = K1 × K2.

Question 5.
Explain Homogeneous and Heterogeneous equilibrium with examples.
Answer:
Homogeneous equilibrium reactions: Such reactions in which reactants and products all are in the same physical states are called homogeneous equilibrium reactions.
Example:

  • H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2HI(g)n = 0)
  • N 2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g)n=-2)
  • PCl5(g) ⇌ PCl 3(g) + Cl2(g)n= 1)
  • CH3COOH(l) + C2H5OH(l) ⇌ CH3COOC2H5 (l)+H2O(l)n = 0)

2. Heterogeneous equilibrium reactions: Such reactions in which reactants and products exist in one or more physical states are called heterogeneous equilibrium reactions. Example:

  • 3Fe(s)+4H2O(g) ⇌ Fe3O4(s) + 4H2(g)
  • CaCO3(s) ⇌ CaO(s) + CO2(g)
  • 2Na2O2(s) + 2H2O(l) ⇌ 4 NaOH (aq) + O2(g)

Question 6.
Comparing the values of Kc and Qc how will you determine the following stages of a reaction :
(i) Resultant reaction proceeds in the forward direction.
(ii) Resultant reaction proceeds in the backward direction.
(iii) No change takes place in the reaction.
Answer:
(i) If Qc < Kc; reaction proceeds in the direction of products (Forward reaction).
(ii) If Qc > Kc.; reaction proceeds in the direction of reactants (Backward reaction).
(iii) If Qc = Kc; reaction mixture remain unchanged in equilibrium. Thus, no net change occur in the reaction.

Question 7.
Of the following in each equilibrium when volume is increased and pres-sure is decreased, then state whether the number of moles of products of the reaction increases or decreases or remains same :
(a) PCl5(g) ⇌ PCl3(g) +Cl2(g)
(b) CaO(s) +CO2(g) ⇌ CaCO3(g)
(c) 3Fe(s) + 4H2 O(g) ⇌ Fe3O4(s)+4H2(g).
Answer:
According to Le-Chatelier’s principle: On decreasing the pressure, equilib¬rium displaces in the direction where pressure increases, (i.e., in gaseous state, number of moles increases). Thus, number of moles of products of reaction :
(a) Increases
(b) Decreases
(c) Remains unchanged (If Δng = 0, then there will be no effect of change in pressure).

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 8.
What is meant by concentration ratio?
Answer:
Ratio of concentrations of products and reactants is known as concentration quotient. For a reversible reaction concentration ratio Q is equal to its equilibrium constant Kc.

Kc = \(\frac{[\mathrm{C}]^{c}[\mathrm{D}]^{d}}{[\mathrm{~A}]^{a}[\mathrm{~B}]^{b}}\)
Q=\(\frac{\left[\mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{C}}\right]^{c}\left[\mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{D}}\right]^{d}}{\left[\mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{A}}\right]^{a}\left[\mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{B}} p\right.} \)

Question 9.
Explain ionisation .equilibrium with example.
Answer:
Whenever an ionic compound is dissolved in water or in a suitable solvent it ionizes into cation and anion. This process of ionization of an ionic compound into ions is called ionization at the compounds are called electrolytes. Ionic compounds which ionize completely are called strong electrolytes. Like NaCl, NaOH, H2SO4 etc.

alternatively compounds which do not ionize completely are called weak electrolytes like NH4OH, CH3COOH etc. When weak electrolytes are dissolved in H2O then in the solution an equilibrium is established between ions and unionised molecules which in called ionization equilibrium.
∴ NH4OH (aq) ⇌ NH+4(aq) + OH (aq)

Question 10.
What do you understand by chemical equilibrium? Write its characteristics. Or, Write any four characteristics of chemical equilibrium.
Answer:
Chemical equilibrium: Chemical equilibrium of any reversible reaction is that state in which there is no change of concentration of the reactant and products take place.
Characteristics of chemical equilibrium :

  • Velocity of forward and backward reaction is same.
  • At the equilibrium mass of reactants and products remain the same.
  • Equilibrium can be changed by changing temperature, pressure and concentration.
  • The equilibrium is characterized by the kinetic energy. Reaction does not cease.
  • At equilibrium, free energy change is zero, i.e., ΔG = 0.

Question 11.
Which of the following reactions will be affected on increasing the pressure? Also state, that on increasing the pressure, the reaction will proceed in forward or backward direction :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 4
Answer:
(i) np > nr will proceed in backward direction.
(ii) np = nr due to increase in pressure equilibrium will not be affected.
(iii) np > nr will proceed in backward direction.
(iv) np > nr will proceed in backward direction.
(v) np > nr will proceed in backward direction.

Question 12.
What is meant by physical equilibrium? Write its main characteristics.
Answer:
Equilibrium which is established by physical changes is called physical equilib¬rium. In other words equilibrium which is established between two stages of a single compound and there is no change in the chemical composition .of the compound during the reaction but only there is a change in its physical state is called physical equilibrium.
Example: Ice(s) ⇌ Water(l)
Ice(s)⇌ Water vapour(g)

Characteristics of physical equilibrium:

  • System should be closed or there should not be any mutual exchange with the surroundings.
  • Equilibrium is dynamic but the stable conditions exist. Both process proceeds with same velocities.
  • Concentrations of substances remain constant. Due to which quantities for measurement of system also remain constant.
  • As the equilibrium is established concentrations of reactants are expressed by a relation which has a definite value at constant temperatures.

Question 13.
Define solubility product and explain it.
Answer:
Solubility product: The product of the concentration of ions in the saturated solution of a sparingly soluble salt as AgCl is a constant at a given temperature is called solubility product. If a sparingly soluble electrolyte at any temperature forms saturated solution then the equilibrium is
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 5
∴ According to law of mass action,
K = \(=\frac{\left[\mathrm{A}_{(a q)}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{B}_{(a q)}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{AB}_{(s)}\right]} \)
or K [AB(s)] = [A+aq] [B,sup>-aq]
or Ksp = [A+aq [Baq]

When solution is saturated [AB(s)] will be constant and value of K[AB(s)] will also be a constant and is written as Ksp which is the solubility product.

Question 14.
Establish a relation between the solubility and solubility product of a sparihgly solution binary electrolyte.
Answer:
Relationship between solubility and solubility product: Suppose, AB is bivalent electrolyte whose solubility is S gm mol per litre. Solubility of sparingly soluble salt is very little, therefore, its saturated solution will also be very dilute. If AB is a strong
electrolyte, it will be ionized completely therefore, concentration of A+and B~ ions will be S mol/litre.
i.e., AB ⇌ A++B
or [A+][B] = Ksp .
or [S][S] = Ksp
or S2 =Ksp
∴ S = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K}_{s p}}\)
Therefore, “Solubility of any sparingly soluble bivalent electrolyte is equal to the square root of the solubility product.”

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 15.
Explain solubility product with the example of AgCl.
Answer:
AgCl(s) + aq ⇌ Agaq+ + Claq
According to Law of Mass action
K = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{Ag}_{a q}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{Cl}_{a q}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{AgCl}_{(s)}\right]}\)
[KAgCl(s)= Ksp]
⇒ Ksp = [Agaq+][Claq]
Thus, in a saturated solution of AgCl, product of concentration of Ag+ and Cl ions is the solubility product.

Question 16.
What is meant by Lewis acid and Lewis base? Explain with example.
Answer:
Lewis acid: Such molecules, ions or radicals which require a lone pair of electrons to complete the octet of their central atom are called Lewis acids. Thus, lone electron pair acceptor are called Lewis acids.
Example : BF3, AlCl3, Br+, NO2 etc.
Lewis base: Such molecules, ions or radicals whose central atom has a complete octet and can donate lone electron pair in a chemical reaction to for a co-ordinate bond is called Lewis base. Thus lone electron pair donor are called Lewis bases.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 6

Question 17.
What do you understand by conjugate acid and conjugate base?
Answer:
Conjugate acid: When a molecule or ion gains a proton then the group formed as an acid, because it has the tendency to donate a proton is called conjugate acid of the base.
Example: Conjugate acid of NH3 is NH4+
Conjugate base: When a molecule, ion or acid donates a proton then the remaining group acts as a base because it possesses the tendency to gain a proton. This is known as conjugate base of the acid.
Example: Conjugate base of HC1 is Cl.
Thus, conjugate acid and conjugate base differ by a proton. Conjugate base of^strong acid is always weak. „
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 7

Question 18.
At 310 K, ionic product of water is 2.7 × 10-14. Determine the pH of neutral water at this temperature.
Answer:
Kw = [H3O+].[OH] = 2.7 × 10-14 (At 310 K)
For the reaction H2O + H2O ⇌ H3O++ OH
[H3O+] = [OH]
Thus, [H3O]= \(\sqrt{2 \cdot 7 \times 10^{-14}}\) = 1.643× 10-7M
pH = – log[H3O] = – log 1.643 × 10-7
pH = 7 + (-0.2156) = 6.7844.

Question 19.
What is pH scale? Establish its relation with hydrogen ion concentration.
Answer:
To express the acidity or basicity of a solution Sorensen in 1909 established a scale known as the pH scale.
The pH value of a solution is the numerical value of the negative power to which 10 should be raised in order to express the hydrogen ion concentration of the solution, i.e.,
[H+] = 10-pH
On taking log of eqn. (i),
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 8
This is the required relationship between pH and H+ ion concentration.
Thus, the pH value of a solution is the logarithm of its hydrogen ion concentration to base 10 with negative sign.
pH scale expresses acidic and basic nature of solution in terms of numbers from 0 to 14. Acidic solutions have pH value less than 7 while basic solutions have pH value greater than 7. pH value of neutral solution is 7.

Question 20.
Before passing H2S, the filterate of first group is acidified by HCl. Why?
Answer:
Filterate of first group is used for the identification of sulphides of second group for which before passing H2S the filterate is acidified by HCl. Solubility product of sulphides of second group is less than the solubility product of sulphides of fourth group.

H2S is a weak electrolyte which partially ionizes, but HCl is a strong electrolyte, then due to common ion effect the ionization of H2S is further decreased as a result of which concentration of sulphide ion decreases. Due to this, the ionic product of fourth group metal sulphides do not exceed their solubility product, therefore they do not precipitate, but concentration of sulphide ions is sufficient for the precipitation of sulphides of second group because their solubility product is less.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 21.
Tell the maximum concentration of isomolar solutions of FeSO4 and Na2S when on mixing their similar volume iron sulphide is not precipitated (For iron sulphide
Ksp = 6.3 × 10 -18
Solution:
At precipitation point [Fe2+ ] [S2- ] = Ksp
[Fe2+] = [S2-] = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K}_{s p}}\) = \(\sqrt{6 \cdot 3 \times 10^{-18}} \)
[Fe2+] = [S2-]] = 2.51 ×10-9 M

Since, similar volume of solutions are mixed, thus concentration of each solution re¬mains half, due to which in the basic solution
[FeSO4 ] = [Na2S] = 2 × 2.51 × 10-9M = 5.02 × 109 M
Thus, highest molarity of the solution = 5.02 x 10-9 M.

Question 22.
If pH of pyridinium hydrogen chloride solution is 0.02M, then determine the ionisation constant of pyridine.
Solution:
Pyridinium hydrogen chloride is the salt of a weak base (Pyridine) and strong acid HCI. .
C6H5N+HCl + H2O ⇌C6H5N+HOH+HCl
Thus, pH = \(-\frac{1}{2}\) [logKw -logKb+logC]
(Due to hydration, solution is acidic)

3.44 = \(-\frac{1}{2}\)[-14-logKb + log 2.0 × 10-2]
or 6.88 = 14 + logKb+1.70
or log Kb = – 8.82 = \(\overline{9}\).18
or Kb =anti log \(\overline{9}\).18 = 1.5 × 10-9.

Question 23.
Reaction of NaCl with water is not counted in hydrolysis. Why?
Answer:
NaCl does not hydrolyse because when NaCl is dissolved in water it ionizes to form Na+ and Cl ions. Na+ ion cannot combine with OH ion because NaOH is a strong electrolyte. Similarly Cl ion does not combine with H+ ion because HCI is a strong electrolyte.

This way in aqpeous solution, concentration of H+ and OH ions is equal. Thus, aqueous solution of NaCl neither acts as an acid nor a base, therefore it is not counted in hydrolysis reaction.
NaCl + H2O ⇌ NaOH + HCl

Question 24.
Write the concentration ratio of the following reactions :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 9
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 10
Qp = PH2O.

Question 25.
Ionisation constant of chloroacetic acid is 1.35 × 10-3. Calculate the pH value of 0.1M and its 0.1M sodium salt.
Solution:
CH2ClCOOH + H2O ⇌CH2ClCOO + H3O+
Given, Ka=1.35 ×10-3
Sodium salt of chloroacetic acid is formed by a strong base NaOH and weak acid chloroacetic acid.

Thus, for a salt formed by a strong base and weak acid
pH=\(-\frac{1}{2}\) [log Kw + loga – log C]
or pH = 7 + \(\frac{\mathrm{pK}_{a}+\log \mathrm{C}}{2}\) = 7 +\(\frac{2 \cdot 87+\log 0 \cdot 1}{2}\)
= 7 + 0.935 = 7.94
pH = 7.94

Question 26.
Identify the neutral, acidic and basic nature of aqueous solutions of the following salts:
NaCI, KBr, NaCN, NH4NO3, NaNO2 and KI.
Ans.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 11

Question 27.
Write equilibrium constant expression for the following reactions:
1. BaCO3(s) ⇌ BaO(s)+CO2(g)
2. CH3COCH3(l) ⇌ CH3COCH3(g)
3. AgBr(s) + aq ⇌ Ag+aq + Braq
4. CH4(g) + 2O2(g) ⇌ CO2(g) + 2H2O(l).
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 12

Question 28.
What is the importance of solubility product in the purification of common salt?
Answer:
The phenomenon used for purification of sodium chloride is known as salting out. For doing this a saturated aqueous solution of impure sodium chloride is prepared. Ahead equilibrium exists in it:
NaCl(s) ⇌ Na+ + Cr (In solution)
Ksp = [Na+][Cr]
When HCl gas is passed through this solution, the concentration of Cl ions increases considerably. Due to this ionic product exceeds the solubility product of NaCl. Therefore, NaCl precipitates out from the solution in pure state while impurities remain in the solution.

Question 29.
Solubility of AgCI in water is more than in the solution of common salt. Why?
Answer:
When a partially soluble salt does not form corresponding salt with common ion, then in presence of common ion solubility of salt decreases. Since ionic product of the salt is more than its solubility product, solubility of AgCI is more in water than in salt solution. In presence of NaCl, concentration of ions increases in solution due which value of ionic product exceeds its solubility product by which the salts start precipitating and its solubility decreases.

Question 30.
What is the importance of solubility in the precipitation of soap?
Answer:
Soaps are sodium or potassium salts of higher fatty acids which are obtained by the hydrolysis of oils or fats by base. In hot process of manufacture of soap, soap is obtained in the form of a concentrated solution in which saturated solution of common salt is added for its precipitation. On adding concentrated solution of common salt, concentration of Na+ion increases by which value of ionic product exceeds the solubility product of soap at that temperature and solid soap is precipitated in its solution.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 31.
For the precipitation of hydroxides of third group using ammonium hy-droxide, ammonium chloride is added, why?
Answer:
Radicals of third group (Fe3+, Al3+, Cr3+) are precipitated as hydroxides. For this NH4Cl is added first followed by NH4OH. Addition of NH4Cl suppresses the dissociation of weak electrolyte NH4OH due to common ion effect. Thus decreases the number of OH ions and hence only radicals of III group are precipitated as hydroxides.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 14

If NH4OH is added without addition of NH4Cl then concentration of OH ions in solution is very high due to which hydroxides of IV, V and VI groups get precipitated along with Fe, Cr and Al

Question 32.
Why is high temperature more favourable for the synthesis of nitric oxide than for ammonia ?
Answer:
N2+O2 ⇌2NO; ∆H = + 43kcal
N2 +3H2 ⇌ 2NH3 ; ∆H = -92.4kJ
In the above reactions, synthesis of nitric oxide is endothermic and synthesis of ammonia is exothermic. In the synthesis of nitric oxide, high temperature will favour the reaction i. e., there will be increase in the production of NO.

According to Le-Chatelier’s principle, whereas in case of synthesis of NH3, high temperature will favour backward reaction which will decrease the production of NH3. That is why high temperature is more favourable for the synthesis of NO.

Question 33.
At 298 K solubility of Sr(OH)2 solution is 19.23 gm/L. Determine the concentration of strontium and hydroxyl ion and pH of the solution.
Solution:
Solubility of Sr(OH)2 = 19.23gm/L (At 298 K)
Molarity (M) =\(\frac{19 \cdot 23(\mathrm{gm})}{121 \cdot 6 \mathrm{gm}^{5} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1} \times 1 \mathrm{~L}} \)
(Molecular mass of Sr(OH)2 = 87.6 +2(16 + 1) = 121.6gmol-1)
or M = 0.1581 mol L-1
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 15
[Sr2+] = 0.1581M
[OH] = 0.3162M
[H+].[OH] = 10-14 (Kw = 10-14 = [H+].[OH])
or [H+] = \(\frac{10^{-14}}{0 \cdot 3162}\) = 3.16 × 10-14.
∴ pH = – log[H+] = – log[ 3.16 × 10-14]
or pH = 14 – 0.4997 = 13.5003 = 13.5

Question 34.
Explain Bronsted and Lowry Acid-Base Concept with example.
Answer:
Bronsted and Lowry concept: According to this theory, acid is a substance which donates a proton whereas base is a substance which accept a proton.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 16
In this example HCl donates a proton therefore it is an acid whereas H2O is a proton acceptor, so H2O is a base. When an acid donates a proton the remaining group acts as a base and it is known as conjugate base of the acid. Similarly, when a base accepts a proton then the group formed acts as an acid and it is known as conjugate acid of the base. Conjugate acid-base differ by only one proton.

Question 35.
Calculate equilibrium constant for N2(g) +O2(g)⇌ 2NO(g).
Answer:
Rate of forward direction ∝ [N2][O2]=K1[N2][O2]
Rate of backward direction ∝ [NO]2=K2 [NO]2
At equilibrium Kc = \(\frac{\mathrm{K}_{1}}{\mathrm{~K}_{2}}\) = \(\frac{[\mathrm{NO}]^{2}}{\left.\mathrm{~N}_{2}\right]\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}\)

Question 36.
Only define the following :
(1) Salt hydrolysis
(2) Solubility product
(3) Common ion effect
(4) Buffer solution.
Answer:
1. Salt hydrolysis: Salt hydrolysis is the process, in which the cation or anion reacts with water to form base or acid as a result of which the nature of solution becomes acidic or basic.

2. Solubility product: The ionic product of concentration of ions in the saturated solution of an electrolyte is known as its solubility product.

3. Common ion effect: The supression of ionization of a weak electrolyte in the presence of a strong electrolyte containing a common ion is called common ion effect.

4. Buffer solution : Solutions which show a negligible change in their pH value on addition of a small amount of an acid or a base are called Buffer solution.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 37.
Give name and formulae of the following compounds along with one-one example:
(a) Salt formed by a strong acid and strong base.
(b) Salt formed by a weak acid &nd strong base.
(c) Salt formed by a strong acid and weak base.
(d) Salt formed by a weak acid and weak base.
Answer:
(a) Example of salt formed by a strong acid and a strong base: NaCl (Sodium chloride).
(b) Example of salt formed by a weak acid and a strong base: CH3COONa (Sodium acetate).
(c) Example of salt formed by a strong acid and weak base: NH4Cl (Ammonium chloride).
(d) Example of salt formed by a weak acid and a weak base: CH3COONH4 (Ammonium acetate).

Equilibrium Class 11 Important Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Establish the relation between equilibrium constant Kp and Kc. Or, Prove that Kp =Kc. RTΔn.
Answer:
Guldberg and Waage, two Norwegian chemists recognized the relationship between active mass or molar concentration of reactants and rate of reaction. On the basis of observed relationship they formulated a law known as law of mass action. This law states that “the rate of reaction is directly proportional to the product of the concentration of the reactants with each concentration term raised to the power equal to the number of moles of the reactants involved in the balanced chemical equation.” Thus, for a general reaction in which reactant A reacts to form product, i.e.,

A → Product –
Law of mass action can be written as Rate ∝ [A] or
Rate = K[A]
Where, [A] represents molar concentration of reactant A and k is a constant called rate constant. Similarly, for a hypothetical reaction
aA + bB → Products
The law of mass action is – Rate ∝[A]a[B]b
or Rate = k[A]a[B]b
Where, [A] and [B] represent molar concentration of reactants A and B while a and b are their moles and k is the constant known as rate constant or velocity constant. Relation between Kp and Kc:
Consider a gaseous reaction is written as
n1A + n2B ⇌ m1 C+m2 D
On applying the law of mass action and if the concentrations are expressed in mol/litre.
i.e., ”

Kc = \(\frac{[\mathrm{C}]^{m_{1}} \times[\mathrm{D}]^{m_{2}}}{[\mathrm{~A}]^{n_{1}} \times[\mathrm{B}]^{n_{2}}} \)
or Kc = \(\frac{\mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{C}}^{m_{1}} \times \mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{D}}^{m_{2}}}{\mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{A}}^{n_{\mathrm{A}}} \times \mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{B}}^{n_{2}}} \) ……………….. (i)
or Where ,C = Molar concentatration.
If the partial pressure of reactants and products are represented, then equilibrium constant will be expressed by kp. i.e.,
Kp = \(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{C}}^{m_{1}} \times \mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{D}}^{m_{2}}}{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{A}}^{n_{1}} \times \mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{B}}^{n_{2}}} \) ………………….. (ii)

According to ideal gas equation, PV = nRT
P = \(\frac{n}{\mathrm{~V}}\) RT = CRT …………………. (iii)
Putting the value of P from eqn. (iii) in eqn. (ii),
Kp = \(\frac{\left(C_{C} R T\right)^{m_{1}} \times\left(C_{D} R T\right)^{m_{2}}}{\left(C_{A} R T\right)^{n_{1}} \times\left(C_{B} R T\right)^{n_{2}}}\)
= \(\frac{C_{\mathrm{C}}^{m_{1}} \times C_{\mathrm{D}}^{m_{2}} \cdot(\mathrm{RT})^{\left(m_{1}+m_{2}\right)}}{\mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{A}}^{n_{1}} \times C_{\mathrm{B}}^{n_{2}} \cdot(\mathrm{R} T)^{\left(n_{1}+n_{2}\right)}}\)
= \(\frac{\mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{C}}^{m_{1}} \times \mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{D}}^{m_{2}}}{\mathrm{C}_{\mathrm{A}}^{n_{1}} \times C_{\mathrm{B}}^{n_{2}}} \). (RT)(m1+m2) – (n1+n2) ……………….. (iv)
From eqns. (i) and (iv),
Kp = Kc (RT)∆n
Where, ∆n = (m1+m2) – (n1+2)
= Total number of products – Total number of reactants.

Question 2.
In the equilibrium shown below at 899 K value of Kp is 0.04 atm. What will be the concentration of C2H6 at equilibrium, if at 4.0 atm pressure C2H6 is placed in a flask and allowed to reach equilibrium ? .
C2H6(g) ⇌ C2H4(g) + H2(g)
Solution:
C2H6(g) ⇌ C2H4(g) +H2(g)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 17
Kp = [Latex]\frac{P_{C_{2}} \mathrm{H}_{4} \cdot P_{\mathrm{H}_{2}}}{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{C}_{2} \mathrm{H}_{6}}} [/latex] = \(\frac{P . P}{4 \cdot 0-P}\)
or 0.04=\(\frac{P^{2}}{4 \cdot 0-P}\) or 016.0 – 0.04P= P2
or P = \(\frac{-0-04 \pm \sqrt{0-0016-4(-0 \cdot 16)}}{2}\)
or P = \(\frac{-0.04 \pm 0 \cdot 80}{2}\)
or P = 0.38 (On taking positive value)
Thus, PC2H6 = 4.0 – 0.38 = 3.62 atm.

Question 3.
Calculate the equilibrium constant for the following equations :
(1) PCl5⇌ PCl3 + Cl2,
(2) H2 +I2 ⇌2HI.
Answer:
1. Let a mole of PCl5start the reaction, and at equilibrium x mole dissociate. If volume of the container is v litre, then.
PCl5⇌ PCl3 + Cl2,
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 18
According to the law of mass action Kc = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{PCl}_{3}\right]\left[\mathrm{Cl}_{2}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{PCl}_{5}\right]}\)
On substituting the values,
Kc = \(\frac{\left[\frac{x}{v}\right]\left[\frac{x}{v}\right]}{\left[\frac{a-x}{v}\right]} \) or Kc = \(\frac{x^{2}}{v^{2}}\) × \(\frac{v}{(a-x)}\)
or Kc = \(\frac{x^{2}}{(a-x) v}\)

2. Synthesis of HI : Let n and b mole of H2 and I2 are taken to react initially. At equilibrium x moles of both react. If volume of container is v litre then
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 19
According to law of mass action,
Kc = \(\frac{[\mathrm{HI}]^{2}}{\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]\left[\mathrm{I}_{2}\right]}\)
On substituting the values,
Kc = \(\frac{\left(\frac{2 x}{v}\right)^{2}}{\left(\frac{a-x}{v}\right)\left(\frac{b-x}{v}\right)}\)
or Kc = \(\frac{4 x^{2}}{(a-x)(b-x)}\).

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 4.
Derive Ostwald’s dilution law related to the ionization of weak electrolytes. What are its limitations ? Or, Establish relation between extent of ionization and ionization constant.
Answer:
Ostwald’s dilution formula : In 1888 Ostwald stated that: Weak electrolytes are partially ionised. The ions produced due to ionization of weak electrolyte exist in dynamic equilibrium with the undissociated molecules.
On this ionic equilibrium, law of mass action can be applied which is known as Ostwald’s dilution law.
Let AB be a weak electrolyte, whose one mole is dissolved in v litre, if degree of
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 20
According to the law of mass action,
K = \(\frac{\left[A^{+}\right]\left[B^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{AB}]}\)
On substituting the values,
K = \(\frac{\left[\frac{\alpha}{v}\right]\left[\frac{\alpha}{v}\right]}{\left[\frac{1-\alpha}{v}\right]}\)
⇒ K = \(\frac{\alpha^{2}}{v^{2}} \cdot \frac{v}{(1-\alpha)}\)
or K = \(\frac{\alpha^{2}}{v(1-\alpha)}\)

Degree of ionization of weak electrolyte is extremely less. Thus, value of a is negligible.
On substituting (1 – α) = 1,
K = \(\frac{\alpha^{2}}{v}\)
or Kv =α2
or \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K} v}\) = α
or \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K} \frac{1}{c}}\) = α [∵ \(\frac{1}{v}\) = c]
Thus, degree of ionization of weak electrolyte is directly proportional to the square root of its dilution and inversely proportional to square root of its concentration.

Question 5.
Write the relation between ΔG and Q and define the meaning of its step. Also answer the following questions :
(a) When Q < K, why does the reaction proceed towards the forward direction and when Q = K then why does the resultant reaction does not occur?
(b) State the effect of increase in pressure on reaction quotient of the following reaction:
CO(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ CH4(g) + H2O(g)
Answer:
Relation between ΔG and Q is :
ΔG = ΔG°+ RT In Q
Where ΔG = Change in free energy as a result of the reaction, ΔG° = Standard free energy, Q = Reaction quotient, R = Gas constant, T = Absolute temperature.

(a) ΔG°=-RTlnK
∴ ΔG = -RT In K + RT In Q
or ΔG = RTln\(\frac{\mathrm{Q}}{\mathrm{K}}\)
If Q < K, ΔG will be negative and reaction will proceed in the forward direction.
If Q = K, ΔG = Zero, the reaction will be in equilibrium and there will be no effect on the reaction.

(b)CO(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ CH4(g) + H2O(g) .
∴ Kc = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{CH}_{4}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]}{[\mathrm{CO}]\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]^{3}}\)
On decreasing the pressure, volume decreases. On doubling the pressure, volume remains half but molar concentration becomes double, then,

Qc = \(\frac{2\left[\mathrm{CH}_{4}\right] \cdot 2\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]}{2[\mathrm{CO}]\left\{2\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]\right\}^{3}}\)= \(\frac{1}{4} \frac{\left[\mathrm{CH}_{4}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]}{[\mathrm{CO}]\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]^{3}}
\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) Kc

Thus, Q is less than Kc, thus to regain the equilibrium Q will try to increase due to which the reaction will proceed in the forward direction.

Question 6.
What is degree of ionisation? What are factors which influences the ionization?
Ans. Electrovalent compounds dissolve in solvent (water) and provide ions. The part of the total quantity ionised, is commonly known as degree of ionisation. It is denoted by α.
Thus, Degree of ionisation = \(\frac{\text { Number of dissociated molecules }}{\text { Total number of molecules }}\)

Factors which influence ionization:

  • Nature of solute: The salt formed by strong acid and strong base are completely ionised while salts formed by weak acid and weak base are partially ionised.
  • Nature of solvent: Solvent weakens the attractive force existing between ions. This nature of solvent is known as dielectric constant. The solvent having higher Value of dielectric constant (e.g., Water) is supposed good solvent for ionisation.
  • Concentration: Ionisation of any electrolyte is inversely proportional to concentration of solution. Thus less concentration favours more ionisation.
  • Temperature: Higher temperature value favours ionisation because of high temperature, the mutual attractive force existing between ions becomes weak.
  • Presence of other ions: Presence of other ions in the solution also affects the ionisation. For example, in presence of H+, ionisation of H2S becomes suppressed while in presence of OH, ionisation of H2S is increased.

Question 7.
What are Acids and Bases? How is their relative strength determined?
Answer:
Acid: According to Arrhenius, acid is a substance which dissolve in water to liberate H+ ion.
HCl ⇌ H+ + Cl
According to Bronsted-Lowry concept, acid is a substance which donates a proton to another compound or substance in solution.
HCl + H2O ⇌ Cl + H3O+
According to Lewis concept, an acid a substance which can accept an electron pair from other substance.
H3N: + BF3 → H3N → BF3 Lewis acid
Strength of Acid: Strength of an acid can be represented by its ionisation constant.
HA + H2O ⇌ A + H3O+

According to the law of mass action,
K = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HA}]\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]}\)
or K[H2O] = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}^{+}\right][\mathrm{A}]}{[\mathrm{HA}]}\)
or Ka = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HA}]} \) [ ∵K[H2O] = Ka]
Where Ka is tlie ionisation constant of the acid, which is known as Acidity constant. Higher the value of Ka, higher will be the strength of acid.

Base: According to Arrhenius, base is a substance which dissolves in water to liberate OH ions.
KOH ⇌ K+ + OH
According to Bronsted and Lowry, base is a substance which accept a proton from any other substance in solution.
NH3+ H2O ⇌ NH4++OH
According to Lewis concept, base is a substance which can donate a pair of electrons.
H3N:+ BF3 → H3 N → BF3 Lewis base

Strength of Base: Strength of a base depends on its tendency to accept a proton. Strength of base can be determined by the help of its ionisation constant.
NH3 + H2 O ⇌ NH4 + + OH

According to the law of mass action :
K=\(\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{4}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{3}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]} \)
or K[H2O] = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{4}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{3}\right]}\)
or Kb = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{4}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{3}\right]}\) ,[∵ K[H2O] =Kb]
Here Kb is the ionisation constant of base which is known as basicity constant. Higher the value of it, higher will be the strength of the base.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 8.
According to the following endothermic reaction, dihydrogen gas is obtained by oxidation :
CH4(g) + H2O(g) ⇌ CO(g) + 3H2(g)
(a) Write the expression of Kp for the above reaction.
(b) How will the composition at equilibrium affected of KP and reaction mixture:
(i) Pressure is increased,
(ii) Temperature is increased,
(iii) Catalyst is used.
Solution:
CH4(g) + H2O(g) ⇌ CO(g) + 3H2(g)
(a) KP = \(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{CO}} \cdot \mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{H}_{2}}^{3}}{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{CH}_{4}} \cdot \mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}}} \)

(b)

  • Due to increase in pressure, equilibrium will shift in the direction, where pressure is decreased (i.e., No. of moles of gas is less). As a result of increase in pressure KP will remain same.
  • Since ∆H = Positive (Endothermic reaction) thus, reaction will occure.by the absorption of heat.
    Thus, with the increase in temperature, equilibrium will displace in that direction where heat is absorbed (i.e., forward direction). Due to this, value of KP increases.
  • No effect, because catalyst produces same effect on the rate, in both the direction.

Question 9.
What is Le-Chatelier’s principle? What will be the effect of increase in concentration, temperature and pressure in the following reactions :
(a) N2 + 3H2 ⇌ 2NH3 ; ∆H =-93.6 kJ
(b) N2 + O 2 ⇌ 2NO; ∆H =+180.7 kJ
Answer:
Le-Chatelier proposed a law, it states “If an equilibrium in a chemical system is disturbed by changing temperature, pressure or concentration of the system, the equilibrium shift in such a way so that the effect of change gets minimised.”
(a) N2 + 3H2 ⇌ 2NH3; ∆H = -93.6 kJ
1. Effect of.pressure : If pressure is increased in the above reaction, then forward reaction will be favoured because on increasing the pressure there is decrease in volume. Thus, that reaction will increase in which volume is decreasing i.e., rate of forward reaction will increase and more of NH3 will be formed.

2. Effect of temperature: Formation of ammonia is an exothermic reaction. On increasing the temperature the reaction proceeds in that direction where heat decreases thus production of NH3 will decrease.

3. Effect of concentration : On increasing the concentration of N2 and H2, formation of NH3 increases because value of \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{3}\right]^{2}}{\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]^{3}} \) should remain constant.

(b) N2+O2 ⇌2NO; ∆H =+180.7 kJ
1. Effect of concentration: On increasing concentration of N2 and O2, more NO will be formed.
2. Effect of pressure: Pressure has no effect because total volume of reactants and products is the same.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 21
3. Effect of temperature: Formation of NO is an endothermic reaction (because ∆H is +ve), so on increasing the temperature, more NO will be formed.

Question 10.
Write Le-Chatelier’s principle? What are the necessary conditions required for the high production of sulphur trioxide in equilibrium by the help of this law?
2SO2 + O2 ⇌ 2SO3 ; Δ=-188.2kJ
Answer:
Le-Chatelier’s principle: Le-Chatelier proposed a law, it states “If an equilibrium in a chemical system is disturbed by changing temperature, pressure or concentration of the system, the equilibrium shift in such a way so that the effect of change gets minimised.”
(a) N2 + 3H2 ⇌ 2NH3; ∆H = -93.6 kJ
1. Effect of pressure: If pressure is increased in the above reaction, then forward reaction will be favoured because on increasing the pressure there is decrease in volume. Thus, that reaction will increase in which volume is decreasing i.e., rate of forward reaction will increase and more of NH3 will be formed.

2. Effect of temperature: Formation of ammonia is an exothermic reaction. On increasing the temperature the reaction proceeds in that direction where heat decreases thus production of NH3 will decrease.

3. Effect of concentration : On increasing the concentration of N2 and H2, formation of NH3 increases because value of \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{3}\right]^{2}}{\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]^{3}} \) should remain constant.

Question 11.
According to Le-Chatelier’s principle explain the following effects on the following physical equilibria:
(1) Effect of temperature and pressure on melting of ice.
(2) Effect of temperature on the evaporation of water.
(3) Effect of temperature on solubility in water.
Answer:
1. Effect of temperature and pressure on the melting of ice :
Ice , ⇌ Water – Q cal
Conversion of ice to water is an endothermic reaction and volume decreases. Therefore increase in temperature and pressure displaces the equilibrium towards forward direction.

2. Effect of temperature and pressure on Evaporation of water :
Water⇌ Water vapour – Q cal
During the evaporation of water, volume increases. Therefore, on increasing the pressure equilibrium displaces towards backward direction. Thus increase in pressure leads to less evaporation and the process is endothermic. Therefore, increase in pressure displaces the reaction towards forward direction.

3. Effect of temperature on solubility in water: Dissolution of NH4Cl, NaCl in water is an endothermic process. Solubility of such salts in water increases with the increase in temperature. Alternatively solubility of CaCO3 and CaO in water is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, solubility of such salts in water decreases with the increase in temperature.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 12.
Explain chemical equilibrium by taking the example of formation and dissociation of hydrogen iodide.
Answer:
At 720 K reaction between H2 and I2 taking place in a closed container can be expressed as: ,
H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI(g)

HI is formed by the collisions between H2 and I2 because reaction is taking place in a closed container and molecules cannot come out and collide with each other, thus reaction proceeds in both the directions and it is a reversible reaction.
Forward reaction: H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI(g)
Backward reaction : 2HI(g) → H2(g) + I2(g)
Reversible reaction: H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI(g)

Initially, concentration of reactant is high, thus rate of forward reaction is high. Rate of forward reaction decreases with time and concentration of products in backward direction increases, as a result rate of back- ward reaction increases. At a state rate of reaction in both the directions becomes same i.e. dissociation of HI, because equal to formation of HI. This state is known as equilibrium state of reversible reaction.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 22

Question 13.
What is buffer solution ? Explain buffer action of acidic buffer.
Answer:
Buffer solution: Buffer solution : Thus, solution in which,
(i) pH value is definite.
(ii) pH is not changed on dilution or on keeping for sometime.
(iii) On adding acid or base in less quantity, pH change is negligible.
Such solutions are called buffer solutions.
or.
Buffer solutions are solutions which retain their pH constant or unaltered.
Buffer action of acidic buffer : Mixture of acetic acid and sodium acetate is an example of acidic buffer. Ionization of sodium acetate will produce acetate ions in large quantity while H ion will be less because of weak acid and common ion effect.

CH3COONa CH3COONa ⇌ CH3COO +Na+
CH3COOH ⇌ CH3COO + H+
On adding HCl, H+ ions produced will combine with acetate ions to form weakly ionized CH3COOH, so its pH will not change.
H+ + CH3COO ⇌ CH3COOH Weak acid

On adding a drop of NaOH, OH ion are produced which combine with H+ of acetic acid to produce weakly ionized H2O. Thus, pH remains constant.
OH + CH3COOH→ H2O + CH3COO.
NaOH ⇌ Na+ + OH
OH + H+ ⇌ H2O

Question 14.
Explain buffer action of basic buffer.
Answer:
Buffer action of basic buffer: Mixture of NH4OH and NH4Cl is an example of basic buffer solution. NH4Cl is a strong electrolyte which suppresses the ionization of weak electrolyte NH4OH due to common ion [NH4+], As a result the number of [OH] ion decreases.

NH4 Cl ⇌ NH4++Cl
NH4OH ⇌ NH4+ +OH
Suppose a drop of NaOH is added to this buffer, then the OH ion of NaOH combines with the NH4+ ion of NH4Cl and form NH4OH. Since NH4OH is a weak electrolyte it dissociates very feebly hence the number of OH- ion does not increase.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 23
On adding an acid H+ ion obtained combines with OH to form H2O. In this condition,
to maintain equilibrium some NH4OH is dissociated and this way OHion concentration remain constant and pH value remains unchanged.
HCl ⇌ H+ + Cl
H+ + OH ⇌ H2O

Importance of Buffer Solution :
Uses:
1. In laboratories: In study of velocity of chemical reactions, buffers are used.
2. Qualitative analysis: In removal of phosphate ion buffer of CH3COONa and CH3COOH is used.
3. Industries: In production of alcohol by fermentation, buffers are used (pH between 5 to 6-8). In manufacturing of sugar, paper and in electroplating industries, buffers are used.

Question 15.
Establish the relation in pH and pOH value. Or, Prove that pH + pOH = 14.
Answer:
By self ionisation of water
H2O + H2O ⇌ H3O+ + OH

According to the law of mass action,
K = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]^{2}}\)
or K[H2O]2=[H3O+][OH], [ ∵K[H2O]2 =Kw]
or Kw, = [H3O+][OH] ………………………. (i)
At 298 K, Kw = 1 × 10-14, it’s a constant known as ionic product of water.

On substituting the value in eqn. (i),
10-14 =[H3O+][OH]
On taking log10 on both side,
-14log1010 = log10[H3O+] + log10[OH]
or -14 = log10[H3O+] + log10[OH] [∵ log1010=l]
Multiplying both side by (-),
or 14 = [-log10[H3O+]+[-log10[OH]]
or 14 = pH + pOH, [-log10[H3O+] = pH,-log10[OH] = pOH].

Question 16.
Derive Henderson equation to calculate the pH value of Buffer solution.
Answer:
A weak acid HA and its ionized salt NaA is taken.
HA ⇌ H+ + A+
Ka = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HA}]}\)
or [H+] = Ka \(\frac{\text { [HA] }}{\left[\mathrm{A}^{-}\right]}\)

Suppose molecular concentration of acid and base in the mixture is C1 and C2. Due to the presence of A ion in the salt, dissociation of acid in solution decreases.
[HA] = C1
[A ] = C2
[H+] = Ka \(\frac{\mathrm{C}_{1}}{\mathrm{C}_{2}}\)
or [H+] = Ka \(\frac{\text { [Acid] }}{\text { [Salt] }}\)

On taking log10 both sides log 10[H+] = log 10 Ka + log 10\(\frac{\text { [Acid] }}{\text { [Salt] }}\)
⇒ – log10 [H+] = – log10 Ka – log10\(\frac{\text { [Acid] }}{\text { [Salt] }}\)
⇒ – log 10 [H+] = – log10 Ka + log10\(\frac{\text { [Acid] }}{\text { [Salt] }}\)
⇒ pH = pKa + log10\(\frac{\text { [Acid] }}{\text { [Salt] }}\)
This is Henderson’s reaction.

Question 17.
Explain an experiment to prove practically the law of mass action.
Answer:
In a few bulbs of glass, different amounts of H2 and I2 is taken and their mouth are closed. These bulbs are heated on sulphur vapours for some time due to which equilibrium is established very soon. These bulbs are suddenly cooled to room temperature to establish equilibrium. On opening these bulbs in NaOH solution, NaOH solution absorbs HI and iodine of each bulb. Volume of the remaining hydrogen is determined and concentration of HI and I2 at equilibrium is also determined. This way amount of H2,I2 and HI in each bulb is determined and by their value of K for each bulb is calculated.
If value of K of each bulb is same, it justifies the law of mass action.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 24

Question 18.
At 1127K and 1 atm pressure in gaseous mixture of CO and CO2 at equilibrium in solid carbon 90.55% CO is present.
C(s) + CO2(g) ⇌ 2CO(g)
Calculate the value of K for the reaction at the above temperature.
Solution:
Reaction C(s) + CO2(g) ⇌ 2CO(g)
If total mass of CO and CO2 mixture is, 100gm, then
CO 90.55 gm and CO2 = 100- 90.55 = 9.45gm

No. of moles of CO=\(\frac{90 \cdot 55}{28} \) =3234
No.of molesof CO2 =\(\frac{9 \cdot 45}{44}\) =0.215
Pco = \(\frac{3.234}{3 \cdot 234+0 \cdot 215}\) × 1 atm = 0.938 atm
Pco2 = \(\frac{0 \cdot 215}{3 \cdot 234+0 \cdot 215}\) × 1 atm = 0.062 atm

Kp = \(\frac{\mathrm{P}^{2} \mathrm{cO}}{\mathrm{P}_{\mathrm{CO}_{2}}}\) = \(\frac{(0 \cdot 938)^{2}}{0 \cdot 062}\) = 14.19
Now, Δn(g) = 2 – 1 = 1
Kp = Kc × RTΔn(g)
R = 0.0821 L atm K-1 mol-1, T = 1127 K
Kc = \(\frac{\mathrm{K}_{p}}{\mathrm{RT}}\) = \(\frac{14 \cdot 19}{0 \cdot 0821 \times 1127} \) = 0.153.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Equilibrium Class 11 Important Numerical Questions

Question 1.
At 293 K solubility product of AgCl in water is 1.5 × 10-10, calculate its solubility at this temperature. (Molecular mass of AgCI = 143.5) (NCERT)
Solution:
Solubility = \(\sqrt{\text { Solubility product }}\)
S = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K}_{s p}}\)
= \(\sqrt{1 \cdot 5 \times 10^{-10}}\)
= 1.22 × 10-5 gm mol per litre
= 1.22 × 143.5 × 10-5 gm per litre
= 1.75 × 10-3 gm per litre

Question 2.
At 700 K temperature for 2SO3(g) ⇌ 2SO2(g) + O2(g) ; Kp = 1.8 × 10-3. Determine the value of Kc in mol per litre at this temperature. (NCERT)
Solution:
Kp = Kc × RT Δn
or Kc = \(\frac{\mathrm{K}_{p}}{\mathrm{RT}^{\Delta n}}\)
Given T = 700K
R = 8.31Jmol-1 K-1,
Kp = 1.8 × 10-3 kPa = 1.8 pa
On subsututing the values,
Kc = \(\frac{1 \cdot 8}{8 \cdot 31 \times 700}\)
= 3.09× 10-4 mol L-1.

Question 3.
At 444°C, 15 gm mol of H2 and 5.2 gm mol of I2 react to form 10 gm mole HI. Calculate the equilibrium constant for the reaction, (NCERT)
H2 + I2 ⇌ 2HI.
Solution:
H2 + I2 ⇌ 2HI.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 25
K = \(\frac{4 x^{2}}{(a-x)(b-x)} \)
Given, a = 15, b = 5.2, 2x = 10 or x = 5.
∴Kc = \(\frac{4 \times(5)^{2}}{(15-5)(5 \cdot 2-5)}\)
= \(\frac{4 \times 25}{10 \times 0 \cdot 2}\) = 50.

Question 4.
At atmospheric pressure and 250°C temperature 80% PCl5 dissociates. Determine the value of equilibrium constant Kp. (NCERT)
Solution:
For the dissociation of PCl5, the reaction is:
PCl5 ⇌ PCl3 + Cl2
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 26
x = 80% i.e. \(\frac{80}{100}\) = 0.8 mole.
Total No. of molecules at equilibrium = 1- x + x + x
= 1-0.8 + 0.8 +0.8
= 1.8

Ppcl5 = \(\frac{0 \cdot 2}{1 \cdot 8}\) × 1,
Ppcl3 = \(\frac{0 \cdot 8}{1 \cdot 8} \) × 1,
Ppcl2 = \(\frac{0 \cdot 8}{1 \cdot 8} \) × 1
∴ Kp = \(\frac{\frac{0 \cdot 8}{1 \cdot 8} \times \frac{0 \cdot 8}{1 \cdot 8}}{\frac{0 \cdot 2}{1 \cdot 8}} \)
or Kp = \(\frac{0 \cdot 8}{1 \cdot 8}\) × \(\frac{0 \cdot 8}{1 \cdot 8} \)×\(\frac{0 \cdot 2}{1 \cdot 8}\) = 1.78

Question 5.
Determine the pH of 0.0001M NaOH solution. Sol. In 0.0001M NaOH solution
Solution:
In 0.0001M NaOH solution
[OH] = 10-4
or [H+] = \(\frac{10^{-14}}{10^{-4}}\) = 10-10
By the definition of pH [H+] = 10-H+
Thus, pH of solution pH = 10

Alternative method :
pH = – log 10 [H+]
pH = – log 10 [10-10 ] = 10 log10 10, [∵ log10 10 = 1]

Question 6.
At 298 K, NOM2 is formed by NO and O2.
(a) NO(g) +O2(g) ⇌ NO2(g)
Calculate (a) ΔG° and
(b) equilibrium constant for the reaction.
Δf(NO2) = 52.0kJ/mol, Δf(NO) = 87 .0 kJ/mol and Δf(O2)
Solution:
(a) Reaction NO(g) +\(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g) ⇌ NO2(g)
For the reaction, ΔG° = ΔG°f(NO2) – ΔG°f(O2)
= (52.0 – 87.0)KJ/mol = – 35.0 KJ / mol

(b) Kc = – ΔG° = 2.303 RTlog Kc
-(-35.0) = 2.303 × 0.008314 × 298 log Kc
35.0 = 5.7058 log Kc
log Kc = \(\frac{35}{5 \cdot 7058}\) = 6.134
Kc = anti log 6.314
Kc = 1.36 × 106

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 7.
Solubility of PbSO4 in water at 25°C is 0.038 gm/litre. Determine solubility product at this temperature. (NCERT)
[Pb = 207,S = 32,O = 16]
Solution:
Molecular mass of PbSO4 = 303
Solubility of PbSO4 = \(\frac{0.038}{303}\) gm mol per litre
or Solubility product = (Solubility)2
= \(\left(\frac{0.038}{303}\right)^{2}\) = 1.57 × 10 -8

Question 8.
If at 298 K temperature, ionisation of 0.1M CH3 COOH solution is 1.33%, then calculate its ionisation constant. (NCERT)
Solution:
% ionisation of CH3COOH is 1.33, thus α = 0.0133
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 27

Question 9.
pH of 0.005M Codiene (C18H21NO3) is 9.95. Determine its ionization constant. (NCERT)
Solution:
Molar concentration of Codiene = 0.005 M
Codiene + H2O ⇌ Codiene H+ + OH
pH = 9.95
pOH = 14 – 9.95 = 4.05
or -log[OH] = 4-05 or log [OH] = -4.05
or [OH] = Anti log [-4.05] = 8.913 × 10-5M

Kb = \(\frac{\text { Codiene }\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}\right]\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\text {Codiene }} \) = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]^{2}}{\text { Codiene }}\)
∵ [OH] = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K}_{b} \times \mathrm{C}}\)
or 8.913 × 10-5 = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K}_{b} \times 0.005}\)
∴ Kb = 1.58 × 10-6.

Question 10.
Determine the pH of the following resultant mixture :
(a) 10 ml of 0.2 M Ca(OH)2 + 25 ml of 01 M HCl
(b) 10 ml of 01M Ca(OH)2 + 10 ml of 0 01 M H2SO4
(c) 10 ml of 01M H2SO4 + 10 ml of 0.01 M KOH.
Solution:
(a) Base Ca(OH)2 = Acid HCl
M1V1 = M2V2
According to the question,
M1 = [OH ] = 2 × 0.2 = 0.4M
V1 =10 ml
M2 = 0.1M ,
V2 = 25 ML
M1V1 = 0.4 × 10= 4
M2V2 =0.1 × 25 = 2.5 .
4>2.5
M1V1 > M2V2 .

Thus, the mixture is basic.
pH >7
Thus, [OH] = \(\frac{\mathrm{M}_{1} \mathrm{~V}_{1}-\mathrm{M}_{2} \mathrm{~V}_{2}}{\mathrm{~V}_{1}+\mathrm{V}_{2}} \)
= \(\frac{4-2 \cdot 5}{10+25}\) = 0.043 M
pOH = -log[4.3 × 10-2] = 2 – 0.6335 = 1.3665
pH = 14-1.3665 = 12.6335 ≈ 12.63.

(b) Similarly, Base Ca(OH)2 = Acid H2SO4
M1 V1 = M2V2
M1V1 =(2 × 0.01) × 10 = 0.2
M2V2 =(2 × 0.1) × 10 =2
∵ 0.2 < 2
∴M1 V1 < M2V2. Thus, mixture is acidic.
pH < 7.

(c) Acid H2SO4 = Base KOH
M1V1 =M2V2
M1V1 = (2 × 0.1) × 10= 2
M2V2 =0.01 × 10 = 0.1
M1V1 >M2V2.
Thus, mixture is acidic.
[H+] = \(\frac{\mathrm{M}_{1} \mathrm{~V}_{1}-\mathrm{M}_{2} \mathrm{~V}_{2}}{\mathrm{~V}_{1}+\mathrm{V}_{2}}\) = \(\frac{(0 \cdot 2 \times 10)-(0 \cdot 01 \times 10)}{10+10}\) = \(\frac{2-0 \cdot 1}{20}\)= 0.09 M
pH = – log[0.09] = – log [9.0 × 10 -2]
pH = 2 – 0.09542 = 1.045 ≈ 1.05

Question 11.
The concentration of sulphide ion in 0.1M HC1 solution saturated with hydrogen sulphide is 1.0 × 10-19 M. If 10 ml of this is added to 5 ml of 0.04 M solution of the following: FeSO4, MnCl2, ZnCl2 and CdCl2 in which of these solutions precipitation will take place ?
Ksp (FeS) = 6.3 × 10-18, Ksp (MnS) = 2.5 ×10-13,
Ksp (ZnS) = 1.6 × 10-24, Ksp (CdS) = 8.0 × 10-27.
Solution:
For precipitation, Ionic product > Solubility product.
Ionic product of each salt is calculated and compared with solubility product.
[S2-] = 1 × 10-19 M
10 ml S2- solution is added 5 ml of 0.04 M of different solutions.

Thus, final volume of the solution will be 10 + 5 = 15 ml
[S2-] =\(\frac{10 \times 10^{-19}}{15}\) = 6.67 × 10-20M
Where [M2+] = Fe+2,Mn+2,Zn+2,Cd2+
[M2+][S2-] = 1.33 × 10-2 × 6.67 × 10-20
Thus, ionic product = 8.8 7 ×10.22
∵ Ionic product of [M2+][S2-] > Ksp of ZnS and CdS.
Thus, these (CdCl2 and ZnCl2) salts will-precipitate in the form of CdS and ZnS.

Question 12.
Determine the solubilities of Silver chromate, Barium chromate, Ferric hydroxide, Lead chloride and Mercurous iodide at 298 K from their solubility product constants. Also determine the molarities of individual ions.
Ksp(Ag2CrO4) = 1.1 × 10-12
Ksp(BaCrO4) = 1.2 × 10 -10
Ksp(Fe(OH)3) = 1.0 × 10-38
Ksp (PbCl2) = 1.6 × 10-5
Ksp (Hg2I2) = 4.5 × 10-29
Solution:
(a) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 28
∵ Ksp = [Ag+]2 .[CrO4-2]
∴ Ksp = [2S]2.[S] = 4S3
S3 = \(\frac{\mathrm{K}_{s p}}{4}\) = \(\frac{1 \cdot 1 \times 10^{-12}}{4}\) = 0.275× 10-12
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 29

(b) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 30
∵ Ksp = [Ba2+] [CrO-24]
Ksp = 1.2 × 10-10 = [Ba+] [CrO-24]
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 31

(c) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 32
Ksp = [Fe3+][OH]3
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 33

(d)MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 34
Ksp = [Pb2+] [Cl]2
Ksp = S.(2S)2 = 4S3
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 35
(e) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 36
Ksp = [Hg22+][I]2
Ksp = S .(2S)2 = 4S3
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 37

Question 13.
Calculate the pH value of the solution obtained on mixing equal volume of two strong acids A and B of pH 6 and 4.
Solution:
∵ pH of A = 6
∴ [H+] = 10-6mol L-1
∴ pH of B = 4
∴ [H+] = 10-4 mol L-1
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 38

Question 14.
pH of a strong acid Is 50. What will be the pH of the solution obtained by diluting the above solution to 100 time%?
Solution:
Given pH = 5
∴ [H+] = 10-5 mol L-1
.On diluting the solution to 100 times [H+] =\(\frac{10^{-5}}{100}\) = 10-7mol L-1
Total H+ ion concentration = (H+ obtained from acid ) + (H+ obtained from water)
[H+] = 10-7 + 10-7 = 2 × 10-7M
pH = – log [2 × 10-7]
pH = 7 -0.3010 = 6.699.

Question 15.
Ionisation constant of Benzoic add is 6.46 × 10-5 and Ksp of Silver benzoate is 2.5 × 10-13. How many times is Silver benzoate more soluble in a buffer of pH 3.19 compared to its solubility in pure water ?
Solution:
Solubility of Benzoic acid and Silver benzoate
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 39

K3 = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{C}_{6} \mathrm{H}_{5} \mathrm{COOH}\right]\left[\mathrm{Ag}^{+}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}\right]} \) = \(\frac{\mathrm{S} . \mathrm{S}}{\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}\right]}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{K}_{s p}}{\mathrm{~K}_{a}}\)
Where, Solubility of S, C6H5COOAg is S2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{K}_{s p} \times\left[\mathrm{H}^{+}\right]}{\mathrm{K}_{a}} \) ……………………. (i)
In buffer solution of pH = 3.19
log[H+] = -3.19 = \(\overline{4} \cdot 81\)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 40

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 16.
Ionisation constant of CH3COONa in a buffer solution containing 0.1 mole acetic acid and 0.15 mole sodium acetate is 1.75 × 10-5. Determine the pH of this buffer solution.
Solution:
Henderson equation:
pH = pKa + log \(\begin{array}{l}
\text { [Salt] } \\
\hline \text { [Acid] }
\end{array}\)
= -logl.75 x 10-5+log \(\frac{0 \cdot 15}{0 \cdot 10}\)
= -(-5 log 1.75) + log 1.5
= 4.9

Question 17.
The pH of 0.1 M solution of Cyanic acid (HCNO) is 2.34. Calculate the ionisation constant of the acid and its degree of ionization in the solution.
Solition:
pH of solution = 2.34
HCNO ⇌ H+ + CNO
-log[H+] = 2.34
[H+] = Anti log \(\overline{3} \cdot 66\) = 4.571 × 10-3 M
[H+] = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K}_{a} \mathrm{C}}\) = 4.571 × 10-3
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium 41

Equilibrium Class 11 Important Questions Objective Type

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
Which of the following reactions have equal Kc and Kp :
(a) N2(g) + 3H2(g) = 2NH3(g)
(b) 2H2S(g) + 3O2(g) = 2SO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
(c) Br2(g) + Cl2(g) = 2BrCl(g)
(d) P4(g) + 6Cl2(g) = 4PCl3(g).
Answer:
(c) Br2(g) + Cl2(g) = 2BrCl(g)

Question 2.
For the reaction N2(g)+3H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g) , ΔH = 92 kJ, the concentration of NH3 at the equilibrium by increase of temperature :
(a) Increases
(b) No change
(c) Decreases
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(c) Decreases

Question 3.
In one litre container equilibrium mixture of reaction 2H2S(g) ⇌ S2(g) is filled. 0.5 mole H2S, 0.1 moIe H2 and 0.4 mole S2 are present in it. Equilibrium constant of this reaction will be :
(a) 0.004 mol litre-1
(b) 0.080 mol litre-1
(c) 0.016 mol litre-1
(d) 0.160 mol litre-1.
Answer:
(c) 0.016 mol litre-1

Question 4.
Favourable conditions for exothermic reaction of ammonia synthesis N2(g)+ 3H2(g) ≅ 2NH3(g) are :
(a) High temperature and high pressure
(b) High temperature and low pressure
(c) Low temperature and high pressure
(d) Low temperature and low pressure.
Answer:
(c) Low temperature and high pressure

Question 5.
Oxidation of SO2 by O2 in SO3 is an exothermic reaction. Manufacture of SO3 will be maximum if:
(a) Temperature is increased and pressure is decreased
(b) Temperature is decreased and pressure is increased
(c) Temperature and pressure both are increased
(d) Temperature and pressure both are decreased.
Answer:
(b) Temperature is decreased and pressure is increased

Question 6.
At 440°C HI was heated in a closed vessel till equilibrium is attained. It is dissociated 22%. Equilibrium constant of dissociation will be :
(a) 0.282
(b) 0.0796
(c) 0.0199
(d) 1.99.
Answer:
(c) 0.0199

Question 7.
Kp and Kc can be expressed as :
(a) Kc = Kp(RT)Δn
(b) Kp = Kc (RT).QΔn
(c) Kp = Kc(RT)Δn
(d) Kc = Kp(RT)Δn.
Answer:
(c) Kp = Kc(RT)Δn

Question 8.
The equilibrium constant of the reaction H2(g)+ I2(g) = 2HI(g) is 64. If the volume of the container is reduced to one fourth of its original volume, the value of the equilibrium constant will be :
(a) 16
(b) 32
(c) 64
(d) 128.
Answer:
(c) 64

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 9.
What would happen to a reversible reaction at equilibrium when an inert gas is added while the pressure remains unchanged :
(a) More of the product will be formed
(b) Less of the product will be formed
(c) More of the reactants will be formed
(d) It remains unaffected.
Answer:
(d) It remains unaffected.

Question 10.
Which reaction is not affected by change in pressure :
(a) N2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2NO(g)
(b) 2O3(g) ⇌ 3O2(g)
(c) 2NO2(g) ⇌ N2O(g)
(d) 2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g).
Answer:
(a) N2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2NO(g)

Question 11.
SO2(g) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) O2(g) ⇌ SO3(g),
K1 2SO3(g) ⇌ 2SO2(g)+ O2(g), K2
which of the following is correct:
(a) K2 = K1(2)
(b) K2 = K1-2
(c) K2 =K1
(d) K2 =K1-1.
Answer:
(b) K2 = K1-2

Question 12.
For N2 + 3H2 ⇌ 2NH3 + Heat:
(a) Kp = Kc
(b) Kp = Kc RT
(c) Kp = Kc (RT)-2
(d) Kp = Kc (RT)-1.
Answer:
(c) Kp = Kc (RT)-2

Question 13.
Sodium sulphate dissolve in water with the release of heat. Imagine a saturated solution of sodium sulphate. If temperature is increased, then according to Le-Chatelier’s principle:
(a) More of solid will dissolve
(b) Some solid will precipitate in solution
(c) Solution will be more saturated
(d) Concentration of solution will be unchangeable.
Answer:
(b) Some solid will precipitate in solution

Question 14.
For reaction PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ PCl5(g) value of Kc at 250°C is 26. Value of Kp at this temperature will be :
(a) 0.61
(b) 0.57
(c) 0.83
(d) 0.46.
Answer:
(a) 0.61

Question 15.
According to Le-Chatelier principle, when heat is given in solid-liquid equilibrium then:
(a) Amount of solid decreases
(b) Amount of liquid decrease
(c) Temperature increase
(d) Temperature decrease.
Answer:
(a) Amount of solid decreases

Question 16.
A chemical reaction is in equilibrium when :
(a) The reactants are completely converted to the products
(b) The rate of forward reaction is equal to the rate of backward reaction
(c) Formation of products is minimum
(d) Reactants and products are equal in quantity.
Answer:
(b) The rate of forward reaction is equal to the rate of backward reaction

Question 17.
At equilibrium, free energy change for reversible reaction will be ;
(a) 0
(b) > 0
(c) ∞
(d) 1.
Answer:
(a) 0

Question 18.
Concentration of reactant remains unchanged in the presence of:
(a) Catalyst
(b) Pressure
(c) Temperature
(d) Concentration.
Answer:
(a) Catalyst

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

Question 19.
Water ≅ Vapour, for physical equilibrium, on applying suitable pressure :
(a) Boiling point will increase
(b) Melting point will decrease
(c) Boiling point will decrease
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(a) Boiling point will increase

Question 20.
Number of gram molecules of a substance present in unit volume neutralize :
(a) Activity
(b) Normal solution
(c) Molar solution
(d) Active mass.
Answer:
(c) Molar solution

Question 21.
Whose pH value is maximum :
(a) CH3COOK
(b) Na2CO3
(c) NH4Cl
(d) NaNO3.
Answer:
(b) Na2CO3

Question 22.
pH of 10-8M HCI will be:
(a) 8
(b) 7 .
(c) In between 7 and 8
(d) In between 6 and 7.
Answer:
(d) In between 6 and 7.

Question 23.
If K for N2 + 3H2 ⇌ 2NH3, then K’ for 2N2 + 6H ⇌ 4NH3 will be :
(a) K2
(b) \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K}}\)
(c) \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{K}}\)
(d) \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{~K}^{2}}\) .
Answer:
(a) K2

Question 24.
Ksp value for HgS, Ag2S and PbS is 10-31,10-45 and 10-50. Its solubility order will be :
(a) Ag2S > HgS > PbS
(b) HgS > Ag2S> PbS
(c) HgS < PbS < Ag2S
(d) PbS> Ag2S > HgS.
Answer:
(a) Ag2S > HgS > PbS

Question 25.
Aluminium chloride is:
(a) Bronsted acid
(b) Arthenius acid
(c) Lewis acid
(d) Lewis base.
Answer:
(c) Lewis acid

2. Fill in the blanks:

1. For an endothermic process PCl5 ⇌ PCl3 + Cl2, ΔH = +kcal. Then ………………. temperature and ………………. pressure should be kept (if the process is to take place in forward direction).
Answer:
High, low

2. Ice ⇌ Water – cal. In this reaction high temperature will favour the reaction in direction ………………. and increase in pressure will favour the reaction in ………………. direction.
Answer:
Forward, forward

3. According to Ostwald dilution law, the mathematical expression relating amount of volume and ionization constant is represented as ………………. Degree of dissociation of weak electrolyte is inversely proportional to the ………………. .
Answer:
a = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{VK}_{a}}\) , square root of concentration

4. For reaction AB ⇌ A+ +B relation between solubility and solubility product can be represented as ………………. .
Answer:
Ksp = [A+][B]

5. 2SO2 + O2 → 2SO3 + Q cal. In this reaction, for maximum yield of SO3, conditions of temperature and pressure will be ………………. .
Answer:
Low temperature, high pressure

6. Mixture of acetic acid and sodium acetate solution is an example of ………………… .
Answer:
Acidic buffer

7. Mixed solution of ammonium chloride and ammonium hydroxide is an example of ………………… solution.
Answer:
Basic buffer

8. For precipitation, ionic product should be …………………than solubility product.
Answer:
More

9. Ostwald’s dilution law is not applicable for ………………… .
Answer:
Strong electrolyte

10. Effect of temperature on equilibrium constant can be represented by ………………… equation.
Answer:
Van’t H off equation

11. For the reaction N2 + 3H2 ⇌ 2NH3, unit of Kc is …………….. .
Answer:
(mol/litre)-2

12. Value of Kp and Kc change with ……………… .
Answer:
Temperature

13. Higher value of equilibrium constant displaces the reaction move towards ……………… .
Answer:
Forward direction

14. Nature of chemical equilibrium is ……………… .
Answer:
Dynamic.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 7 Equilibrium

3. Match the following:

‘A’ ‘B’
1. Aqueous solution of KCN (a) Acidic
2. Aqueous solution of FeCl3 (b) Neutral
3. Aqueous solution of CH3COONH4 (c) Basic
4. Aqueous solution of NaCl (d) Weak acid and base
5. N2 + O2 ⇌ 2NO (e) K > K
6. PCl5 ⇌ PCl3 + Cl2 (f) K=K.
7. N2 + 3H2 ⇌ 2NH3 (g) K< K.

Answer:
1. (c) Basic
2. (a) Acidic
3. (d) Weak acid and base
4. (b) Neutral
5. (f) K=K.
6. (e) K > K
7. (g) K< K.

4. Answer in one word/sentence:

1. For the unit of Kc concentration is expressed as.
Answer:
mol/litre

2. Manufacture of nitrogen peroxide is an endothermic reaction. What will be the conditions of. temperature and pressure for its maximum yield ?
Answer:
Low temperature and high pressure

3. Ammonia gas dissolve in NH4OH. Here, how does water behave ?
Answer:
Like an acid

4. When NH4Cl is added to NH4OH solution, then the ionisation of NH4OH decreases. What is the reason?
Answer:
Common ion effect

5. At 25°C pH of water is 7, if water is heated to 50°C, what will be the change in pH?
Answer:
pH value will decrease

6. Write the conjugate base of H2PO4- and HCO3-.
Answer:
HPO4-,CO3-

7. Write a substance which can behave both as Bronsted acid and base.
Answer:
HCO3

8. Give an example of basic buffer.
Answer:
NH4OH + NH4Cl

9. Give an example of a salt made lip of weak acid and weak base.
Answer:
Ammonium acetate

10. What is the pH value of human blood?
Answer:
7.4

11. What happens when HCl gas is passed in NaCl solution?
Answer:
NaCl will be precipitated

12. What will be the pH value of 0.1M HCl?
Answer:
1

13. Of the following conjugate bases which is strong: CN or F.
Answer:
CN is strong base.

 

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Students get through the MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics which are most likely to be asked in the exam.

MP Board Class 11th Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Thermodynamics Class 11 Important Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Tell the meaning of the word Chemical Energetics.
Answer:
In Chemical Energetics, energy changes associated in chemical reactions is studied.

Question 2.
Value of Kp for reaction N2O4(g)  ⇌  2NO2(g) at 298 K is 0.98. State whether the process will be spontaneous or not.
Solution:
ΔrG° = -2303 RT log P
∴ Kp = 0.98 i.e. Kp < 1
∵ Δr G° is positive. Thus the process will be non-spontaneous.

Question 3.
Extensive property depend upon the amount of matter but intensive property is independent of the amount of matter. State whether the following properties are extensive or intensive? Mass, Internal energy, Pressure, Heat capacity, Molar heat Capacity, Density, Mole fraction, Specific heat, Temperature and Molarity.
Answer:
Extensive property: Mass, Internal energy, heat capacity,
Intensive property: Pressure, molar heat capacity, density, mole fraction, specific heat, temperature and molarity.

Question 4.
Heat capacity (P) is an Extensive property whereas specific heat (c) is an intensive property. For 1 mole water. What is the relation between Cr and C?
Solution:
Work done, W = -PExternal (V2 – V1)
When PExternal = 0
Thus, W = -0(5-1) = 0
For an Isothermal Expansion,
ΔU = 0
Thus, ΔT = 0.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 5.
What is a system?
Answer:
System: A specified portion of the universe which is selected for experimental or theoretical investigations is called the system. In the system, the effects of certain properties such as pressure, temperature, etc. are observed.

A system is said to be homogeneous if it consists of only one phase, e.g. mixture of gas On the other hand, it is heterogeneous if it consists of more than one phases, e.g., Mixture of water and oil.

Question 6.
What is a Thermodynamic process? It is of how many types?
Answer:
System which cause change in a thermodynamic state is called Thermodynamic process. ,
Types of Thermodynamic process :

  • Isothermal process,
  • Adiabatic process,
  • Isobaric process,
  • Ischoric process,
  • Reversible process,
  • Irreversible process,
  • Cyclic process.

Question 7.
What is Exothermic reaction? Explain with example. Or, For Exothermic reaction, sign of ΔH is negative. Why?
Answer:
Exothermic reactions: The reactions in which heat is emitted are called exothermic reactions. In these reactions total heat of products is less than that of reactants.
The heat emitted or evolved during the reaction thus enthalpy of such reactions, is negative.
ΔH = HProduct – HReactants
∵ HProduct < HReactants
∴ ΔH = -ve .
Example : 2NO,sub>(g)→ N2(g) + O2(g);
ΔH =-180.5 kJ

Question 8.
Explain Intensive and Extensive properties.
Answer:
Intensive properties: The properties of the system which are independent of the amount of matter present in it, are called intensive properties.
Example: Temperature, viscosity, surface tension, refractive index, specific heat, density, etc.

Extensive properties: The properties of the system which depend upon the amount of matter present in it, are called extensive properties.
Example: Mass, volume, energy, etc.

Question 9.
What is the zeroth law of Thermodynamics?
Answer:
This law is also known as law of thermal equilibrium. According to A this law. “If two bodies are separately in thermal equilibrium of a third body, then they are also in thermal equilibrium with each other”.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 1

Question 10.
Define Heat of neutralization.
Answer:
Heat of neutralization: Heat of neutralization is the change in enthalpy of system when one gram equivalent of any acid neutralize completely with one gram equivalent of base.
For example:
HCl(aq)+ NaOH(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H20(l);
ΔH = -57.1 kJ.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 11.
Value of heat of neutralization of weak acid and strong base is less than value of heat of neutralisation of strong acid and strong base. Why?
Answer:
Value of heat of neutralisation of weak acid and strong base is less because some part of heat evolved is utilized in complete dissociation of weak acid or base. Thus, as a result, in the neutralization of weak acid and base by strong base or strong acid value of heat obtained is less than the value of heat obtained by the neutralization of strong acid and strong base.
HCl + NH4OH → NH4Cl+H2O;
ΔH = 12.4kcal
Strong acid weak base.

Question 12.
What is Bond dissociation energy or Bond enthalpy?
Answer:
Energy is released during the formation of a chemical bond. Thus, energy is required for the breaking of a bond. Energy required for breaking a bond is called enthalpy. Thus, it is enthalpy change required to break up a gaseous molecule into atoms.
HCl(g) → H(g) + Cl(g)
ΔH = 431 KJ/mol

Question 13.
What is the first law of thermodynamics?
Answer:
First law of thermodynamics is the law of conservation of energy. The common statement of this law is :
“Energy can neither be created nor be destroyed but it can be converted from one form to another form.”
Let internal energy of the system is E1 and q calorie heat is supplied to the system. E2 is the energy of the final stage and work done is W. Therefore,
E2 – E1 = q + W
or ΔE = q + W.

Question 14.
What is meant by Entropy? Explain the change in entropy with an example.
Answer:
Entropy is a measure of degree of disorder or randomness of the system. Greater the disorder of the system higher is its entropy. For a given substance the crystalline state represents the state of lowest entropy, gaseous state represents the state of highest entropy and the liquid is the intermediate between the two. Absolute value of entropy cannot be determined but entropy change AS can be calculated as
ΔS = Sfinal – Sinitial
= S2-S1
= \(\frac{q_{\text {rev }}}{T}\).
Where qrev means that heat is given to the system in a reversible from unit of ΔS is JK-1.

Question 15.
Among water vapour, water and ice whose entropy is more and why?
Answer:
Entropy is the measure of irregularity. In solid state, molecules are completely arranged, therefore its entropy is minimum and gas molecules move in indefinite form in all directions, therefore its entropy is maximum.
S(ice) < S(water) < S(water vapour).

Question 16.
Among NaCl, H2O and NH3 whose entropy is maximum and why?
Answer:
Entropy is a measure of disorder of a substance. Among solids, liquids and gases, maximum disordemess is found in gases. In the above example, NaCl is solid, H2O is liquid and NH3 is a gas. So, entropy of NH3 will be maximum.

Question 17.
Prove that: PAV = ΔnRT.
Answer:
By Ideal gas equation :
PV = nRT
If in initial state, volume of gas is V1 and number of moles is n1 then,
PV1 =n1RT ………………… (i)
If in final state, volume of gas is V2 and number of moles is n2, then,
PV2 =n2RT ………………….. (ii)
By eqn. (i) and (ii),
P(V2 – V1) =(n2 – n1)RT
PΔY = Δ nRT.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 18.
What is the relation between ΔH and ΔU?
Answer:
If enthalpy of a system is H and internal energy is U then the relation between enthalpy and internal energy is as follows :
H=U+PV
For enthalpy change ΔH = ΔU + PΔV
We know that PΔV = ΔnRT On substituting the value,
ΔH = ΔU +ΔnRT

Question 19.
What is meant by specific heat capacity?
Answer:
Heat required to rise the temperature of one gram of a substance by 1 degree is called specific heat capacity. It is represented by Cs.
Cs = \(\frac{\mathrm{C}}{\mathrm{m}}\)
Where, C = Heat capacity, Cs = Specific heat capacity, m = Mass of substance.
Its S.I. unit is joule per kelvin per gram.

Question 20.
What is meant by molar heat capacity?
Answer:
Heat required to increase the temperature of one mole of a substance by one degree is called molar heat capacity. It is represented by Cm.
Molar heat capacity Cm = \(\frac{\mathrm{C}}{n}\)
Where C = Heat capacity, q = Heat absorbed, ΔT = Increase in temperature, n = Number of moles.
Its S.I. unit is joule per kelvin per mole.

Question 21.
What is Hess’s law of constant heat summation?
Answer:
In 1840, G. H. Hess gave an important law of constant heat summation according to which, “The enthalpy change in a particular reaction is always constant and does not depend on the path in which reaction takes place”.
Or
“The enthalpy change in a physical or chemical process is the same whether the process is carried out in one or in several steps.”

Question 22.
What is an adiabatic process? Explain extensive and intensive properties.
Answer:
Adiabatic process: It is a process in which the system does not exchange heat with its surroundings, i.e., no heat enters or leaves the system. Adiabatic process occurs in isolated systems. For such type of process
dq = 0.

Question 23.
What is meant by standard enthalpy of formation?
Answer:
Standard enthalpy of formation: The heat change taking place during the formation of 1 mole of a compound from its constituent elements under standard conditions of 1 atmospheric pressure and 298 K temperature is called standard enthalpy of formation. It is represented by ΔH0f or ΔfH° .

Question 24.
What is enthalpy of solution? Explain with example.
Answer:
Heat change when 1 mole of a substance completely dissolves in excess of solvent is called enthalpy of solution. Excess of solvent means after the formation of solution there should by no heat change on adding solvent in it.
Example: KCl(s) + aq → KCl(aq); ΔH = +18.6kJ

Question 25.
Define enthalpy of hydration.
Answer:
Enthalpy of hydration (ΔHydH) : It is defined as the amount of heat evolved or absorbed when one mole of anhydrous salt combines with the required number of moles of water to form hydrated salt. For example, the heat of hydration of anhydrous copper sulphate is -78.2 kJ mol-1.
CUSO4(s)+5H2O(l) → CuSO4.5H2O(s); ΔHydH = -78.2 kJ.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 26.
What is meant by enthaply of fusion?
Answer:
When one mole solid changes into liquid at its melting point and one atmospheric pressure, the enthalpy change in this process is called enthalpy of fusion.
For example, the melting point of ice, 6.01 kJ heat is required to convert one-mole ice into one-mole water.
H2O(s) → H2O(l);
ΔH = +6.01 kJ
Heat of fusion of ice at 273 K = 6.01 kJ.

Question 27.
For an isolated system ΔU = 0, what will be ΔS for it ?
Answer:
For an isolated system, ΔU = 0 and for a spontaneous process, total change in entropy should be positive. .
For example: In a closed container which is isolated from the surroundings, two gases A and B are diffused, both the gases are separated by a mobile divider. When the divider is removed, then the gases start diffusing mutually and the system becomes more disordered.

For this system, ΔS > 0 and ΔU = 0.
Again ΔS = \(\frac{q_{\text {rev }}}{\mathrm{T}}\) = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{H}}{\mathrm{T}}\) = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{U}+\mathrm{P} \Delta \mathrm{V}}{\mathrm{T}}\) =\(\frac{\mathrm{P} \Delta \mathrm{V}}{\mathrm{T}} \) (∵ΔU =0)
Thus, TΔS or ΔS >0.

Thermodynamics Class 11 Important Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What is the first law of thermodynamics? Write its mathematical form.
Answer:
First law of thermodynamics is the law of conservation of energy. The common statement of this law is :
“Energy can neither be created nor be destroyed but it can be converted from one form to another form. ”
Let internal energy of the system is U1 and q calorie heat is supplied to the system. U2 is the energy of the final stage and work done is W, Therefore,

U2 = U1+q + W
or
U2 – U1 = q+ W .
or ΔU = q+ W,
(∵ U2 – U1 = ΔU)
Thus, change in internal energy = Heat given to the system + Work done on the system.

Question 2.
First law of Thermodynamics is sometimes expressed as ΔU = q- W and sometimes as ΔU = q + W. Why?
Answer:
If work is done by the system on the surroundings, then some energies of the system is used up in doing work due to which internal energy of the system decreases and work done by the the system, is negative. In this condition, first law of thermodynamics is expressed as ΔE = g-W.

Alternatively, if work is done on the system by the surroundings then work done is positive because internal energy of the system increases and in this condition by the first law of thermodynamics is expressed as ΔU = q + W.

Question 3.
Differentiate between Reversible and Irresversible Process.
Answer:
Differences between Reversible and Irresversible Process

Reversible Process Irreversible Process
1. These process are carried out infinitesimally slowly. In it the difference between driving force and opposing force is very small. 1. These process are carried out rapidly. In it the difference between driving force and opposing force is sufficiently large.
2. These are mostly theoritical. 2. These are mostly natural and spontaneous.
3. Large time is required for their completion. 3. A definite time is required for their completion.
4. Work done in these process is maximum. 4. Work dope in these process is not maximum.
5. At any stage during the process equilibrium is not disturbed. 5. Equilibrium may exist only after the completion of the process.

Question 4.
On the basis of the following reactions comment on thermodynamic stability of NO(g):
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 2
Answer:
NO(g) is unstable because manufacture of NO is an endothermic process (i.e., heat is absorbed) but NO2 is stable because its formation is an exothermic process (i.e., heat is evolved). Thus, unstable NO(g) changes to stable NO2(g).

Question 5.
At equilibrium, which quantity ΔrG or ΔrG° will have zero value ?
Answer:
ΔrG = ΔrG°+ RTlnK
At equilibrium, 0 = ΔrG°+ RTlnK
or ΔrG° =-RTlnK
or ΔrG°= 0, (When K= 1)
For other values of K,
value of ΔrG° will be zero.

Question 6.
Determine the internal energy change of an isolated system at constant volume.
Answer:
Energy of an isolated system cannot be transformed into heat or in the form of work. Thus, by the first law of thermodynamics :
ΔU = q + W
ΔU = 0 + 0=0.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 7.
What is heat capacity? Establish the following expression : Cp – Cv = R.
Answer:
Heat Capacity: The amount of heat required to increase the temperature of a system by 1°C is called heat capacity. Its 5.1. unit is joule per kelvin.

Heat capacity at constant volume,
Cv = \(=\left(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{U}}{\Delta \mathrm{T}}\right)_{\mathrm{V}}\)
or ΔU = CvΔT = qv …….. (i)
Similarly heat capacity at constant pressure,
Cv = \(\left(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{H}}{\Delta \mathrm{T}}\right)_{\mathrm{P}}\)
or ΔH = CPΔT = qP ………. (ii)
For 1 mole of an ideal gas,
ΔH = ΔU + Δ(PV)
or ΔH = ΔU + Δ(RT), (∵ PV =RT)
or ΔH = ΔU + RΔT

Substituting the values of ΔH and ΔU from eqn. (i) and (ii),
CpΔT = CVΔT + RΔT
On dividing by ΔT,
Cp = Cv + R
Cp -Cv=R

Question 8.
(a) Explain heat of combustion with example.
(b) Write four applications of heat of combustion.
Answer:
(a) Heat of combustion: Heat of combustion of any substance is the quantity of heat liberated when one mole of that substance completely reacts with excess of air or oxygen.
Example:
CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(l); ΔH= -890.3 kJ
C(s)+O2(g) → CO2(g): ΔH=—593.5kJ
C6H6(l) + 7\(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g) → 6CO2(g) + 3H2O(l); ΔH = -3268 KJ

(b) Applications of enthalpy of combustion:

  • In determination of calonfic value of fuel.
  • In determination of heat of formation of compounds.
  • In determination of structure of compounds.
  • In calculation of calorie value of food.

Question 9.
Expansion of a gas in vacuum ¡s known as free expansion. If 1 L of an ideal gas by isothermal expansion expands to 5 L, then determine work and change in internal energy.
solution :
Work done, W = -PExternal (V2 – V1)
When PExternal = 0
Thus, W = – 0(5 – 1) = 0
For isothermal expansion,
ΔT = 0
Thus, ΔU = 0.

Question 10.
A gas enclosed in a cylinder as ¡n figure is compressed by a definite external pressure P, then how much work will be done on the gas? Explain by graph.
Answer:
Suppose, initially total volume of the gas is V1 and pressure of the cylinder gas is P. On applying external pressure Pext in single step, it compresses and the final volume becomes V2.
Thus, change in volume V = (V2 – V1)

If due to motion of the piston, W work is done on the Pext system, then work done
W =-Pext ( ΔV)
W=- Pext (V2 – V1)
or
W=Pext (V1 -V2), (∵ V2 < V1)
It can be obtained by P – V graph in the figure. Work done is equal to the shaded portion ABV2V1. Positive work expresses that work is done on the system.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 3

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 4

Question 11.
Explain enthalpy of vaporization and formation.
Answer:
Enthalpy of vaporization: Enthalpy change in vaporization of 1-mole liquid at its boiling point and I atm pressure, is called enthalpy of vaporization.
For example: H2O(l) → H2O(g); ΔH =+ 40.7 kJ
∴ Heat of vaporization of water at I atm pressure = +40.7 KJ.

Enthapy of formation: The enthalpy of formation is the enthalpy change in the process in which one mole of compound is formed from its elements. It is denoted by ΔHf. Enthalpy of formation of carbon dioxide is given below:
C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g); ΔH = ΔHf = -393.5 kJ

Question 12.
Explain enthalpy of fusion and sublimation with example.
Answer:
Enthalpy of fusion: When one mole solid changes into liquid at its melting point and one atmospheric pressure, the enthalpy change in this process is called enthalpy of fusion.
For example, the melting point of ice, 6.01 kJ heat is required to convert one-mole ice into one-mole water.
H2O(s) → H2O(l);
ΔH = +6.01 kJ
Heat of fusion of ice at 273 K = 6.01 kJ.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Enthalpy of sublimation: The enthalpy change when one mole of a solid is directly converted into gaseous state without changing into liquid state at a temperature below its melting point is called enthalpy of sublimation.
I2(s) ⇌ double arow I2(g)
ΔH = +62.4 kJ.

Question 13.
How does entropy change in the process of vaporization?
Answer:
Entropy of vaporization: The entropy change when one mole liquid at its boiling point and one atmospheric pressure changes in vapour state is called Entropy of vaporization.
Suppose at constant pressure one mole liquid at its boiling point. Tb, change from liquid to vapour state in a reversible form. If molar heat of vaporization of this substance is ΔHvap then entropy change ΔSvap can be expressed as follows :
ΔSvap = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{H}_{\text {fus }}}{\mathrm{T}_{b}}\)
Since, both ΔHfus and ΔHvapare positive, therefore in both the process, vaporization and fusion there is increase in entropy.

Question 14.
How will you calculate the work done in compression of an ideal gas when change in pressure is done in infinite p steps?
Answer:
When change in pressure is done in infinite steps then it is a reversible process. Thus, work done is shown by the shaded portion.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 5

Question 15.
For a reaction, figure of enthalpy is represented. Is it possible to decide the spontaneity of the reaction by the given figure?
Answer:
No, enthalpy is one of the factor to decide the spontaneity of a reaction but it is not the only factor. For this, other factors like ΔG, ΔS, T, are also to be considered.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 6

Question 16.
By reversible and isothermal process of an ideal gas changes in state occur from (Pi Vf) to (Pf, Vf). In this expansion represent the work done in graphical form. By the help of PV graph, compare the work done against constant external pressure with the above work?
Answer:

  • Reversible work is represented by total area ABC and BC ViVf.
  • Work done by constant pressure Pyis represented by area BC ViVf.
    Thus, Work (i) > Work (ii).

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 7

Question 17.
What is internal energy?
Answer:
Each substance possesses a definite amount of energy which depends upon its chemical nature, temperature, pressure, volume, etc. Absolute value of this energy is called internal energy or intrinsic energy.
This energy is represented by E or U. Internal energy is the sum of different energies present in substance. Like :

  • Translational energy of molecules (Et).
  • Rotational energy of molecules (Er).
  • Vibrational energy of molecules (Ev).
  • Electronic energy (Ee).
  • Nuclear energy (En).
  • Energy due to molecular interactions (Ei).
    So, E = Et+Er + Ev+ Ee + En+Ei.

Question 18.
What factors affect the enthalpy of reaction?
Answer:
Enthalpy of a reaction depends on the following factors :
1. Physical states of reactants and products: Physical states of reactants and products affect the enthalpy because latent heat is also included in it.
H2(g)+ \(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g) → H2O(l) ΔH = -286kJ
H2(g) +\(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g) →H2O(g) ΔH = -249 kJ

2. Amount of reactant: Enthalpy of a reaction also depends on the amount of reactant.
Like: 1 mole H2 reacts with \(\frac{1}{2}\) mole O2 to produce 286 kJ of heat. In 2 moles this quantity becomes double.
H2(g) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g) → H2O(l) , ΔH = -286 kJ
2H2(g) + O2(g)→ H2O(l), ΔH = -572 KJ

3. Allotropic transformation of reactants:Enthalpy of different allotropes of the same substance is different.
CGraphite + O2(g) → CO2(g); ΔH = -393.5 kJ
CDiamond + O2(g) → CO2(g); ΔH = -395.4kJ

4. Temperature: Enthalpy of a reaction also depends on temperature.
At 25°C : H2(g) + Cl2(g) → 2HCl(g); ΔH = -184.4 kJ
At 75°C : H2(g) + Cl2(g) → 2HCl(g); ΔH = +184.4 kJ

Question 19.
Prove that at constant volume qv = ΔU.
Answer:
When a reaction is performed at constant volume, then no work is done by the system.
Thus, W = 0
∴ ΔU = q + W
= q + 0
ΔU = q
Thus, the heat absorbed at constant volume is used to increase the internal energy of the system.
Thus, ΔU = q + W
or ΔU = 9+PΔV, (∵ W = PΔV)
Since, the reaction takes place at constant volume, therefore ΔV = 0
On substituting ΔU = 0.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 20.
Write five applications of Hess’s law.
Answer:
The applications of Hess’s law of constant heat summation are as follows :

  • Calculation of bond energy,
  • Calculation of enthalpy of transition of allotropes,
  • Calculation of enthalpy of formation,
  • Calculation of enthalpy of combustion,
  • Calculation of enthalpy of hydration.

Question 21.
What is meant by calorific value of a fuel? Explain with example.
Answer:
Heat produced by the combustion of one gram food or fuel in the form of calorie or joule is called calorific value of food or fuel.
C6H12O6(s) + 6O2(g) → 6CO2(g) + 6H2O(l) ; Δ H = -2840 KJ
In this reaction heat produced by 1 mole or 180gm of glucose = 2840 kJ.
Thus, heat obtained by 1 gm glucose = \(\frac{2840}{180}\) = 15.78 kJ/gm
Thus, calorific value of glucose = 15.78 kJ/gm.

Thermodynamics Class 11 Important Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Prove that ΔH =ΔU + PΔV Or, Explain the relation between ΔH and ΔU.
Answer:
According to first law of Thermodynamics,
q = ΔU + W .
or
q = ΔU + PΔV, (∵W = PΔY) …………. (i)

According to enthalpy,
q = ΔH ………………… (ii)
By eqn. (i) and (ii)
ΔH = ΔU + PΔV ……………………. (iii)
By ideal gas equation,
PV = nRT

Let volume of gas in initial state is V1 and No. of moles of gas is n1 then,
PV1 =n1RT …………………. (iv)
In final state, volume of gas is V2 and No. of moles of gas is n2 then,
PV2 =n2RT ……………. (V)
Substracting eqn. (iv) from eqn. (v),
P(V,sub>2-v1) = (n2 – n1)RT or PΔV = ΔnRT
Substituting the value of PΔV in eqn. (iii),
ΔH=ΔU+ΔnRT

Conditions :

  1. If No. of moles of reactant is more than the No. of moles of product then A n will be positive and value of Δ H will be more than Δ U. Thus,
    ΔH=ΔU+ΔnRT
  2. If No. of moles of reactant is more than No. of moles of product then Δn will be negative and ΔH will be less than ΔU. Thus, ‘
    ΔH=ΔU- ΔnRT
  3. If No. of moles of reactant is equal to the No. of moles of product then Δn = 0. In this condition ΔH = ΔU.

Question 2.
Prove that qP = ΔH.
Or, Prove that at constant pressure and temperature, heat of reaction is equal to enthalpy change of the system.
Answer:
If a process takes place in constant pressure then there is change in volume. If energy is absorbed by the system, then as a result internal energy increases from U1 to U2 and volume increases from V1 to V2, then according to the first law of Thermodynamics :
q = ΔU + W =ΔU + PΔV, (∵ W = PΔV)
or q = [U2 -U1] + P[V2 – V1], [U2 -U, = ΔU, V2 – V1 = ΔV] or q =[U2-U1] + [PV2-PV1]
or q = [U2 +PV2]-[U1 +PV1] . …………………. (i)

Internal energy, pressure and volume are state variable properties, therefore their sum will also be state variable, which is also known enthalpy and represented by H
U + PV = H
If in initial state, internal energy, volume and enthalpy are U1, V1 and H1 then,
U1 + PV1 = H1 …………………… (ii)
Similarly, in final state, internal energy, volume and enthalpy are U2, V2 and H2 then,
U2+PV2 = H2 ………………………. (ii)

Substituting these values from eqn. (ii) and in eqn. (i),
q = H2 -H1
qp = ΔH
(Where, qp = Heat absorbed by the system at constant pressure).

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 3.
What is Hess’s law of constant heat summation? Explain with an example.
Answer:
Hess’s law: When one mole solid changes into liquid at its melting point and one atmospheric pressure, the enthalpy change in this process is called enthalpy of fusion.
For example, the melting point of ice, 6.01 kJ heat is required to convert one-mole ice into one-mole water.

H2O(s) → H2O(l);
ΔH = +6.01 kJ
Heat of fusion of ice at 273 K = 6.01 kJ.
This law is based on the law of conservation of energy.
Suppose that the conversion of substance A to substance Z takes place in a single step by first method and through several steps in second method. In single step :
A → Z + Q1
Where, Q, is the energy evolved.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 8

In case of several steps :
A → B +q1
B → C + q2
C → Z +q3
Total energy evolved in several steps = q1+q2+q3
= Q2 calories
According to Hess’s law,
Q1 =Q2

Suppose Hess’s law is incorrect and Q2 > Q1. In this stage if we convert A to Z by several steps and then Z directly to A, then heat equal to (Q2 – Q1) is produced. By repeating this cyclic process several times, an unlimited amount of heat (energy) may be produced in an isolated system. But this is against the law of conservation of energy.Practically also, Hess’s law is proved to be true.

Example: Carbon can be directly converted to CO2 by direct burning or in the other way be first converting it to carbon monoxide and then oxidizing it to carbon dioxide.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 9
Which is equal to ΔH (enthalpy change in path I)
Hence, ΔH = ΔH, + ΔH2.

Question 4.
Explain the determination of internal energy change by bomb calorimeter under the following heads :
(i) Labelled diagram of the apparatus,
(ii) Explanation of the process,
(iii) Calculations.
Or, Draw a labelled diagram of bomb calorimeter. How can we find internal energy by it ? .
Answer:
Experimental determination of change in internal energy : The change in internal energy in a chemical reaction is determined with the help of an apparatus called bomb calorimeter. It is made up of steel so that it can bear high pressure developed during the chemical reaction taking place in the calorimeter. The inner side of the steel vessel is coated with some non- oxidizable metal like Pt or Δu. It is also fitted with a pressure-tight screw-cap.

The two electrodes are connected to each other through a platinum wire dipped in a platinum cup.
A small known mass of the substance under investigation is taken in the platinum cup. The bomb is filled with excess of oxygen under a pressure of 20-25 atm and sealed. Now it is kept in an insulated water-bath which contains a known amount of water. The water bath is also provided with a thermometer and mechanical stirrer.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 10

The initial temperature Of water is noted and the reaction (i.e., combustion of the sample) is started by passing an electric current through the Pt wire. The heat evolved during the chemical reaction raises the temperature of water which is recorded by the thermometer. When rise in temperature and the heat capacity of the calorimeter are known, the amount of heat evolved in the chemical reaction can be calculated. This will be equal to the change in internal energy (ΔE) of the reaction.

Calculation: Let W = Mass of calorimeter in gm,
w = Water equivalent of calorim-eter, bomb stirrer, etc.,
t °C = Rise in temperature,
x = Mass of compound ignited in gm and
m = Molecular mass of the compound.
Formula used : Heat produced by x gm compound = (W + w) t calories
∴ Heat produced by m gm compound = \(\frac{m}{x}\) (W + w)t calories
∴ Heat of combustion of the compound at constant volume,
ΔU or ΔE = – \(\frac{m}{x}\) (W + w)t calorie/mol.
Heat is evolved so negative sign is used.
Using equation ΔH = ΔE + ngRT, value of ΔH can be calculated at constant pressure.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 5.
Derive the expression for PV work.
Answer:
A cylinder containing one mole ideal gas is fitted with a weightless and friction-less piston of cross sectional area A. Total volume of gas is V and pressure is P and force F acting on the piston then :
P ressure = \(\frac{\text { Force }}{\text { Area }}\)
⇒ P =\(\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{A}}\)
⇒ A × P = F ……………….. (i)

If force acting on the piston is 1ess than gas pressure then the piston moves up to a certain distance. Let this displacement be dl. As a result increase in volume is dV then work done by the system.
Work = Force × Displacement
W = F × dl
Substituting the value of F from eqn.(i),
W = P ×A × dl
⇒ W = Pdv,
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 11
If increase in volume is from V1 to V2, then for determining , the total work it is integrated:
W = P\(\int_{V_{1}}^{v_{2}}\) dV
⇒ W= P(V2-V1)
W = PΔV

Use of Sign: If work is done by the system on the surroundings then work done is negative because for doing work internal energy of the system is used as a result of which internal energy decreases.
If work is done by the surroundings on the system, then work done is positive because there is an increase in the internal energy.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 12

Question 6.
What is Free Energy? Discuss mathematical expression for it and derive Gibbs-Helmholtz equation.
Answer:
Free energy of a system is defined as the maximum amount of energy available to a system during a process which can be converted into useful work.
It is a state function introduced by Gibbs for considering energy and entropy change together. It is denoted by ‘G’. Mathematically, it is expressed as
G = H – TS
Where H = Enthalpy, T = Temperature in kelvin, S = Entropy.
Gibbs – Helmholtz equation: Consider a process taking place at constant temperature and constant pressure, enthalpy (H) of such a process is related with internal energy (U) as shown below:
H = U + PV ……………………. (i)
Where, P is pressure and V is volume of the system.
By definition, free energy, G is expressed as,
G = H – TS …………………………… (ii)
So G = (U + PV) – TS …………………… (iii)

∵ Absolute value of U and S cannot be determined, therefore, change in internal energy and entropy can be obtained as, ‘
ΔG = ΔU + Δ(PV) – Δ(TS)
or ΔG = ΔU + PΔV + YΔP – TΔS – SΔT ……………………………….. (iv)
∵ Process is carried out at constant temperature and constant pressure,
ΔT = 0, ∴ S ΔT = 0
and ΔP = 0, ∴ VAP=0 .
So, equation (iv) reduces to
ΔG = ΔU + PΔV – TΔS …………………. (v)
But ΔU + PΔV = ΔH
Then ΔG = ΔH-TΔS.

Alternatively : Gibbs equation G = H – TS can be written at initial and final states at constant pressure as follows :
G1 = H1-TS1 and G2 = H2 -TS2
ΔG = ΔG1 — ΔG2
or ΔG = (H2 -TS2) – (H1 -TS1)
or ΔG = (H2 -H1) – (TS2 – TS1) = ΔH-TΔS
Thus ΔG = ΔH-TΔS
This equation is known as Gibbs-Helmholtz equation.

Thermodynamics Class 11 Important Numerical Questions

Question 1.
In a process, 701J of heat is absorbed by a system and 394J of work is done by the system. What is the change in internal energy for the process? (NCERT)
Solution:
Given, q = +701J ( Heat is absorbed ∴ q is positive)
W = -394J ( Work is done by the system W is negative) By First Law of Thermodynamics,
Change in internal energy
ΔU = q + W
= +701J + (-394J) = + 307J
Thus, internal energy of the system increase by 307 J.

Question 2.
The reaction of cyanamide, NH2CN(s), with dioxygen was carried out in a bomb calorimeter and ΔU was found to be -742.7 kJ mol-1 at 298 K. Calculate enthalpy change for the reaction at 298 K (R = 8.314 × 10-3k JK-1mol-1). (NCERT)
NH2CN(s) + \(\frac{3}{2}\)O2(g) → N2(g)+ CO2(g) + H2O(l)
Solution:
NH2CN(s) + \(\frac{3}{2}\)O2(g) → N2(g)+ CO2(g) + H2O(l)

Difference between No. of moles of gaseous reactants and products,
Δng = np – nr = 2 – \(\frac{3}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0.5mol
∵ ΔH = ΔU + Δng RT
∴ ΔH = – 742 .7KJ mol-1 + (0.5 mol × 8.314 × 10-3 KJ K-1 mol-1 × 298 K)
ΔH = (-742.7 KJ + 1238.786 × 10-3 KJ ) mol-1
= -741.46 KJ mol-1

Question 3.
Calculate the enthalpy of formation of CH4 by the following data : (NCERT)
C(s) +O2(g) → CO2(g); ΔH = -97kcal …………………… (i)
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(g); ΔH = -136k cal ……………….. (ii)
CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g); ΔH =-212 k cal …………………………… (iii)
Solution:
To find out
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(g) ΔH = ?
On adding eqns. (i) and (ii),
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 13

Question 4.
Calculate the number of kJ of heat necessary to raise the temperature of 60.0 g of aluminium from 3S°C to 55°C. Molar heat capacity of Al is 24 J mol-1 K-1. (NCERT)
Solution:
Given, Mass of Al = 60.0g
Molar mass of Al = 27g mol-1
Molar heat capacity Cm = 24J mol-1K-1

ΔT = 55°C – 35°C = 20°C or 20K
∴ Heat, . q = n.Cm. ΔT
q = \(\frac{60}{27}\) × 24 J mol-1 × 20K,
= 1066.66J = 1.067KJ (n = \(\frac{60}{27}\)mol-1).

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 5.
Calculate the enthalpy change on freezing of 1.0 mole of water at 10.0° C to ice at -10.0°C. (NCERT)
ΔfusH = 6.03 KJ mol-1 at 0° C
Cp[H2O(l)] = 75.3 J mol-1 K-1
Cp[H2O(s)] = 36.8 J mol-1 K-1
Solution:
At 10°C, enthalpy change required to convert 1 mole liquid water to 1 mole liquid water at 0°C
ΔH, = Cp[H2O(l) ] × ΔT
= -75.3 J mol-1 K-1 × 10K = -753Jmol-1
Enthalpy of fusion ΔH2 = ΔHFreezing
= – ΔHFusion
= -6.03 KJ mol-1

Enthalpy change required to convert 1 mole ice at 0°C to 1 mole ice at 10°C
ΔH3 = Cp[H2O(s)] × ΔT = -36.8 J mol-1K-1-1 × 10K = -368 J mol-1
ΔHtotal = – (0.753 + 6.03 + 0.368) kJ mol-1
= – 7.151 kJ mol-1.

Question 6.
In a cooking gas cylinder 11.2 kg butane gas is Ailed. If a family requires 15,000 kJ energy everyday to cook food then for how many days will the gas be used.
Solution:
Equation of combustion of butane
C4H10(g)+\(\frac{13}{2}\) O2(g)→ 4CO2(g)+5H2O(g); ΔH = -2658kJ
Molecular mass of butane =12 × 4+ 10 × 1=58 gm/mol
By complete combustion of 58 gm butane 2658 kJ heat is released

Thus by 11.2 kg butane release heat= \(\frac{2658}{58}\) × 11.2 × 1000 KJ
Family requires 15,000 kJ of energy everyday
Thus, cylinder of 11.2 kg butane will last for = \(\frac{2658 \times 11 \cdot 2 \times 1000}{58 \times 15,000}\) = 34.2 days

Question 7.
Calculate the heat of formation of benzene with the following data :
C+O2 → CO2 , ΔH = 97 kcal ………………… (i)
H2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) ΔH = 68 kcal ……………… (ii)
C6H6+\(\frac{15}{2}\)O2 → 6CO2 + 3H2O ΔH = 783.4 kcal …………………. (iii)
Solution:
Equation for heat of formation of benzene :
6C + 3H2 → C6H6; ΔH = ?
For calculating heat of formation of benzene multiply eqn. (ii) by 3 and add them and subtract eqn. (iii) from it. (i) by 6 and eqn.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 14

Question 8.
Enthalpy of combustion of carbon to CO2 is -393.5 kJ mol-1. Calculate the heat released upon formation of 35.2g of CO2 from carbon and dioxygen gas. (NCERT)
Solution:
Equation of combustion of carbon to CO2 is :
C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g) ΔH = 393.5KJ mol-1
∴ Heat evolved in the combustion of 44g CO2 = 393.5KJ
∴ Heat evolved in the combustion of 35.2g CO2 = \(\frac{393 \cdot 5 \mathrm{~kJ} \times 35 \cdot 2 \mathrm{~g}}{44 \mathrm{~g}} \) = 314.8 KJ.

Question 9.
Given N2(g) +3H2(g) → 2NH3(g); ΔfH°= – 92.4kJ mol-1
What is the standard enthalpy of formation of NH3 gas? (NCERT)
Solution:
Given N2(g) +3H2(g) → 2NH3(g); ΔfH° = -92.4KJ mol-1
The following is the chemical equation for enthalpy of formation of NH3(g):
\(\frac{1}{2}\) N(2g) + \(\frac{3}{2}\) H(2g) → NH(3g)
Thus, ΔfH° = \(\frac{-92 \cdot 4}{2}\) = -46.2KJ mol-1.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 10.
A gas is compressed at an average pressure of 0.50 atm, by which its volume decreases from 300 cm3 to 100 cm3. Calculate the work done.
Solution:
Change in volume Δ V = 300 – 100 = 200 cm3 = 0.2 L, pressure = 0.5 atm , W = – PΔ V = – 0.5 × (- 0.2) = – 0.1 L atm.
= 0.1 × 101.3 J = 10.13 J.

Question 11.
If heat of combustion of diamond is-593.5 kJ and enthalpy of combustion of graphite is – 595.5 kJ, then determine the enthalpy of transition of diamond to graphite.
Solution:
Combustion of diamond is represented by the following reaction :
C(diamond) + O2(g) → CO2(g) ; ΔH = -593.5kJ ………………. (i)
and combustion of graphite is represented by the reaction :
C(graphite) + O2(g) → CO2(g); ΔH = -595.5 kJ……………… (ii)

Thus, Enthalpy of transition of diamond to graphite will be
C(diamond) → C(graphite) ΔH = ?
Above equation can be obtained by subtracting eqn. (ii) from eqn. (i),
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 15

Question 12.
Calculate the standard Enthalpy of formation of CH3OH(l) from the following data:
Solution:
Required equation of manufacture of methanol:
C(s) +\(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g) → CH3OH(l) ΔfH° =?
Given, Enthalpy of combustion of methanol
(i) CH3OH(l) +\(\frac{3}{2}\)O2(g) → CO2(g)+ 2H2O(l); ΔfH° = 726 KJmol-1

Enthalpy of formation of 1 mol CO2(g)
(ii) C(s) +O2(g) → CO2(g); ΔfH° = -393 KJ mol-1
Enthalpy of formation of 2 mole H2O(l)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 16

Question 13.
Calculate the enthalpy change for the process
CCl4(g) → C(g) + 4Cl(g) and calculate bond enthalpy of C – Cl in CCl4(g).
Given : Δ Evaporation(CCl4) = 30.5 kJ mol-1
Δf(CCl4) = -135.5 kJ mol-1 Here ΔaH° is Enthalpy of atomization
Δa(C) = 715.0 KJ mol-1
Δa(Cl2) = 242 KJ mol-1
Solution:
As given,
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 16

Question 14.
For the reaction at 298 K, 2A + B → C; ΔH = 400 kJ mol-1 and ΔS = 0.2 kJ K-1 mol-1
At what temperature will the reaction become spontaneous considering ΔH and ΔS to be constant over the temperature range. (NCERT)
Solution:
Given, ΔH = 400 kJ mol-1, ΔS = 0.2 kJ mol-1
Gibbs Free Energy ΔG = ΔH – TΔS
0 = 400 kJ mol-1 – T × 0.2 kJ K-1mol-1
∴ Temperature T = \(\frac{400 \mathrm{~kJ} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}{0 \cdot 2 \mathrm{~kJ} \mathrm{k}^{-1} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}} \) = 2000K.
Thus at 2000K or above this temperature the reaction will be spontaneous.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 15.
Calculate the entropy change in surroundings when 1.00 mol of H2O(l) is formed under standard conditions. ΔfH° = – 286 kJ mol-1 kJ mol-1 (NCERT)
Solution:
Enthalpy change in formation (manufacture) of 1 mol H2O(l) ΔfH°= -286KJmol-1
H2(g) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g) → H2O(l);
Energy released in this reaction is absorbed by the surrounding,
Thus, qSurroundings = + 286 kJ mol-1
ΔS = \(\frac{q_{\text {surroundings }}}{T}\) = \(\frac{+286 \mathrm{~kJ} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}{298 \mathrm{~K}} \)
= 0.9597 KJ K-1 mol-1 = 959.7 JK-1 mol-1.

Question 16.
If 20.7 kJ of heat is producted by the combustion of 1 gm graphite, then what will be the molar enthalpy change. Clarify the concept of sings also. (NCERT)
Solution:
Molar enthalpy change AH for the combustion of graphite = Enthalpy of combustion of lgm graphite x Molar mass. *
ΔH = -20.7 kJg-1× 12gm mol-1
ΔH = – 2.48 × 102 kJ mol-1
ΔH represents negative value, therefore the reaction is exothermic.

Question 17.
Enthalpy of evaporation of CCl4 is 30.5 kJ mol-1. At constant pressure, calculate the heat required for the evaporation of 284gm CCl4. (Molar mass of CCl4= 154g mol1) (NCERT)
Solution:
∵ Mass of 1 mol CCl4 = 154gm
∴ ΔevaH for 154g CCl4 = 30.5 kJ
∴ ΔevaH for 284g CCl4 = \(\frac{30 \cdot 5 \times 284}{154}\) = 56.25 KJ.

Question 18.
State of 1 mole of a monoatomic gas undergoes expansion as shown in figure from state (1) To state (2) Calculate the work done at 298 K in expansion from state (1) to (2). (NCERT)
Solution:
It is clear from the figure that the process takes place in infinite steps. Thus at 298 K from 20 atm. to 1.0 atm it is isothermal reversible expansion of ideal gas.
W = -2.303RTlog\(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{1}}{\mathrm{P}_{2}}\)
W = -2.303 × 1 mole × 8.314 JK-1 mol-1×298 Klog2 [∵\(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{1}}{\mathrm{P}_{2}}\) = P]
W = -2.303 × 1 × 8.314 × 298 × 0.3010J
W = – 1717.46J.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 17

Question 19.
Calculate the ΔlatticeH° for NaBr by the help of the following data :
For Sodium metal ΔsubH° = 108.4 kJ mol-1
Ionisation energy of sodium = 496 kJ mol-1
Electron gain enthalpy of bromine =-325 kJ mol-1
Bond dissociation enthalpy of bromine = 192 kJ mol-1

ΔfH° for NaBr(s) = -360.1 kJ mol-1
Solution:
Born-Haber cycle for the manufacture of NaBr
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics 18
By Hess’s law
ΔfH° = ΔsubH° + IE +ΔdissocationH° + Δionsation H°+ U – 360.1
= 108.4 + 496 + 96 + (-325) – U
U = + 735.5 KJ mol-1

Thermodynamics Class 11 Important Questions Objective Type

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
A system is said to be a closed system, if it exchanges with the environment:
(a) Mass and energy both
(b) Neither mass nor energy
(c) Not mass only energy
(d) Not energy only mass.
Answer:
(c) Not mass only energy

Question 2.
The value of which enthalpy is always negative :
(a) Enthalpy of formation
(b) Enthalpy of solution
(c) Enthalpy of combustion
(d) Enthalpy of fusion.
Answer:
(c) Enthalpy of combustion

Question 3.
Reaction of H+ and OHis named is :
(a) Hydrogenation
(b) Hydroxidation
(c) Hydrolysis
(d) Neutralisation.
Answer:
(d) Neutralisation.

Question 4.
A bomb calorimeter can measure:
(a) ΔH
(b) ΔE
(c) qp
(d) qv
Answer:
(d) qv.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 5.
At constant temperature and pressure, which statement is true for following reaction, CO(g) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) O2(g) → CO2(g) :
(a) ΔH = ΔU
(b) ΔH < ΔU (c) ΔH > ΔU
(d) ΔH × ΔV = 0.
Answer:
(c) ΔH > ΔU

Question 6.
According to the first law of thermodynamics :
(a) ΔE = q + W
(b) ΔE = q-W
(c) ΔE = q + PV
(d) W = ΔE – q.
Answer:
(a) ΔE = q + W

Question 7.
If in gaseous reaction number of moles of reactants and products is same then :
(a) ΔH = ΔE
(b) ΔH > ΔE
(c) ΔH < ΔE
(d) Δ H = Δ E = 0.
Answer:
(a) ΔH = ΔE

Question 8.
To which of the following is Hess’s law-related :
(a) Speed of reaction
(b) Equilibrium constant
(c) Change of Enthalpy of reaction
(d) By the effect of pressure on the volume of a gas.
Answer:
(c) Change of Enthalpy of reaction

Question 9.
Evaporation of water is :
(a) Endothermic change
(b) Exothermic change
(c) No change in enthalpy
(d) Process which occur with chemical reaction.
Answer:
(a) Endothermic change

Question 10.
In which process, there is no change in heat:
(a) Irreversible
(b) Reversible
(c) Adiabatic
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(c) Adiabatic

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 11.
If Heat of neutralization of an acid and a base is 13.7 kcal then :
(a) Both acid and base are weak
(b) Both acid and base are strong
(c) Acid is strong and base is weak
(d) Acid is weak and base is strong.
Answer:
(c) Acid is strong and base is weak

Question 12.
In adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas always :
(a) Temperature increases
(b) ΔH = 0
(c) q = 0
(d) W = 0.
Answer:
(c) q = 0

Question 13.
Heat produced in the reaction CO2 (g)+H2(g) → CO2(g)+H2(g) is called:
(a) Heat of formation
(b) Heat of combustion
(c) Heat of neutralization
(d) Heat of reaction.
Answer:
(d) Heat of reaction.

Question 14.
In exothermic reaction :
(a) HR > Hp
(b) HR< HP
(c) HR = HP
(d)HR×HP = 0.
Answer:
(a) HR > Hp

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

Question 15.
Heat of neutralization is minimum for which reaction :
(a) HCl + NaOH
(b) CH3COOH + NH4OH
(c)NH4OH + HCl
(d) NaOH + CH3COOH.
Answer:
(b) CH3COOH + NH4OH

Question 16.
According to the reaction, C6H6(l)+\(\frac{15}{2}\)O2(g) → 3H2O(I)+6CO2(g) ΔH= 3264.6 KJ mol-1 The energy produced by burning 3.9 gm benzene in air will be :
(a) 163.23 kJ/mol
(b) 326.4 kJ/mol
(c) 32.64 kJ/mol
(d) 3.264 kJ/mol.
Answer:
(a) 163.23 kJ/mol

Question 17.
Which fuel has the highest calorific value (kJ/kg) :
(a) Charcoal
(b) Kerosene
(c) Wood
(d) Cow dung.
Answer:
(b) Kerosene

Question 18.
Heat of formation of N2O and NO are 82 and 90 kJ respectively. The enthalpy for the reaction
2N2O(g)+ O2(g) → 4NO(g)J will be:
(a) -16 kJ
(b) 196 kJ
(c) 98 kJ
(d) 88 kJ.
Answer:
(c) 98 kJ

Question 19.
Entropy of vaporization of a liquid is 100 JK-1 mol-1 and its boiling point is 300 K. ΔHVap for it will be :
(a) 3.0 kJ mol-1
(b) 30.0 kJ mol-1
(c) 300kJmol-1
(d) 3000 kJ mol-1.
Answer:
(b) 30.0 kJ mol-1

Question 20.
Enthalpy of atomization of CH4 is 1664 kJ mol-1, then bond energy of C-H will be: ,
(a) 416 kJ mol-1
(b) 832 kJ mol-1
(c) 1248 kJ mol-1
(d) -1664 kJ mol-1.
Answer:
(a) 416 kJ mol-1

Question 21.
Heat of formation of H2(g)+ I2(g) → 2HI(g)ΔH is 218 kJ mol-1. Bond energy of H-H will be :
(a) 218 kJ mol-1
(b) 436 kJ mol-1
(c) 109 kJ mol-1
(d) 6.54 kJ mol-1.
Answer:
(b) 436 kJ mol-1

Question 22.
In reaction H2(g) + kcal then heat of formation of (R)1H is:
(a) -124 kcal
(b) 124 kcal
(c) -620 kcal
(d) 620 kcal.
Answer:
(c) -620 kcal

Question 23.
A system is called closed system if it exchanges with the surrounding:
(a) Both matter and energy
(b) Neither matter nor energy
(c) Only energy not matter
(d) Only matter not energy.
Answer:
(c) Only energy not matter

Question 24.
Application of Hess’s law is:
(a) First law of Thermodynamics
(b) Second law of Thermodynamics
(c) Entropy change
(d) Free energy change.
Answer:
(a) First law of Thermodynamics

Question 25.
Relation between ΔG, AS and ΔH is:
(a) ΔH=tSG-TΔS
(b) ΔG=ΔH-TΔS
(c) ΔH = ΔG + ΔS
(d) ΔH= TΔG + ΔS.
Answer:
(b) ΔG=ΔH-TΔS

2. Fill in the blanks:

1. Value of heat of combustion ΔH is always …………………. .
Answer:
Negative

2. Value of heat of neutralization is always …………………. kJ.
Answer:
-57.1

3. Coffee kept in a tightly closed thermos flask is an example of …………………. .
Answer:
Isolated system

4. Total heat content of a system at constants pressure is called …………………. .
Answer:
Enthalpy

5. When a solid melts then …………………. increases.
Answer:
Enthalpy

6. Evaporation of water is a …………………. change.
Answer:
Endothermic

7. Value of Enthalpy of formation of the reaction H2+Cl2 → 2HCl+44 kcal is …………………. .
Answer:
22 kcal

8. System in which no heat is exchanged is called …………………. .
Answer:
Adiabatic

9. Mathematical expression of Thermodynamics is …………………. .
Answer:
ΔE = q + W

10. If total heat of the products is more than the total heat of the reactants then the reaction is …………………. .
Answer:
Endothermic

11. Heat change and constant pressure is called …………………. .
Answer:
Enthalpy

12. If ΔH is negative, then the reaction is …………………. .
Answer:
Exothermic

13. Amount of heat evolved by the combustion of one mole of substance is called …………………. .
Answer:
Heat of combustion.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Thermodynamics

3. Match the following:

‘A’ ‘B’
1. Process of evaporation of water (a) Zero
2. Free energy change in equilibrium (b) Isobanc
3. Heat change at constant pressure (c) Endothermic
4. Heat of formation at 1 atmospheric. pressure and 25°C temperature is equal to (d) Zero

 

5. Process in which pressure remain constant (e) Enthalpy.

Answer:
1. (c) Endothermic
2. (d) Zero
3. (e) Enthalpy
4. (a) Zero
5. (b) Isobanc.

4. Answer in one word/sentence:

1. Give two examples of result of state.
Answer:
Enthalpy, Entropy

2. Among NaCl, H2O(s) and NH3(q) whose entropy value will be maximum ?
Answer:
NH3

3. What is the heat of combustion of a substance ?
Answer:
Exothermic

4. ΔG = ΔH – TΔS who formulated this equation.
Answer:
Gibbs Helmholtz

5. Write the equation of first law of thermodynamics.
Answer:
AE = q + w

6. When ice melt and change into liquid, then what will be the value of entropy.
Answer:
Increases

7. Evaporation of water is what type of reaction ?
Answer:
Endothermic.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Students get through the MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter which are most likely to be asked in the exam.

MP Board Class 11th Chapter 5 States of Matter

States of Matter Class 11 Important Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What is meant by pressure of a gas?
Answer:
Pressure is produced by the collisions of gas molecules on the walls of the container. Force acting per unit area is called pressure.
Pressure =\(\frac{\text { Force }}{\text { Area }}\) = P = \(\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{A}}\)
S.l. unit of pressure is Newton/meter2. It is also known as pascal.

Question 2.
What is meant by atmospheric pressure?
Answer:
Earth is surrounded by a 800 km thick blanket around it. This air is pulled to wards the earth’s surface due to gravitational force by which a pressure is produced on the earth which is called atmospheric pressure. One atmospheric pressure is equal to the pres¬sure that will support a column of mercury of 76 cm height at 0°C and at standard gravity.

Question 3.
According to one of the postulate of kinetic molecular theory. “There is no intermolecular υ, attractive force in between the gas molecules”.
Up to what extent is this statement correct? Is liquefaction of Ideal gas possible? Explain.
Answer:
This statement is correct only for ideal gas. It is not possible to liquefy an ideal gas because there is no intermolecular force of attraction between the molecules of ideal gas.

Question 4.
Write the definition of absolute zero temperature and state its value in centigrade scale.
Answer:
That imaginative temperature at which volume of a gas becomes zero, is called absolute zero temperature. In centigrade scale its value is -273°C. The temperature measured by this zero is called absolute temperature. It is also expressed by Kelvin.
0°C = 273 K
To convert 0°C temperature to absolute temperature 273 is added to it.

Question 5.
How does the volume of balloons released for the study the weather changes?
Answer:
As the balloon rises up, atmospheric pressure decreases. Due to decrease in pressure, pressure inside the balloon increases and its volume increases.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 6.
In winter season a layer of ice is formed on the lake but fish and other organisms present inside remain alive. Why?
Answer:
Maximum density of water is at 4°C temperature but at temperature below 4°C density is less. When the temperature of the lake falls then the water of the surface above becomes more dense and goes down. This order goes on till the temperature does not reach 4°C.

If the tempefature of the surface is less than 4°C, then water remains on the surface above and slowly gets converted to ice where as the water below due to high density remains below and stays in liquid state only. Therefore, organism and fish remain alive in it.

Question 7.
Write name of two intermolecular forces present in HF molecules in liquid state.
Answer:
HF is a polar covalent molecule. In liquid state, it possess intermolecular dipole-dipole force and H-bond.

Question 8.
What is meant by completely elastic collision?
Answer:
Gas molecules move in zig-zag motion in all directions. During this motion, these molecules collide with each other and with the wall of the container. During these collisions, there is a change only in their direction but their kinetic energy remain unchanged. Therefore, these collisions are said to be completely elastic.

Question 9.
Why is the density of hot gas less than cold gas?
Answer:
According to charle’s law, volume of a definite mass of a gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature. Thus, increase in temperature leads to an increase in volume, but due to an increase in volume density decreases. Therefore, density of hot gas is less than cold gas.

Question 10.
On climbing high mountains, we feel nausea and difficulty in breathing. Why?
Answer:
At high mountains, atmospheric pressure decreases, by which air becomes rarer due to which oxygen in the atmosphere decreases. Therefore, we feel nausea and difficulty in breathing.

Question 11.
What is critical temperature?
Answer:
Critical temperature is that temperature, at which a gas can be liquefied but above this temperature, the gas cannot be liquefied even at high pressure. It is represented by Tc.
Example: Critical temperature of CO2 is 31.1°C.

Question 12.
What is critical pressure and critical volume?
Answer:
Critical pressure is the minimum pressure required to liquefy the gas at the critical temperature. It is represented by Pe.
The volume occupied by one mole of the gas at critical temperature and pressure is called critical volume. It is represented by Vc.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 13.
In automobile vehicles, less air is filled in summer than in winter. Why?
Answer:
When automobile vehicles are in motion then due to friction between the tyre and road, temperature of tyre increases, due to which volume of air inside the tyre increase, as a result of which pressure applied on the tyre also increases. In summer temperature is high which leads to increase in pressure. As a result there is more possibility of the tyre to burst.

Question 14.
What is the S.I. unit for PV2T2/n?
Answer:
\(\frac{\mathrm{PV}^{2} \mathrm{~T}^{2}}{n}\) = \(\frac{\left(\mathrm{Nm}^{-2}\right)\left(\mathrm{m}^{3}\right)^{2}(\mathrm{~K})^{2}}{\mathrm{~mol}}\)
= Nm4K2mol-1.

Question 15.
On the basis of Charles law explain that the minimum possible temperature is -273°C.
Answer:
According to Charles law:
Vt = V0\([1+\frac{t}{273}]\)
At t = -273°C
Vt= V0 \([1-\frac{273}{273}] \) = 0
Thus, at -273°C,
volume of gas will become zero and at temperature lower than this, volume will be negative which has no meaning.

Question 16.
Gases which obey Boyle’s, Charles and Avogadro’s law are called Ideal gas? Under which conditions real gas behaves like ideal gas?
Answer:
At low temperature and high pressure, real gases behave like ideal gas.

Question 17.
What is the reason that soda water bottles are stored in cold water in summer?
Answer:
In soda water bottles CO2 gas is soluble at high pressure. With the increase in temperature solubility decrease due to which high pressure is produced at the walls of the bottle and there are chances of breaking of bottles. Thus, to prevent the bottles from breaking. It is stored in water in hot summer days.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 18.
Ammonia bottles are cooled before opening the seal. Why?
Answer:
Bottles of liquid ammonia are cooled before opening because at normal temperature and high pressure it is in liquid state but due to decrease in pressure, it changes to gasesous state.

If NH3 bottle is opened without cooling, then NH3 easily changes to vapour and moves out. NH3 is a harmful gas, its harmful effect can be produced on the person opening it. To prevent from this effect NH3 bottle is cooled.

Question 19.
Why are liquid drops spherical?
Answer:
Small drops are spherical in shape: Surface tension tries to decrease the surface area of a given liquid for a given volume. Therefore, drops of liquid are spherical because for a given volume sphere has minimum volume.

Question 20.
What is Root Mean Square Velocity and Average velocity?
Answer:
1. Root Mean Square Velocity: It is the square root of the mean of the squares of different velocities of the molecules of gas. It is represented by V.
V = \(\sqrt{\frac{n_{1} v_{1}^{2}+n_{2} v_{2}^{2}+\ldots \ldots}{n}}\)

2.Average velocity: It is the average of the different velocities of all the molecules present in a gas. It is represented by Vn.
Vn = \(\frac{n_{1} v_{1}+n_{2} v_{2}+\ldots \ldots \ldots}{n}\)

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 21.
Explain the difference between Evaporation and Boiling.
Answer:
Differences between Evaporation and Boiling

Evaporation Boiling
1. Evaporation decreases spontaneously and occur at all temperatures. 1.Boiling takes place only when the vapour pressure of the liquid becomes equal to atmospheric pressure.
2. Evaporation is a process of the surface of liquid. 2. Boiling is a process of the entire liquid and occurs in the form of bubbles inside the liquid.
3. Evaporation is a slow process. 3. Boiling is a fast process.

Question 22.
What do you mean by compressibility factor of gases?
Answer:
The ratio of observed volume and calculated volume of a gas at a given temperature and pressure is known as Compressibility factor. It is denoted by Z.
Thus, Z = \(\frac{\text { Observed volume }}{\text { Calculated volume }}\) = \(\frac{\text { Real volume }}{\text { Ideal volume }}\)
or Z = \(\frac{\mathrm{PV}}{n \mathrm{RT}}\)
For ideal gases, PV = RT
∴ For ideal gas, Z = 1.

Question 23.
What is the change in melting point of ice with the increase of pressure?
Answer:
Increase in pressure leads to extreme increase in kinetic energy of molecules, as a result of which at low temperature due to kinetic energy of molecules they move independently. Thus on increasing the pressure, ice melts into a liquid at a temperature below its melting point.

Question 24.
Mountaineers carry oxygen cylinders with them on climbing high mountains. Why?
Answer:
At high altitudes, atmospheric pressure decreases, due to which gases become rarer as a result of which amount of oxygen decreases. Thus, mountaineers get less oxygen for breathing due to which they feel uneasy. Therefore, they carry oxygen cylinder with them.

Question 25.
Define viscosity and write the effect of temperature on viscosity.
Answer:
Resistance in flow of any liquid is called viscosity. Such resistance is produced due to internal friction of different layers of liquid.

When temperature is increased, the cohesive force, which opposes liquid flow, decreases and molecular velocity increases. Due to this, viscosity decreases.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 26.
Magnitude of surface tension of a liquid depends on the inter attractive force between its molecules. Write the surface tension of the following in their increasing order :
Water, Alcohol (C2H5OH) and Hexane [CH3(CH2)4CH3].
Answer:
In hexane, only london force acts between the molecules. These forces are very weak. H-bond in water molecules is stronger than is alcohol (C2H5OH) Thus, increasing order of surface tension is as follows :
Hexane < Alcohol < Water.

Question 27.
At the same temperature if ether and water are poured in different hands, then ether feels more cold. Why? Answer:
In ether, intermolecular forces between its molecules in less as compared to water. Therefore, ether evaporates faster than water and it absorbs the energy required for evaporation from hand, therefore, ether feels cold.

Question 28.
What is surface tension? Write its S.I. unit.
Answer:
It is an important property of a liquid, which is related with interatomic attraction force. Due to compactness, the surface of liquid behaves as a stretched membrane. This effect is called surface tension. “Surface tension is a measure of work which is necessary to increase the unit cross-section of liquid.” Its S.I. unit is Joule/metre2 or Newton metre.

Question 29.
Rate of diffusion is slow in liquid. Why?
Answer: Intermolecular force of attraction in liquids is more than in gas, therefore their molecules are held strongly as compared to gas. Therefore, the molecules of liquid cannot move indepnedly like gas molecules and therefore, rate of diffusion in gas is slower than in gas.

Question 30.
Expansion in gases is unlimited. Why?
Answer:
In gases, intermolecular attractive force is negligible, therefore gas molecules moves independently in indefinite order. It does not have a definite shape or volume due to which its molecules expands and acquires the shape and volume of the container.

States of Matter Class 11 Important Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What is meant by S.T.P. and N.T.P.?
Answer:
Volume of a definite amount of gas, changes with temperature and pressure i.e, properties of gas depend on temperature and pressure, therefore, properties of various gases can be compared at a definite temperature and pressure. For this 0°C (273 K) temperature and 1 atmospheric pressure (760 mm) is selected, which is known as Normal temperature, pressure or N.T.P. At N.T.P.

volume of one mole gas is 22.4 litre and 25°C (298K) temperature and 1 atmospheric pressure (760 mm) or 1 bar is known as standard temperature and pressure. At S.T.P. Volume of 1 mole gas is 24.8 litre.

Question 2.
Value of compressibility factor Z of a gas is : Z = \(\frac{\text { PV }}{\text { nRT }}\) (i) What is the value of Z for an ideal gas ? (ii) For real gas, what will be the effect on the value of Z above Boyle’s temperature?
Answer:
(i) For ideal gas, compressibility factor Z = 1.
(ii) Above Boyle’s temperature, real gases show positive deviation. Thus, Z > 1.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 3.
For ideal gas, van der Waals’ equation in relation for P, V and is as follows :
\([\mathrm{P}+\frac{a n^{2}}{\mathrm{~V}^{2}}]\) (V – b) = nRT
Where, a and ft are van der Waals’ constant, nb is equal to about total volume of gas molecules a is the measure of resultant of intermolecular attractive forces.
(i) Write the following gases in the increasing order of b. Give reason also. O2, CO2, H2,
(ii) Write the following gases in the magnitude of decreasing order of a CH4, O2, H2
Answer:
(i) Molar volume of gas molecules represents size of a-molecules and van der Waals’ constant ‘b’ represent molar volume of gas molecules. Thus, increasing order of ‘b’ is a follows:
H2 < He < O2 < CO2

(ii) van der Waals’ constant is a measure of magnitude of intermolecular force. In a molecular, with the increase in size of electron cloud, magnitude of intermolecular force of attraction also increases. Thus, for the following gases in order of decreasing value of a is.
CH4 > O2 > H2
Higher the size of electron cloud, higher will be the polarising capacity of the molecules as a result of which london force will be high.

Question 4.
What is Boyle’s law? Write its mathematical expression.
Answer:
Boyle’s law: At constant pressure the volume (V) of a given mass of a gas is inversely proportional to the pressure applied.
Mathematically V ∝ \(\frac{1}{P} \) (At constant temperature for a definite amount of gas)
⇒ P = Constant × \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{~V}}\)
⇒ PV = constant
Thus, at constant temperature, product of volume and pressure of a definite amount of a gas is constant.
In initial state: P1V1 = K ………. (i)
In Final state: P2V2 = K ……….. (ii)
By equations (i) and (ii)
P1V1 = P2V2

Question 5.
What is the nature of gas constant (R)?
Answer:
Formula: By, PV = nRT
R = \(\frac{\mathrm{PV}}{\mathrm{nT}}\)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter 1

Question 6.
Write Charles law with the derivation of = \(\frac{\mathbf{V}_{1}}{\mathbf{T}_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\mathbf{V}_{2}}{\mathbf{T}_{2}} \)
Answer:
Charles law may also be stated as; The volume of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to the absolute or Kelvin temperature at constant pressure.

Thus, V∝T
or V = constant × T
(By keeping pressure and amount of gas constant)
or \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{\mathrm{T}}\) = constant

If in initial state, at constant pressure volume of definite amount of gas is V1 and temperature is T1 then
\(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{1}}{\mathrm{~T}_{1}}\) = K …………….. (i)
If in final state volume is V2 and temperature T2, then
\(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{2}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\) = K ………………. (ii)
By equation, (i) and (ii)
\(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{1}}{\mathrm{~T}_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{2}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\).

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 7.
On the basis of Charles law, justify the concept of absolute zero.
Answer:
Charles law: According to this law, “At constant pressure, volume of a definite amount of a gas increases or decreases by\(\frac{1}{273}\) of its volume at 0°C with every 1° rise or fall
in temperature”.

If volume of gas at 0°C temperature = V0 cm3
Volume of gas at 1 °C temperature = V0\([1+\frac{1}{273}]\)
MLume of gas at t°C temperature = V0\([1+\frac{t}{273}]\)
Volume of gas at -1°C temperature = V0\([1-\frac{t}{273}]\)
Volume of gas at -t°C = V0\([1-\frac{t}{273}]\)
Volume of gas at -273°C = V0\([1-\frac{273}{273}]\)

By Charles law, it becomes clear that with the decrease in temperature, there is de-crease in volume and at -273°C temperature volume of gas becomes zero. The minimum temperature at which volume of a gas becomes zero is called absolute temperature and the scale based on absolute zero temperature is called kelvin scale and is represented by T.

Question 8.
What is Gay Lussac law?
Answer:
Gay Lussac law: According to this law “At constant volume, pressure of a definite amount of gas is directly proportional to absolute temperature.”

P∝T
⇒ P = K × T
Similarly, in final state pressure is P2 and temperature is T2, then
\(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{1}}{\mathrm{~T}_{\mathrm{l}}}\) = K …………. (i)
Similarly, in final state pressure is P2 and temperature is T2, then
\(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{2}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\) = K …………. (ii)
By eqns. (i) and (ii) .
\(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{1}}{\mathrm{~T}_{\mathrm{l}}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{2}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\)

Question 9.
What is Avogadro’s law?
Answer:
“Equal volume of all gases, under similar conditions of temperature and pressure contain equal number of molecules”.
If volume of a gas at constant pressure is V, Number of molecules is represented by N .
V ∝ N ……….. (i)
At constant temperature and pressure number of moles n of a gas is directly propor-tional to N.
N ∝n
By equation (i)
V ∝ n
⇒ \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{n}\) = Constant
If in initial state volume is V1 and no. of moles is n1 then
\(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{1}}{n_{1}}\) = constant …(ii)
If in initial state volume is V2 and no. of moles is n2, then
\(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{2}}{n_{2}}\) = constant ………… (iii)
By eqns. (ii) and (iii)
\(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{1}}{n_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{2}}{n_{2}}\)

Question 10.
Derive gas equation PV = nRT and write the value of R in two different units.
Or, What is Ideal gas equation ? Derive it.
Answer:
If on adding Boyle’s, Charles and Avogadro’s law for a definite amount of gas, a relation is established between them, then it is known as gas equation.
According to Boyle’s law :
V ∝ C \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{P}}\) (At constant temperature) ……………. (i)
According to Charles law :
V∝T (At constant pressure) ……………… (ii)
According to Avogadro’s law :
V∝n (At constant temperature and pressure) …………………. (iii)
By equations (i), (ii) and (iii)

V ∝ \(\frac{n \mathrm{~T}}{\mathrm{P}}\)
⇒ V = \(\frac{n \mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{P}}\)
⇒ PV = nRT
Where R is gas constant.

If n = 1, then PV = RT
⇒ \(\frac{\mathrm{PV}}{\mathrm{T}}\) = R
If in initial state pressure is P1 volume V1 and temperature T1 then
\(\frac{P_{1} V_{1}}{T_{1}}\) = R ……………… (iv)
If in final state pressure is P2, Volume V2 and temperature T2 then \(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{2} \mathrm{~V}_{2}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\) = R
By eqns. (iv) and (v)

Volume of R in different units :
1. 0.0821 Litre atm K-1 mol-1,
2. 8.314 joule K-1 mol-1.

Question 11.
What is Avogadro’s hypothesis? With the help of this prove that volume of one gram of a gas at N.T.P. is 22.4 litre.
Answer:
Avogadro’s law: “At equal temperature and equal pressure, equal volumes of gases have same number of molecules.”
V ∝ n
Volume of one gram mole of a gas at N.T.P.:
Mass of 1 litre gas at N .T. P. Vapour density = \(\frac{\text { Mass of 1 litre gas at } N . T . P .}{\text { Mass of } 1 \text { litre of } H_{2} \text { at N.T.P. }}\)
= \(\frac{\text { Massof 1litre gas at N.T.P. }}{1000 \times 0.00009}\)
( Mass of 1ml of H2 at N.T.P. = 0.00009 gm)

or Vapour density = \(\frac{\text { Mass of } 1 \text { litre of gas at } \mathrm{N} \text { . T.P. }}{0.09}\) …………… (i)
But, Vapour density = \(\frac{\text { Molecular mass of gas }}{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{H}_{2}}\)
or Vapour denisity = \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{2 \cdot 016}\) …………….. (ii)

From eqns. (i) and (ii),
\(\frac{\text { Mass of 1 litre of gas at N. T.P. }}{0.09}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{2 \cdot 016}\)
∴ Mass of 1 litre of gas at N.T.P. = \(\frac{\mathrm{M}}{2 \cdot 016}\) × 0.09 gm
∵ M ,, ,, ,, = \(\frac{2 \cdot 016 \times \mathrm{M}}{\mathrm{M} \times 0 \cdot 09}\) = 22.4 litre
So, Volume of one gm mole of gas at N.T.P. = 22.4 litre.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 12.
What is he effect of increase In temperature on the intermolecular force between the molecules ola liquid ? What is the effect of increase in temperature of the liquid on its viscosity?
Answer:
With the increase in temperature of a liquid, the kinetic energy of its molecules increase due to winch intermolecular force decreases. Thus, liquid can flow easily due to which its viscosity decreases.

Question 13.
How is molar mass of a gas determined by the help of ideal gas equation?
Answer:
By ideal gas equation,
PV = nRT [where, n = no.of moles = \(\frac{\text { Mass }}{\text { Molar mass }}\) \(\frac{\mathrm{W}}{\mathrm{M}}\)]

⇒ PV = \(\frac{\mathrm{W}}{\mathrm{M}}\) × RT
⇒ P = \(\frac{\mathrm{W}}{\mathrm{V}}\) × [Latex]\frac{\mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{M}}[/latex] [Density = \( \frac{\text { Mass }}{\text { Volume }}\) or ρ =\(\frac{\mathrm{W}}{\mathrm{V}}\)]
⇒ P = ρ × \(\frac{\mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{M}}\)
⇒ M= ρ × \(\frac{\mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{P}}\).

Question 14.
By the help of Avogadro’s law, develop a relation between molecular mass and vapour density.
Answer:
Vapour density = \(\frac{\text { Mass of definite volume of a gas }}{\text { Mass of same volume of hydrogen }}\)
Suppose, no. of molecules in definite volume of a gas = n
In the same volume no. of molecules of hydrogen = n

Vapour density = \(\frac{\text { Mass of } n \text { molecules of gas }}{\text { Mass of } n \text { molecules of hydrogen }}\)
= \(\frac{\text { Mass of 1,molecules of gas }}{\text { Mass of } 1 \text { molecules of hydrogen }}\)
= \(\frac{\text { Mass of } 1 \text { molecules of gas }}{2 \times \text { Mass of } 1 \text { atom of hydrogen }}\)
Vapour density = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Molecular mass of gas
Thus, molecular mass = 2 × Vapour density.

Question 15.
Write numerical value of R in different units.
Answer:
Numerical value of R in different units is as follows :

  1. 0.0821 litre atm K-1 mol-1
  2. 8.31 ×107 erg K-1 mol-1 .
  3. 82.05 atm cm3 K-1 mol-1
  4. 8.31 joule K-1 mol-1
  5. 62.3 litre mm K-1 mol-1
  6. 1.99 cal K-1 mol-1 .
  7. 8.31 pa dm3 K-1 mol-1.

Question 16.
Derive gas equation by the help of kinetic equation.
Answer:
According to the postulate of kinetic theory, average kinetic energy of molecules is directly proportional to absolute temperature.

Average kinetic eneigy = \( \frac{1}{2}\)mnv2
\( \frac{1}{2}\)mnv2 ∝ T
⇒\( \frac{1}{2}\)mnv2 = KT
⇒ \( \frac{3}{2}\) × \( \frac{1}{3}\)mnv2 = KT
⇒ \( \frac{1}{3}\)mnv2 = \( \frac{2}{3}\)KT
⇒ PV = \( \frac{2}{3}\)KT [∵ \( \frac{1}{3}\)mnv2 = PV]
⇒ \(\frac{\mathrm{PV}}{\mathrm{T}}\) = \( \frac{2}{3}\)K
⇒ \(\frac{\mathrm{PV}}{\mathrm{T}}\) = R [ ∵ \( \frac{2}{3}\)K = constant (R)] PV = RT .

Question 17.
What is Dalton’s law of partial pressure?
Answer:
Dalton’s law of partial pressure: Dalton observed that if two or more gases which do not react chemically are enclosed in a space the total pressure P, exerted by the gaseous mixture is the sum of partial pressures P1, P2, P3, etc., which each one will exert if present alone in that space.

This law states, “The total pressure of mixture of gases (or vapour) which does not react chemically is equal to the sum of the partial pressure of the component gases.”
Mathematically, it is expressed as,
P = P1+P2+P3+………………………+Pn.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 18.
Write Graham’s law of diffusion. What types of calculations can be performed by the help of it?
Answer:
Graham’s law of diffusion: For any specified temperature and pressure the relative rates of diffusion of gases through a porous partition are inversely proportional to the square roots of their densities.
Thus, Rate of diffusion ∝ \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{\text { Density }}}\)

Let r1 and r2 be the rate of diffusion of two gases A and B, d1 and d2 are their densities respectively.
According to Graham’s law of diffusion,
r1 ∝ \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{d_{1}}}\) and r2∝ \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{d_{2}}}\)
Thus, \(\frac{r_{1}}{r_{2}}\) = \(\sqrt{\frac{d_{2}}{d_{1}}}\) (At the same temperature and pressure)

where M1 and M2 are the molecular masses of two gases.
But, Density = \(\frac{\text { Molecular mass }}{2}\)
∴ \(\frac{r_{1}}{r_{2}} \) = \(\sqrt{\frac{\mathrm{M}_{2}}{2} / \frac{\mathrm{M}_{1}}{2}}\)
or \(\frac{r_{1}}{r_{2}} \) = \(\frac{\mathrm{M}_{2}}{\mathrm{M}_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\sqrt{d_{2}}}{\sqrt{d_{1}}}\)

Question 19.
The relation between (PIdeal) observed by an ideal gas and observed pressure (PReal) is as follows :
PIdeal = PReal + \(\frac{a n^{2}}{V^{2}}\)
(i) If pressure is taken in Nm2, no. of moles in mol and volume in m3, then deter mine the unit of ‘a’.
(ii) If pressure is taken in atm and volume in dm3, then determine the unit of ’a’.
Answer:
(i) a = \(\frac{\mathrm{PV}^{2}}{n^{2}}\)
Given, Unit of P = Nm-2, V = m3 and n mole
∴ Unit of a = \(\frac{\mathrm{Nm}^{-2}\left(\mathrm{~m}^{3}\right)^{2}}{(\mathrm{~mol})^{2}}\) = Nm4mol-2

(ii) Given, Unit of P = atm, V = dm3, n = mol
∴Unit of a = \(\frac{\mathrm{PV}^{2}}{n^{2}}\) = \(\frac{a t m \cdot\left(d m^{3}\right)^{2}}{m o l^{2}}\) =atm dm6mol-2.

Question 20.
Write the applications of Graham’s law of diffusion.
Answer:

  • In (he determination of density and molecular mass of gas: If time of diffusion and density of a gas is known and time of diffusion of the other gas is known, then by its help density and molecular mass of the other gas can be determined.
  • Marsh gas indicator: People working in coal mines can become alert from the leakage of poisonous gases by the help of this indicator.
  • In the Separation of gases: Due to difference in the rate of diffusion of gases, they can be easily separated from their mixture.
  • Bad odour: Bad odour and poisonous gas due to diffusion in air goes on separating.

Question 21.
On heating fine corners of glass in a flame to its melting point, why does it becomes smooth ? Write the name of the property responsible for it.
Answer:
Glass of fine corners are made smooth by heating in a flame because on heating glass melts and corner of the liquid tries to achieve a round shape, whose surface tension is minimum. This is known as of glass.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 22.
Discuss the step of‘Laminar flow’. Is velocity of every particle of laminar flow same? Discuss your answer.
Answer:
When flow of liquid is on fixed surface then the larger of liquid which is in contact with the surface become stationary as the distance of the upper layers from the fixed surface increases, velocity of layer goes on increasing.

This type of flow, in which velocity of one layer increases by the other layer is called laminar flow. In laminar flow, speed of particles in all the layers is not same because a layer applies friction or resistance flow on the layer below:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter 2

Question 23.
Derive Dalton’s law of partial pressure on the basis of kinetic theory.
Answer:
Suppose n1 molecules of mass m1 gram of a gas A are closed in a container of volume V, then
PAV = \(\frac{1}{3}\)m1n1v12
PA = \(\frac{1}{3}\) \(\frac{m_{1} n_{1} v_{1}^{2}}{\mathrm{~V}}\)

Similarly, PB = \(\frac{1}{3}\)\(\frac{m_{1} n_{1} v_{2}^{2}}{\mathrm{~V}}\)
If both the gases are closed in the container at the same temperature, then pressure of the mixture
P = \(\frac{m_{1} n_{1} v_{1}^{2}}{\mathrm{~V}}\) + \(\frac{m_{1} n_{1} v_{2}^{2}}{\mathrm{~V}}\)
P = PA + PB
This is Dalton’s law of partial pressure.

Question 24.
Derive Avogadro’s law by the help of kinetic equation.
Answer:
According to Avogadro’s law “Equal volume of all gases under the same temperature and pressure contain equal number of molecules”.
If there are two gases :
For first gas PV = \(\frac{1}{3}\)m1n1v12 ……………. (i)
For second gas PV = \(\frac{1}{3}\) m1n1v22 ……………. (ii)
By eqns. (i) and (ii)
\(\frac{1}{3}\)m1n1v12 = \(\frac{1}{3}\) m1n1v22
⇒ m1n1v12 = m1n1v22

If temperature of both the gases are same, then their kinetic energy will also be same.
Thus,
\(\frac{1}{2}\)m1v11 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) m2v22
⇒ m1v11 = m2v22 ……………. (iv)
Dividing eqns. (iii) by eqns. (iv)
\(\frac{m_{1} n_{1} v_{1}^{2}}{m_{1} v_{1}^{2}}\) = \(\frac{m_{2} n_{2} v_{2}^{2}}{m_{2} v_{2}^{2}}\)
∴ n1 = n2

Question 25.
How is rate of diffusion of gases compared?
Answer:
Suppose, two gases A and B of same volume V require time t1, and t2 for diffusion.
r1 = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{t_{1}}\)
and r2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{t_{2}}\)
∴ \(\frac{r_{1}}{r_{2}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{t_{1}}\) × \(\frac{t_{2}}{V}\) = \(\frac{t_{2}}{t_{1}}\)

Thus, \(\frac{r_{1}}{r_{2}}\) = \(\frac{t_{2}}{t_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\sqrt{d_{2}}}{\sqrt{d_{1}}}\)
[∵ \(\frac{r_{1}}{r_{2}}\) = \(\left.\sqrt{\frac{d_{2}}{d_{1}}}\right]\)

Question 26.
Using gas equation, justify that at a given temperature, density of a gas is directly proportional to pressure of the gas.
Answer:
PV = nRT
PV =\(\frac{m}{M} \)RT [ n = \(\frac{m}{M}\) = \(\frac{\text { Mass of gas (g) }}{\text { Molar mass of gas }}\)

or P = \(\frac{m \mathbf{R} \mathrm{T}}{\mathrm{VM}}\) [ ∵ Density ,d =\(\frac{m}{V}\) ]
or P = \(\frac{d \mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{M}}\)
or P = \(\frac{\mathrm{PM}}{\mathrm{RT}}\)
If T = Constant
d ∝ P.

Question 27.
Derive Charles law on the basis of kinetic theory.
Answer:
By kinetic theory, kinetic energy of gas molecules is directly proportional to absolute temperature.
Thus, kinetic energy ∝T
\(\frac{1}{2}\)mnv2
⇒ \(\frac{1}{2}\) mnv2 = KT
⇒ \(\frac{3}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)mnv2 = KT

⇒ \(\frac{1}{3}\) mnv2 = \(\frac{2}{3}\)KT
⇒ PV = \(\frac{2}{3}\)KT , [∵ \(\frac{1}{3}\)mnv2 = PV]
⇒ V = \(\frac{2}{3}\) \(\frac{\mathrm{K}}{\mathrm{P}}\).T
At constant pressure \(\frac{2}{3}\) \(\frac{\mathrm{K}}{\mathrm{P}}\) = Constant
∴ V = Constant × T
⇒ V ∝ T.

Question 28.
What is Ideal gas? Write its characteristics.
Answer:
Ideal gas: Gas which obey gas laws and gas equation at all pressure and temperature is called Ideal gas.

Characteristics :

  • At constant temperature, product of pressure and volume of a gas should always be constant and at constant temperature graph between PV and P should be a horizontal line.
  • If ideal gas is cooled at constant pressure, then its volume should decrease gradually and at -273°C temperature it should be zero.
  • Without external work, there should be no thermal effect on its expansion or contraction.
    PV
  • Value of compressibility factor of ideal gas z =\(\frac{\mathrm{PV}}{n \mathrm{RT}}\) is 1.

Question 29.
What is Real gas? What are its characteristics?
Answer:
Gas which does not obey Boyle’s law, Charles law and ideal gas equation strictly is called Real gas.

Characteristics:

  • Force of attraction between gas molecules is negligible.
  • Volume of a molecule is not considered to be negligible as compared to the total volume of gas.
  • At -273°C their volume does not become zero because maximum gases get converted into liquid before cooling.
  • At low temperature and high-pressure gases do not obey Boyle and Charles law.

Question 30.
Write difference between Real and Ideal gas under four points.
Answer:
Differences between Ideal gas and Real gas

Ideal gas Real gas
1. Ideal gas obeys the equation, PV = RT at all temperatures and pressure. 1. Real gas obeys PV = RT only at low pressure and high temperature.
2. There is no ideal gas, they are hypothetical. 2. All existing gases are real gases and show deviation from ideal gas behaviour, positive or negative.
3. Total volume of gas molecules is supposed to be negligible in comparison to total volume. 3. Volume of gas molecules are not negligible in comparison to total volume.
4. There is no attraction force between gas molecules. 4. Gas molecules attract each other.
Therefore, total pressure is less than ideal gas.
5. Value of compressibility factor for ideal gas is 1. 5. Value of compressibility factor for ideal gas is not zero.

Question 31.
Explain Boyle’s law on the basis of kinetic theory.
Answer:
Pressure of gas is produced by the collisions of its molecules on the walls of the container. Thus magnitude of pressure depends on the frequency of collisions, which in turn depend on number of molecules and their velocity. If volume of gas is reduced, then number of molecules in unit volume increase, as a result of which number of molecules colliding on unit area in unit time increases.

Alternatively if volume is increased, number of molecules present in unit area will decrease, due to which number of collisions on unit area in unit time will decrease by which there will be decrease in pressure. Thus, it is justified that at constant temperature volume of definite amount of gas is inversely proportional to pressure.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 32.
Explain Charles law by the help of kinetic equation of gases.
Answer:
With the increase in temperature of gas, its kinetic energy also increase as a result of which velocity of molecules increases and due to increase in velocity possibility of collisions between the molecules increase. The force with which they collide increase as result of which pressure increase.

If pressure is to be kept constant, then it is necessary that possibility of collisions between the molecules should not increase. It may be possible, only when distance between the gas molecules may increase thus volume may increase. Thus, it is clear that at constant pressure volume of a definite amount of gas is directly proportional to absolute temperature.

States of Matter Class 11 Important Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Write the main postulates of kinetic theory of gases.
Answer:
Following are the main postulates of kinetic theory of gases :

  • Every gas consists of extremely small particles called molecules, which are assumed to be pointed masses dispersed in a lot of vacant space. The molecules of any given gas are identical and have same mass (m).
  • The molecules of a gas are in a state of constant random motion in all possible directions colliding with one another and the walls of the container. .
  • Molecules travel in straight lines with uniform velocity till they collide with other molecules or with the walls of the vessel.
  • The molecules have no force of attraction between them. The force of gravity on them is negligible.
  • The pressure on the gas is due to the hits, recorded by the molecules on the walls of the vessel.
  • The molecules are perfectly elastic, i.e., there is no loss of energy as a result of such collisions.
  • The average kinetic energy of the molecules is directly proportional to the absolute temperature (T) of the gaseous system. With the increase of temperature, the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules increases.

Question 2.
Derive an expression for pressure of gas on the basis of kinetic gas theory. Or, Prove the kinetic gas equation PV = \(\frac{1}{3} \)Mv2.
Answer:
Suppose in a cubic vessel some gas is present for which :
Length of core of cube = l cm,
Number of moles of gas = n,
Mass of one molecule of gas = m,
Root Mean Square velocity = v.

Though gas molecules move in all possible directions but for a particular time the movement of any molecule can be resolved in X, Y and Z-directions. Let n/3 molecules move in a particular direction and these particles colloid one face and after collision they return back to opposite direction. If locity is – v, because molecules are elastic in nature.
∴ Momentum before collision = mv and
Momentum after collision = -mv

Change in momentum in each collision = mv – (- mv) = 2 mv
This molecule will colloid with face A after 2l distance,
∵ Molecule travel v cm in one second.
∵ Time required to travel 21 distance = \(\frac{2 l}{v}\) seconds.
Number of collisions in each second = \(\frac{v}{2 l}\)
∴ Change in momentum in face A per second = 2mv× \(\frac{v}{2 l}\) = \(\frac{m v^{2}}{l}\)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter 3

This change in momentum is for one molecule but there is \(\frac{n}{3}\) molecules behaving same, therefore the change in momentum for \(\frac{n}{3}\) molecules = \(\frac{m v^{2}}{l}\) × \(\frac{n}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\). \(\frac{m n v^{2}}{l}\)
But, rate of change of momentum = Force

F = \(\frac{1}{3}\).\(\frac{m n v^{2}}{l}\)
Force per unit area is called pressure, suppose area of face A is ‘a’.
∴ P = \(\frac{1}{3}\) .\(\frac{m n v^{2}}{a \times l}\)
or P = \(\frac{1}{3}\).\(\frac{m n v^{2}}{\mathrm{~V}}\)
[∵ a × l = V(volume)]
or PV = \(\frac{1}{3}\)mnv2
This is called kinetic gas equation.
∵ m ×n = M, (where,M = molecular mass)
So, PV = \(\frac{1}{3}\)Mv2.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 3.
To justify the ideal behaviour of gases. What modification did van der Waals do in gas equation?
Answer:
According to van der Waals, the reason for deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour is some errotic concepts in postulates of kinetic theory of gases. Two postulates which are supposed doubtful are following:

  1. Actual volume of gas molecules is negligible in comparision to total volume which gas occupies.
  2. There is no attractive force between gas molecules.

Actually these concepts are not true in all conditions. At high pressure and very low-temperature volume of gas becomes very less. At this condition, the volume of gas molecules are not negligible because molecules are not compressible.

At high pressure and low temperature when volume of gas becomes very less, gas molecules come very close to each other and attractive force between molecules is produced which cannot be supposed negligible.

Volume correction : Since at normal temperature and low pressure the volume of a molecule cannot be considered to be negligible as compared to the total volume of the gas and this effective volume is represented by constant b. Thus in gas equation in place of volume V, (V – b) must be used, which is available for independent motion of molecules.

Pressure correction: It exerts less pressure. In other words, observed pressure is less than the ideal pressure (P).
Hence, corrected pressure P + p
Where,p is the correction term and it is proportional to the density of the gas near the wall and the density of the gas inside i.e.,
p ∝ (Density)2
But, Density ∝ \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{~V}}\) (For one mole)
and Density ∝ \(\frac{n}{V}\), (For one moles)
Hence, p ∝ \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{~V}^{2}} \), (For one mole)
or p = \(\frac{a}{V^{2}}\)

Where, a is a constant depending upon the nature of gas.
∴ p = \(\frac{a n^{2}}{V^{2}}\) (For n moles)
Hence, corrected pressure = \(\left(\mathrm{P}+\frac{a}{\mathrm{~V}^{2}}\right) \) (For 1 mole)
= \(\left(\mathrm{P}+\frac{a n^{2}}{\mathrm{~V}^{2}}\right)\) (For n moles)
Substituting the corrected values of volume and pressure in the ideal gas equation, we get
\(\left(\mathrm{P}+\frac{a n^{2}}{\mathrm{~V}^{2}}\right)\) (V – nb) = nRT
This is known as van der Waals’ equation.

Question 4.
What do you understand by viscosity? Which factors affect viscosity?
Answer:
Every liquid possess a tendency to flow because intermolecular attractive force in liquids is less and they are incompressible. Some liquids like honey, castor oil etc. flow rapidly. Difference in rate of flow is due to viscosity. Viscosity is internal resistance to flow in liquids, which arises due to internal friction between the layers of liquids.

Liquid is made up of various layers. When a liquid flows on any surface then these layers flow with various velocities. Molecules present in various layers of liquid attract each other and this intermolecular attractive force produce resistance.

Factors which affect viscosity :

  1. Intermolecular attractive force: Intermolecular attractive force resist the flow of molecules in liquids. Thus viscosity depend on inter-molecular attractive force. Higher the intermolecular attractive force, higher is the viscosity.
  2. Molecular mass: Viscosity increases with the increase in molecular mass.
  3. Pressure: Increase in pressure leads to a decrease in volume as a result intermolecular attractive force increases therefore, due to increase in pressure viscosity increases.
  4. Temperature: By increase in temperature cohesive force which reduces the flow of liquid decreases by which molecular motion increase. Thus, viscosity decreases.

Question 5.
What is Surface tension? Discuss the factors affecting it.
Answer:
It is an important property of a liquid, which is related with interatomic attraction force. The molecules present inside the liquid is attracted equally by molecules present in all direction. But molecule present on the surface of liquid is attracted by molecules at bottom and insides, as a result the molecules at surface are pulled downward and nature of surface is to lessen the area.

Due to compactness, the surface of liquid behaves as a stretched membrane. This effect is called Surface tension.

“Surface tension is a measure of work, which is necessary to increase the unit cross-section of liquid.”
Its S.I. unit is Joule / metre2 or Newton metre.

Factors affecting Surface tension :
1. Temperature: On increasing the temperature, intermolecular attractive force decreases due to which surface tension decreases.
2. Solute: On mixing solute in liquids surface tension is affected.

  • If surface tension of solute is equal to the surface tension of solute then surface tension is directly proportional to the amount of solute. Higher the amount of solute mixed, higher is the surface tension.
  • If surface tension of solute is less than the surface tension of liquid then, surface tension of liquid decreases.
  • Surface tension of liquids decreases on adding substances activating the surface.
    Like – Soap, detergents etc.

Question 6.
Solid, liduid and gas differ in structure .write
Answer:
Structural difference between solid, liquid and gas.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter 4

States of Matter Class 11 Important Numerical Questions

Question 1.
How many moles of hydrogen are present in 1000 cm3 of hydrogen at 760mm pressure of mercury and 300K temperature?
Solution:
P = 760 mm Hg, V = 1000 cm3 or 1 liter, T = 300 K, n = ?, R = 62.35 mm KT-1mol-1 ∵ PV =RT
∴ n = \(\frac{P V}{R T}\) = \(\frac{760 \times 1}{62 \cdot 35 \times 300}\)
= 4.06 × 10-2mol.

Question 2.
Volume of a gas at 27°C is 30 ml. If at constant pressure, temperature of this gas is made 37°C, then what will be the new volume of the gas?
Solution:
V1 = 30 ml, V2 = ?, T1 = 273 + 27 = 300 K, T2 = 273 + 37 = 310 K.
∴ \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{1}}{\mathrm{~T}_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{2}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\)
or V2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{1} \times \mathrm{T}_{2}^{\circ}}{\mathrm{T}_{1}}\)
⇒ V2 = \(\frac{30 \times 310}{300}\) = 31ml.

Question 3.
A container is filled with air at atmospheric pressure and it is closed with cork at 35 °C temperature. Calculate that how much heating is required to be thrown out of cork? It is known that three times of pressure is required for throwing out of cork.
Solution:
Given, P1 = 1 (atmospheric pressure), P2 = 3 (three times of P1),
T1 =273 + 35 = 308K, T2 =?

From temperature, pressure law of constant volume,
\(\frac{P_{1}}{T_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{2}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\)
or T2 = \(\frac{P_{2} T_{1}}{P_{1}}\) = \(\frac{3 \times 308}{1}\) = 924K.
∴ Required temperature = 924 – 273 =651° C.

Question 4.
A gas mixture contains 2.8 gm N2 and 4.0 gm Ne, volume of this mixture is 5 litre at 25 °C. Calculate partial pressure of each gas.
Solution:
Moles of N2= \(\frac{2 \cdot 8}{28} \) = 0.1
Moles of Ne = \(\frac{4}{20 \cdot 18}\)
Let partial pressure of N2 and Ne are P1 and P2 respectively.

For N2, P1 = \(\frac{n_{1}}{\mathrm{~V}} \mathrm{RT} \)
= \(\frac{0 \cdot 1}{5}\) × 0.0821 × 298 = 0.4893 atm
For Ne, P2 = \(\frac{n_{2}}{V} R T\)
= \(\frac{4 \times 0 \cdot 0821 \times 298}{20 \cdot 18 \times 5}\) = 0.9699 atm.
Thus, Partial pressure of N2 = 0.4893 atm. ≈ 0.49 atm.
Partial pressure of Ne = 0.9699 atm. ≈ 0.97 atm.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 5.
If ratio of rate of diffusion of an unknown gas and CO2 is 40 :45. Determine the molecular mass of the unknown gas.
Answer:
r1 : r2 = 40 : 45, M2 = 44, M1 = ?
∴ \(\frac{r_{1}}{r_{2}}\) = \(\sqrt{\frac{\mathrm{M}_{2}}{\mathrm{M}_{1}}}\)
⇒ \(\frac{40}{45}\) = \(\sqrt{\frac{44}{\mathrm{M}_{1}}}\) or \(\frac{40^{2}}{45^{2}}\)= \( \frac{44}{\mathrm{M}_{1}}\) or M1 = \(\frac{44 \times 45 \times 45}{40 \times 40}\) = 55.6875

Question 6.
If relative density of chlorine is 36 and for the diffusion Of 15 volume of hydrogen from a porous pot 40 seconds is required, then in the same state 30 volume of chlorine will diffuse in how much time ?
solution:
d1 =1,
d2 = 36,
r1 = \(\frac{25}{40}\)
r2 = \(\frac{30}{t}\)
∴\( \frac{r_{1}}{r_{2}}\) = \(\sqrt{\frac{d_{2}}{d_{1}}}\)
⇒ \(\frac{\frac{25}{40}}{\frac{30}{t}}\) = \(\sqrt{\frac{36}{1}}\)
⇒ \(\frac{25 \times t}{40 \times 30}\) = 6
⇒ t = \(\frac{6 \times 40 \times 30}{25}\) = 288 second.

Question 7.
Volume of a gas at 27°C is 500 ml. What will be its volume at 0°C?
Solution:
V1 = 500 ml, V2 = ?, T1 = 27°C = 27 + 273 = 300 K,
T2 =0° C= 0 + 273 = 273 K.
According to Charles law
\(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{1}}{\mathrm{~T}_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{2}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\)
or \(\frac{500}{300}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{2}}{273}\)
or V2 = \(\frac{500 \times 273}{300}\) = 455 ml.

Question 8.
Volume of a gas at 27°C temperature and 760 mm. pressure is 1000 ml. What will be the volume of the gas at 327°C temperature and 380 mm. pressure?
Solution:
Given, V1 = 1000 ml, V2 = ?
T1 = 27° C or 273 + 27 = 300K, T2 = 327° C or 273 + 327 = 600K,
P1 = 760mm, P2 = 380mm
∴ \(\frac{P_{1} V_{1}}{T_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{2} \mathrm{~V}_{2}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\)
⇒ \(\frac{760 \times 1000}{300}\) = \(\frac{380 \times \mathrm{V}_{2}}{600}\)
∴ V2 = \(\frac{760 \times 1000 \times 600}{300 \times 380}\) = 4000ml.

Question 9.
What will be the minimum pressure rquired to compress 500 dm3 of air at 1 bar to 200 dm3 at 30°C? (NCERT)
Solution:
P1 = 1bar, P2 = ?, V1 = 500 dm3, V2 = 200 dm3
By Boyle’s law P1V1 = P2V2
P2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{P}_{1} \mathrm{~V}_{1}}{\mathrm{~V}_{2}}\) = \(\frac{1.2 \mathrm{bar} \times 120 \mathrm{ml}}{180 \mathrm{ml}} \) = 0.8 bar
P2 = 0.8 bar

Question 11.
What will be the pressure exerted by a mixture of 3.2g of methane and 4.4g of carbondioxide contained in a 9 dm3 flask at 27° C ? (NCERT)
Solution:
Number of moles in CH4
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter 5

Question 12.
34.05 ml if phosphorus vapour weighs 0.0625g at 546°C and 0.1 bar pressure. What is the molar mass of phosphorus ? (NCERT)
Solution:
∵ Ideal gas equation PV = nRT
∴ PV = \(\frac{m \mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{M}}\)
( m = Mass of phosphorus (g) and M = Molar mass of phosphorus)
M = \(\frac{m \mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{PV}}\)
M = \(\frac{0.0625 \mathrm{~g} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{Latm} \mathrm{K}^{-1} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1} \times 819 \mathrm{~K}}{0 \cdot 1 \times 0 \cdot 987 \mathrm{~atm} \times 0 \cdot 03405 \mathrm{~L}}\)
M = 1250.4gmol-1.

Question 13.
A student forget to add the reaction mixture to the round-bottomed flask at 27°C but instead he/she placed the flask on the flame. After a lapse of time, he realized his mistake and using a pyrometer he found the temperature of the flask was 477°C. What fraction of air would have been expelled out? (NCERT)
Solution:
At 27°C (= 300K) volume of air in the flask = Vcm3
Given, V1 = V cm3, V2 = ?, T1 = 300K, T2 = 750K
∵ \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{\mathrm{1}}}{\mathrm{T}_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{2}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\)
∵ \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{300} \) = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{2}}{750}\)
⇒ 300 V2 = \(\frac{\mathrm{V}_{2}}{750 \mathrm{~V}}\)
V2 = 2.5 V

Volume expelled out = 2.5 V – V = 1.5 V
Fraction of air expelled out = \(\frac{1.5 \mathrm{~V}}{2 \cdot 5 \mathrm{~V}}\) = 0.6
Second method, PV =nRT
n ∝ \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{~T}}\)
\(\frac{n_{2}}{n_{1}}\) = \(\frac{\mathrm{T}_{1}}{\mathrm{~T}_{2}}\) = \(\frac{300}{750}\)
\(\frac{n_{2}}{n_{1}}\) = 0.4
∴ Fraction of air expelled out = 0.6

Question 14.
Calculate the temperature of 4.0 mol of a gas occupying 5 dm3 at 3.32 bar. (R = 0.083 bar dm3 K-1mol-1) (NCERT)
Solution:
Given, P = 3.32 bar
Volume V = 5 dm3
No. of moles n = 4 mol
Gas constant R = 0.083 bar dm3 K-1mol-1
Temperature T = ?

Ideal gas equation PV = nRT
T = \(\frac{P V}{R n}\) = \(\frac{3 \cdot 32 \mathrm{bar} \times 5 \mathrm{dm}^{3}}{0 \cdot 083 \text { bar } \mathrm{dm}^{3} \mathrm{~K}^{-1} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1} \times 4 \mathrm{~mol}}\)
T = 50 K.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 15.
How much time would it take to distribute one Avogadro number of wheat grains if 1010 grains are distributed each second? (NCERT)
Solution:
Time required = \(\frac{\text { Total number of grains }}{\text { Number of grains distributed }}\)
= \(\frac{6.022 \times 10^{23}}{10^{10}}\) = 6.022 × 1013 second
= \(\frac{6 \cdot 022 \times 10^{13}}{365 \times 24 \times 60 \times 60}\)
= 1.909 × 106 Years

Question 16.
Calculate the total pressure in a mixture of 8 gm of dioxygen and 4 gm of dihydrogen confined in a vessel of 1 dm3 at 27°C R = 0.083 bar dm3 K-1 mol-1. (NCERT)
Solution:
No.of moles of O2, nO2 = \(\frac{\text { Mass of } \mathrm{O}_{2}}{\text { Molecular mass }} \) = \(\frac{8}{32}\) = 0.25n
[molecular mass of O2 = 16+ 16 = 32]
[molecular mass of H2 = 1+1 = 2]

No.of moles of H2, nH2= \(\frac{4}{2}\) = 2.0 ml
Total no.of moles = 0.25 + 2.0 = 2.25 ml
Given, n = 2.25 mol, V = 1 dm3, R = 0.083 bar dm3K-1 mol-1 T = 27°C = 300K, P = ?
Thus, PV =nRT
Pressure P = \(\frac{n \mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{V}}\)
= \(\frac{2 \cdot 25 \mathrm{~mol} \times 0 \cdot 083 \mathrm{bar} \mathrm{dm}^{3} \mathrm{~K}^{-1} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}{1 \mathrm{dm}^{3}}\)
P = 56.025 bar.

Question 17.
Calculate the volume occupied by 8.8g of CO2 at 31.1°C and 1 bar pressure. (R = 0.083 bar LK-1 mol-1) (NCERT)
Solution:
By the formula : PV = nRT
PV = \(\frac{m}{M}\)RT
Given, P = 1bar, V = ? , m = 8.8g
M = 44g mol-1 (CO2)
R = 0.083 bar LK -1 mol -1 and T = 304.1K

Volume occupid by 8.8 g CO2, V = \(\frac{m \mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{PM}}\) = \(\frac{8 \cdot 8 \mathrm{~g} \times 0 \cdot 083 \mathrm{bar} \mathrm{LK}^{-1} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1} \times 304 \cdot \mathrm{K}}{1 \mathrm{bar} \times 44 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}} \)
V = 5.048 L

Question 18.
Payload is defined as the difference between the mass of displaced air and the mass of the balloon. Calculate the payload when a balloon of radius 10m, mass 100 kg is filled with helium at 1.66 bar at 27°C (Density of air = 1.2 kg m3 and R = 0.083 bar dm3 K-1 mol-1). (NCERT)
Solution :
Radius of balloon R = 10 m
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter 6

Question 19.
At 27C pressure of 1 gm of Ideal gas is 2 bar When at the same temperature and pressure 2 gm of Ideal gas is mixed In it Then the pressure becomes 3 bar. Develop a relation between their molecuLar mass. (NCERT)
Solution:
PV = nRT
For gas A, PAV = nART ……………..(i)
Similarly for gas B, PBV nBRT ………………..(ii)
No. of moles of gas A nA = \(\frac{1}{M_{A}}\) [MA= molar mass of A]
No. of moles of gas B nB = \(\frac{1}{M_{B}}\) [MB = molar mass of B]
Precsure of gas A PA=2 Bar
Totai pressure, Ptotal = PA + PB = 3 bar
Pressure of gas B = P01 PA =3—2= 1 bar

V, R and Taresame for both
Thus, from eqns. (i) and (ii)
\(\frac{P_{A}}{P_{B}}\) = \(\frac{n_{\mathrm{A}}}{n_{\mathrm{B}}}\) = \(\frac{1 \times M_{\mathrm{B}}}{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{A}} \times 2} \)
\(\frac{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{B}}}{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{A}}}\) = \(\frac{2 P_{A}}{P_{B}}\)
\(\frac{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{A}}}{\mathrm{M}_{\mathrm{B}}}\) = \(\frac{2 \times 2_{\mathrm{A}}}{1} \)
MB = 4MA.

Question 20.
A mixture of dihydrogen and dioxygen at one bar pressure contains 20% by weight of dihydrogen. Calculate the partial pressure of dihydrgen 20% by weight
Solution:
H2 = 20 g and O2 = 80 g
No.of moles in H2 nH2 = \(\frac{20}{2}\) = 10 mol
No.of moles in O2, nO2 = \(\frac{80}{32}\) = 2.5 mol
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter 7

Question 21.
2.9 g of a gas at 95°C occupied the same volume as 0.184 g of dihydrogen at 17°C at the same pressure. What is the molar mass of the gas? (NCERT)
Solution:
Formula : PV = nRT
PV = \(\frac{m R \cdot T}{M}\)
Unknown gas P1V1 = \(\frac{m_{1} \mathrm{RT}_{1}}{\mathrm{M}_{1}}\)
H2 gas P2 V2 = \(\frac{m_{2} \mathrm{RT}_{2}}{\mathrm{M}_{2}}\)
Again, Formula P1V1 = P1V1
\(\frac{m_{1} \mathrm{RT}_{1}}{\mathrm{M}_{1}}\) = \(\frac{m_{2} \mathrm{RT}_{2}}{\mathrm{M}_{2}} \)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter 8

Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure Class 11 Important Questions Objective Type

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
At the time of opening the bottle of ammonia, it can be recognized from a distance because:
(a) It is very reactive
(b) it diffuses very fast
(c) It possesses a pungent smell
(d) It is lighter than air.
Answer:
(b) it diffuses very fast

Question 2.
Who established the relationship between density and rate of diffusion of a gas:
(a) Boyle
(b) Charles
(c) Graham
(d) Avogadro.
Answer:
(c) Graham

Question 3.
The value of R in calorie (approx):
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
Answer:
(d) 4

Question 4.
Value of gas constant R is :
(a) 83.14 × 107ergs/degree/mol
(b) 83.14 × 106 ergs/degreelmol
(c) 83.14 × 105 eigs/degree/mol
(d) 83.14 × 107 ergs/degree/mol.
Answer:
(c) 83.14 × 105 eigs/degree/mol

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 5.
Absolute temperature is:
(a) 0°C
(b) -100°C
(c) -273°C
(d) -373°C.
Answer:
(c) -273°C

Question 6.
To get general gas equation, which two laws are combined:
(a) Charles law and Dalton’s law
(b) Graham’s law and Dalton’s law
(c) Boyle’s law and Charles law
(d) Avogadro’s law and Dalton’s law.
Answer:
(c) Boyle’s law and Charles law

Question 7.
WhIch is correct in the following:
(a) r.ms. velocity = 0.9212 × Average velocity
(b) Average velocity= 0.9212 × r.ms. velocity
(c) r.rn.s. velocity = 0.9013 × Average velocity
(d) Average velocity = 0.9013 × r.m.s. velocity.
Answer:
(b) Average velocity= 0.9212 × r.ms. velocity

Question 8.
At constant volume the pressure of monoatomic gas depends on:
(a) Thickness of the wall of the vessel
(b) Absolute temperature
(c) Atomic number of the element
(d) Number of valence electrons.
Answer:
(b) Absolute temperature

Question 9.
Behaviour of real gases is near to that of ideal gases, if:
(a) Temperature is low
(b) Pressure is high
(c) Low pressure and high temperature
(d) Gas is monoatomic.
Answer:
(c) Low pressure and high temperature

Question 10.
At mountains or high attitude, water boils at lower temperature because of:
(a) Low atmospheric pressure
(b) High atmospheric pressure
(e) Hydrogen bonding in water is more strong at heights
(d) Water vapour is lighter than liquid.
Answer:
(a) Low atmospheric pressure

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 11.
If molecular masses of two gases A and B are 16 and 64 respectively, ratio of rates of diffusion A and B will be:
(a) 1:4
(b) 4: 1
(c) 2: 1
(d) 1:2.
Answer:
(c) 2: 1

Question 12.
Gases deviate from ideal behaviour at high pressure because:
(a) At pressure number of collisions of molecules increases
(b) Attraction between molecules increases at high pressure
(c) Size of molecules decreases at high pressure
(d) Molecules become steady at high pressure.
Answer:
(b) Attraction between molecules increases at high pressure

Question 13.
Distance on which magnitude of energy is minimum is called:
(a) Atomic radius
(b) Lattice radius
(c) Critical distance
(d) Molecular distance.
Answer:
(a) Atomic radius

Question 14.
Diffusion rate of methane is twice than that of gas x, molecular mass of gas ‘x’ will be:
(a) 64
(b) 32.0
(c) 4.0
(d) 8.0.
Answer:
(a) 64

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

Question 15.
Part of van der Waals’ equation, which illustrate the intermolecular forces of real gases :
(a) (V-b)
(b) RT
(c) \(\mathrm{P}+\frac{a}{\sqrt{2}} \)
(d) (RT)-1
Answer:
(c) \(\mathrm{P}+\frac{a}{\sqrt{2}} \)

Question 16.
Temperature which is same in both Celsius scale and Fahrenheit scale :
(a) 0°C
(b) 32°F
(c) -40°C
(d) 40°C.
Answer:
(c) -40°C

Question 17.
A gas diffuses \(\frac{1}{5} \mathrm{th}\) part as compared to hydrogen, molecular mass of the gas will be:
(a) 25
(b) 50
(c) 25\(\sqrt{2}\)
(d) 50\(\sqrt{2}\)
Answer:
(b) 50

Question 18.
0.5 mole of H2, SO2 and CH4 are kept in a container, which has a hole. After three hours, partial pressure will be :
(a) PSO2 > PCH4 > PH2
(b) PH2 > PSO2 > PCH4
(c) PCH4 > PSO2 > PH2
(d) PH2 > PCH4 > PSO2
Answer:
(a) PSO2 > PCH4 > PH2

Question 19.
Density ratio of O2 and H2 is 16:11 r.m.s. velocity of molecules will be :
(a) 4:1
(b) 1:16
(c) 1:4
(d) 16:1.
Answer:
(c) 1:4

Question 20.
A gas of volume 300ml is cooled from 27°C to 7°C at constant pressure. Volume of gas will be :
(a) 135ml
(b) 540ml
(c) 350ml
(d) 280ml.
Answer:
(d) 280ml.

2. Fill in the blanks:

1. According to kinetic theory, the average kinetic energy of a gas is directly proportional to its ……………… temperature.
Answer:
Absolute

2. The kinetic energy of one mole of a gas is equal to ……………… .
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{2}\) RT

3. Root Mean Square velocity is ……………… .
Answer:
\(\sqrt{\frac{P V}{m}}\) or \(\sqrt{\frac{3 \mathrm{RT}}{m}}\)

4. Average velocity = ………………×……………… .
Answer:
0.92× Root mean Squre velocity

5. Formula of kinetic molecular equation is ……………… .
Answer:
PV = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

6. Formula of ideal gas equation is ……………… .
Answer:
PV =nRT

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 5 States of Matter

3. Match the following:

‘A’ ‘B’
1. CaF2 (a) Molecular crystal
2. Solid CO2 (b) Covalent crystal
3. Diamond (c) Metallic crystal
4. Glass (d) Molecular crystal
5. Ice (e) Non-crystalline crystal
6. Sodium (f) Ionic crystal.

Answer:
1. (f) Ionic crystal.
2. (a) Molecular crystal
3. (b) Covalent crystal
4. (e) Non-crystalline crystal
5. (d) Molecular crystal
6. (c) Metallic crystal.

4. Answer in one word/sentence:

1. The resistance produced in the flow of a liquid is called.
Answer:
Viscosity

2. Unit of surface tension is.
Answer:
Dynepercm

3. Write S.l. unit of pressure.
Answer:
Pascal

4. Scientist who proposed the law of partial pressure is.
Answer:
Dalton

5. Name the scientist who developed relation between density and rate of diffusion of gas.
Answer:
Graham

6. Value of gas constant in S.l. unit.
Answer:
8.314 JK-1 mol-1

7. 1 Pascal is equal to.
Answer:
1Nm2.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  

Students get through the MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure which are most likely to be asked in the exam.

MP Board Class 11th Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure Class 11 Important Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What is a chemical bond?
Answer:
The attraction force between two atoms which binds them to form a molecule is called chemical bond.

Question 2.
What is electronic theory of valency? Write its main postulates. ‘
Answer:
Electronic theory of valency and its main postulates are as follows :

  • Valency of an element depends on the number of electrons present in the valence shell of its atom.
  • Atoms of all elements possess the ability to achieve stable electronic configuration of inert gas.
  • Electrons present in the valence shell of any element are called valence electrons :
    When electron is lost from the valence shell, then the remaining vacant orbital is known as Kernel.
  • If the atom is unstable, it tries to achieve stability. For this it exchange or shares electrons.

On this basis there are three types of bonds :

  1. Ionic bond,
  2. Covalent bond,
  3. Co-ordinate bond.

Question 3.
Write the favourable factors for the formation of ionic bond.
Answer:
The favourable factors for the formation of ionic bond are :

  • Ionisation enthalpy of element forming cation should below.
  • High negative electron gain enthalpy (electron affinity) of element forming anion.
  • High lattice enthalpy of ionic compound formed.

Question 4.
Write Lewis structures of the following molecules and ions :
H2S, SiCl4, BeF2, CO3-2 HCOOH
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure   1

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure   2

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure   3

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure   4

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure   5

Question 5.
Write Lewis dot symbol of atoms of the following elements :
Mg, Br, Na, O.
Answer:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  6

Question 6.
Use Lewis symbols to show electron transfer between the following atoms to form cations and anions
(a) K and S
(b) Ca and O
(c) Al and N.
Answer:
(a) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  7
(b) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  8
(c) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  9

Question 7.
What is Lewis symbol? Write Lewis symbol of each of the following elements: Na, Ca, B, Br,Xe, C, N, O
Answer:
Gilburt Newton Lewis utilized the Lewis symbol to represent the valence electrons present in an atom. In this method, electrons present in the valence shell of an atom are represented by dots around the symbol of the element equal to the number of electrons present in the valence shell.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  10

Question 8.
What do you mean by lone pair of electron?
Answer:
Electron pair of an atom which do not take part in bonding is known as lone pair of electron. For example, N in NH3 has one lone pair of electron.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  11

Question 9.
Which molecule show trigonal bipyramidal geometry?
Answer:
Dipole moment is defined as, the product of the magnitude of charge on any one of the atoms and distance between them. It is represented by Greek letter υ(mu).
Mathematically, dipole moment is expressed as
υ = e × d
Where, e is charge on any one of the atoms and d is distance between the atoms.
As e is of the order of 10-10 esu while d is of the order of 10-8 cm υ is of the order 10-18 esu cm and this unit of υ is known as Debye (D).
Thus, 1D = 1×10-18 esu cm.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 10.
Is He2 molecule possible? Justify.
Answer:
He2 molecule is not possible.
2He → 1s2
There are 2 electrons in Is orbital of He atom. It is a complete and stable orbital and cannot accept extra electron. Its bond order is zero, therefore he cannot form molecule.

Question 11.
What is Bond energy?
Answer:
Bond energy of a diatomic molecule, is the energy released when t gm molecule of two neutral atoms are bonded in gaseous state.
A + B → A – B + Energy
In other words, the energy required to break the covalent bond formed between 1 gm molecule of two atoms in gaseous state is called bond energy.
Its unit is Kilo calori per mole or Kilo joule per mole.

Question 12.
Discuss the geometery of BrF5.
Answer:
In BrF5, there are seven electrons in the valence shell of Br (35Br – 2, 8, 18, 7) atom, out of which five electrons form bonds with five fluorine (F) atoms and remaining two electrons, lie as lone pairs. Thus, total 6 pairs (5 bond pair and 1 lone pair) are present. For the minimum repulsion between lone pairs and bond pair its geometry is square-pyramidal
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  12

Question 13.
What is the significance of plus and minus sign shown in representing the orbitals?
Answer:
Atomic orbitals are represented in the form of wave functions. In the orbital (+) sign represents positive wave function and (-) sign represents negative wave function. By the combination of two wave functions of similar sign bonding molecular orbital is formed whereas by the combination of two wave functions of opposite signs anti-bonding molecular orbital is formed.

Question 14.
What is the total number of sigma (σ) and pi (π) bonds in the following molecules :
(a) C2H2,
(b) C2H4
Answer:
(a)  MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  13
(b) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  14

Question 15.
What is hydrogen bond? Write its types and effects.
Answer:
Hydrogen bond is defined as the electrostatic force of attraction which exists between the covalently bonded hydrogen atom of one molecule and the electronegative atom of the other molecule. This bond is represented by dotted line (……………).
It is of two types :

  1. Inter-molecular hydrogen bond.
  2. Intra-molecular hydrogen bond.

Question 16.
At normal temperature water is a liquid, whereas hydrogen sulphide is a gas. Why?
Answer:
H2O and H2S are the hydride of oxygen and sulphur lying in the same group but H2O is liquid and H2S is gas, because oxygen is highly electrbnegative so H2O is polar in nature due to this biter-molecular hydrogen Bonding occurs in it. Thus, because of association H2O exists in liquid form and its boiling point is high.

In H2S, due to larger size, electronegativity of S is less, therefore formation of hydrogen bond between H2S molecule is not possible. Their molecules possess only weak van der Waals’ force between them. Thus, H2S is a gas at normal temperature.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 17.
Viscosity of glycerol is higher than ethanol. Why?
Answer:
Ethanol molecule contain one hydroxyl group whereas each glycerol contain three OH group which form three hydrogen bond. That is glycerol has more tendency to form hydrogen bond than ethanol. Therefore, viscosity of glycerol is higher.

Question 18.
Justify the cause of high boiling point and high viscosity of Sulphuric acid.
Answer:
H2SO4 molecule, due to high electronegativity, possess the tendency to form H- bond. Due to H- bond, H2SO4 molecules get associated. Due to this intermolecular hydrogen bond, it does not vaporise easily, therefore, their boiling point and viscosity is high.

Question 19.
What is the cause of solubility of ethyl alcohol in water?
Answer:
Ethyl alcohol easily forms intermolecular hydrogen bond with water molecules. Due to the nature of formation of hydrogen bond, ethyl alcohol is easily soluble in water.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  15

Question 20.
What are the main conditions for the formation of hydrogen bond by a molecule?
Answer:
Following are the conditions for the formation of hydrogen bond by a molecule:
(i) The atom joined by covalent bond to hydrogen atom in a molecule should have very high electronegativity.
(ii) Atomic radius of the atom joined to hydrogen bond should below.

Question 21.
What is meant by Lattice energy and Hydration energy?
Answer:
Lattice energy: Lattice energy of an ionic solid, is the energy released during the formation of one mole solid crystal by the component gaseous ion situated at infinity from each other or in other words, energy released during the formation of a crystal is known as Lattice energy.

Hydration energy: The energy released on dissolving an ion in water or the energy released by the combination of ion with water is called hydration energy.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 22.
What conditions are necessary for the overlapping of atomic orbitals?
Answer:
The following conditions are necessary for the overlapping of atomic orbitals :

  • Energy of both the atomic orbitals should be nearly same.
  • Nuclear axis of both the atoms should by symmetrical.
  • For combination, there should be a definite limit of overlapping i.e, limit of overlapping should be maximum.

Question 23.
What are sigma and pi bond? When are they formed?
Answer:
Sigma bond: The bond formed by overlapping of two orbitals along their axis is called a sigma bond. The line joining the two nuclei of the combining atoms is called the intemuclear axis or bond axis.
Example: This type of overlapping takes place between s-s orbital, s-p orbital and px – px orbitals.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  16

Question 24.
Why is σ-bond stronger than π-bond?
Answer:
Strength of bond depends upon the extent of overlapping. In σ-bond formation, the extent of overlapping is more because overlapping takes place along the inter-nuclear axis while in case of π -bond formation extent of overlapping is less due to sidewise overlapping, hence σ-bond is stronger than π-bond.

Question 25.
Write the differences between atom and ion.
Answer:
Differences between Atom and Ion

Atom Ion
1. Atoms are electrically neutral. Ion is electrically charged.
2. Cannot exist independently. Ion can exist in independently.
3. Atom participates in chemical reaction. Ions do not participate in chemical reaction.
4. Number of electrons and protons are same. Number of electrons is more or less than the number of protons.

Question 26.
Differentiate Sigma (σ) and Pi (π) bond.
Answer:
Differences between Sigma (σ) and Pi (π) bond

Sigma (σ) bond Pi (π) bond
1. This bond is formed by end to end or head on overlapping of orbitals along the internuclear axis. This bond is formed by the side-wise overlapping of orbitals.
2. This is formed by overlapping of s-s, s-p or p-p orbitals. This is formed by overlapping of p-p orbitals only.
3. Overlapping is large, hence it is strong bond. Overlapping is small, hence it is weak bond.
4. Free rotation about a σ – bond is possible. Free rotation about a π-bond is not possible.
5. Electron cloud is symmetrical about internuclear axis. Electron cloud of π-bond is unsymmetrical.

Question 27.
HCl is a covalent compound, still its aqueous solution gets ionized.
Answer:
In HCl due to high electronegativity of chlorine than hydrogen the shared electron pair gets displaced towards Cl and a partial negative charge is developed, on Cl and partial positive charge is developed on H. As a result, when HCl is dissolved in water, then due to partial polarizability HCl gets ionized.

Question 28.
Among electro-valent anti covalent compounds, whose boiling point is higher and why?
Answer:
Crystals of electro-valent compounds are formed by the combination of ions and strong electrostatic force is present between these ions and high energy is required to separate these ions and vaporize them. Therefore, boiling point of electro-valent compounds is higher than covalent compounds because covalent compounds are formed by the combination of atoms and only weak van der Waal’s force is present between them.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 29.
BaSO4 is insoluble in water. Why?
Answer:
Solubility of an ionic compound in water depend on Lattice energy and hydration energy. If lattice energy of a compound is more than its hydration energy, then the ionic compound is insoluble in water. Magnitude of Lattice energy of BaSO4 is higher than its hydration energy, therefore, BaSO4 is insoluble in water.

Question 30.
Write the resonance structures of SO3, NO2, and NO3.
Answer:
(SO3)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  17
(NO2)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  18
(NO3)
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  19

Question 31.
Sodium is a strong electropositive element. Why?
Answer:
Atomic number of Sodium is 11 and its electronic configuration is 2,8,1. Due to large size, its ionization energy is very less, so it easily loses electron and forms a positive ions. Therefore, is a strongly electropositive element.

Question 32.
Electrovalent bond is formed between which type of compounds?
Answer:
Ionic bond is formed between strongly electropositive and strongly electrovalent elements because strongly electropositive element easily lose electron and forms cation and electronegative element easily gains electron and forms anion.

Strong electrostatic force of attraction is present between cation and anion. This strong electrostatic force is called electro valent or ionic bond.
Example : Na2,8,1+ Cl2,87 → Na+28+Cl2,8,8.

Question 33.
HF molecule is more polar than HI molecule. Why?
Answer:
Electronegativity of Fluorine is more than Iodine, therefore, displacement of shared electrons in HF is more than in HI, as a result division of charge is more in HF, then HI therefore, HF is more polar than HI.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 34.
C-Cl bond is polar, but CCl4 is non-polar. Given reason.
Answer:
In C-Cl bond, electronegativity of Chlorine is more than in C, due to which shared electrons gets displaced more towards Chlorine, by which partial positive charge is developed on C and partial negative charge is developed on Cl and the bond represents polar nature.
Whereas, CCl4 has symmetrical structure due to which dipole moment of C-Cl bonds cancel each other therefore, CCl4 molecule is non-polar.

Question 35.
What do you mean by resonance?
Answer:
When properties of a molecule are not explained by one structure and two or more than two structures are assigned to express its characteristics, it is said that molecule is resonance hybrid of these structures and this property is known as resonance.
Different resonating structures are exhibited by using sign (↔) in between these structures.

Question 36.
What are the main conditions of Resonance?
Answer:
Conditions for resonance are as follows :

  • Enthalpy of formation of all resonating forms is nearly same.
  • In every formula, arrangement of atoms should be same.
  • Number of unpaired electrons in all the resonating forms should be equal.

Question 37.
What do you understand by Resonance energy?
Answer:
There is a difference in actual energy of a molecule and the energy calculated by its formula. This difference between both these energies is called resonance energy. In other words, difference between resonance hybrid and most stable resonance structure is called resonance energy. Higher the value of resonance energy, more is the stability of the molecule.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 38.
Calculate the bond order of N2.
Answer:
Electronic configuration of N2( 14 electron):
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  19
Bond order = \(\frac{1}{2}\) [Nb -Na] = \(\frac{1}{2}\)[10-4] = 3

Question 39.
On the basis of molecular orbital theory explain that Be2 molecule has no existence.
Answer:
Electronic configuration of 4Be = 1s2,2s2
Electronic configuration of 4Be molecule (4 + 4 = 8e)
= MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  20
Bond order = \(\frac{1}{2}\)[Nb-Na] = \(\frac{1}{2}\)[4-4] = 0
Thus, Be2 molecule has no existence.

Question 40.
What is hybridization?
Answer:
Hybridization: The hybridization may precisely be defined as the concept of mixing or merging of orbitals of an atom having equal energy to produce entirely new orbitals (equal number to the mixing orbitals) which have same energy contents, identical shapes and symmetrically disposed in space.

Question 41.
Write the differences between s-orbital and p-orbital.
Answer:
Differences between s-orbital and p-orbital

s-orbital p-orbital
1. These orbitals are spherically symmetrical. 1. These orbitals are dumb-bell in shape and are symmetrical on their axis.
2. These are non-directional. 2. These are directional.
3. For these l=0 and m = 0. 3. For these l = 1 and m = -1, 0, +1.

Question 42.
Boiling point of water is higher than HF whereas electronegativity of Fluorine is more than oxygen. Explain.
Answer:
In a molecule of HF one Fluorine is linked to one H, due to which each HF molecule can form two hydrogen bonds whereas in H2O molecule, oxygen atom is linked to two H atom due to which each water molecule can form four hydrogen bond. This way, tendency to form H-bond in water is more than in HF. Thus, boiling point of water is higher than HF.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 43.
Write the properties of Co-ordinate compounds.
Answer:
Properties of Co-ordinate compounds :

  • Co-ordinate compounds generally soluble in water and soluble organic solvents.
  • Their melting and boiling points are higher than covalent compounds and lower than electrovalent compounds.
  • They do not ionize on dissolving in water or in other solvents.
  • These bonds like covalent bonds are directional thus these compounds also show stereoisomerism.

Question 44.
Write the type of geometrical shapes and value of bond angle of the following molecules:
(i) C2H2
(ii) BCl3
(iii) NH3
(iv) PCl5.
Answer:
Types of geometrical shapes and value of Bond angle :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  21

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  22

Question 45.
Draw the resonating structure of the following:
(i) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  23
(ii) CO2.
Answer:
(i) Resonating structure of MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  23 :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  24
(ii) Resonating structures of CO2:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  25

Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure Class 11 Important Questions Short Answer Type 

Question 1.
On what factors does formation of ionic compound depend?
Answer:
Formation of ionic bond depends on the following factors :

  • Electronegativity: There should be very high difference in electronegativity be¬tween the two combining atoms. Higher the difference, higher will be the ionic property of the bond.
  • Ionisation energy : Ionisation energy of the atom donating electron should be very low, due to which the atom can easily lose electron and form cation.
  • Electron affinity: Electron affinity of the atom gaining electron should be high, due to which the atom can easily gain electron.
  • Lattice energy: Higher the lattice energy of the compound higher will be its ionic nature.

Question 2.
Write the characteristics of hybridization.
Answer:
Characteristics of hybridization :

  • The orbitals taking part in hybridization belongs to same atom.
  • The orbitals which participate in hybridization must have a small difference of energies.
  • Both half filled and completely filled orbitals can take part in hybridization.
  • Only orbitals participate in hybridization not electrons.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  26

  • Number of hybrid orbitals formed is equal to the number of atomic orbitals hybridized.
  • Hybrid orbitals have equivalent energies and identical shape. They may have different orientation.
  • Hybridization is a concept, which is used to justify the experimental facts.

Question 3.
How a covalent bond is formed? Explain by giving examples.
Answer:
Covalent bond: The bond formed by mutual sharing of electrons between the atoms is covalent bond. The compound obtained as a result of such bonding is called cova¬lent compound. When one-one electron is shared between two atoms, single bond is formed which is shown by line (-).

When two-two electrons are shared between two atoms results in the formation of double bond and is expressed with (=) line. Similarly, sharing of three electrons between two atoms forms triple bond expressed with (≡) line.

Example: Formation of Cl2: Electronic configuration of chlorine is 2, 8, 7. Its valence shell contains 7 electrons. It needs one electron to complete its octet. One chlorine atom shares its electron with other chlorine atoms to complete their octet.
In this way, in one chlorine molecule (Cl2) one single bond is formed between chlo¬rine atoms.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  27

Question 4.
What is the difference between polar and non-polar covalent bonds?
Answer:
Polar covalent bond: The molecules formed of unlike atoms which differ in their electronegativity value contain polar bonds e.g., HCl, NH3, HF, H2O etc. as their bonds have ionic nature also.
Example: Hδ+ — Clδ- is a polar molecule.

Non-polar covalent bond: The covalent bond that have no ionic character are called non-polar bonds. The molecules which are formed of like atoms contain non-polar bonds. e.g., H2, N2, O2 etc. are a non-polar molecule.
H:H MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  28

Question 5.
Write characteristics of covalent compounds.
Answer:
Following characteristics of covalent compounds :

  • Generally these compounds are in gaseous or liquid state. Solids are of high molecular weight.
  • Crystal lattice consist of neutral molecules or atoms.
  • Boiling points and melting points are low.
  • These are bad conductor of electricity.
  • Reactions of these compounds are slow being molecular reactions.
  • These compounds are soluble in non-polar solvents like benzene, pyridine, ether etc.
  • Covalent bonds are rigid and directional. So many types of isomerism is found.

Question 6.
Differentiate Electrovalent, Ionic compound and Covalent compound.
Answer:
Differences between Ionic and Covalent compounds

Property Ionic compound Covalent compound
1. Formation These are formed by the transfer of electrons. These are formed by the sharing of electrons.
2. Reactivity More reactive. Less reactive.
3. Solubility In water Completely soluble. Partially soluble or in soluble.
4. Ionization Ionizes in aqueous solution. Do not ionize in water.
5. Electrical conductivity Conductor of electricity in molten state or in aqueous solution. Non-conductor of electricity.
6. Melting point & boiling point. High melting point and boiling point. Low melting point and boiling point.
7. Reaction rate Reaction rate is fast in solution state. Reaction rate is slow.

Question 7.
Ice is lighter than water. Why? Explain. Or, Density of ice Is less than water. Why?
Answer:
In ice each oxygen atom is tetrahedrally surrounded by four hydrogen atoms in which two hydrogen atoms are linked to oxygen atom by covalent bond and other two hydrogen atoms are linked by hydrogen bond.
The molecules of H2O are not packed closely. This gives rise to open cage-like structure for ice having a
larger volume for thé given mass of water.

Thus density of ice is less than water. Ice is actually hydrogen-bonded crystal. Three-dimensional structure of protein and H ucleic acids like biologically important substances is due to hydrogen bond. Energy of hydrogen bond is between 35 kJ mol-1 and 8 kJ mol-1. Thus, hydrogen bond is stronger than Van der Wall’s force and weaker than covalent bond.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  29

Question 8.
Explain co-ordinate bond with example.
Answer:
Coordinate bond is also formed by the sharing of electrons between two atoms but the shared electron pair is donated by one atom only whose outer orbit is already stable the other atom gains that electron pair and both the atoms achieve stable configuration.

Atom which donates electron is called donor atom and the atom which accept electron is called acceptor. Coordinate bond is represented by an arrow (→) which starts from the atom which donates electron pair and points to the atom which accepts them. Example: In the combination of ammonia and Boron trifluoride N atom donates its electron pair to B
atom forming a co-ordinate bond.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  30

Question 9.
Is there any change in the hybridization of B and N atoms as a result of the following reaction:
BF3 + NH3 → F3B.NH3
Answer:
In BF3 there are 3 bond pairs and 0 lone pair due to which Boron is sp2 hybridized and in NH3 due to the presence of 3 bond pairs and 1 lone pair Nitrogen is sp3 hybridized. After the reaction hybridization of Boron changes to sp3 but hybridization of nitrogen remains same because N shares its lone pair of electron with electron-deficient B.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 10.
Describe the change in hybridization (if any) of the A1 atom in the following reaction:
AICI3 + Cl → AICI3
Solution:
Electronic configuration of Al is as follows :
In ground state configuration 13Al – 1s2, 2s22p6,3s23px1 .
In excited state – 1s2, 2s22p6,3s23px13py1
In the formation of AlCl3, Al is sp2-hybridized and its geometeiy is trigonal planar. On the other side in the formation of AlCL4 due to participation of vacant 3pz orbital, A1 becomes sp3-hydrized and its geometry is tetrahedral.

Question 11.
What is metallic bond? Explain with example.
Answer:
To explain the metallic bond, there are two theories of the bond present in metals:
1. Independent (Free) electron theory: This theory was proposed in 1990 by Drud and modified later in 1916 by Lorenz. According to this theory, metallic solid is that group of cations which are orderly immersed in a sea of mobile electrons and the force which bonds these cations in the electron sea is called metallic bond.
Example: Each atom of Mg metal donates 2 electron to form lattice of Mg2+ ion and electron sea is formed by valence electrons.

2. Valence bond theory: According to this theory “Bond in metals is of covalent nature and resonance is found in it.”
Example: Each Li atom is surrounded by eight other Li atoms and it forms covalent bond with each Li turn by turn. This way, various resonance structures are obtained.

Question 12.
What do you understand by intermolecular and intramolecular hydrogen bonding?
Answer:
(i) Intermolecular hydrogen bonding: When these atoms (hydrogen and electronegative atom) are of different molecules, it is called intermolecular hydrogen bonding as in H2O, HF, C2H5OH etc.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  31
Hydrogen bond is represented by dotted lines. Many molecules of HF associates and form (HF)n. On the same way molecules of water and alcohols are linked with hydrogen bonds.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  32
(ii) Intramolecular hydrogen bonding: If these atoms (hydrogen and electronegative atoms) are present in same molecule, this type of hydrogen bonding is called intramolecular hydrogen bonding.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  33

Question 13.
Which out of NH3 and NF3 has higher dipole moment and why?
Answer:
Shape of both NH3 and NF3 is pyramidal, but dipole moment of NH3 is higher than NF3. In NH3, dipole of lone pair electron is in the direction of three N-H bond, where as dipole of lone pair in NH3 is in opposite direction of three N-F bond due to which magnitude of dipole moment of NF3 decreases.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  34

Question 14.
Explain why BeH2 molecule has zero dipole moment although the Be-H bonds are polar?
Answer:
BeH2 molecule is linear. Two similar bond dipoles in opposite directions cancel the effect of each other. That is why, dipole moment of BeH2 molecule is zero.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  35

Question 15.
What are the main postulates of atomic orbital overlapping of covalent bond?
Answer:
According to this theory:

  • A covalent bond is formed by the overlapping of atomic orbital of one atom with the orbital of the other atom.
  • At the formation of bond, electrons are related to the nuclei of both the atoms.
  • Spin of the bonded electron should be in opposite direction.
  • Strength of bond depends on the extent of overlapping.
  • On the basis of overlapping bonds are of two types : a bond and n bond.
  • Valency of an element depends on the number of unpaired electrons present in its n valence shell.
  • Overlapping takes place only in those orbitals which takes part in bond formation.
  • Multiple bonds are formed by the overlapping of orbitals containing more than one unpaired electrons.

Question 16.
Explain the cause and arrangement of the following compounds in the increasing order of their ionic behaviour : N-H, F-H, C-H and O-H
Answer:
Higher the electronegativity difference between two bonded atoms in a molecule higher is the ionic behaviour.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  36
Thus, correct order of ionic behaviour is as follows : C-H < N-H < O-H < F-H.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 17.
Justify: Why is PCl5 trigonal bipyramidal and IF5 is square pyramidal?
Answer:
PCl5: In it, Phosphorus (Z = 15) is the central atom whose electronic configuration in ground state and excited state is as follows :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  37
In PCl5, Phosphorus is sp3d hybridized, thus its geometry is trigonal bipyramidal.
IF5: In it, central atom is iodine (Z = 53), whose ground state and excited state elec¬tronic configuration is as follows :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  38
In IF5, Iodine is sp3d2 hybridized, thus its geometery is square pyramidal, distortion is due to lone pair electron.

Question 18.
What are sigma (σ) and pi (π) bonds? When are they formed? Explain.
Answer:
Sigma (σ) bond: Sigma bond is formed by axial or end to end overlapping of orbitals. In sigma bonds, electron density is maximum at intemuclear axis due to maximum overlapping so sigma bond is stronger than π-bond. Formation of sigma bonds occur on s- s, s-p and p-p overlapping e.g.,
(i) s-s overlap :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  39
(ii) s-p overlap:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  50
(iii) p-p overlap :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  64
Pi (π) Bond: Bond formed by the lateral or side wise overlapping of two p-orbitals is called π-bond. It is a weak bond.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  41

Question 19.
Tell the hybridization and geometry of the following compounds on the basis of VSEPR theory: SnCl2, SiCl4, SF6, H2S, HF, NCl3, PCl5.
Answer:
Hybridization and geometry of the given compounds :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  42

Question 20.
Which hybrid orbitals are used by carbon atoms in the following molecules: (a) CH3-CH3 (b) CH3-CH = CH2
(c) CH3CH2-OH
(d) CH3-CHO
(e) CH3COOH.
Answer:
(a)MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  43
(b) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  44
(c) MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  45
(d)MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  46
(e)

Question 21.
What do you understand by bond pairs and lone pairs of electrons ? Illustrate by giving one example of each type.
Answer:
Covalent bond is formed by the mutual sharing of electrons. Electron pairs shared between bonded atoms are called bond pair. Electrons which do not participate in bond formation are called lone pair.
Example: In ammonia (NH3), three bond pairs and one lone pair electron are present.
In water (H2O), two bond pairs and two lone pairs electrons are present.
In Methane only four bond pair electrons are present.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  48

Question 22.
What is s-s overlapping? Explain with example.
Answer:
When half filled s-orbital of an atom overlaps with half-filled s-orbital of the other atom σ bond is formed, then it is known as s-s overlapping. This bond is symmetrical along the nuclear axis.

Example: Formation of H2 molecule: Atomic number of H-atom is 1. Its normal electronic configuration is 1.s1. During the formation of H2 molecule half-filled orbital of H- atom, overlaps with half-filled orbital of other H-atom to form a bond.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  49

Question 23.
What is s-p overlapping? Describe with example.
Answer:
s-p overlapping: When half filled s-orbital of any atom overlap with p-orbital (half-filled) of other atoms, this type of overlapping is called s-p overlapping. Molecular orbital thus formed is called s-p molecular orbital. Bond formed by this overlapping is a (sigma) bond. 5-orbital is non-directional or spherical so it can be overlap with Px, py or pz
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  40

Example: Formation of HCI: Electronic configuration of hydrogen and chlorine atoms are:
1H = 1s1
17Cl= 1s2,2s22p6,3s2 3p2x3py2 3pz1
Thus, 1s-orbital of hydrogen atom overlap with 3p2 orbital of chlorine atom and form a s-p molecular orbital and HCl molecule is formed.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  51

Question 24.
Write Lewis sü .cture of the following compound and express formal charge on each atom.
(a) HNO3,
(b) NO2,
(c) H2SO4.
Answer:
(a) HNO3:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  52

Formal charge on H =1-0 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) – × 2 =0
Formal charge on N =5-0 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 8 = 1
Formal charge on O(1) =6-4- \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 4 = 0
Formal charge onO(2) =6-4- \(\frac{1}{2}\)×4=0
Formal charge on 0 (3) = 6-6- \(\frac{1}{2}\) ×2 = -1.

(b)NO2:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  53

Formal charge on 0 (1) =6-4- \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 4 = O
FormalchargeonN =5-1- \(\frac{1}{2}\)×6=+1
Formal charge on 0(2) =6-6-\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 2= -1

(c) H2SO4:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  54

Formal charge on H (1) and H (2) =1-0 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 2 =0
Formal charge on 0(1) and 0 (3) =6-4- \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 4 =0
Formal chargeonO(2) and 0(4) =6-6- \(\frac{1}{2}\)× 2=-1
Formal charge on S =6 – 0- \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 8 = +2.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 25.
Justify the cause of difference in the properties of the two aiiotropes diamond and graphite.
Answer:
Diamond and graphite, both are the allotropes of carbon but due the difference in arrangement of C, their properties are different. In diamond, C-atom is in sp3 hybrid state and each C-atom is linked with other four carbons and forms tetrahedral structure. This way, it forms a three-dimensional structure, therefore diamond is hard and its melting point is high.

In graphite, each C-atom is in sp2 hybrid state i.e. each C-atom is surrounded by three Other carbon and fourth valency of each C-atom is unsaturated. There are various layers in graphite which are joined by weak van der Waals’ attractive force. Therefore, graphite is soft and due to the presence of free electrons, it is a good conductor of electricity.

Question 26.
Explain the hybridized structure of acetylene molecule with figure.
Answer:
Explanation of acetylene by sp hybridization: In this molecule, carbon is the central atom. Thus, both the carbon atom assumes sp hybridization as shown below :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  55
One 2s and one 2p -orbital of each carbon atom hybridizes while other two 2p-orbitals are left unhybridized. The two sp hybrid orbitals formed by each carbon atom are oriented linearly while unhybridized 2pz orbitals are oriented perpendicularly to hybrid orbitals. During the formation of acetylene molecule one sp hybrid orbital of each carbon atom overlaps forming carbon-carbon sp-sp sigma bonds.

Remaining two sp hybrid orbitals of both the C-atoms overlaps with half-filled 1s orbital of H-atom to form two carbon-hydrogen sp-s sigma bonds. Each unhybridized orbital overlaps sidewise forming two Pi (π) bonds. Thus, sp hybrid linear acetylene molecule containing two π-bonds and three sigma bonds is formed. In this molecule, C≡C bond length is 120 pm while C-H bond length is 100 pm. H-C-C bond angle is 180°.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  56

Question 27.
Considering X-axis as the internuclear axis which out of the following will not form a sigma bond and why :
(a) 1s and 1s
(b) Is and 2px
(c) 2py and 2py
(d) 1s and 2s.
Answer:
Only (c) will not form carbon, because on taking X-axis on internuclear axis, 2py and 2py undergo lateral overlapping in between the axis, as a result of which π bond is formed.

Question 28.
Apart from tetrahedral geometry, another possible geometry for CH4 is square planar with the four H-atoms at the corners of the square and C at its centre. Explain why CH4 is not square planar?
Answer:
Electronic configuration of C is as follows:
In ground state 6C = 1s2,2s2,2px1, 2py1,2pz0
In excited state 6C = MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  65
In CH4 molecule, C is sp3-hybridized due to which its geometry is tetrahedral. For square planar geometry dsp2 hybridization is required. But due to absence of rf-orbitals in carbon, it is not possible. Along with this, according to VSEPR theory, four bond pairs of carbon atom are situated in tetrahedral geometry.
In tetrahedral structure, bond angle is 109°28′ and in square planar geometry is 90°. Thus, repulsion of bonded electrons in tetrahedral geometry is less as compared to square planar geometry.

Question 29.
Justify on the basis of hybridization, that structure of BeCl2 molecule is linear.
Answer:
In BeCl2, Be is in sp-hybrid state.
sp-hybridization: When one s-orbital and one orbital of p-subshell redistribute their energy to form two hybrid orbitals, it is known-as sp-hybridization. Shape of BeCl2 molecule : In BeCl2, B is the central atom, its normal oxidation state is 1s2,2s2,2p0.

In excited state one electron of 2s orbital gets excited and goes to vacant 2p subshell. One orbital of 2s and one orbital of 2p redistribute their energy to form two hybrid orbitals which arrange themselves making an angle of 180°. Both these hybrid orbitals overlap with two chlorine atoms to form two a bonds. Therefore structure of BeCl2 is linear.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  57

Question 30.
What is sp3 hybridization? Justify with example.
Answer:
sp3-hybridization: When s-orbital and three orbitals of. p-subshell mutually redistribute their energy and form four hybrid orbitals, then it is known as sp3-hybridization.
Due to repulsion, all these four orbitals form an angle of 109°28′ with one another i. e., these four orbitals directed towards the four comers of a tetrahedron.

Example: CH4: Atomic number of carbon is 6 and its normal electronic configuration is 1s2, 2s2, 2p2.
In excited state, one electron of 2s gets excited and moves to 2pz orbital. Thus, in excited state C has four unpaired electrons. 2s orbital of carbon and all the three orbitals of 2p subshell redistribute their energy and form four hybrid orbitals which overlaps with four hydrogen atoms to form a bond. Due to sp3-hybridization, structure of methane molecule is tetrahedral and bond angle is 109°28′. ‘
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  58

Question 31.
Explain the structure of HNO3 and H2SO4.
Answer:
Structure of HNO3 :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  59
Structure of H2SO4
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  60

Question 32.
Write the conditions for the formation of molecular orbitals by Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals.
Answer:
The following conditions are required for the formation of molecular orbitals by Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals: ‘
(i) The combining atomic orbitals should possess same or nearly similar energy. For example:1s-orbital can combine with 1s-orbital, not with 2s because energy of 2s-orbital is more than 1s-orbital. This way, combination is possible when the combining atoms are different (Intemuclear diatomic molecule).

(ii) The combining atomic orbitals must have the same symmetry about the molecular
axis.
(iii) Combining atomic orbitals should undergo maximum overlapping. Higher the overlapping between the orbitals, higher the electron density between their nuclei.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  61

Question 33.
Explain the formation of N2 molecule on the basis of orbital theory or overlapping.
Answer:
Atomic number of N-atom is 7, it normal electronic configuration is 1s2,2s2,2p3. It has three electrons in the p-subshell of its valence shell and to complete its octet, it requires three more electrons. px orbital of N-atom, overlaps with pxorbital of another N-atom and form a bond and p2 orbital of both nitrogen form two n bonds by lateral overlapping. This way three bonds are formed between both N-atoms in N2 molecule.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  62

Question 34.
Write the main points of Molecular Orbital Theory.
Answer:
Main points of Molecular Orbital Theory :

  • Molecular orbitals are formed by the combination of atomic orbitals of atoms.
  • It is supposed that molecular orbitals are formed by the linear combination of atomic orbitals.

Molecular orbitals are of two types :

  1. Bonding molecular orbitals: These are formed by addition of wave functions.
  2. Antibonding molecular orbitals: These are formed by the difference of wave functions.
  • Molecular orbitals are polycentric, thus electrons are effected by two or more than two nuclei.
  • Atomic orbitals of inner shells (apart from valence shell) also combine to form molecular orbitals. These are normally called nonbonding molecular orbitals. Molecular orbitals are formed by overlapping.
    Filling of electrons follow Aufbau’s principle, Hund’s Rule and Pauli’s principle.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 35.
Write the hybridization, geometry and bond angle present in some specific compounds.
Answer:
Hybridization, geometry and bond angle in compounds :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  63

Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure Class 11 Important Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
State important applications of dipole moment.
Answer:
Important applications of dipole moment are as follows :

  • By the help of dipole moment, polar and non-polar nature of a molecule can be determined. Higher the magnitude of dipole moment (υ = q × d), higher is its polarity. For non-polar molecules, magnitude of dipole moment is zero. For example: CO2.
  • By its help, percent ionic character can be determined as follows :
    Percent ionic character = \(\frac{\mu \text { observed }}{\mu \text { ionic }}\) × 100
  • Dipole moment of Symmetric molecules is zero, though they contain two or more polar bonds. Thus, used in measuring the symmetry of molecules.
  • By its help, cis and trans isomers can be differentiated. Normally, dipole moment of cis isomer is higher than that of trans isomer.
  • It is also used in the differentiation of ortho, meta and para isomers. Dipole mo¬ment of para isomer is zero. Dipole moment of ortho isomer is more than meta isomer.
  • Information regarding shape of molecule is obtained.

Question 2.
What is valence shell electron pair repulsion theory? State its limitations. Or, Explain valence shell Electron pair repulsion theory with example.
Answer:
Geometry of covalent molecules can be justified on the basis of VSEPR theory. According to this theory:
Geometry of a molecule depends on the number of bonded and lone pair electron or non-bonding electron in valence shell of central atom.

If only bonded electron pairs are present in the valence shell of central atom of a molecule, then the geometry of the molecule is symmetrical and depends on the type of hybridization of valence shell contain 2,3,4,5,6 and 7 bond electron pair the geometry of the molecule is linear, trigonal planar, tetrahedral, trigonal bipyramidal, octahedral and pen¬tagonal bipyramidal.

If valence shell of central atom of molecule contains both bond and lone pair electrons, then the geometry of the molecule is not symmetrical because due to the presence of electron pair, these is more repulsion between bond and lone pair electrons which destroy the geometry. Order of repulsion in various electron pair is as follows :
Lone pair – Lone pair > Lone pair – Bond pair > Bond pair – Bond pair.

Due to increase in the number of lone electron pairs on central atom, magnitude of bond angle between bonded electron pair decreases.

If valence shell of central atom is fully filled with electrons then repulsion in bonded electron pair is more than the repulsion by bonded electron pair in incomplete va¬lence shell.

Limitations :

  • On the basis of this theory, geomtry of complex salts of transition metals cannot be explained.
  • By the help of this theory, geometry of such molecules which have highly displaced π-electrons cannot be explained. Shape of highly polar compound like Li2O cannot be discussed.

Question 3.
Compare the relative stability of the following species and indicate their magnetic properties:
O2,O2+,O2 (Superoxide), O2(Peroxide).
Answer:
Electronic configuration of species is as follows :
(a) O2(16c) → MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  67
Bond order = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (Nb – Na ) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (10 – 6) = 2
Thus, 0 = 0
Due to the presence of two unpaired electrons, O2 is paramagnetic.

(b) O2+ ion is formed by the removal of one electron from O2 molecule
O2 → O2+ + e
O2+ (15 e) →MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  68
Bond order = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (Nb-Na)= \(\frac{1}{2}\) (10-5) = 2.5
InO2+ one electron is unpaired, thus it is paramagnetic.

(c) O2 (Superoxide) ion : O2 is formed by the addition of one electron in O2 molecule.
O2 + e → O2
O2 (17e) → MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  69
Bond order = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(Na – Nb) = 1(10-7) = 1.5
Due to the presence of one unpaired electron, O2 is paramagnetic.

(d) O22- (Peroxide) ion : O22- ion is formed by the addition of two electrons in O2 molecule.
O2+2e → O22-
O22- (18e) → MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  70
Bond order =\(\frac{1}{2}\) (Nb-Na) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(10-8) =1
Due to presence of paired electrons O22- is diamagnetic.

Decreasing order of stability : We know that, Bond order « Stability.
Thus, decreasing order of stability is as follows :
O2+ > O2 > O2 > O22-.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 4.
What is hydrogen bond? Write its types. How does it affect the properties of compounds?
Answer:
Hydrogen bond is defined as the electrostatic force of attraction which exists between the covalently bonded hydrogen atom of one molecule and the electronegative atom of the other molecule. This bond is represented by dotted line (….). Hydrogen bond exists between H-atom of one molecule and electronegative (O, N, F) atom of another molecule:
Example : HF: MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  71
It is a weak bond.
Types of hydrogen bond : Hydrogen bond is defined as the electrostatic force of attraction which exists between the covalently bonded hydrogen atom of one molecule and the electronegative atom of the other molecule. This bond is represented by dotted line (……………).
It is of two types :

  1. Inter-molecular hydrogen bond.
  2. Intra-molecular hydrogen bond.

Effects of hydrogen bond: Hydrogen bond affects the physical and chemical properties like boiling point, solubility etc. of compounds. Due to intermolecular hydrogen bond, molecules get associated, therefore their melting and boiling points are high whereas due to intramolecular hydrogen bond melting point, boiling point and solubility etc. of compound becomes low.

Example:
1. Physical state: In H2O, due to hydrogen bond, molecules of water are in associated state, therefore at normal temperature H2O is a liquid whereas due to low
electronegativity of S, hydrogen bond in H2S is not possible. Their molecules possess weak van der Waals’ force, therefore it is a gas at normal temperature.
2. Solubility: Alcohol and carboxylic acid easily form intermolecular hydrogen bond, therefore they are soluble in water.

Question 5.
Describe the hybridisation in case of PCl5. Why are the axial bonds longer as compared to equatorial bonds ?
Answer:
Electronic configuration of phosphorus is as follows :
15 P = 1s2,2s2 2p6,3s2,3p3
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  72
In the formation of PCl5 molecule, one s, three p and one rf-orbital are available for hybridisation. These orbitals combine to form five sp3d hybrid orbitals. These five hybrid orbitals are oriented towards the five comers of a trigonal bipyramid.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  73
Again, in PCl5 three P – Cl bonds are situated on one plane and form an angle of 120°. These are known as equatorial bonds, remaining two P – Cl bonds lie above and below the equatorial bonds making an angle of 90°. These bonds are called axial bonds. Since axial bond feel more repulsion than equatorial bonds, thus they are comparatively longer than the equatorial bonds.

Question 6.
What do you mean by resonance? Explain with example.
Answer:
When properties of a molecule are hot explained by one structure and two or more than two structures are assigned to express its characteristics, it is said that molecule is resonance hybrid of these structures and this property is known as resonance.

Different resonating structures are exhibited by using sign (↔) in between these structures.
Resonance structures do not have any physical significance. Actually resonance theory is an imagination theory. As a result of resonance, energy of the compound decreases and stability increases. Energy of resonance hybrid is always less than the energy of various resonating structures.
Example: Carbon dioxide is normally represented by the following formula :
0 = C=0

On the basis of this structure bond length between O and C should be 1.22Å, but actual bond length is 1.15Å, which is in between the double and triple bond. Energy of formation of CO2 should be 300 kcal/mol but actual bond energy is 310 kcal/mol. Thus, there can be two formulae of CO2:
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  74
Other example of Resonance : Carbonate ion :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  75
Conditions for resonance are as follows :

  • Enthalpy of formation of all resonating forms is nearly same.
  • In every formula, arrangement of atoms should be same.
  • Number of unpaired electrons in all the resonating forms should be equal.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 7.
Explain the electrostatic attractive and repulsive force on the basis of formation of covalent bond. Or, What is Quantum theory of covalency for hydrogen molecule? Explain.
Answer:
During the formation of covalent bond, when two atoms come close to one another then two types of forces act between them:

  1. Attraction by nuclei of both the atoms to the electrons of the molecule.
  2. Repulsive force between the nuclei and the electrons of both the atoms.

When the resultant force of acting attractive force and repulsive force is attraction the energy of the system decrease and formation of bond is possible in this situation. But, if the resultant force of acting attractive force and repulsive force is repulsion, there is increase in energy and bond formation is not possible.

Example: Formation of H2 molecule :
If both the H-atoms are situated far from each other, then there is no attractive or repulsive force between them but when both the H-atoms are brought close to each other then the ahead to situations can be possible :
(i) When two H-atoms whose spin of electron is parallel to one another come closer then their potential energy continuously increases because strong repulsive force is present between both the electrons. Therefore this bond will be unstable.

(ii) If H-atoms of opposite spin come closer, strong attractive force between them leads to decrease in energy. Due to opposite spin electron density between both the nuclei increases which binds both the nuclei by strong electrostatic force. This bond is called covalent bond. If both the H-atoms are brought closer than the minimum distance, then repulsive force between nucleus-nucleus increases, by which energy increases continuously and bond again becomes unstable.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  76

Question 8.
Structure of two molecules are given below :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  77
(i) Of the above in which compound intermolecular hydrogen bond and in which intramolecular hydrogen bond is present?
(ii) Melting point of a compound apart from other concepts is based on hydrogen bond. On this basis justify which of the above compound will have higher melting point?
(iii) Solubility of a compound depends upon its ability to form hydrogen bond. Which of the above compound will easily form hydrogen bond and will be more soluble in water?
Answer:
(i) Compound will form intramolecular hydrogen bond, when hydrogen atom in a molecule is present between two more electronegative atoms (O, F, N etc.) then intramolecular hydrogen bond is formed. In ortho nitrophenol (compound I), hydrogen atom is situated between two oxygen atom.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  78
In compound (II) intermolecular hydrogen bond is formed. In p-nitro phenol vacant space is present between -NO2 and -OH group. Thus, hydrogen atom of one molecule forms intermolecular hydrogen bond with oxygen atom of other molecules.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  79
(ii) Melting point of compound(II) will be higher because its various molecules are associated with hydrogen bonds.
(iii) Due to intramolecular H-bond compound (I) cannot form H-bond with water, due to which it is less soluble in water. Whereas molecules of compound (II) can easily form H-bond with water due to which it is more soluble in water.

Question 9.
Explain the structure of the following molecules on the basis of VSEPR theory:
(a) CH4,(b) H2O,(c) NH3.
Answer:
(a) Structure of CH4: In methane the central carbon atom is surrounded by four electrons and it forms four similar C – H bonds. This molecule is of tetrahedral geometry due to sp3-hybridization. On the basis of maximum distance the paired electrons are at the four tips of the tetrahedron. Bond angle is 109°28′.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  80

(b) Structure of H2O: In water molecule, central oxygen atom is also sp3-hybridized and structure is tetrahedral but oxygen atom has two lone pair of electrons. Thus, lp-lp and lp-bp repulsion exist. Due to this, bond angle reduces to 104°5′ in place of 109°28′ and shape becomes V shaped.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  81

(c) Structure of NH3: In ammonia, central N atom is surrounded by four electron pairs, so shape of molecule is tetrahedral. According to VSEPR theory, the four groups around the central atom of ammonia should be tetrahedrally arranged at bond angle of 109°. But, the measured bond angle is 107°. This is explained on the basis of repulsive effect of the lone pair of electrons on bonding electrons. In ammonia molecule there is a lone pair of electrons on the N atom. Thus, the Shape of NH3 molecule is distorted and it looks like pyramidal and it is polar in nature.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  82

Question 10.
Justify the following with reason :
(i) Covalent bonds are directional whereas ionic bond are non-directional.
(ii) Structure of water molecule is angular whereas carbon dioxide molecule is linear.
(iii) Ethyne molecule is linear.
Answer:
(i) Covalent bond, is formed by the overlapping of atomic orbitals. Direction of overlapping states the direction of bond. In ionic compounds, electrostatic area of ion is non-directional. On the basis of size of each cation is surrounded by anion in any direction. Similarly, anion is surrounded by cation. That is why, covalent bond is directional and ionic bond is non-directional.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  84

(ii) In H2 MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  83 oxygen is sp-hybridized with two lone pairs, sp3 hybrid orbitais are at the apices of the four tetrahedron. Two apices are surrounded by hydrogen atoms and remaining two apices are surrounded by lone pairs. Thus, due to lone pair, lone pair repulsive force bond angle decreases from 109-5° to 104-5° due to which shape of the molecule becomes V-shaped or bent or angular.
In CO2 molecule, C-atom is sp-hybridized. Two hybrid orbitals are situated in opposite direction to each other forming an angle of 180°.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  85

This is the reason that H2O molecule is angular whereas structure of CO2 is linear.
(iii) In Ethyne, both carbon atoms are sp -hybridized and the two orbitals (2px and 2py) are unhybridized. These two sp-hybrid orbitals lie in opposite directions making an angle of 180° due to which ethyne is linear.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  86

Question 11.
Write the main postulates of valence bond theory and state the limitations of this theory.
Answer:
Valence bond theory was proposed by Hitler and London which was modified by Pauling and Slater. The main postulates of this theory are as follows :

  • According to this theory, covalent bond is formed by the partial overlapping of half filled orbitals between the atoms.
  • Atomic orbitals which participate in overlapping possess electrons with opposite spin.
  • Strength of bond depends upon the extent of overlapping.
  • Directional strong bond is formed between two orbitals of similar stability, similar energy and symmetry.
  • As a result of overlapping and pairing of electrons, energy is released and the system achieves a state of lower energy.
  • Of both complete bond orbitals of each orbital is obtained. Therefore it is considered to be the property of both the atomic orbitals.

Limitations of Valence bond Theory :

  • According to this theory, O2 molecule does not contain any unpaired electron. Thus, nature of O2 should be diamagnetic but O2 molecule is paramagnetic.
  • Nothing is discussed about the formation of co-ordinate bond.
  • This theory is unsuccessful in explaining the formation of ions like H2+ .
  • It is unable to give any information regarding resonance.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 12.
Discuss the structure of PCl5 and SF6. Axial bonds in PCl5 is longer than equatorial bonds. Whereas in SF6 bond length of both axial and equatorial bonds are same discuss.
Answer:
Formation of PCl5:Electronic configuration of phosphorus is as follows :
15 P = 1s2,2s2 2p6,3s2,3p3
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  72
In the formation of PCl5 molecule, one s, three p and one rf-orbital are available for hybridisation. These orbitals combine to form five sp3d hybrid orbitals. These five hybrid orbitals are oriented towards the five comers of a trigonal bipyramid.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  73
Again, in PCl5 three P – Cl bonds are situated on one plane and form an angle of 120°. These are known as equatorial bonds, remaining two P – Cl bonds lie above and below the equatorial bonds making an angle of 90°. These bonds are called axial bonds. Since axial bond feel more repulsion than equatorial bonds, thus they are comparatively longer than the equatorial bonds.

Formation of SF6.
Electronic configuration of S in ground state MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  87
Electronic configuration of S in excited state MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  88
In SF6, sulphur is sp3d2 hybridized by which towards 6 corners octahedron the orbitals are orientated. These six sp3d2 hybrid orbitals overlap with p-orbitals of six fluorine atoms to form six similar S-F bonds.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  89

Question 13.
What is bond order? What informations are given by bond order?
Answer:
Bond order is defined as half of the difference between the number of electrons in bonding molecular orbitals and anti-bonding molecular orbitals.
Bond order = \(\frac{1}{2}\) [No. of electron in bonding molecular orbitals – No. of electron in anti-bonding molecular orbital]
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) [Nb – Na].

Bond order in a molecule gives following informations :

  • If bond order has positive value it indicates a stable molecule and if bond order has negative value or zero the molecule is unstable and is not formed.
  • It tells about the number of covalent bonds in a molecule. Bond order of a molecule is equal to the number of covalent bond between the atoms in the molecule.
  • Bond dissociation energy of a molecule is directly proportional to the bond order of the molecule. Greater the bond order, greater is the bond dissociation energy.
  • Bond length is inversely proportional to the bond order of the molecule, That is greater the bond order, shorter will be the bond length.
  • Paramagnetic molecules have fractional value of bond order while when bond order is a whole number, the molecule may or may not be paramagnetic.

Question 14.
Calculate bond order of O2, O2, O22 and O2+.
Answer:
1. O2 [16] – MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  90
Bond order = \(\frac{1}{2}\) [10 – 6] = 2
2. O2[17] – MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  91
Bond order = \(\frac{1}{2}\) [10 – 7] = 1.5
3. O22- [18] – MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  92
Bond order = \(\frac{1}{2}\) [10-8] = 1
4. O2+ [15] – MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  93
Bond order = \(\frac{1}{2}\) [10 — 5]
= 2.5.

Question 15.
Represent N2 molecular by figure on the basis of molecular energy level.
Answer:
Nitrogen molecule (N2): Each nitrogen atom contains seven electrons. Thus, total 14 electrons are filled in seven orbitals of increasing energy.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  94
Molecular orbital structure of N2 molecule will be as follows :
N2: MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  95
This structure shows that it contains 10 bonding and 4 anti-bonding electrons.
Bondorder =\(\frac{1}{2}\) (Nb-Na) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (10-4) = 3.
Value of bond order is more. Hence value of bond energy should also be high. Experimental value of bond energy is 945 KJ mol-1 which proves the presence of paired electrons in nitrogen molecule. Thus, it is a diamagnetic molecule.

Question 16.
Represent by molecular energy level diagram that diatomic Neon molecule has no existence in nature.
Answer:
Electronic configuration of 10Ne = 1s2,2s2,2px22py22pz2.
Bondorder =\(\frac{1}{2}\) (Nb -Na) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (10-10) = 0
Bond order zero means, no bond is formed between two Ne atoms. Thus, Ne2 (di¬atomic molecule) has no existence in nature.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  96

Question 17.
Draw molecular orbital diagram for O2 molecule.
Answer:
Oxygen molecule O2: Each oxygen atom has eight electrons. When two oxygen atom combines, molecular orbitals are formed. These molecular orbitals have following configuration.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  97
From the following configuration we have Nb = 10, Na = 6
∴ Bond order =\(\frac{1}{2}\) [Nb – Na] = [10-6] = 2
Hence, there is a double bond in oxygen molecule. Due to the presence of two unpaired electrons it is paramagnetic.
Its molecular orbital diagram is :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure  98

Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure Class 11 Important Questions Objective Type

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
Which type of bond is formed between similar atoms :
(a) Ionic
(b) Covalent
(c) Co-ordinate
(d) Metallic.
Answer:
(b) Covalent

Question 2.
An atom form an anion :
(a) By loosing one or more electron
(b) By gaining one or two electrons
(c) By sharing electron pair
(d) None of these.
Answer:
(c) By sharing electron pair

Question 3.
Maximum number of hydrogen bonds formed by one water molecule in ice is :
(a) 4
(b) 3
(c) 2
(d) 1.
Answer:
(b) 3

Question 4.
Molecule with highest dipole moment is :
(a) CH4
(b) CHCl3
(c) CHI3
(d) CCl4.
Answer:
(b) CHCl3

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 5.
Shape of ethylene molecule is :
(a) Tetrahedral
(b) Pyramidal
(c) Planar
(d) Linear.
Answer:
(b) Pyramidal

Question 6.
Ammonia molecule is formed due to hybridization of:
(a) dsp2
(b) sp3
(c) sp3d
(d) d2sp.
Answer:
(b) sp3

Question 7.
The high boiling point of water is due to :
(a) Weak dissociation of water molecules
(b) Hydrogen bonding among water molecules
(c) Its high specific heat
(d) Its high dielectric constant.
Answer:
(b) Hydrogen bonding among water molecules

Question 8.
Hydrogen bond is present in :
(a) HF
(b) HCl
(c) HBr –
(d) HI.
Answer:
(a) HF

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

Question 9.
Which of the following molecule has dipole moment zero :
(a) H2O
(b) CO2
(c) SO2
(d) NO2.
Answer:
(b) CO2

Question 10.
In which compound, sp2 hybrid orbitals are used :
(a) BCl3
(b) CH4
(c) NH3
(d) BeH2
Answer:
(a) BCl3

Question 11.
Which of the following molecules has linear structure :
(a) CO2
(b) H2O
(c) SO2
(d) H2O2.
Answer:
(a) CO2

Question 12.
Hybridization present in PCl5 molecule is :
(a) sp2d2
(b) sp3d
(c) spd3
(d) sp2d3.
Answer:
(b) sp3d

Question 13.
Number of electrons involved in the formation of bond in O2 :
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 10.
Answer:
(b) 4

Question 14.
In which molecule bond angle of central atom is maximum:
(a) NH3
(b) NH4
(c) PCl3
(d) SCl2.
Answer:
(b) NH4

Question 15.
H-bond is present in :
(a) CH4
(b) NaCl
(c) H2O
(d) CHCl3.
Answer:
(c) H2O

Question 16.
VSEPR (Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion) Theory was proposed by :
(a) Hund and Mullican
(b) Heisenberg
(c) Sizwick and Powel
(d) Heitler and London.
Answer:
(c) Sizwick and Powel

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

2. Fill in the blanks:

1. In CH4 ………………………… hybridization is found.
Answer:
sp3

2. Full name of LCAO is ………………………… .
Answer:
Linear combination of atomic orbital

3. Boiling point of NH3 is ………………………… than boiling point of PH3.
Answer:
Higher

4. ………………………… bond is formed by s-s overlapping.
Answer:
σ

5. H-O-H bond angle in water molecule is ………………………… .
Answer:
104.5°

6. ………………………… bond is formed due to p-p overlapping.
Answer:
π

7. σ bond is comparatively ………………………… than π -bond.
Answer:
Stronger

8. Geometry of molecule due to sp3 hybridization is ………………………… .
Answer:
Tetrahedral

9. With the formation of chemical bonds, there is a ………………………… in energy.
Answer:
Decrease

10. Diamond is a ………………………… of electricity but graphite is ………………………… of electricity.
Answer:
Bad conductor, good conductor

11. ………………………… hybridization is found in diambnd and graphite.
Answer:
sp2 and sp3

12. Hybridization in water molecule is ………………………… .
Answer:
sp3.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 4 Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure

3. Match the following:

‘A’ ‘B’
1. Shape of BeCl2 (a) Square planar
2. Shape of NH3 (b) Angular
3. Shape of diamond (c) Linear
4. Shape of water molecule (d) Trigonal pyramidal
5. Shape of [Ni(CN)4]2- (e) Three-dimensional (planar tetrahedral).

Answer:
1. (c) Linear
2. (d) Trigonal pyramidal
3. (e) Three-dimensional (planar tetrahedral)
4. (b) Angular
5. (a) Square planar.

4. Answer in one word/sentence:

1. What type of bond is present in nitrogen molecule?
Answer:
Triple covalent bond

2. Which type of bond is directional?
Answer:
Covalent bond

3: What is the shape of sulphur tetrafluoride?
Answer:
Square pyramidal

4. What type of chemical bond is found in sodium chloride?
Answer:
Electrovalent

5. Sugar is a covalent compound, yet it is soluble in water.
Answer:
Due to hydrogen bond

6. Bond angle of water molecule is.
Answer:
104.5°

7. Dipole moment of BF3 molecule is.
Answer:
Zero

8. Write the name of linear molecule.
Answer:
CO2

9. Which molecule show trigonal bipyramidal geometry?
Answer:
PCl5.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties 

Students get through the MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties which are most likely to be asked in the exam.

MP Board Class 11th Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties Class 11 Important Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What is Mendeleev’s periodic law?
Answer:
The law on the basis of which Mendeleev classified the elements, is called Mendeleev’s periodic law. According to this, “physical and chemical properties of elements are periodic functions of their atomic weights.” i.e.,When elements are arranged in the increasing order of their atomic masses they show periodicity in their properties after a definite interval.

Question 2.
Define modern periodic law.
Answer:
Modern periodic law : Physical and chemical properties of elements are periodic functions of their atomic numbers. On the basis of this law when elements are arranged in the increasing order of their atomic number they show a periodicity in properties after a definite interval.

Question 3.
Discuss the law on the basis of which Mendeleev classified the elements. What modifications are done in this law ?
Answer:
The law on the basis of which Mendeleev classified the elements is known as Mendeleev’s Periodic law. According to this law “The physical and chemical properties of elements are a periodic function of their atomic mass”. Now this law is modified and is known as Modem Periodic law. According to this law “The physical and chemical properties of elements are a periodic function of their atomic number.”

Question 4.
What is Dobereiner’s law of Triad ?
Answer:
This law was proposed by Dobereiner. According to this law, “Of the three similar atoms, the atomic mass of the middle element is the average mean of the other two elements.
Li7, Na23, K39,i.e \(\frac{39+7}{2}\) = 23

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 5.
On the basis of quantum numbers prove that there should be 32 elements in the sixth period of the periodic table.
Answer:
In long form of periodic table each period starts with the filling of a new energy shell (n). For the sixth period n = 6. In this period, electrons enter in 6s,4f, 5d and 6p. Total 16(1+7 + 5 + 3) orbitals are there in these subshells. According to Pauli’s exclusion prin¬ciple, each orbital can have maximum two electrons. Thus, in 16 orbitals these can be 32 electrons. Therefore, sixth period should have 32 elements.

Question 6.
What is Newland octave rule?
Answer:
Newland arrange the element in order of their atomic masses he found that the eighth element is a kind of repetition of first element, just like eighth note of music. This arrangement of element is known as Newland law of octave or Newland octave rule.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  1

Question 7.
State the period and group where Z = 114 will be situated?
Answer:
Maximum value of n will be represented by the electronic configuration of the element.
114Z=86[Rn]7s2,5f14,6d10,7f2
Period = 7,
(∵ n = 7)
Group =14(10 + 2 + 2).

Question 8.
Write the atomic number of the element which is situated in the 3rd period and 17th group.
Answer:
Outermost configuration of elements situated in 17th group is ns2 np2. In the third-period valence shell configuration of the element will be 3s2 3p5. In the 3rd period, atomic number starts from atomic number Z = 11 and ends in Z = 18. Thus, the given atomic number =10 + 2 + 5=17.

Question 9.
Name of which element is proposed by the following :
(i) By Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory,
(ii) By Sea borg’s group.
Answer:
(i) Lawrencium (Z = 103) and Berkelium (Z = 97)
(ii) Seaborgium (Z = 106).

Question 10.
Why are the physical and chemical properties of the elements of a group same?
Answer:
The outer electronic configuration of the elements of a group is same due to which they show similar physical and chemical properties.

Question 11.
Why are cations smaller than their parent atoms and anions larger than their parent atoms? Explain.
Answer:
Cations are always smaller than their parent atoms because due to the removal of one or two electrons, magnitude of their effective nuclear charge increases. This results in greater attractive force of the nucleus on the valence electrons due to which ionic radius decreases.

Alternatively, anions are always larger than their parent atoms because due to the gain of one or two electrons magnitude of effective nuclear charge decreases by which attractive force of nucleus with the valence electron decreases. This results in decrease in ionic radius.

Question 12.
How many periods and groups are in Mendeleev’s periodic table? What is the number of elements in each period?
Answer:
There are 7 periods and 9 groups in Mendeleev’s Periodic table. First period consists of 2 elements, second and third period consist of 8-8 elements, fourth and fifth period contain 18-18 elements and sixth period consist of 32 elements. Seventh period is incomplete. In it, elements from atomic number 90 to 103 called Actinides are also included.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 13.
What changes occur on moving from left to right in every period?
Answer:
In every period, on moving from left to right ionization potential and electron affinity increases but metallic nature, basicity of oxides and atomic radius decreases.

Question 14.
What changes occur on moving from top to bottom in a group?
Answer:
On moving from top to bottom in a group atomic radius, ionic radius increases but ionization energy, electronegativity, electron affinity and melting point decreases.

Question 15.
Compare Modern periodic table with Mendeleev’s periodic table (any 3 points).
Answer:
Comparison between Modern periodic table and Mendeleev’s periodic table

Modern periodic table Mendeleev’s periodic table
1. In modern periodic table elements are arranged in the increasing are order of their atomic numbers. In Mendeleev’s periodic table elements arranged in the increasing order of their atomic masses.
2. In it, elements are divided in 18  groups. In it, elements are divided in 9 groups and subgroups.
3. In it, metals and non-metals are kept separately. In it, metals and non-metals are not kept separately.

Question 16.
What is diagonal relationship? Give an example.
Answer:
Certain elements of the 2nd period show resemblance with some elements of the 3rd period. Thus Li resembles Mg, Be resembles Al, B resembles Si in certain respects.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  2

Question 17.
What are the various factors due to which the ionization enthalpy of the main group elements tends to decrease down a group?
Answer:
Decrease in ionization enthalpy down the group in the elements of main groups is due to the following two reasons :
(i) On moving down the group atomic size increases, due to increase in the formation of new energy shell due to which value of effective nuclear charge of the nucleus for the valence electron gradually decreases.

(ii) On moving down the group, screening effect increases, due to which ionization enthalpy decreases (Because attractive force between the nucleus and electron decreases).

Question 18.
What is the main difference between electron gain enthalpy and electronegativity?
Answer:
Electron gain enthalpy is the nature of formation of a gaseous anion by gaining an electron by an isolated gaseous atom whereas electronegativity is the nature of an atom of an element to attract the shared pair of electrons present in a covalent bond towards itself. Like electron gain enthalpy, electronegativity also has no measuring unit.

Question 19.
In all nitrogen compounds, Electronegativity of N in Pauling scale is 3.0. What reaction will you give on this statement?
Answer:
Electronegativity of N in all nitrogen compounds in Pauling scale is 3.0. This statement is incorrect because electronegativity of any element is not definite, the effect of the other element with which it is bonded is also applied on its value. Its value increases with the oxidation state of the element and with the increase in percent 5-character of the hybrid orbital.

Question 20.
What is covalent radius?
Answer:
Covalent radius: In homoatomic molecules containing same type of atoms bonded together by single covalent bond, covalent radius may be defined as, “one half of the distance between the centres of the nuclei of two adjacent similar atoms joined together by a single covalent bond”.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  3

Question 21.
What is van der Waals’ radius ?
Answer:
van der Waals’ radius: It is defined as, “one half of the internuclear distance between two adjacent atoms belonging to two nearest neighbouring molecules of the substance in the solid-state”.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  4

Question 22.
What do you understand by normal elements?
Answer:
Such elements which represent their group are called typical elements. Their only one outer shell is incomplete and all inner shells are completely filled according to the rules. Elements of second and third period are called typical elements.
Example: C, N, O etc.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 23.
First ionisation enthalpy of two isotopes of an element will be same or different ? What do you believe ? Justify your answer.
Answer:
First ionisation enthalpy of two isotopes of an element should be same because its value depends on electronic configuration and effective nuclear charge. Electronic configuration of the isotopes of an element is same due to which nuclear charge is also similar.

Question 24.
Write general outer electronic configuration of s-, p-, d- and f-block elements.
Answer:
s- block elements : ns1-2 (n = 2-7)
p- block elements : ns2np1-6 (n = 2-7)
d- block elements : (n – l)d1-10ns0-2 (n = 3-7)
f-block elements : (n-2)f 1-14 (n-1)d,10ns2(n =6-7)

Question 25.
Ionization potential of Nitrogen is higher than oxygen. Explain.
Answer:
Electronic configuration of nitrogen and oxygen is 7N = 1.s2, 2s2 2p3 (half filled 2p -orbitals) 8O = 1.s2, 2s2 2p4
Thus in case of nitrogen, 2p subshell is half-filled and removal of electron from half-filled orbitals or full-filled orbitals require more energy than that of other incomplete orbitals. So, ionization energy of nitrogen is greater than oxygen because of half filled p-subshell.

Question 26.
Ionisation potential of inert gases are very high. Why?
Answer:
Electronic configuration of inert gases is most stable so it is very difficult to pull an electron. So in each period, ionisation potential of inert gases are very high.

Question 27.
Halogens have very high electron affinity. Why?
Answer:
Halogens are one electron short to attain the stable electronic configuration of inert gases. So these elements have very high tendency to accept electron. Thus the electron affinity of halogens is very high.

Question 28.
Among F and Cl, whose electron affinity is higher and why?
Answer:
Electron affinity of F is less than Cl because due to small size of F repulsion of its 2p electrons is more. Therefore added electron does not provide extra stability to the atom

Question 29.
Electron affinity of Noble Gases is zero. Why?
Answer:
Electronic configuration of Noble gases is stable, because their valence shells are completely filled and all the electrons are paired, due to which there is no affinity for the incoming electron. Therefore, electron affinity of noble gases is zero.

Question 30.
Differentiate between Atomic radius and Ionic radius.
Answer:
Differences between Atomic and Ionic radius

Atomic radius Ionic radius
1. Distance from the nucleus of a neutral atom to the outermost shell is called atomic radius. Distance from the nucleus to the outer- most shell of the ion formed from a neutral atom is called ionic radius.
2. Atomic radius is larger than the ionic radius of the cation. Radius of cation is smaller than the atomic radius but radius of anion is larger than the atomic radius.

Question 31.
Value of second ionization potential of an element is more than the value of first ionisation potential. Why?
Answer:
By the removal of an electron from an atom, the remaining atom becomes posi¬tively charged. Ionic radius of cation is smaller than atomic radius, due to which more energy is required to remove the second electron from the outermost shell. Therefore, value of second ionisation potential is higher than first ionization potential.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 32.
Ionic radius of cation is smaller than atomic radius. Why? Or, Size of cation is smaller than the corresponding atom. Why?
Answer:
A cation is formed by the loss of one or more electrons from an atom. In this process, number of protons in the nucleus and nuclear charge present in the nucleus remains the same, but number of electrons present in the outermost shell decreases. As a result nuclear attractive force per electron increases and outer shell gets strongly attracted by the nucleus. Therefore, size of cation is smaller than the corresponding atom.

Question 33.
Ionic radius of anion is larger than the atomic radius. Why? Or, Size of anion is bigger than the corresponding atom. Why?
Answer:
An anion is formed by the gain of one or more electrons by an atom. In this process, number of protons in the nucleus and nuclear charge present in the nucleus remains the same, but number of electrons present in outermost shell increases. As a result, nuclear attractive force per electron decreases due to which size of anion becomes larger than the corresponding atom.

Question 34.
Electron affinity of Be and N is almost zero. Why?
Answer:
2s sub-shell of Be is more stable as it is fully filled and it does not allow any extra electron to enter into the s sub-shell. Similarly, p sub-shell of N is more stable due to half filled configuration. It does not gain any extra electron. Therefore, electron affinity of Be and N is almost zero.

Question 35.
Mg2+ion is smaller than O2- while electronic configuration of both are same. Why?
Answer:
The nuclear charge on Mg2+ and O2- is +12 and +8 respectively but in both number of electrons is 10. Their electronic configuration is 1s2,2s2 2p6. In Mg2+ there is attraction between 10 electrons and 12 protons and in O2 –ion there is force of attraction
between 10 electrons and 8 protons and force of Mg+2 is greater than oxygen, so Mg+2 is smaller than O2- ion.

Question 36.
First ionization potential of A1 is less than Mg. Why?
Ans. Electronic configuration of Al and Mg is as follows :
Al13: 1s2, 2s22p6a, 3s23p1
Mg12 : 1s2, 2s22p6, 3s2,
Half filled or fully filled orbitals are more stable, p sub-shell of Al is incomplete whereas s sub-shell of Mg is completely filled. Thus, sub-shell of Al is less stable than sub shell of Mg. Therefore to remove an electron from Al atom less energy is required as compared to Mg. Therefore, ionization energy of Al is less than Mg.

Question 37.
What do you understand by screening effect ?
Answer:
The obstruction caused in nuclear attraction by electrons present in between the outermost shell and nucleus is called screening effect. Due to screening effect, outermost electrons are loosely bound.
Due to increase in screening effect, atomic radius or atomic size increases.

Question 38.
Discuss the periodicity in ionization energy on moving from left to right of a period in the periodic table.
Answer:
In a periodic table on moving from left to right, nuclear charge increases and ” atomic radii decreases. Due to this it is difficult to pull out any electron and requires more energy. Thus, in a period ionization energy increases on moving from left to right side.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  5

Question 39.
Magnitude of Electron affinity increases on moving from left to right in a period. Explain.
Answer:
On moving from left to right in a period, nuclear charge increases and atomic radius decreases, due to which attraction of the nucleus for the added electron increases. Therefore, in any period, on moving from left to right electron affinity increases.

Question 40.
Explain the periodicity of metallic character in the periodic table.
Answer:
Elemeiits which lose electrons are electropositive elements and which gain electrons are called electronegative elements. Electropositive elements represent metallic nature whereas electronegative elements represent non-metallic nature. On moving from top to bottom in a group metallic nature increases but in any period on moving from left to right metallic nature decreases.

Question 41.
Of the following pair N and O, whose electron gain enthalpy is more?
Answer:
Electron gain enthalpy of O is more than N because the valence shell of N -1s2,2s22p3 is half filled, thus it is stable. Thus, tendency to gain an extra e is more in O than in N. Apart from this size of O is smaller than N, thus due to high nuclear charge e is added easily.

Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties Class 11 Important Questions Short Answer Type 

Question 1.
What do you think? Second electron gain enthalpy like first electron gain enthalpy will be positive, negative or less negative Justify your answer.
Answer:
O(g)+ e → O;
Δeg H = -141 kJ mol -1
O,sup>-(g) + e → O2-;
Δeg H = +780 kJ mol-1

When oxygen atom gains one electron, to form O ion energy is released. Thus, first electron gain enthalpy of oxygen is negative.
But, when O ion gains one more electron to form O-2 ion, it feels strong electrostatic repulsion. Thus, for the addition of second electron, energy is to be absorbed. Therefore, second electron gain enthalpy of oxygen is positive.

Question 2.
Electron gain enthalpy of fluorine is less negative as compared to chlorine. Give reason.
Answer:
Electron gain enthalpy (Electron affinity) of fluorine is less negative than chlo¬rine because when one electron enters F, then it enters into a small size (n = 2) energy level where it feels the repulsion of the other electrons present in this level. In Cl electron enters into a larger (n = 3) energy level where it feels very less repulsion force of other electrons present in it.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 3.
Long form of the periodic table is more superior than Mendeleev’s table. Why?
Answer:
Long form of periodic table is more superior than Mendeleev’s table because of following reasons:

  • Long form of periodic table is based on atomic number which is more fundamental property of an atom.
  • Position of every element is decided on the basis of its electronic configuration.
  • It represents the similarities in chemical properties, dissimilarities and gradual change in properties of various elements more clearly.
  • Here classification of elements is more scientific and reasonable.

Question 4.
Write the main characteristics of Modern periodic table.
Answer:
The main characteristics of Modem periodic table are :

  • This periodic table is based on the electronic configuration of elements.
  • Metals and non-metals are placed separately.
  • Transition elements are separated from normal elements.
  • On the basis of filling of electrons in elements, all the elements are divided into s,p, d and f block.
  • Rare earth elements are placed in a suitable place outside, below the main periodic table.

Question 5.
Atomic number of an element is 17. Locate its position in the periodic table giving its electronic configuration.
Answer:
Electronic configuration of element of atomic number 17 =1s2,2s2 2p6,3s2 3p5

  • Electronic configuration of outermost shell is 3s2 3p5. So it is element of p-block.
  • Group: If a shell is incomplete, then the number of electrons represents the group of that element. Therefore, it is an element of 7th group.
  • Sub-group: If last electron enters into s or p sub-shell, then it is the element of sub-group A.
  • Period: Number of shells represents the period.This element is the member of third period.
  1. Group = 7
  2. Sub-group = A
  3. Period = 3

Question 6.
Electronic configuration of an element is 1s2,2s2 2p6,3s2 3p6. In which group this element will be placed and why? Explain.
Answer:
Electronic configuration of outermost orbit of this element is 3s2 3p6. It is well known that electronic configuration of outermost orbit ns2 np b is of noble gases (except He). Therefore, this element is also a noble gas which belongs to group 18 in modem periodic table.

Question 7.
All transition elements are d -block elements but all d -block elements are not transition elements. Explain.
Answer:
Elements in which last electron enters into rf-block orbital are called if-block elements or transition elements. General outer electronic configuration of these elements is (n – 1)d1-10, ns0 – 2Electronic configuration of Zn, Cd and Hg is (n-l)d1-10, ns2 but they do not show the characteristics of transition elements.

The d-orbitals of these elements is completely filled in their ground state or in common oxidation state. Therefore, they could not be considered as transition elements. Thus, on the basis of properties all transition elements are d-block elements and on the basis of electronic configuration, all d-block elements are not transition elements.

Question 8.
What do you understand by iso-electronic species? Write the name of such a species which is iso-electronic with the following atoms and ions :
(i) F
(ii) Ar
(iii) Mg2+
(iv) Rb+.
Answer:
In iso-electronic species number of electrons are same but nuclear charge is different.
In these species, with the increase in nuclear charge, size decreases.
(i) No. of electrons in F = 9 + 1 = 10
(ii) No. of electrons in Ar = 18
(iii) No. of electrons in Mg2+ = 12-2=10
(iv) No. of electrons in Rb+ = 37-1 =36
N3-, O2-, Ne, Na+ and Al3+ species are iso-electronic species of F and Mg2+, P3-, s2, Cl, K+ and Ca2+ species are iso-electronic species of Ar. Similarly, Br Kr and Sr2+ species are iso-electronic species of Rb+.

Question 9.
Among the following pairs whose ionization energy is low and why?
(i) Cl or F
(ii) Cl or S
(iii) K or Ar
(iv) Kr or Xe.
Answer:
(i) In Cl and F, ionization energy of chlorine is less because size of Cl is bigger than F.

(ii) In Cl and S, ionization energy of S is less because both have same number of shells but nuclear charge of S is less than Cl. Therefore, size of S is bigger than Cl.

(iii) In K and Ar, ionization energy of K is less. There is only 1 electron in the valence shell of K which it can lose easily and form K+ ion whereas due to complete octet in Ar, it is stable and more energy is required to remove an electron.

(iv) In Kr and Xe, ionization energy of Xe is less because size of Xe is bigger than Kr.

Question 10.
On the basis of electronic configuration, how many types of elements are there? Give two examples of each. Or, Explain the various types of elements on the basis of Electronic configuration.
Answer:
Types of elements on the basis of electronic configuration :
(i) Noble Gas: They are placed in 18th group. Their outermost shell is stable whose configuration is ns2 or ns2p6. Example He, Ne.

(ii) Representative elements or s and p-block element: Elements of group 1,2 and 13 to 17 are called normal or Representative elements. Their outermost shell is incomplete and general electronic configuration of outermost shell is ns1 to ns2p5.
It includes s-and p-block. (s-block element Na, Mg and p-block element Cl, Br)

(iii) Transition element or d-block elements: It includes elements of group 3 to 12. Their outer two shells are incomplete. Elements of group 3-12 which are situated in the middle of the periodic table are called Transition elements. General Electronic configuration of outermost shell is (n – 1) d1-10 ns1-2
Example: Cr, Cu.

(iv) Inner Transition Elements or f-block Element: Their outer three shells are incomplete. These are known as /-block or rare earth elements. It includs Lanthanides and Actinides. These are mainly situated at the bottom of the periodic table. General electronic configuration of its outermost shell is (n – 1)f1-14 (n-1) d0-1 ns2
Example: Lanthanide: Cerium (Ce), Praseodymium (Pr)
Actinide: Thorium (Th), Uranium (U).

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 11.
What are s-block elements? Write their main properties.
Answer:
In their electronic configuration, last electron enters into s sub-shell and only outermost shell is incomplete, s sub-shell of outermost shell contains 1 or 2 electrons and their general electronic configuration is ns1 or 2.

Main properties of s-block :

  • In the outermost orbit of element, there are 1 or 2 electrons.
  • The electronic configuration of its outer orbit is nslor2.
  • The oxidation state of it is +1 or +2.
  • Except He and H all elements are metals. In 1st group the elements are alkaline elements and in II nd group, the elements are alkaline earth elements.
  • These form ionic compounds.
  • These are strong reducing agents.
  • The oxides of these are alkaline.
  • These react with water and acid and give out hydrogen.

Question 12.
What are the p-block elements? What are their main characteristics?
Answer:
In the electronic configuration the last electron enters in top sub-shell, it is known as p -block element. In the outermost shell, there are 2 electrons in s sub-shell and 1 to 6 electrons in p sub-shell configuration of their valence shell is ns2 np1-6

General characteristic of p-block elements :

  • These elements have 2 electrons in s sub-shell and 1 to 6 electrons in p sub-shell in outermost orbit. Only in zero group elements, outer shell is completed. ‘
  • Definite positive or negative oxidation numbers are represented by the elements. Some of the elements show variable valencies.
  • These elements form simple ions as well as complex ions of CO32-, NO3.
  • These are generally non-metals and metalloids. Some of the elements are heavy elements, e.g., Pb, Bi, etc.
  • Oxides are acidic in nature. Some oxides are amphoteric, e.g., PbO, SnO etc.
  • These elements form covalent compounds with each other but with the elements of 5-block form electrovalent compounds.

Question 13.
Electronic configuration ofthe element is 1s2,2s2 2p6,3s2 3p6,4s2and its mass number is 40. State the total number of neutrons in the nucleus and also deduce its position and name of the element in the periodic table.
Answer:
Number of electrons in the element = 20
Number of protons = 20
Mass number = Number of protons + Number of neutrons
40 = 20 + Number of neutrons
∴ Number of neutrons = 20
Atomic number of that element is 20 and element is Calcium (Ca) which belongs to period 4 and group 2.

Question 14.
What is meant by Electronegativity of an element? How is it different from electron affinity? How does Electronegativity change in the periodic table?
Answer:
Electronegativity: The property of attracting the shared pair of electrons between two atoms in a compound towards itself is called electronegativity.

Electron affinity: The energy released due to entrance of an electron in outermost shell of an atom in gaseous state is called electron affinity. value of first electron affinity of an element is negative because this process is exothermic, whereas in second eleciron affinity energy is absorbed because negatively charged ion repels the incoming electron.

Difference: Electron affinity is the property of binding the extra electron whereas electro-negativity is the capacity of attracting electron by an atom of a molecule.

Gradation: On moving from left to right, due to decrease in atomic size and increase in nuclear charge electro-negativity increases. On moving from top to bottom in a group, with the increase in atomic size electronegativity decreases

Question 15.
Write uses of Mendeleev’s periodic table.
Answer:
Following are the importance or uses of Mendeleev’s periodic table :
(i) Helpful in the study of Elements: In the study of properties of elements in the periodic table.

(ii) Elements of same group possess similar properties, so by studying the general properties of the group, properties of all the elements can be known.

(iii) In finding of atomic mass: From the position of elements in the periodic table its valency can be known. If the equivalent mass of that element is known, its atomic mass can be known.
Atomic mass = Equivalent mass × Valency

(iv) Helpful in discovery of new elements: At the time of preparation of periodic table, Mendeleev had left many places for new elements but the properties of these elements were categorized by him. After discovery of these new elements, it is seen that the properties are exactly same as predicted by Mendeleev.

(v) Helpful in research: Elements and their compounds are studied comparatively with the help of periodic table. So, periodic table is helpful in research.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 16.
Where are Transition elements placed in the periodic table? Or, What are transition elements ? Explain four main properties of transition elements.
Answer:
Transition elements: The elements which are in between s-block and p-block are called as transition elements or elements in which d-orbitals are partially filled are called transition elements. In this, last electron goes to d-orbital of orbit inner to outer so called d- block elements. Boiling point, melting point and densities of these elements are high.
Example: Cr, Mn, Fe, Cu, etc.

Properties :

  • In these two outer orbits are incomplete,
  • Electronic configuration is (n – 1) d1-10 ns1 or 2,
  • It has metallic properties,
  • These elements show variable oxidation state,
  • These form coloured ions,
  • These form complex salt,
  • These are good catalysts,
  • These form complex compounds,
  • These are generally diamagnetic and
  • These also form with non-metal compounds.

Question 17.
What are Inner transition elements? Write general characteristic of inner transition elements.
Answer:
Three outer shells of these elements are incomplete. In their electronic configuration, the last electron enters into the sub-shell of the third inner (anti penultimate) shell. Therefore, they are known as d-block elements. Both the series of Lanthanides and Actinides elements are the elements which join group 3 and group 4, therefore they are known as inner transition elements and their general electronic configuration is ns2 f1-14 (n-1)d0-1 ns2
Lanthanides: In their electronic configuration, last electron enters 4/sub-shell.
Actinides: In their electronic configuration, last electron enters 5/sub-shell.

General characteristic of Inner Transition Elements :

  • Electron enters in/sub shell of (n – 2) shell.
  • They exhibit variable oxidation state.
  • They all show metallic nature.
  • Their ions are generally coloured.
  • They form complex ions.
  • Form electrovalent compounds.

Question 18.
Define modern periodic law. Discuss briefly the periodic table on the basis of this law.
Answer:
On the basis of modem periodic table, Bohr gave a systematic arranged periodic table which is called long form of periodic table. The physical and chemical properties of elements are periodic function of their atomic number.

Periods: In modern periodic table, there are also seven horizontal rows which are known as periods.

  • First period is very short period which contains only two elements.
  • Second and third periods are short period which contain 8-8 elements.
  • Fourth and fifth periods have 18-18 elements.
  • In sixth period total 32 elements are present. From atomic number 58 to 71 are 14 lanthanides which are placed separately below the periodic table.
  • Seventh period is incomplete which contains 21 elements. From atomic number 90 to 103, total 14 actinides are also included which are placed separately.
  • Period number shows the principal quantum number of outer shell.
  • Outer orbit of each period start with ns and ends with ns , np configuration.
  • Except first period, all period start with alkali metal and finishes at inert gases.
  • 14 lanthanides and 14 actinides in two separate series are placed out-side of the periodic table.

Groups: There is 18 vertical columns in the modem periodic table which are called groups. These groups are expressed by numbers 1, 2, 3,…………….18.
1. All the elements of same group have similar electronic configuration in outermost shell.
2. On the basis of electronic configuration elements are classified into 4 blocks :

  • s-block elements,
  • p-block elements,
  • d-block elements,
  • f – block elements.

Question 19.
Compare modern periodic table with Mendeleev’s periodic table (Any 3 points).
Answer:
Comparison between Modern periodic table and Mendeleev’s periodic table

Modern periodic table Mendeleev’s periodic table
1. In modern periodic table elements are arranged in the increasing order of their atomic numbers. In Mendeleev’s periodic table elements are arranged in the increasing order of their atomic masses.
2. In modern periodic table there are 18 vertical columns called groups. In Mendeleev’s periodic table there are 9 vertical columns called groups.
3. In modern periodic table at the end of every period, there is inert gas. In Mendeleev’s periodic table zero group is added later.
4. In this, elements with dissimilar properties are placed separately. In this elements with different properties are placed in one group.
5. Isotopes of all elements possess same atomic number, so separate places are not required for them. In Mendeleev’s periodic table each iso-tope should be alloted separate place, but there was no separate place for isotopes.

Question 20.
How does atomic size change with the increase in atomic number?
Answer:
In group: In a group on moving below, atomic size increases because electron enters in new orbit (shell). Along with increase in number of shells, effective nuclear charge also increases but increase in number of shells dominates over nuclear charge.

In period: In a period on moving from left to right atomic size decreases because electrons enter same shell and effective nuclear charge increases, which reduce the size.

Question 21.
What changes occur in the reducing and oxidizing properties of elements in periodic table ?
Answer:
Reducing property: Elements which loose electrons to form positive ions are called reducing agents. Reducing nature of any element depend on the nature of an element to loose its electron. Due to larger size of alkali metals, their ionization potential is low.

Therefore, they can easily loose electrons, thus alkali metals are strong reducing agents. On moving from left to right in a period reducing power decreases and on moving from top to bottom, reducing power increases.

Oxidizing property: Elements which gain electron act like oxidizing agents. Oxidiz¬ing nature of an element depends on its tendency to gain electron. Halogens can easily accept electrons therefore, they are strong oxidizing agents. On moving from left to right in a period. Oxidizing power increases and on moving from top to bottom in a group oxidizing power decreases.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 22.
Explain Ionization enthalpy (energy) and Electron affinity.
Answer:
Ionization enthalpy: The amount of energy which is required to separate the outermost electron from atom is called ionic energy or ionic potential i.e., to convert atom into positive ion the necessary energy required is called as ionization energy. Its unit is kJ mol-1.

So, M(g) + Energy → M(g)+e ( ΔH = + ve)

Electron affinity: The electron affinity of an atom is the energy released, when an electron is added to a neutral atom. It is expressed in kcal/mol. Electronegativity is a relative number on an arbitrary scale while electron affinity is expressed in the units of energy (kcal/ mol).

This way in the addition of an electron to neutral isolated atom energy is released and electron affinity is positive, but in an anion energy is required to add an electron because the anion opposes the entrance of an electron. Thus, electron affinity for charged ions is negative.

Question 23.
Explain Atomic radius and Ionic radius.
Answer:
Atomic radius: Atomic size is a very important property of atom, because it is related to various other physical and chemical properties. For the study of atomic size, atom is considered to be spherical. Thus, its radius determines its size.
“Normally the distance between the centre of nucleus, to the outermost shell of an atom is called Atomic radius.”

Ionic radius: The distance of the affected region from the nucleus to the electron cloud is called ionic radius or in an ionic crystal half the distance of the nuclei between two ions is called ionic radius of those ions.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  6

Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties Class 11 Important Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
What is the significance of the terms: ‘Isolated gaseous atom’ and ‘ground state’ while defining the Ionization enthalpy and Electron gain enthalpy.
Answer:
Ionization enthalpy is the minimum energy required to remove the outermost electron from an isolated gaseous atom (X).
X(g) → X+(g) + e

This force by which electron is attracted by the nucleus, by other atoms present in the molecule or is also affected by other neighbouring atoms. Thus, ionization enthalpy is always determined in gaseous state because in gaseous state intermolecular space is maximum and intermolecular attractive force is minimum. Again, ionization enthalpy is measured at low pressure, because it is not possible to isolate an atom but by lowering the pressure intermolecular force can be reduced. That is why, in the definition of Ionization enthalpy, isolated gaseous atom is added in ground state.
Electron affinity is the energy released when an electron is gained by an isolated gas¬eous atom (X) in ground state to form an anion.
X+(g) + e →X(g)

Most stable state of an atom is ground state. If isolated gaseous atom is in excited state then on gaining an electron comparatively less energy is released. Thus, electron gain en¬thalpy of gaseous atoms is always measured in ground state. Thus, ‘ground state’ and isolated gaseous atom should always be included in the definition of electron gain enthalpy.

Question 2.
In the following pairs of elements which element has more negative electron affinity :
(i) O or F,
(ii) F or Cl.
Answer:
(i) Oxygen and Fluorine both are situated in second period. On moving from left to right in a period electron gain enthalpy goes on becoming more negative. On moving from oxygen to fluorine, along with the increase in atomic number, value of effective nuclear charge increases and size of atom goes on decreasing, due to which attractive force by the nucleus for the incoming electron increases. That is why, electron gain enthalpy of Fluorine is comparatively more negative than the electron gain enthalpy of oxygen. Also Fluorine gains one electron and achieves stable configuration.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  7

Thus, electron gain enthalpy of Fluorine (-328 kJ mol-1) is more negative than oxygen (-141 kJ mol-1).
(ii) On moving down in a group, negativity of electron gain enthalpy gradually decreases. But, electron gain enthalpy of Chlorine (-349 kJ mol-1) is more negative than the electron gain enthalpy of Fluorine (-328 kJ mol-1). This is due to small size of Fluorine compared to 3p-orbital (Cl), electron-electron repulsion in 2p-orbital (F) is more. Thus, the incoming electron feels more repulsion in Fluorine as compared to Chlorine. That is why, electron gain enthalpy of Chlorine is more negative than Fluorine.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 3.
What are the main defects of Mendeleev’s periodic table? How can they be removed by modern periodic table?
Answer:
Defects of Mendeleev’s periodic table :

  • Position of hydrogen is indefinite. ,
  • Heavier elements were placed before lighter elements.
  • Elements with dissimilar properties were kept in the same group.
  • Element of similar properties were kept separately in different groups. ‘
  • Position of eighth group elements is not suitable.
  • Isotopes were not given place.
  • No position was given to inert gases.

In modem periodic table, elements are arranged in the increasing order of atomic number by which various defects of Mendeleev’s table were removed.

  1. Elements of higher atomic mass were placed before elements of lower atomic mass : Keeping the elements of higher atomic mass before the elements of lower atomic mass. In modem periodic table elements are kept in the increasing order of atomic number due to which the defects on the basis of atomic mass are removed.
  2. Position of isotopes: Isotopes of an element possess same atomic number, therefore there is no necessity of giving them separate position in the periodic table.
  3. Elements with different properties have been placed in different positions: In modem periodic tables, elements with different properties are kept separate. Like elements of sub-group IA are placed in group I and elements of sub-group IB Cu, Ag, Au are placed in group II.
  4. Position of inert gases: In modem periodic table, inert gases are placed between strongly electronegative elements (group 17) and strongly electropositive elements (group I) which acts as a bridge.

Question 4.
What is ionization energy? Explain the factors affecting ionization energy.
Answer:
Ionization energy: The amount of energy which is required to separate the outermost electron from atom is called ionic energy or ionic potential i.e., to convert atom into positive ion the necessary energy required is called as ionization energy. Its unit is kJ mol-1.
So, M(g) + Energy → M+(g) + e (ΔH = +ve)
M(g) – Electron → M+(g) + Ionisation energy.
Unit: Unit of ionization energy is kJ/mol

Factors affecting ionization energy :
(i) Size of atom or ion : Greater the size of atom or ion, weaker are the forces of attraction and lower is the value of ionization energy.
(ii) Nuclear charge: Greater the nuclear charge, more is the attraction for electrons and hence, greater is the value of ionization energy.

(iii) Shielding effect: In multielectron atom with increase in atomic number, shielding effect increases due to which valence shell electron feels lesser attraction and hence, value of ionization energy is lower.

(iv) Penetration effect: Closer the orbitals to the nucleus, more is the penetration of it for the nucleus. That is it experience greater attraction. Thus, value of ionization energy is higher, s electron of the same shell is strongly held as compared to p, d,f. Thus, order of ionization energy is s>p> d>f.

(v) Half filled and fully filled orbitals: Completely filled and half-filled orbitals are more stable than any other arrangement. Thus, value of ionization energy is higher for it.

(vi) Configuration of outermost shell: Elements which have 8 electrons in their outermost shell (except He) are more stable and their ionization energy is very high.

(vii) Periodicity:
(a) Periodicity in group: On moving from top to bottom in a group, atomic radius increases due to which less energy is required to remove the electron from the valence shell. Thus, on moving from top to bottom in a group ionization energy decreases.
(b) Periodicity in period: On moving from left to right in a period, due to increase in nuclear charge and decrease in atomic radius, more energy is required to remove an electron from the valence shell. Thus, on moving from left to right in a period value of ionization energy increases.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 5.
What do you understand by Atomic radius and Ionic radius?
Answer:
Atomic radius: Atomic radius means size of atom. It can be measured by X-rays or other spectroscopic methods. For non-metals it is also known as covalent radius and for metal elements it is known as metallic radius.

Covalent radius: Half the distance between the nucleus of two atoms bonded by a covalent bond in a molecule is called covalent radius. For example, for Chlorine molecule bond distance is 198pm, thus half of this, 99pm is the covalent radius or atomic radius of Chlorine atom.

Ionic radius: Ionic radius means size of ion (cation or anion). It can be measured by measuring the distance between the cation and anion in an ionic crystal. A cation is always smaller than its parent atom because due to removal of one or more electron, effective nuclear charge increases. Anion is always larger than the present atom because due to gain of electron value of effective nuclear charge decreases. For example, Ionic radius of Na+ ion (95pm) is less than atomic radius of Na atom (186pm) whereas ionic radius of F (136pm) is more than atomic radius of F (72pm).

Question 6.
What do you understand by electron affinity? Explain the factors affecting it
Answer:
Electron affinity: The electron affinity of an atom is the energy released, when an electron is added to a neutral atom. It is expressed in kcal/mol. Electronegativity is a relative number on an arbitrary scale while electron affinity is expressed in the units of energy (kcal/mol).

A(g)+e → A(g) + E1 (Exothermic)
A(g) + e → A2- – E2 (Exothermic)
A2-(g) + e → A3-(g) – E3(Exothermic)

This way in the addition of an electron to neutral isolated atom energy is released and electron affinity is positive, but in an anion energy is required to add an electron because the anion opposes the intrance of an electron. Thus, electron affinity for charged ions is negative.

Factors affecting electron gain enthalpy: Some important factors affecting electron gain enthalpy are:
(i) Atomic size: As the atomic size increases, the distance between the nucleus and the incoming electron increases. This results in lesser attraction. Consequently, electron gain enthalpy becomes less negative.

(ii) Effective nuclear charge: Greater the nuclear charge, greater will be attraction for the incoming electron and as a result, Δeg H becomes more negative.

(iii) Outermost electronic configuration: Atoms having stable electronic configuration have lesser tendency to accept the electron. Due to this the value of electron gain enthalpy becomes less iiegative.

(iv) Half filled and fully filled orbitals: Half filled and fully filled orbitals are more stable and does not easily accept an electron in this state. Therefore, electron affinity of such elements is zero.

(v) Periodicity :
(a) Periodicity in period: In a period, on moving from left to right, value of electron affinity generally increases because nuclear charge increases and atomic size decreases. As a result, attraction of nucleus for the accepted electron increases.
(b) Periodicity in group: On moving from top to bottom in a group; due to increase
in atomic size attractive force between the nucleus and incoming electron decreases, due to which electron affinity decreases.

Question 7.
In periodic table on moving left to right, what change in following proper-ties occurs:
(i) Atomic radii,
(ii) Electronegativity,
(iii) Ionization potential,
(iv) Metallic character,
(v) Valency.
Answer:
(i) Atomic radii: On moving from left to right in the period, the atomic radii decreases because electron enter in same shell and due to increase in nuclear charge atomic size shrinks. For example, in 3rd period, Na atom has largest size while Cl atom is shortest.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  8

(ii) Electronegativity: In a period on moving towards right side electronegativity increases due to decrease in atomic size and increase in nuclear charge.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  9

(iii) Ionisation potential (I.P.): When we move in a period from left to right ionisation potential of atoms also increases. It is due .to increase in nuclear charge and decrease in atomic size.
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  10
(iv) Metallic character: Metallic character decreases on moving from left to right in a period.
(v) Valency: On moving left to right in a period, valency of element with respect to oxygen increases from 1 to 7 while in respect of hydrogen or chlorine it increases from 1 to 4 and then reduces up to 1.

Question 8.
The first (ΔiH1) and the. second (ΔiH2) ionization enthalpies (in kJ mol-1) and (ΔegH) electron gain enthalpy (in kJ mol-1) of a few elements are given below :
MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties  11
Which of the above elements is likely to be :

  • The least reactive element
  • The most reactive metal
  • The most reactive non-metal
  • The least reactive non-metal
  • The metal which can form stable binary halide of the formula MX2 (X = halogen).

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 9.
Which metal is alkali and which forms stable covalent compound.
Answer:
(i) The least reactive element is (V) because its first ionization enthalpy is maximum and electron gain enthalpy is positive. Electron gain enthalpy of inert gas element is positive. Values given for element (V) corresponds to He.

(ii) Most reactive metal is element (II). Its first ionization enthalpy is least and electron gain enthalpy is less negative. The values given for element (II) corresponds to K.

(iii) Most reactive non-metal is (III) because its first ionization enthalpy is highest and electron gain enthalpy is maximum negative. Values given for element (III) corresponding to F.

(iv) Least reactive non-metal is (IV) because its first ionization enthalpy is not high but electron gain enthalpy is more negative. Values given for element (IV) corresponds to I.

(v) Metal which forms stable binary halide (MX2) is (VI). Element (VI) is alkaline earth metal because its first ionization enthalpy is less but is more than Alkali metals (II). Secondly, difference between first and second enthalpies is very less. Values given for element (VI) corresponds to Mg.

(vi) First ionization enthalpy of element (I) is low but second is high. Its electron gain enthalpy is less negative. Thus element (I) is alkali metal. Values given for element (I) corresponds to Li. Li predominantly forms stable covalent compound of formula MX.

Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties Class 11 Important Questions Objective Type

1. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
Which of the following electronic structures is of a metal:
(a) 2, 8, 8
(b) 2, 7
(c) 3, 8, 2
(d) 2,8,4.
Answer:
(c) 3, 8, 2

Question 2.
Which of the following has the highest ionization potential:
(a) Na
(b) Mg
(c) C
(d) F.
Answer:
(d) F.

Question 3.
Which of the following is most electronegative :
(a) Oxygen
(b) Chlorine
(c) Nitrogen
(d) Fluorine.
Answer:
(d) Fluorine.

Question 4.
With increase in atomic mass in a period in periodic table there is :
(a) Increase in property of electropositivity
(b) Increase in property of electronegativity
(c) Increase in chemical activity
(d) Decrease in chemical activity.
Answer:
(b) Increase in property of electronegativity

Question 5.
Of the following, whose ionic radii is largest:
(a) K+
(b) O2+
(c) B2+
(d) CT.
Answer:
(a) K+

Question 6.
Which of the following is the electronic configuration in last orbit of a noble gas:
(a) s2p3
(b) s2p4
(c) s2p5
(d) s2p6.
Answer:
(d) s2p6.

Question 7.
Those elements in which s and p orbitals are complete :
(a) Normal elements
(b) Transition elements
(c) Inert gas
(d) Halogens.
Answer:
(c) Inert gas

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 8.
Which of the following has bigger size :
(a) Br
(b) F
(c) I
(d) I.
Answer:
(d) I.

Question 9.
Which of the following is of smallest size :
(a) Al
(b) Al+
(c) Al2+
(d) Al3+.
Answer:
(d) Al3+.

Question 10.
Which of the following is a strong reducing agent:
(a) F
(b) Cr
(c) Br
(d) I.
Answer:
(d) I.

Question 11.
The element having highest value of first ionization potential:
(a) Boron
(b) Carbon
(c) Nitrogen
(d) Oxygen.
Answer:
(c) Nitrogen

Question 12.
Which of the following has highest value of ionization potential:
(a) Ca
(b) Ba
(c) Sr
(d) Mg
Answer:
(d) Mg

Question 13.
An element having atomic number 20, will be placed in periodic table in the group:
(a) 4
(b) 3
(c) 2
(d) 1.
Answer:
(c) 2

Question 14.
Chromium [atomic number = 24] is a :
(a) Transition element
(b) Inert gas element
(c) Normal element
(d) Inner transition element.
Answer:
(a) Transition element

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

Question 15.
Ionization potential of elements in a group of periodic table:
(a) Increases with atomic size
(b) Decreases with increase in atomic size
(c) Remains constant
(d) Changes irregularly.
Answer:
(b) Decreases with increase in atomic size

Question 16.
Metallic character on moving from left to right in a periodic table :
(a) Increases
(b) Decreases
(c) Remains constant
(d) First decreases then increases.
Answer:
(b) Decreases

2. Fill in the blanks:

1. Electron gain enthalpy of noble gases is …………….. .
Answer:
zero

2. Electron gain enthalpy of Be and Mg in second group is ……………… .
Answer:
zero

3. On moving from left to right in a period ionization energy …………….. .
Answer:
increases

4. Second ionization potential of any element is always …………….. than the first ionization potential.
Answer:
higher

5. Most electronegative element is placed in …………….. group of the periodic table.
Answer:
VII A

6. Similarity in properties of Li and Mg, and Be and A1 is due to …………….. relationship.
Answer:
diagonal

7. In modem peiodic table, there are total …………….. columns and …………….. periods.
Answer:
18,7

8. With the increase in nuclear charge, atomic radius in a period …………….. .
Answer:
decreases

9. Electron affinity of chlorine is …………….. than fluorine.
Answer:
more

10. Newland stated that if elements are arranged in increasing order of elements then every …………….. element which show properties similar to the first element.
Answer:
eighth.

MP Board Class 11th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 3 Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties

3. Match the following:

‘A’ ‘B’
1. Which is a noble gas (a) Carbon
2. Which is a halogen (b) Potassium
3. Which is an alkali metal (c) Fluorine
4. Which is the element of valency four. (d) Neon.

Answer:
1. (d) Neon
2. (c) Fluorine
3. (b) Potassium
4. (a) Carbon.

4. Answer in one word/sentence:

1. Other name of Eka silicon.
Answer:
Germanium

2. Number of electrons in N3- and O2- is same. Thus they are called ……… .
Answer:
Isoelectronic

3. Which is the most stable oxidation state of aluminium?
Answer:
+3

4. In the periodic table, the most electronegative element is.
Answer:
Fluorine

5. Atomic number of an element is 16. In which group of the periodic table this element is present?
Answer:
Sixth

6. How many elements are present in the first period of the periodic table?
Answer:
Two.